673347 Catalog

: Pdf 673347-Catalog 673347-Catalog 782051 Batch7 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 420

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Cable Tray

CT-13

Cable tray systems

CoSPEC™
CoSPEC, the Specifier Center, is designed to help you easily SELECT, VIEW and DOWNLOAD B-Line
product design content in any one of nearly one hundred non-proprietary and proprietary CAD, BIM,
PDMS, and graphics formats, which helps speed the integration of the content into your design
project.

Features
• Easy integration and configuration
• Comprehensive library of 2D drawings and 3D models for CAD, BIM, PDMS, SP3D, and
graphics output
• The most up to date software versions and product data information are always available
• Submittals and specification sheets in PDF format
• Proprietary file format outputs are native to the chosen software

Nearly a Hundred Download Options
•
•
•
•
•

Aveva PDMS and Intergraph SmartPlant SP3D (on select products) content
Autodesk Revit output available
Proprietary formats from AutoCAD to SolidWorks to Catia
Non-proprietary formats like DXF and STEP, and more
Graphics files in a number of formats including EPS

To get started planning your next project,
visit www.cooperbline.com/CoSPEC

Select

View

Download

i

Cable Tray Systems

CoSPEC™ B-Line Specifier Center 2D Native

2D Neutral & Graphics
• BMP (2D & 3D View)
• DWF-ASCII 5.5, Binary 5.5 and
Compressed 5.5
• DWG >=V14
• DXF-V12\HPGL-V2
• IGES >=V5.0
• JPEG (2D & 3D Views)
• Metafile 2D-V1, & PS2-V2
• MI >=V8
• PDF Datasheet
• Postscript EPS
• SVG
• TIFF (2D & 3D View)

• Allplan 2008
• AutoCAD >=V14
• Cadkey CDL >=V19
• Catia IUA - V4
• HP ME 10 >=V9
• Medusa >=2000i
• Microstation (DGN) >=V8
• SolidEdge >=V17
• VX (Varimetrix) >=V5.0

3D Native

3D Neutral

• Autodesk 3D Studio MAX
• Allplan = 2008
• AutoCAD >=V14
• AVEVA PDMS/Marine (Equipment Spec)
• Caddy++ via SAT-V4.2
• Catis >=V5 R8 and IUA-V4
• EMS
• Google SketchUp
• Autodesk Inventor >=R5.3, R10, R11
• Mechanical Desktop >=V5
• Nupas/Cadmatic
• One Space Modeling >=2007
• Pro/E Wildfire >=I
• PRO-Desktop
• Autodesk Revit >= 2009* (coming soon)
• SolidEdge >=V17
• SolidWorks >=2001+
• Think3 >=2006.2
• Tribon M3
• Unigraphics >=NX3
• VX (Varimetrix) >=V5

• CIP
• DWG >=V14
• DXF V14
• IGES
• JT
• Metafile 3D (PS3)-V2
• Parasolid-Binary V15 and Text V15
• PDF 3D-7.01
• SAT - V2.0 through V6.0
• STEP-AP203, AP215a & AP214b
• STL
• U3D (Universal 3D)
• VRML >=V1.0
• XGL

To get started, visit www.cooperbline.com/CoSPEC

Cable Tray Systems

Available Outputs

ii

Introduction
For over 50 years, Eaton’s B-Line Business has been the leader in cable management systems. Today, B-Line has state
of the art manufacturing facilities to support our customers around the globe. This coupled with our knowledgeable
customerservice, sales and sales engineering team, we are positioned to support cable management requirements from
small to large scale commercial, industrial, and datacomm applications.

Eaton’s B-Line Business
Manufacturing Locations

H
H

H

H

United
States

H

South Korea

Canada
Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia

Malaysia

For more information, visit www.bline.com or contact us at www.cooperbline.com/contactus

B-Line cable trays conform to the
requirements of IEC Standard
61537, 2001 Ed.

Important notice: No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with
specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics,
specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice.

NOTICE
B-Line reserves the right to change the specifications, materials, equipment, prices or the availability of products at any time without
prior notice. While every effort has been made to assure the accuracy of information contained in this catalog at the time of
publication, B-Line is not responsible for inaccuracies resulting from undetected errors or omissions.

iii

Cable Tray Systems

Table of Contents
B-Line Cable Tray Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTI-1 & CTI-2
Tray Selection Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTI-3 – CTI-6
Cable Tray System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTI-7

Cable Tray
Information

The B-Line Advantage
The Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLA-1
The Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLA-2 & BLA-3
The Extras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BLA-4

B-Line Advantage

Cable Tray Selection
Selection Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-1
Materials and Finishes
Material Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-2
Finish Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-3
Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-4
Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-5 – CTS-7
Thermal Contraction & Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-8
Installation Considerations (Electrical Grounding) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-9
Strength
Environmental Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-10 & CTS-11
Support Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-121
Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-13
Load Capacity
(NEMA & CSA Load Classes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-14 & CTS-15
Cable Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-16
Width and Depth Cable Fill Per 1999 NEC 318 . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-17 & CTS-22
Straight Section Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-23
Loading Possibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-24
Bottom Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-25
Fitting Bend Radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CTS-25

Cable Tray
Selection

FLEXTRAY™
Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-3
Load & Fill Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-4
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-5 & FLX-6
Splicing Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-8 – FLX-16
Ceiling Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-18 – FLX-24
Wall Support Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-26 – FLX-30
FAST System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-32 – FLX-38
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-40 – FLX-48
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FLX-50 – FLX-58

Flextray

Channel Type Cable Tray
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4 – CCT-7
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-8 – CCT-15
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-16

Cable
Channel

REDI-RAIL™ Cable Tray (Aluminum)
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-3 & RER-4
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5 – RER-16
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-17 & RER-18
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-19 – RER-29

Redi-Rail

Series 1 Cable Tray (Steel)
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-3 – LST-6
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7 – LST-13
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-14
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-15 – LST-23

Series 1
Steel

Series 2,3 & 4 Cable Tray - Aluminum
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-3 – HAT-11
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13 – HAT-23
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-24

continued on page 2

Cable Tray Systems

TOC-1

Series
2, 3, 4, & 5
Aluminum

Table of Contents
Series 2,3,4 & 5 Cable Tray - Steel
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-3 – HST-10
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11 – HST-21
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-22

Series
2, 3, 4, & 5
Steel

Series 3, 4, & 5 Cable Tray - Stainless Steel
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-3 – SST-5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6 – SST-13
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-14

Series
2, 3, 4, & 5
Stainless Steel

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings - Aluminum, Steel, Stainless Steel
Fitting Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-3
Horizontal Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-4 & FTS-5
Tees & Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-6
Reducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-8 & FTS-9
Horizontal Reducing & Expanding Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-10
Horizontal Wyes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
Vertical Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-12 – FTS-15
Vertical Tees - Up & Down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
Cable Support Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-17

Series
2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Fiberglass Cable Tray System
Technical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-3 –
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-13 –
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-20 –
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-27 –
Covers & Cover Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46 –
Cable Channel
Straight Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49 &
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-50 &
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FCT-12
FCT-19
FCT-26
FCT-44
FCT-45
FCT-48

Fiberglass
Cable Tray

FCT-49
FCT-50
FCT-51
FCT-52

Barrier Bridge
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-1
Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-2
Horizontal Tee, Two Cable Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-3 & BBA-4
Horizontal Tee, Three Cable Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-5 & BBA-6
Horizontal Cross, Two Cable Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-7 & BBA-8
Horizontal Cross, Three Cable Runs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-9 & BBA-10
Hardware Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BBA-11

Barrier Bridge

Cable Cleats
Products
Selection

CFX-2 & CFX-3
CFX-4 & CFX-5

Cable Fixing

FSA-2 – FSA-6

Firestop

Special Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-1 – APP-5
Side Rails (Aluminum & Steel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-6
Cable Tray Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-7 & APP-8
Metric Conversion Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-9 & APP-10
Master Cable Tray Systems Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-11 – APP-14
Cable Tray Sizing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-15
Installation Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-16
Support Channels & Channel Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-17
Concrete Inserts & Channel Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-18

Appendix

......................................................
......................................................

Firestop
Products

.......................................................

Appendix

continued on page 3

TOC-2

Cable Tray Systems

Table of Contents
Cable Tray Manual
2005 Cable Tray Manual Based on 2005 National Electrical Code

..

MAN-1 – MAN-53

Cable Tray Manual

Part Number Index
Straight Sections
Cable Tray
REDI-RAIL™ Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1
Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-1
Cable Channel
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2
FLEXTRAY™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-2
Fittings
Cable Tray
REDI-RAIL Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3
Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-3
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4
Cable Channel
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-4
Covers
Cable Tray
REDI-RAIL Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5
Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-5
Cable Channel
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-6
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-6
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-6
FLEXTRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-6
Accessories
Cable Tray
REDI-RAIL Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-7
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-8 – IDX-9
Series 1 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-9 – IDX-10
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-11 – IDX-12
Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-13 – IDX-14
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-14
Cable Channel
Aluminum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-15
Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-15
Stainless Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-16
Fiberglass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-16
FLEXTRAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-17 – IDX-18
Barrier Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-19
Cable Fixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-19
Firestop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDX-19

Cable Tray Systems

TOC-3

Index

Cable Tray Information

B-Line Cable Tray Systems
Cable tray is a mechanical support system that can support cables and raceways. Cable tray is not a raceway.
Cable tray systems are required to be electrically continuous but not mechanically continuous.

Advantages of B-Line Cable Tray Systems
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Safety
Dependability
Space Savings
Cost Savings
Design Cost Savings
Material Savings
Installation Cost & Time Savings
Maintenance Savings

For more information refer to B-Line’s Cable Tray Manual (Pages MAN-1 thru MAN-53)
or call B-Line at 1-800-851-7415

Quick List Selection Process
See pages CTS-20 & CTS-21 for expanded selection process.
1. Support Span Issues are: Strength and Length
• Very important to first consider the support span as it affects the strength of the system and the length
of the straight sections required.
• Short Span, 6 to 8 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections.
• Intermediate Span, 8 to 12 foot support spacing - use 12 foot sections.
• Long Span, 16 to 20 foot support spacing - use 20 foot sections.
• Extra Long Span, over 20 foot to 30 foot support spacing - use 24 or 30 foot sections.
2. Working Load Issues are: Size (Width, Loading Depth, and Strength)
Cable Load
• Types and numbers of cables to support - Total cable load in lbs. per linear foot (lbs/ft)
• Power - is single layer - issue width (refer to local electrical code)
• Low Voltage - is stacked - issue loading depth and width (refer to affecting code)
• See chart of listed cable load guidelines (refer to page CTS-24)
Additional Loads
200 lb. concentrated load - Industrial installations
Ice, Wind, Snow loads - Outdoor installations
Select a Cable Tray system that meets the working load for the support span required and a straight
section length that fits the installation. NEMA VE 2 - Straight sections equal to or larger than span.
www.cabletrays.com
3. Installation Environment Issues are: Material and Finish
• Indoor Dry - Institutional, Office, Commercial, Light Industrial
Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel
• Indoor Industrial - Automotive, Pulp and Paper, Power Plants
Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Possibly Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)
• Outdoor Industrial - Petrochemical, Automotive, Power Plants
Aluminum, Hot-Dipped Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)
• Outdoor Marine - Off Shore Platforms
Aluminum, Stainless Steel, Fiberglass
• Special - Petrochemical, Pulp and Paper, Environmental Air
Contact B-Line (1-800-851-7415)

CTI-1

Cable Tray Systems

B-Line Cable Tray Systems
B-Line Cable Tray Product Offering

• Cable Channel (See Cable Channel Section - pages CCT-1 – CCT-6)
3, 4, and 6 inch widths in Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized after
Fabrication Steel and 304 or 316L Stainless Steel
3, 4, 6, and 8 inch widths in Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
Unmatched fitting and accessory offering
Special bottom options and splices
Highest quality fittings
Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware
• Wire FLEXTRAY™ Tray (See FLEXTRAY Section - pages FLX-1 – FLX-56)
Best finish in the industry, ASTM B633, SC2 (ZN)
Strong straight top wire design maximizes strength and minimizes weight
Unmatched accessory package

Advantage of Using B-Line Cable Tray?

Selection!
What kind of B-Line Cable Tray will work for your project?
First, answer three questions.
1.

2.

3.

Location: Where will the project be located?
A. Is the installation inside or outside?
(decision dealing with thermal and weather conditions)
B. Any contact of corrosive materials?
(decision on cable tray material or finish)
C. Is the location for the cable tray confined or open?
(decision on the size and type of cable tray)
Span: What would be the longest and shortest spans between supporting locations for the
installation of cables? (decision on type or combination of types of cable tray design
needed to be the most efficient and economical)
Cables: How many and what type of cables are involved in the support installation?
(decision on the strength of the cable tray)

All these variables are important to the cost savings and safety
of your B-Line Cable Tray installation project.

Important notice: The information herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is
made as to either its applicability to or its compatibility with specific requirements of this information, nor for damages consequential to its use. All design characteristics,
specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to change without notice.

Cable Tray Systems

CTI-2

Cable Tray Information

• Two Side Rail Systems
Aluminum, Pre-Galvanized Steel, Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication Steel, 304 and
316L Stainless Steel, Fiberglass in Polyester Resin, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen, and Dis-Stat
Redi-Rail Systems loaded with special installation and cable friendly features.
Systems tested to 173 lbs/ft on a 30 foot span
Special bottom options and splices
Highest quality fittings
Unmatched accessories supplied with attachment hardware

Cable Tray Selection Charts
Recommended Short Span
Cable Tray Selection

(distance between the supports)

Steel

Cable Tray

REDIRAIL™

Cable Channel

FLEXTRAY™

Catalog
Number

Fiber

Cable Tray Information

Short Span 6 - 8 Foot

Use 10 ft or 12 ft Sections
Span Load
lbs/ft
6’
8’

Rail
Height

Load
Depth

FT2X2X10
FT2X4X10
FT2X6X10
FT2X8X10
FT2X12X10
FT2X18X10
FT2X20X10
FT2X24X10
FT4X4X10
FT4X8X10
FT4X12X10
FT4X18X10
FT4X20X10
FT4X24X10
FT6X12X10
FT6X18X10
FT6X20X10
FT6X24X10
ACC-03
ACC-04
ACC-06
†CC-03
†CC-04
†CC-06
FCC-03
FCC-04
FCC-06
FCC-08
RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A
148
156
166
176

2.380”
2.380”
2.380”
2.380”
2.380”
2.380”
2.380”
2.380”
4.380”
4.380”
4.380”
4.380”
4.380”
4.380”
6.380”
6.380”
6.380”
6.380”
1.250”
1.750”
1.750”
1.250”
1.750”
1.750”
1.000”
1.125”
1.625”
2.188”
3.540”
4.530”
5.510”
6.500”
3.625”
4.188”
5.188”
6.188”

2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
2.000”
4.000”
4.000”
4.000”
4.000”
4.000”
4.000”
6.000”
6.000”
6.000”
6.000”
1.250”
1.750”
1.750”
1.250”
1.750”
1.750”
1.000”
1.125”
1.625”
2.188”
2.680”
3.660”
4.640”
5.630”
3.077”
3.628”
4.628”
5.628”

28
43
47
47
47
47
47
47
49
77
83
83
83
89
86
89
98
107
15
33
36
17
36
41
8
12
58
87
108
119
118
176
204
304
308
-

13F

3.000”

2.000”

257

Available
Widths

Material*

20
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
36
46
47
47
47
50
48
50
55
60
10
20.5
22.5
11.5
24.5
28
----75
83
82
122
115
171
173
194

2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
18”
20”
24”
4”
8”
12”
18”
20”
24”
12”
18”
20”
24”
3”
4”
6”
3”
4”
6”
3”
4”
6”
8”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”
6” - 36”

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
A
A
A
S, SS_
S, SS_
S, SS_
F
F
F
F
A
A
A
A
S
S
S
S

145

6” - 24”

F

Straight Sections
& Accessories
Pages

Fittings
Pages

FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-5 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56
FLX-6 & FLX-8 – FLX-56

-------------------

CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7
CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7
CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7
CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7
CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7
CCT-3 & CCT-4 – CCT-7
FCT-49
FCT-49
FCT-49
FCT-49

CCT-8 – CCT-15
CCT-8 – CCT-15
CCT-8 – CCT-15
CCT-8 – CCT-15
CCT-8 – CCT-15
CCT-8 – CCT-15
FCT-48 & FCT-50
353 & 354
353 & 354
353 & 354

RER-3 & RER-4 – RER-14
RER-3 & RER-4 – RER-14
RER-4 & RER-4 – RER-14
RER-4 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29
RER-19 – RER-29
RER-19 – RER-29
RER-19 – RER-29

LST-3 & LST-7 – LST-13
LST-4 & LST-7 – LST-13
LST-5 & LST-7 – LST-13
LST-6 & LST-7 – LST-13

LST-15 – LST-23
LST-15 – LST-23
LST-15 – LST-23
LST-15 – LST-23

FCT-21 & FCT-45 – FCT-48 FCT-21 – FCT-44

*Material: A = Aluminum • S = Steel • SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316 • F = Fiberglass
† = G for HDGAF • P for Pre-Galvanized • SS4 for 304 or SS6 for 316 Stainless Steel
¨ Insert 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 for number of tiers • ¡ Insert 2, 3 or 4 for number of tiers

B-Line cable trays conform
to the requirements of IEC
Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

CTI-3

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection Charts
(distance between the supports)

Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection

Steel
Fiberglass Stainless Steel

Cable Tray

Aluminum

REDI-RAIL™

Use 12 ft Sections
Catalog
Number

Rail
Height

Load
Depth

Span Load
lbs/ft
10’
12’

Material*

Straight Sections
& Accessories
Pages

Fittings
Pages

RSI04A

3.540”

2.680”

108

6” - 36”

A

RER-3 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI05A

4.530”

3.660”

83

6” - 36”

A

RER-3 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI06A

5.510”

118

82

6” - 36”

A

RER-4 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

RSI07A

5.630”

176

122

6” - 36”

A

RER-4 & RER-4 – RER-14

RER-19 – RER-29

4.120”

3.050”

181

126

6” - 36”

A

HAT-3 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

25A

5.000”

3.930”

200

139

6” - 36”

A

HAT-5 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

26A

6.120”

5.040”

204

142

6” - 36”

A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

37A

7.140”

6.050”

--

222

6” - 36”

A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

148

3.625”

3.077”

73

51

6” - 36”

S

LST-3 & LST-7 – LST-13

LST-15 – LST-23

156

4.188”

3.628”

109

76

6” - 36”

S

LST-4 & LST-7 – LST-13

LST-15 – LST-23

166

5.188”

4.628”

111

77

6 ”- 36”

S

LST-5 & LST-7 – LST-13

LST-15 – LST-23

176

6.188”

5.628”

124

86

6” - 36”

S

LST-6 & LST-7 – LST-13

LST-15 – LST-23

248

4.188”

3.140”

148

103

6” - 36”

S

HDS-3 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

258

5.188”

4.140”

157

109

6” - 36”

S

HDS-5 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

268

6.188”

5.140”

158

110

6” - 36”

S

HDS-7 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

378

7.188”

6.140”

204

142

6” - 36”

S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

348

4.188”

3.130”

180

125

6” - 36”

SS_

SST-3 & SST-6 – SST-13

FTS-3 – FTS-17

358

5.188”

4.130”

248

172

6” - 36”

SS_

SST-4 & SST-6 – SST-13

FTS-3 – FTS-17

368

6.188”

5.130”

236

164

6” - 36”

SS_

SST-5 & SST-6 – SST-13

FTS-3 – FTS-17

13F

3.000”

2.000”

93

64

6” - 24”

F

FCT-21 & FCT-45 – FCT-48

FCT-27 – FCT-44

24F

4.000”

3.000”

226

157

6” - 36”

F

FCT-22 & FCT-45 – FCT-48

FCT-27 – FCT-44

Available
Widths

75

119

4.640”

6.500”

24A

*Material

A = Aluminum
S = Steel
SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316
F = Fiberglass

B-Line cable trays conform
to the requirements of IEC
Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray Systems

CTI-4

Cable Tray Information

Intermediate Span 10 - 12 Foot

Cable Tray Selection Charts
Cable Tray Information

Long 16 - 20 Foot
(distance between the supports)

Recommended Intermediate Span Cable Tray Selection
Fittings
Pages

6” - 36”

A

HAT-5 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

80

6” - 36”

A

HAT-3 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

96

77

6” - 36”

A

HAT-5 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

80

63

51

6” - 36”

A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

5.060”

131

104

84

6” - 36”

A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

7.140”

6.050”

125

99

80

6” - 36”

A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

46A

6.190”

5.080”

161

127

103

6” - 36”

A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

47A

7.240”

6.130”

156

123

100

6” - 36”

A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

H46A

6.240”

5.090”

261

206

167

6” - 36”

A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

H47A

7.240”

6.090”

233

184

149

6” - 36”

A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

346

4.188”

3.130”

98

78

63

6” - 36”

S

HDS-3 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

356

5.188”

4.130”

108

85

69

6” - 36”

S

HDS-5 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

366

6.188”

5.140”

117

93

75

6” - 36”

S

HDS-7 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

378

7.188”

6.140”

80

63

51

6” - 36”

S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

444

4.188”

3.110”

142

112

91

6” - 36”

S

HDS-3 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

454

5.188”

4.110”

166

131

106

6” - 36”

S

HDS-5 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

464

6.188”

5.110”

192

152

51

6” - 36”

S

HDS-7 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

476

7.188”

6.130”

120

95

77

6” - 36”

S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

574

7.188”

6.110”

203

160

130

6” - 36”

S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

Stainless Steel

348

4.188”

3.130”

70

56

45

6” - 36”

SS_

SST-3 & SST-6 – SST-13

FTS-3 – FTS-17

358

5.188”

4.130”

97

77

62

6” - 36”

SS_

SST-4 & SST-6 – SST-13

FTS-3 – FTS-17

368

6.188”

5.130”

92

73

59

6” - 36”

SS_

SST-5 & SST-6 – SST-13

FTS-3 – FTS-17

464

6.188”

5.110”

192

152

123

6” - 36”

SS_

SST-6 & SST-6 – SST-13

FTS-3 – FTS-17

36F

6.000”

5.000”

139

109

89

6” - 36”

F

FCT-23 & FCT-45 – FCT-48

FCT-27 – FCT-44

46F

6.000”

5.000”

221

174

141

6” - 36”

F

FCT-24 & FCT-45 – FCT-48

FCT-27 – FCT-44

H46F

6.000”

5.000”

239

188

153

6” - 36”

F

FCT-25 & FCT-45 – FCT-48

FCT-27 – FCT-44

Cable Tray

Steel

Aluminum

Material*

Straight Sections
& Accessories
Pages

Fiberglass

Use 20 ft Sections
Catalog
Number

Rail
Height

Load
Depth

Span Load
lbs/ft
16’ 18’ 20’

Available
Widths

25A

5.000”

3.930”

78

62

50

34A

4.200”

3.080”

125

99

35A

5.060”

3.960”

121

26A

6.120”

5.040”

36A

6.170”

37A

*Material

A = Aluminum
S = Steel
SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316
F = Fiberglass

CTI-5

B-Line cable trays conform
to the requirements of IEC
Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection Charts

(distance between the supports)xx

Recommended Extra Long Span Cable Tray Selection

Steel

Cable Tray

Aluminum

Use 24 ft or 30 ft Sections

SS

Catalog
Number

Rail
Height

Load
Depth

Span Load
lbs/ft
24’
30’

Material*

Straight Sections
& Accessories
Pages

Fittings
Pages

46A

6.190”

5.080”

72

6” - 36”

A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

47A

7.240”

6.130”

-

6” - 36”

A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

57A

7.400”

161

102

12” - 36”

A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

H46A

5.090”

116

-

6” - 36”

A

HAT-7 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

7.240”

6.090”

103

-

6” - 36”

A

HAT-9 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

S8A

8.000”

6.200”

252

161

12” - 36”

A

HAT-11 & HAT-13 – HAT-23

FTS-3 – FTS-17

444

4.188”

2.110”

63

-

6” - 36”

S

HDS-3 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

454

5.188”

4.110”

74

-

6” - 36”

S

HDS-5 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

464

6.188”

5.110”

85

-

6” - 36”

S

HDS-7 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

476

7.188”

6.130”

53

-

6” - 36”

S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

574

7.188”

6.110”

90

-

6” - 36”

S

HDS-9 & HDS-11 – HDS-21

FTS-3 – FTS-17

464

6.188”

5.110”

85

-

6” - 36”

SS_

SST-5 & SST-6 – SST-13

FTS-3 – FTS-17

Available
Widths

-

69

6.230”

6.240”

H47A

*Material

Cable Tray Systems

A = Aluminum
S = Steel
SS_ = Stainless Steel Type 304 or 316

CTI-6

B-Line cable trays conform
to the requirements of IEC
Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

Cable Tray Information

Extra Long Span 24 - 30 Foot

Cable Tray Information

Cable Tray Systems
B-Line Cable Trays Designed for Your Cable Support Requirements
6

8
5

1

10
11

16
2
3

7

12
13
4

9

18
15

14

17

Nomenclature
1. Ladder Type Cable Tray

10. 30° Vertical Inside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

2. Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray

11. Vertical Bend Segment (VBS)

3. Straight Splice Plate

12. Vertical Tee Down, Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray

4. 90° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

13. Left Hand Reducer, Ladder Type Cable Tray

5. 45° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

14. Frame Type Box Connector

6. Horizontal Tee, Ladder Type Cable Tray

15. Barrier Strip Straight Section

7. Horizontal Cross, Ladder Type Cable Tray

16. Solid Flanged Tray Cover

8. 90° Vertical Outside Bend, Ladder Type Cable Tray

17. Ventilated Channel Straight Section

9. 45° Vertical Outside Bend, Ventilated Type Cable Tray

18. Channel Cable Tray, 90° Vertical Outside Bend

CTI-7

Cable Tray Systems

The B-Line Advantage
• Committed to the Success of its Customers through Manufacturing,
Engineering and Service.
• Positioned to Serve.
u

u
u

u

H
uH
H

u

H

u

u

u

u

u
u

u

• Five United States cable tray fabrication sites: (H)
Troy, IL
Sherman, TX
Pinckneyville, IL
Alum Bank, PA
Reno, NV
• Sixteen factory inventories (u)
• A Proven Industry Leader.
• Over thirty years experience
• Industry Involvement.
-

NEMA - 5VE Member -- Metallic Cable Tray Section
NEMA - 5FG Member -- Nonmetallic Cable Tray Section
Cable Tray Institute (CTI) -- A Founding Member
B-Line cable trays conform to the requirements of IEC Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

• Unmatched Cable Support Systems.
-

Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Metallic)
Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Metallic) REDI-RAIL™ Design
Cable Tray -- Two Side Rail (Nonmetallic)
Cable Tray -- FLEXTRAY™ Cable Support Systems
Cable Runways -- B-Line Telecom
NEMA Wireways

Cable Tray Systems

BLA-1

B-Line Advantage

H

u

u

u

The B-Line Advantage -

The Product

Aluminum Cable Tray, Series 2, 3 & 4
• Side Rails
6

Our I-Beam -- the most
efficient structural shape

1

B-Line Advantage

Using “Copper-free”
6063-T6 Aluminum Alloy

5

2

3

4

• Rungs -- provide system integrity

1. I-beam side rail design
- maximize strength-to-weight ratio
2. Added material to top flange to
increase cable tray stiffness
3. Welding bead
- positive rung lock
- added material disperses heat
4. Bottom flange inside
- positive rung support
5. Bottom flange outside
- strong lower flange for hold down
clamps and expansion guides
6. Top flange outside
- strong upper flange for securing
the tray cover or the conduit-totray adapter

The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system.
Rung A - Standard for widths through 24"
Rung B - Standard for widths greater than 24"
- For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads
- New P-Rung design allows P-Clamp cable fastening at any location.
• Splices -- provide system integrity
With the unique Wedge Lock splice system:
- Channel-shaped for extra strength
- Snaps into the side rail
- Positions and holds for bolting, a labor-saving feature
- Four bolt patterns, a labor-saving feature
- 316 Stainless Steel hardware is available as an option
• Fittings -- provide system integrity
Surpasses NEMA VE 1 requirements
3" straight tangents for splice integrity
• A 200 lb. Concentrated Load -- providing system integrity
Side rails engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load
Rungs engineered to support a 200 lb. concentrated load + cable load
• Reliable time-tested products.

BLA-2

Cable Tray Systems

The B-Line Advantage
Steel Cable Tray, Series 2, 3, 4 & 5
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

• Side Rails
2

Our I-Beam -- the most
efficient structural shape

3

Roll formed for extra strength
Enlarged top flange for stiffness
Structural grade traceable steel
Rung top lock
Rung bottom rest

Side rails and rungs are
stamped every 18" with:

4

1

5

•
•
•
•

Company Name
Part Number
Material
Heat Trace Number

The rungs can represent 40% of your cable tray system.
Rung A - Standard for widths through 24"
Rung B - Standard for widths greater than 24"
- For industrial applications -- 200 lb. concentrated loads.
- Both Rung A and Rung B are roll formed from traceable structural grade steel
• Splices -- provide system integrity
The Splices -- the engineered connection:
- Special high strength eleven gauge steel
- Eight bolt connection for required strength
- Finish and hardware options

• Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication (HDGAF)
providing system integrity
-

ASTM A123/CSA Type I
In plant post-dip inspection and deburr
ASTM F-1136-88 Grade 3 Splice hardware exceeds NEMA requirements.
ASTM A123 Covers available - system compatibility

• Pre-Galvanized- Hot Dip Mill Galvanized
providing system integrity
- ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90/ CSA Type II
- Anti-corrosive silicon bronze welds eliminate cosmetic painting
• Reliable time-tested products
- 200 lb. Concentrated Load- side rail and rungs
- Splice integrity - 3" fitting tangents

Cable Tray Systems

BLA-3

B-Line Advantage

• Rungs -- provide system integrity

The B-Line Advantage
• Special Packaging
- For less than truckload (LTL) shipments
- Reduced freight claims over 50%
- A positive package for all
• New Mid Span Aluminum Splice

B-Line Advantage

- The standard splice for H46A, H47A and 57A systems
- Optional availability for other systems
- See appendix page APP-2 for details
• Special Aluminum Long Span Systems
- 57A12-36-360 Tested to 102 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5
(Page HAT-9 & HAT-10)

- S8A12-36-360 Tested to 161 lbs./ft. on 30' span - safety factor 1.5
(Page HAT-11 & HAT-12)

• REDI-RAIL™ Aluminum Cable Tray Systems (See REDI-RAILl Section)
-

2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 inch cable fill depths
NEMA classes to 12C
Unique fabrication method provides unmatched installation options
Industry leading accessory package

• Wire Basket Cable Support Systems (See FLEXTRAY™ Section)
- Field adaptable - no fittings to order
- Low profile in 2", 4” and 6" loading depths
- Rugged welded steel, wire mesh construction
• Non-Metallic Cable Tray (See Fiberglass Section)
-

For corrosive environments
For voltage isolation
A complete line offering
Request latest catalog

B-Line cable trays conform
to the requirements of IEC
Standard 61537, 2001 Ed.

MEMBER®

BLA-4

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Selection Process

The following factors should be considered when
determining the appropriate cable tray system.
1. Material & Finish
•
•
•
•

Standards Available (Pages CTS-2 – CTS-4)
Corrosion (Pages CTS-5 – CTS-7)
Thermal Contraction and Expansion (Page CTS-8)
Installation Considerations and Electrical Grounding Capacity (Page CTS-9)

2. Strength
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Environmental Loads (Pages CTS-10 & CTS-11)
Concentrated Loads (Page CTS-11)
Support Span (Page CTS-11)
Deflection (Page CTS-12)
Rung/Trough Data (Page CTS-13)
Load Capacity (NEMA & CSA Classes) (Pags CTS-14 & CTS-15)
Cable Data (Page CTS-16)

3. Width & Available Loading Depth
Cable Diameter (Page CTS-16)
Allowable Cable Fill (Pages CTS-17 – CTS-21)
Barrier Requirements (Page CTS-22)
Future Expansion Requirements (Page CTS-22)
Space Limitations (Page CTS-22)

4. Length
•
•
•
•

Lengths Available (Page CTS-23)
Support Spans (Not to exceed the length of straight sections) (Page CTS-23)
Space Limitations (Page CTS-23)
Installation (Page CTS-23)

5. Loading Possibilities
• Power Application (Page CTS-24)
• Data/Communication Cabling (Page CTS-24)
• Other Factors to Consider (Page CTS-24)
6. Bottom Type
•
•
•
•

Type of Cable (Page CTS-25)
Cost vs. Strength (Page CTS-25)
Cable Exposure (Page CTS-25)
Cable Attachment (Page CTS-25)

7. Fitting Radius
• Cable Flexibility (Page CTS-25)
• Space Limitations (Page CTS-25)

Cable Tray Systems

CTS-1

Cable Tray Selection

•
•
•
•
•

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Standards Available
MATERIAL

MATERIAL SPECIFICATION

ADVANTAGES

6063-T6

•
•
•
•

(Side rails, Rungs and Splice Plates)

Aluminum

5052-H32

Steel

ASTM A1011 SS Gr. 33 (14 Gauge Plain Steel)
ASTM A1008 Gr. 33 Type 2

(Trough Bottoms, Covers and Accessories)

(16 & 18 Gauge Plain)

ASTM A653SS Gr. 33 G90 (Pre-Galvanized)
ASTM A510 Gr. 1008 (FLEXTRAY) (plain wire)
Stainless Steel

AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316
ASTM A240

Corrosion Resistance
Easy Field Fabrication & Installation
Excellent Strength to Weight Ratio
Excellent Grounding Conductor

• Electric Shielding
• Finish Options
• Low Thermal Expansion
• Limited Deflection
• Superior Corrosion Resistance
• Withstands High Temperatures

Cable Tray Selection

Note: Fiberglass available - see page 308
Aluminum

Steel

Stainless Steel

Aluminum cable trays are fabricated
from structural grade “copper free”
(marine grade) aluminum extrusions.
Aluminum’s excellent corrosion
resistance is due to its ability to form
an aluminum oxide film that when
scratched or cut reforms the original
protective film. Aluminum has excellent
resistance to "weathering” in most
outdoor applications. Aluminum cable
tray has excellent corrosion resistance
in many chemical environments and
has been used for over thirty years in
petro-chemical plants and paper mills
along the gulf coast from Texas to
Florida. Typically, aluminum cable trays
can perform indefinitely, with little or no
degradation over time, making it ideal
for many chemical and marine
environments. The resistance to
chemicals, indoor and outdoor, can
best be determined by tests conducted
by the user with exposure to the
specific conditions for which it is
intended. For further information,
contact B-Line or the Aluminum
Association.

Steel cable trays are fabricated from
continuous roll-formed structural
quality steel. By roll-forming steel, the
mechanical properties are increased
allowing the use of a lighter gauge
steel to carry the required load. This
reduces the dead weight that must be
carried by the supports and the
installers. Using structural quality
steel, B-Line assures that the material
will meet the minimum yield and
tensile strengths of applicable ASTM
standards. All cable tray side rails,
rungs and splice plates are numbered
for material traceability. The corrosion
resistance of steel varies widely with
coating and alloy.

Stainless Steel cable trays are
fabricated from continuous roll-formed
AISI Type 304 or AISI Type 316/316L
stainless steel. Both are non-magnetic
and belong to the group called
austenitic stainless steels. Like carbon
steel, they exhibit increased strength
when cold worked by roll-forming or
bending.

Steel and Stainless Steel Cable Tray

Several important conditions could
make the use of stainless steel
imperative. These include long term
maintenance costs, corrosion
resistance, appearance and locations
where product contamination is
undesirable. Stainless steel exhibits
stable structural properties such as
yield strength and high creep strength
at elevated temperatures.

Note:

B-Line stainless steel cable trays
are welded using stainless steel
welding wire to ensure each weldment
exhibits the same corrosion resistant
characteristic as the base metal.
Localized staining in the weld area or
heat affected zone may occur in severe
environments. Specialized shielding
gases and low carbon materials are
used to minimize carbon contamination
during welding and reduce staining and
stress corrosion. Specify passivation
after fabrication per ASTM A380 to
minimize staining, improve aesthetics
and further improve corrosion
resistance.

For help choosing proper cable tray
material, see B-Line Technical Paper
Series.
(bline.com/engineer/Technical.asp)

A detailed study of the corrosive
environment is recommended when
considering a stainless steel design
(see pages CTS-6 & CTS-7).

Some common chemicals which
aluminum resists are shown on pages
CTS-6 & CTS-7.
Aluminum Cable Tray

CTS-2

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Standards Available
FINISH

SPECIFICATION

RECOMMENDED USE

Electrogalvanized Zinc

ASTM B633

Indoor

(For Cable Tray Hardware and Accessories, Alum. and Pre-Galv.)
(For Flextray Standard is B633 SC2)

Chromium Zinc

ASTM F-1136-88

Pre-Galvanized Zinc

ASTM A653SS Gr.33 G90 (CSA Type 2)

Hot Dip Galvanized Zinc
After Fabrication
Special Paint

(Hardware for Hot Dip Galvanized Cable Tray)

(Steel Cable Tray and Fittings)

ASTM A123 (CSA Type 1)
(Steel Cable Tray and Fittings)

Per Customer Specification

Indoor/Outdoor
Indoor
Indoor/Outdoor
Indoor

(Aluminum or Steel Cable Tray & Fittings)

Chromium/Zinc

Zinc protects steel in two ways. First
it protects the steel as a coating and
second as a sacrificial anode to repair
bare areas such as cut edges,
scratches, and gouges. The corrosion
protection of zinc is directly related to
its thickness and the environment.
This means a .2 mil coating will last
twice as long as a .1 mil coating in the
same environment.

Chromium/Zinc is a corrosion
resistant composition, which was
developed to protect fasteners and
small bulk items for automotive use.
The coating applications have since
been extended to larger parts and
other markets.
Chromium/Zinc composition is an
aqueous coating dispersion containing
chromium, proprietary organics, and
zinc flake.
This finish provides 1000 hours
protection in salt spray testing per
ASTM B117, exceeding NEMA VE-1
requirements by 300%.

Galvanizing also protects cut and drilled edges.

Zn
ZnFe
Fe

Pre-Galvanized Zinc
ZnO

Electrogalvanized Zinc
Electrogalvanized Zinc (also known
as zinc plated or electroplated) is the
process by which a coating of zinc is
deposited on the steel by electrolysis
from a bath of zinc salts. This finish is
standard for cable tray hardware and
some accessories for aluminum and
pre-galvanized systems.
A rating of SC3, B-Line standard,
provides a minimum zinc coating
thickness of .5 mils (excluding
threaded rod, which is SC1 = .2 mils)
When exposed to air and moisture,
zinc forms a tough, adherent,
protective film consisting of a mixture
of zinc oxides, hydroxides, and
carbonates. This film is in itself a barrier
coating which slows subsequent
corrosive attack on the zinc. This
coating is usually recommended for
indoor use in relatively dry areas, as it
provides ninety-six hours protection in
salt spray testing per ASTM B117.

Cable Tray Systems

(Mill galvanized, hot dip mill galvanized
or continuous hot dip galvanized)

Pre-Galvanized steel is produced by
coating coils of sheet steel with zinc by
continuously rolling the material
through molten zinc at the mills. This is
also known as mill galvanized or hot
dip mill galvanized. These coils are
then slit to size and fabricated by roll
forming, shearing, punching, or forming
to produce B-Line pre-galvanized
cable tray products.
The G90 specification calls for a
coating of .90 ounces of zinc per
square foot of steel. This results in a
coating of .45 ounces per square foot
on each side of the sheet. This is
important when comparing this finish
to hot dip galvanized after fabrication.
During fabrication, cut edges and
welded areas are not normally zinc
coated; however, the zinc near the
uncoated metal becomes a sacrificial
anode to protect the bare areas after a
short period of time.
To further insure a quality product,
B-Line welds all pre-galvanized cable
trays with a silicon bronze welding wire

CTS-3

allowing only a small heat affected
zone to be exposed. This small area
quickly repairs itself by the same
process as cut edges.

Hot Dip Galvanized After
Fabrication
(Hot dip galvanized or batch hot dip
galvanized)

Hot Dip Galvanized After Fabrication
cable tray products are fabricated from
steel and then completely immersed in
a bath of molten zinc. A metallic bond
occurs resulting in a zinc coating that
completely coats all surfaces, including
edges and welds.
Another advantage of this method is
coating thickness. Cable, trays hot dip
galvanized after fabrication, have a
minimum thickness of 1.50 ounces per
square foot on each side, or a total 3.0
ounces per square foot of steel,
according to ASTM A123.
The zinc thickness is controlled by
the amount of time each part is
immersed in the molten zinc bath as
well as the speed at which it is
removed. The term "double dipping"
refers to parts too large to fit into the
galvanizing kettle and, therefore, must
be dipped one end at a time. It does
not refer to extra coating thickness.
The layer of zinc which bonds to steel
provides a dual protection against
corrosion. It protects first as an overall
barrier coating. If this coating happens
to be scratched or gouged, zinc's
secondary defense is called upon to
protect the steel by galvanic action.
Hot dip galvanized after fabrication is
recommended for prolonged outdoor
exposure and will protect steel for
many years in most outdoor
environments and in many aggressive
industrial environments (see charts on
page CTS-4).

Cable Tray Selection

Zinc Coatings

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Standards Available
Service Life is defined as the time to 5% rusting of the steel surface.
Anticipated Life of Zinc Coatings In Various Atmospheric Environments
40
36
29

30

Hot Dip

= Zinc Coating 1.50 Oz./Ft.2 (.0026" Thick)

Pre-Galvanized

= Zinc Coating 0.45 Oz./Ft.2 (.00075" Thick)

25

Life
in
Years

21
18

20

10
10

Rural

11
8

7

Tropical
Marine

6

Temperate
Marine

Suburban

5

3

Urban

Highly
Industrial

Cable Tray Selection

Environment

PVC Coating

Painting Cable Tray

Special Paint

PVC coating aluminum or steel cable
tray is not recommended and has been
removed from B-Line cable tray line.

B-Line offers painted cable tray to
any color specified by the customer. It
is important to note that there are key
advantages and disadvantages to
ordering factory painted cable tray.
B-Line typically does not recommend
factory painted cable tray for most
applications.

B-Line cable tray and supports can
be painted or primed to meet the
customers requirements. B-Line has
several colors available, consult the
factory.

The application of a 15 mil PVC
coating to aluminum or steel cable tray
was a somewhat popular finish option
15 or more years ago. The soft PVC
coating must be completely intact for
the finish to be effective. In a caustic
atmosphere, a pinhole in the coating
can render it useless and corrode the
cable tray. The shipment of the cable
tray consistently damages the coating,
as does installation. The splice
hardware, splice plates and ground
straps require field removal of the
coating to ensure connections. PVC
coated cable tray drastically increases
the product’s cost and delivery time.
B-Line recommends using fiberglass
- See Fiberglass section, or stainless
steel cable tray systems in highly
corrosive areas.

Painted cable tray is often used in
“open ceiling” applications, where all
the overhead equipment and structure
is painted the same color. In this type
of application, additional painting is
often necessary in the field, after
installation, to ensure all of the
supporting components, such as
hanger rods, clamps and attaching
hardware have been painted uniformly.
Pre-painted cable tray interferes with
common grounding practices, requiring
the paint to be removed at splice
locations, and/or the addition of
bonding jumpers that were otherwise
unnecessary. This additional field
modification not only increases the
installation cost, but causes potential
damage to the special painted finish.
It is typically more cost effective to
use an Aluminum or Pre-Galvanized
Steel cable tray and paint it after
installation, along with the other
un-painted building components.
Consult painting contractor for proper
surface preparation.

CTS-4

If a non-standard color is required the
following information needs to be
specified:
1. Type of material preparation
(primer, etc.)
2. Type of paint, manufacturer and
paint number or type of paint with
chip.
3. Dry film thickness.

Material/Finish
Prefix Designation Chart
Catalog
Number
Prefix

Material
to be
Furnished

A
P
G
ZN
S
SS4
SS6

Aluminum
Pre-Galvanized
Hot Dip Galvanized
Zinc Plated
Plain Steel
Type 304 Stainless Steel
Type 316 Stainless Steel

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Corrosion
1. The amount and concentration of electrolyte presentAn indoor, dry environment will have little or no galvanic
corrosion compared to a wet atmosphere.

All metal surfaces are affected by corrosion. Depending on
the physical properties of the metal and the environment
to which it is exposed, chemical or electromechanical
corrosion may occur.

2. The relative size of the materials- A small amount of
anodic material in contact with a large cathodic material
will result in greater corrosion. Likewise, a large anode
in contact with a small cathode will decrease the rate of
attack.

Atmospheric Corrosion
Atmospheric corrosion occurs when metal is exposed to
airborne liquids, solids or gases. Some sources of
atmospheric corrosion are moisture, salt, dirt and
sulphuric acid. This form of corrosion is typically worse
outdoors, especially near marine environments.

3. The relative position on the Galvanic Series Table - The
further apart in the Galvanic Series Table, the greater
the potential for corrosion of the anodic material.

Chemical Corrosion
Chemical corrosion takes place when metal comes in
direct contact with a corrosive solution. Some factors
which affect the severity of chemical corrosion include:
chemical concentration level, duration of contact,
frequency of washing, and operating temperature.

Galvanic Series In Sea Water
Anodic End

Storage Corrosion

Proper handling and storage will help to assure stain-free
material. If product arrives wet, it should be unpacked and
dried before storage. Dry material should be stored in a
well ventilated “low moisture” environment to avoid
condensation formation. Outdoor storage is undesirable,
and should be avoided whenever possible.

Galvanic Corrosion
Galvanic corrosion occurs when two or more dissimilar
metals are in contacts in the presence of an electrolyte (ie.
moisture). An electrolytic cell is created and the metals
form an anode or a cathode depending on their relative
position on the Galvanic Series Table. The anodic material
will be the one to corrode. Whether a material is anodic
depends on the relative position of the other material. For
example: If zinc and steel are in contact, the zinc acts as
the anode and will corrode; the steel acts as the cathode,
and will be protected. If steel and copper are in contact,
the steel is now the anode and will corrode.

More Anodic

Light staining normally disappears with weathering.
Medium to heavy buildup should be removed, in order to
allow the formation of normal protective film.

The rate at which galvanic corrosion occurs depends on
several factors:

Cathodic End

Cable Tray Systems

CTS-5

Cable Tray Selection

Wet storage stain (White rust) is caused by the entrapment
of moisture between surfaces of closely packed and
poorly ventilated material for an extended period. Wet
storage stain is usually superficial, having no affect on the
properties of the metal.

Magnesium
Magnesium Alloys
Zinc
Beryllium
Aluminum - Zinc Alloys (7000 series)
Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (5000 series)
Aluminum (1000 series)
Aluminum - Magnesium Alloys (3000 series)
Aluminum - Magnesium - Silicon Alloys (6000 series)
Cadmium
Aluminum - Copper Alloys (2000 series)
Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, Mild Steel
Austenitic Nickel Cast Iron
Type 410 Stainless Steel (active)
Type 316 Stainless Steel (active)
Type 304 Stainless Steel (active)
Naval Brass, Yellow Brass, Red Brass
Tin
Copper
Lead-Tin Solders
Admiralty Brass, Aluminum Brass
Manganese Bronze
Silicon Bronze
Tin Bronze
Type 410 Stainless Steel (passive)
Nickel - Silver
Copper Nickel Alloys
Lead
Nickel - Aluminum Bronze
Silver Solder
Nickel 200
Silver
Type 316 Stainless Steel (passive)
Type 304 Stainless Steel (passive)
Incoloy 825
Hastelloy B
Titanium
Hastelloy C
Platinum
Graphite

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Corrosion Guide
Cable Tray Material
Chemical

Aluminum

Stainless Type 316

Cold

Warm

Hot

Cold

Warm

Hot

Cold

Warm

Hot

R
NR
R
R
F

R
NR
R
R
F

R
NR
R
R
NR

R
NR
NR
R
R

R
--R
R

R
--R
R

R
F
F
R
R

R
--R
R

R
--R
R

F
F
F
R
R

F
F
-R
R

F
NR
-R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
-R
-R

R
-R
-R

R
R
R
R
R

R
-R
R
R

R
-R
R
R

Amyl Alcohol
Arsenic Acid
Barium Chloride
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide

R
F
F
R
NR

R
F
F
R
NR

R
F
NR
R
NR

R
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

--R
---

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
---

Benzene
Benzoic Acid
Boric Acid
Bromine Liquid or Vapor
Butyl Acetate

R
F
R
NR
R

R
F
R
NR
R

R
NR
F
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
--

R
R
R
NR
--

R
R
R
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
R

Butyl Alcohol
Butyric Acid
Calcium Chloride 20%
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite 2 - 3%

R
F
F
N
F

R
F
F
---

R
F
NR
---

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
-R
--

R
R
-F
--

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
-R
--

R
R
-R
--

Calcium Sulfate
Carbon Monoxide Gas
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chloroform Dry
Chloroform Solution

R
R
F
R
R

R
R
F
NR
NR

-R
NR
NR
NR

R
R
F
R
--

R
R
F
R
--

-R
F
---

R
R
R
R
--

R
R
R
R
--

-R
R
---

Chromic Acid 10% CP
Citric Acid
Copper Cyanide
Copper Sulfate 5%
Ethyl Alcohol

R
F
NR
NR
R

R
F
NR
NR
R

-F
NR
NR
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

F
NR
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

Ethylene Glycol
Ferric Chloride
Ferrous Sulfate 10%
Formaldehyde 37%
Formic Acid 10%

R
NR
R
R
R

R
NR
NR
R
R

F
NR
NR
R
--

R
NR
R
R
R

R
NR
R
R
R

-NR
-R
NR

R
NR
R
R
R

R
NR
R
R
R

R
NR
-R
R

Gallic Acid 5%
Hydrochloride Acid 25%
Hydrofluoric Acid 10%
Hydrogen Peroxide 30%
Hydrogen Sulfide Wet

R
NR
NR
R
R

R
NR
NR
R
--

NR
NR
NR
R
--

R
NR
NR
R
NR

R
NR
NR
R
NR

R
NR
NR
R
NR

R
NR
NR
R
R

R
NR
NR
R
R

R
NR
NR
R
R

Acteone
Aluminum Chloride Solution
Anhydrous Aluminum Chloride
Aluminum Sulfate
Ammonium Chloride 10%
Ammonium Hydroxide
Ammonium Phosphate
Ammonium Sulfate
Ammonium Thiocyanate
Amyl Acetate

Cable Tray Selection

Stainless Type 304

R
F
NR
--

=
=
=
=

Recommended
May be used under some conditions
Not Recommended
Information not available

The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition)
The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material.
B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in order to
determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected.

For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages FCT-3 & FCT-4).
Cold = 50 - 80°F

Warm = 130 - 170°F

Hot = 200 - 212°F

CTS-6

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish
Corrosion Guide

Cable Tray Material
Chemical

Aluminum

Stainless Type 304

Stainless Type 316

Warm

Hot

Cold

Warm

Hot

Cold

Warm

Hot

Lactic Acid 10%
Lead Acetate 5%
Magnesium Chloride 1%
Magnesium Hydroxide
Magnesium Nitrate 5%

R
NR
NR
R
R

F
NR
NR
R
--

NR
NR
NR
R
--

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
-R
R

F
R
F
-R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
-R
R

R
R
R
-R

Nickel Chloride
Nitric Acid 15%
Oleic Acid
Oxalic Acid 10%
Phenol CP

NR
NR
R
R
R

NR
NR
R
F
R

NR
NR
F
NR
R

R
R
R
NR
R

-R
R
NR
R

-R
F
NR
R

R
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

Phosphoric Acid 50%
Potassium Bromide 100%
Potassium Carbonate 100%
Potassium Chloride 5%
Potassium Dichromate

NR
R
F
R
R

NR
F
F
R
R

NR
NR
-R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
-R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

F
R
R
R
R

NR
R
R
R
R

Potassium Hydroxide 50%
Potassium Nitrate 50%
Potassium Sulfate 5%
Propyl Alcohol
Sodium Acetate 20%

NR
R
R
R
R

NR
R
R
R
F

NR
R
R
R
F

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium

Bisulfate 10%
Borate
Carbonate 18%
Chloride 5%
Hydroxide 50%

R
R
R
R
NR

F
F
F
NR
NR

F
F
F
NR
NR

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium
Sodium

Hypochlorite 5%
Nitrate 100%
Nitrite 100%
Sulfate 100%
Thiosulfate

R
R
R
R
R

F
R
R
R
R

F
R
R
F
R

F
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
R

Sulfur Dioxide (Dry)
Sulfuric Acid 5%
Sulfuric Acid 10%
Sulfuric Acid 50%
Sulfuric Acid 75 - 98%

R
NR
NR
NR
NR

R
NR
NR
NR
NR

R
-NR
NR
NR

R
F
NR
NR
NR

R
NR
NR
NR
NR

R
NR
NR
NR
NR

R
R
NR
NR
NR

R
-NR
NR
NR

R
-NR
NR
NR

Sulfuric Acid 98 - 100%
Tannic Acid 10 & 50%
Tartaric Acid 10 & 50%
Vinegar
Zinc Chloride 5 & 20%

NR
NR
F
F
F

NR
NR
NR
F
NR

-NR
NR
F
NR

R
R
R
R
R

-R
R
R
F

-R
R
R
NR

R
R
R
R
R

R
R
R
R
R

F
R
R
R
R

F
F

NR
NR

NR
NR

R
R

R
R

R
R

R
R

R
R

R
R

Zinc Nitrate
Zinc Sulfate
R = Recommended
F = May be used under some conditions
NR = Not Recommended
-- = Information not available

The corrosion data given in this table is for general comparison only. (Reference Corrosion Resistance Tables, Second Edition)
The presence of contaminates in chemical environments can greatly affect the corrosion rate of any material.
B-Line strongly suggests that field service tests or simulated laboratory tests using actual environmental conditions be conducted in
order to determine the proper materials and finishes to be selected.

For questionable environments see Fiberglass Cable Tray Corrosion Guide (Pages FCT-3 & FCT-4).
Cold = 50 - 80°F

Cable Tray Systems

Warm = 130 - 170°F

Hot = 200 - 212°F

CTS-7

Cable Tray Selection

Cold

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Thermal Contraction and Expansion
It is important that thermal contraction
and expansion be considered when
installing cable tray systems. The
length of the straight cable tray runs
and the temperature differential
govern the number of expansion splice
plates required (see Table 2 below).

X

--

-- --

--

X

--

-- --

--

X

X

--

-- --

--

X

--

-- --

--

X

Expansion Splice Plates
(Bonding Jumpers Required
On Each Side of Tray)

The cable tray should be anchored
at the support nearest to its midpoint
between the expansion splice plates
and secured by expansion guides at all
other support locations (see Figure 1).
The cable tray should be permitted
longitudinal movement in both
directions from that fixed point. When
used, covers should be overlapped at
expansion splices.

1

Plot the highest expected metal
temperature on the maximum
temperature line.

2 Plot the lowest expected metal
temperature on the minimum
temperature line.
3 Draw a line between the maximum
and minimum points.
4 Plot the metal temperature at the
time of installation to determine
the gap setting.

X :Denotes hold-down clamp
(anchor) at support.
_ : Denotes expansion guide
clamp at support.

Typical Cable Tray Installation
Figure 2
Maximum
Temperature
C°

Minimum
Temperature

F°

F°

130

130

110

110
40

40

1
90

90

70

70

30

30

20

3

20

50

50

0

30

30

0

-10

10

10

-10

-20

-10

-10

-20

-30

-30

10

10

4
-30

2

-30

-40

-40

Refer to page FCT-8 for thermal
contraction and expansion of
fiberglass cable trays.

C°
50

50

Metal Temperature At Time Of Installation

Cable Tray Selection

Accurate gap settings at the time of
installation are necessary for the proper
operation of the expansion splice
plates. The following procedure should
assist the installer in determining the
correct gap: (see Figure 2)

Figure 1

1/8
(3.2)

1/4
(6.3)

0
(0.0)

Table 2

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.0)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

GAP SETTING Inches (mm)

Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints For 1" Movement
Temperature
Differential
˚F
˚C

Stainless Steel
Feet

m

25

-4

512

50

10

Steel

Aluminum
Feet
m

304

316

Feet

m

Feet

m

156.0

260

79.2

347

105.7

379

115.5

256

78.0

130

39.6

174

53.0

189

57.6

75

24

171

52.1

87

26.5

116

35.4

126

38.4

100

38

128

39.0

65

19.8

87

26.5

95

29.0

125

51

102

31.1

52

15.8

69

21.0

76

23.2

150

65

85

25.9

43

13.1

58

17.7

63

19.2

175

79

73

22.2

37

11.3

50

15.2

54

16.4

Note: every pair of expansion splice plates requires two bonding jumpers for grounding continuity.

CTS-8

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Material & Finish

Installation Considerations
Weight
The weight of an aluminum cable tray is approximately half that of a comparable steel tray. Some factors to
consider include: shipping costs, material, handling, project weight restrictions and the strength of support members.

Field Modifications
Aluminum cable tray is easier to cut and drill than steel cable tray since it is a “softer” material. Similarly,
galvanized steel cable tray is easier to cut and drill than stainless steel cable tray. B-Line aluminum cable tray uses
a four bolt splice, resulting in half as much drilling and hardware installation as most steel cable tray, which uses an
eight bolt splice. Hot dip galvanized and painted steel cable tray finishes must be repaired when field cutting or
drilling. Failure to repair coatings will impair the cable tray’s corrosion resistance.

Availability
Aluminum, pre-galvanized, stainless steel and fiberglass cable tray can normally be shipped from the factory in
a short period of time. Hot dip galvanized and painted cable tray requires an additional coating process, adding
several days of preparation before final shipment. Typically, a coated cable tray will be sent to an outside source
for coating, requiring additional packing and shipping.
Table 392.7(B)(2)
Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays
Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors

Electrical Grounding Capacity

The corresponding cross-sectional area for each
side rail design (2 side rails) is listed on a fade
resistant UV stabilized label (see Figure 3). This
cable tray label is attached to each straight section
and fitting that is U.L. classified. U.L. assigned
cross-sectional area is also stated in the loading
charts in this catalog for each system.

Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,
Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip
Setting, or Circuit Breaker
Protective Relay Ampere Trip
Setting for Ground Fault
Protection of any Cable Circuit
in the Cable Tray System

Steel
Cable Trays

Aluminum
Cable Trays

60
100
200
400
600
1000
1200
1600
2000

0.20
0.40
0.70
1.00
1.50**
-----

0.20
0.20
0.20
0.40
0.40
0.60
1.00
1.50
2.00**

Minimum Cross-Sectional Area of
Metal* In Square Inches

For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters.
* Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough-type cable trays; or
the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel-type cable trays or cable
trays of one-piece construction.
** Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits
with ground-fault protection above 600 amperes. Aluminum cable trays shall not be
used as equipment grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection
above 2000 amperes.
For larger ampere ratings an additional grounding conductor must be used.

NEMA Installation Guide
The new NEMA VE 2 is a cable tray installation
guideline and is available from NEMA, CTI or B-Line.
For free download see www.cabletrays.com.

Figure 3

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.
Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION
Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001
Mark Number: 78101115400
Purchase Order: D798981
Minimum Area: 1.000 SQ. IN.
Load Class:
D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN
C

S SI FI E

D

LA

®

Cable Tray Systems

This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

CTS-9

1 of 1
09/15/2005
000291745

NON-VENTILATED
Reference File #LR36026

www.cooperbline.com
(618) 654-2184

30781011154005

WARNING!

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,
Or Support For Personnel.

Cable Tray Selection

The National Electrical Code, Article 392.7 allows
cable tray to be used as an equipment grounding
conductor. All B-Line standard steel and aluminum
cable trays are classified by Underwriter’s
Laboratories per NEC Table 392.7 based on their
cross-sectional area.

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Environmental Loads
Wind Loads
Wind loads need to be determined for all outdoor
cable tray installations. Most outdoor cable trays are
ladder type trays, therefore the most severe loading
to be considered is impact pressure normal to the
cable tray side rails (see detail 1).

separate a cover from a tray. Wind moving across
a covered tray (see detail 2) creates a positive
pressure inside the tray and a negative pressure
above the cover. This pressure difference can lift the
cover off the tray.

Detail 2

Detail 1

The impact pressure corresponding to several wind
velocities are given below in Table 1.

Cable Tray Selection

Table 1
Impact Pressures
V(mph)

P(lbs/ft2)

15
0.58
20
1.02
25
1.60
30
2.30
35
3.13
40
4.09
45
5.18
50
6.39
55
7.73
60
9.21
65
10.80
70
12.50
75
14.40
80
16.40
V= Wind Velocity
P= Impact Pressure

V(mph)

P(lbs/ft2)

85
90
95
100
105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150

18.5
20.7
23.1
25.6
28.2
30.9
33.8
36.8
40.0
43.3
46.6
50.1
53.8
57.6

Note: These values are for an air density of 0.07651 lbs/ft3
corresponding to a temperature of 60˚ F and barometric
pressure of 14.7 lbs/in2.

Example Calculation:
Side load for 6" side rail with 100 mph wind
25.6 x 6 = 12.8 lbs/ft
12

B-Line recommends the use of heavy duty wraparound cover clamps when covered trays are
installed in an area where strong winds occur.
Special Notice:
Covers on wide cable tray and/or cable tray installed
at elevations high off the ground may require
additional heavy duty clamps or thicker cover
material.

Ice Loads
Glaze ice is the most commonly seen form of ice
build-up. It is the result of rain or drizzle freezing on
impact with an exposed object. Generally, only the
top surface (or the cover) and the windward side of
a cable tray system is significantly coated with ice.
The maximum design load to be added due to ice
should be calculated as follows:
LI = W x TI
144

(

) x DI where;

LI= Ice Load (lbs/linear foot)
W= Cable Tray Width (inches)
TI= Maximum Ice Thickness (inches)
DI= Ice Density = 57 lbs/ft3
the maximum ice thickness will vary depending on
location. A thickness of 1/2" can be used as a
conservative standard.
Example Calculation:
Ice Loads for 24" wide tray with 1/2" thick ice;
24 x .5 x 57 = 4.75 lbs/ft
144

When covers are installed on outdoor cable trays,
another factor to be considered is the aerodynamic
effect which can produce a lift strong enough to

CTS-10

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Environmental Loads
Snow Loads
Snow is measured by density and thickness. The density of snow varies almost as much as its thickness.
The additional design load from snowfall should be determined using the building codes which apply for each
installation.

Seismic Loads
A great deal of seismic testing and evaluation of cable tray systems, and their supports, has been performed.
The conclusions reached from these evaluations is that cable tray is stronger laterally than vertically, since it
acts as a truss in the lateral direction. Other factors that contribute to the stability of cable tray are the energy
dissipating motion of the cables within the tray, and the high degree of ductility of the cable tray and the
support material. These factors, working in conjunction with a properly designed cable tray system, should
afford reasonable assurance to withstand even strong motion earthquakes.
When seismic bracing is required for a cable tray system, it should be applied to the supports and not the
cable tray itself. B-Line’s “Seismic Restraints” brochure provides OSHPD approved methods of bracing cable
tray supports using standard B-Line products. Contact B-Line to receive a copy of this brochure.

Concentrated Loads
A concentrated static load represents a static weight applied at a single point between the side rails. Tap
boxes, conduit attachments and long cable drops are just some of the many types of concentrated loads.
When so specified, these concentrated static loads may be converted to an equivalent, uniform load (We) by
using the following formula:

B-Line cable tray side rails, rungs and bottoms will withstand a 200 lb. static load without collapse (series
14 excluded)*. However, it should be noted that per NEMA Standard Publication VE1 cable tray is designed as
a support for power or control cables, or both, and is not intended or designed to be a walkway for personnel.
Each section of B-Line Cable Tray has a label stating the following message:
Warning! Not to be used as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel. To be used only as a
mechanical support for cables and raceway.

Cable Tray Systems

CTS-11

Cable Tray Selection

We = 2 x (concentrated Static Load)
span length

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Support Span
The strength of a cable tray is largely determined by the strength of its side rails. The strength of a cable tray
side rail is proportionate to the distance between the supports on which it is installed, commonly referred to as
the “support span”. Therefore, the strength of a cable tray system can be altered by changing the support
span. However, there is a limit to how much the strength of a cable tray system can be increased by reducing
the support span, because the strength of the cable tray bottom members could become the determining
factor of strength.

Cable Tray Selection

Once the load requirement of a cable tray system has been established, the following factors should be
considered:
1.

Sometimes the location of existing structural beams will dictate the cable tray support span.
This is typical with outdoor installations where adding intermediate supports could be financially
prohibitive. For this situation the appropriate cable tray must be selected to accommodate the
existing span.

2.

When cable tray supports are randomly located, the added cost of a higher strength cable tray
system should be compared to the cost of additional supports. Typically, adding supports is
more costly than installing a stronger series of cable tray. The stronger cable tray series (e.g.
from 75 lbs./ft. on 20’ span to 100 lbs./ft. on 20’ span) will increase the price of the cable tray
system minimally, possibly less than $1/ft., with little or no additional labor cost for installation.
Alternately, one extra support may cost $100.00 (material and labor) for a simple trapeze. Future
cable additions or the capability of supporting equipment, raceways for example, also favor
stronger cable tray systems. In summary, upgrading to a stronger cable tray series is
typically more cost-effective than using the recommended additional supports for a lighter
duty cable tray series.

3.

The support span lengths should be equal to or less than unspliced straight section lengths, to
ensure that no more than one splice is placed between supports as stated in the NEMA VE 2
Cable Tray Installation Guideline.

CTS-12

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Deflection
Deflection in a cable tray system is primarily an
aesthetic consideration. When a cable tray system is
installed in a prominent location, a maximum simple
beam deflection of 1/200 of support span can be
used as a guideline to minimize visual deflection.
It is important at this point to mention that there
are two typical beam configurations, simple beam
and continuous beam, and to clarify the difference.
A good example of a simple beam is a single
straight section of cable tray supported, but not
fastened at either end. When the tray is loaded the
cable tray is allowed to flex. Simple beam analysis is
used almost universally for beam comparisons even
though it is seldom practical in the field installations.
The three most prominent reasons for using a simple
beam analysis are: calculations are simplified; it
represents the worst case loading; and testing is
simple and reliable. The published load data in the
B-Line cable tray catalog is based on the simple
beam analysis per NEMA & CSA Standards.

2. Deflection in a cable tray system can be reduced
by decreasing the support span, or by using a
taller or stronger cable tray.
3. When comparing cable trays of equivalent
strength, a steel cable tray will typically exhibit
less deflection than an aluminum cable tray since
the modulus of elasticity of steel is nearly three
times that of aluminum.
4. The location of splices in a continuous span will
affect the deflection of the cable tray system. The
splices should be located at points of minimum
stress whenever practical. NEMA Standards VE 1
limits the use of splice plates as follows:
Unspliced straight sections should be used on all
simple spans and on end spans of continuous span
runs. Straight section lengths should be equal to or
greater than the span length to ensure not more
than one splice between supports.
See the figures below for splicing configuration
samples.

Continuous beam is the beam configuration most
commonly used in cable tray installations. An
example of this configuration is where cable trays are
installed across several supports to form a number of
spans. The continuous beam possesses traits of
both the simple and fixed beams. When equal loads
are applied to all spans simultaneously, the counterbalancing effect of the loads on both sides of a
support restricts the movement of the cable tray at
the support. The effect is similar to that of a fixed
beam. The end spans behave substantially like
simple beams. When cable trays of identical design
are compared, the continuous beam installation will
typically have approximately half the deflection of a
simple beam of the same span. Therefore simple
beam data should be used only as a general
comparison. The following factors should be
considered when addressing cable tray deflection:

Continuous Beam

Cable Tray Systems

CTS-13

Typical Continuous
Span Configuration

+
0
+ Maximum Positive Moment
- Maximum Negative Moment

Preferred Splice
Plate Locations

Undesirable Splice
Plate Locations

Cable Tray Selection

Simple Beam

1. Economic consideration must be considered
when addressing cable deflection criteria.

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Load Capacity
Calculate each anticipated load factor, then add them to obtain a total load.
(Example: Working Load = Cable + Concentrated + Wind + Snow + Ice Loads).
The Working Load should be used, along with the maximum support spacing, to select a span/load
class designation from Table 3. Table 4 (page CTS-15) contains the most common load/span class
designations per the US and Canadian metallic cable tray standard, CSA, C22.2 No. 126.1-98 First
Addition, NEMA VE 1-1998.

Table 3 - These Loading Classes Are
Historical and Supplied For Reference Only

Cable Tray Selection

Load
Class

Class Designations for lengths of

lb/ft

kg/m

25

37

ft
8

m
(2.4)
––

ft
10

m
(3.0)
A

ft
12

m
(3.7)
––

ft
16

m
(4.9)
––

ft
20

m
(6.0)
––

45

67

––

––

––

––

D

50

74

8A

––

12A

16A

20A

65

97

––

C

––

––

––

75

112

8B

––

12B

16B

E or 20B

100

149

8C

––

12C

16C

20C

120

179

––

D

––

––

––

200

299

––

E

––

––

––

Note: 8A/B/C, 12A/B/C, 16A/B/C, and 20A/B/C were the traditional
NEMA designations. A, C, D, and E were the conventional CSA designations.
Actual tested loadings per span will be stated on the product labels.

CTS-14

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Table 4 - B-Line Cable Tray Load Classes

Series

Aluminum

Steel

Copper free

HDGAF/Pre-Galvanized

Load
Depth

lb/ft

Load
(kg/m)

ft

Span
(m)

Former Classes
NEMA
CSA

RSI04A
24A
34A
RSI05A
25A
35A
RSI06A
26A
36A
46A
H46A
RSI07A

2.68
3
3
3.66
4
4
4.64
5
5
5
5
5.63

75
126
80
83
50
121
82
51
84
103
167
122

(112)
(187)
(119)
(123)
(74)
(180)
(121)
(76)
(125)
(153)
(248)
(182)

12
12
20
12
20
16
12
20
20
20
20
12

(3.7)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(4.9)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(3.7)

12B
12C
20B
12B
16B
20B
12C
20A
20B
20C
167# @ 20'
12C

37A
47A
H47A
57A
S8A

6
6
6
6
6

80
100
149
102
161

(119)
(149)
(222)
(152)
(240)

20
20
20
30
30

(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(9.1)
(9.1)

20B
20C
149# @ 20'
102# @ 30'
161# @ 30'

13F
24F
36F
46F
H46F
48F

2
3
5
5
5
7

145
156
88
141
152
125

(216)
(232)
(131)
(210)
(226)
(187)

8
12
20
20
20
20

(2.4)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)

8C

368†
366*
464* †
176*
152 kg/m (9.1m)
378*
240 kg/m (9.1m)
476*
574*
348†
358†
FT1.5X12
FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8
FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20
FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X36
FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT4X12
FT4X16
FT4X18
FT4X20
FT4X24
FT4X30
FT6X8
FT6X12
FT6X16
FT6X18
FT6X20
FT6X24

* G denotes CSA Type 1 (HDGAF) or P denotes CSA Type 2 (Mill-Galvanized)

Cable Tray Systems

148*
248*
346*
444*
156*
258*
356*
358*
454*
166*
268*

CTS-15

Load
Depth

lb/ft

Load
(kg/m)

ft

Span
(m)

3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
5

51
103
63
91
76
109
69
62
106
77
110

(76)
(153)
(94)
(135)
(113)
(162)
(103)
(92)
(158)
(115)
(164)

12
12
20
20
12
12
20
20
20
12
12

(3.7)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(3.7)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(3.7)
(3.7)

5
5
5
6
6
6
6
3
4
11/2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6

59
75
123
86
51
77
130
125
62
11
20
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
36
46
47
47
47
47
47
50
50
43
48
50
50
55
60

(88)
(112)
(183)
(128)
(76)
(115)
(193)
(186)
(92)
(16)
(30)
(40)
(40)
(40)
(40)
(40)
(40)
(40)
(40)
(40)
(40)
(53)
(68)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(70)
(74)
(74)
(64)
(71)
(74)
(74)
(82)
(89)

20
20
20
12
20
20
20
12
20
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(6.1)
(3.7)
(6.1)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)
(2.4)

Former Classes
NEMA
CSA
12A
12C
20A
20B
12B
12C
16C
20A
20C
12B
12C

C1 (3m)
D1 (3m)
D1 (6m)
E (3m)
C1 (3m)
D1 (3m)
D1 (6m)
D1 (6m)
E (6m)
C1 (3m)
D1 (3m)

20A
D1 (3m)
20B
E (6m)
119# @ 20'
E (6m)
12B
137 kg/m (3.7m)
20A
D1 (3m)
20B
D1 (6m)
117# @ 20'
E (6m)
12C
C1 (3m)
20A
89 kg/m (6.1m)

8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A
8A

† SS4 (Type 304 Stainless) or SS6 (Type 316 Stainless)

Cable Tray Selection

Fiberglass

C (3m)
D1 (3m)
E (6m)
C (3m)
D1 (6m)
E (3m)
D1 (3m)
D1 (6m)
E (6m)
E (6m)
131 kg/m (7.6m)
D1 (3m)

Series

Cable Tray Selection -

Strength

Cable Data

Multiconductor Cable Type TC, 600V with XHHW
Conductors, Copper
3 conductors with ground

The cable load is simply the total
weight of all the cables to be placed in
the tray. This load should be expressed
in lbs/ft.

Diameter
in.
0.66
0.74
0.88
1.00
1.13
1.22
1.31
1.42
1.55
1.76
1.98
2.26
2.71
3.10

Size
8
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
350
500
750
1000

The data on this page provides
average weights for common cable
sizes.

Area
in.2
0.34
0.43
0.61
0.79
1.00
1.17
1.35
1.58

Weight
lbs/ft
0.33
0.45
0.66
0.96
1.17
1.43
1.72
2.14
2.64
3.18
4.29
5.94
9.01
11.70

4 conductors with ground
Diameter
in.
0.72
0.81
0.96
1.10
1.25
1.35
1.45
1.58
1.77
1.93
2.18
2.50
3.12

Area
in.2
0.41
0.52
0.72
0.95
1.23
1.43
1.65
1.96

Weight
lbs/ft
0.42
0.58
0.84
1.20
1.55
1.84
2.20
2.80
3.46
4.04
5.48
7.64
11.40

Multiconductor Cable Type MC, 600V with XHHW Conductors, Copper
3 conductors with ground

Cable Tray Selection

Diameter (in.)

Area

(in.2)

4 conductors with ground

Weight (lbs/ft)

Diameter (in.)

Size

Without
Jacket

With
Jacket

Without
Jacket

With
Jacket

Alum.
Armor

Steel
Armor

Without With
Jacket Jacket

8
6
4
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0

0.70
0.78
0.89
1.01
1.16
1.23
1.32
1.46

0.80
0.88
0.99
1.12
1.27
1.34
1.43
1.57

0.38
0.48
0.62
0.80
1.06
1.19
1.37
1.67

0.50
0.61
0.77
0.99
1.27
1.41
1.61
1.94

0.41
0.55
0.74
1.08
1.38
1.56
1.85
2.35

0.57
0.74
0.95
1.32
1.63
1.86
2.20
2.67

0.76
0.85
0.97
1.10
1.25
1.35
1.46
1.58

0.86
0.95
1.07
1.22
1.36
1.46
1.56
1.71

4/0
250
350
500
750

1.56
1.74
1.96
2.24
2.68

1.68
1.86
2.10
2.37
2.84

2.82
3.31
4.48
6.08
8.96

3.21
3.94
4.97
6.58
9.70

1.75
1.92
2.16
2.47
3.03

1.88
2.04
2.30
2.63
3.22

Area (in.2)

Weight (lbs/ft)

Without
Jacket

With
Jacket

Alum.
Armor

Steel
Armor

0.45
0.57
0.74
0.95
1.23
1.43
1.67
1.96

0.58
0.71
0.90
1.17
1.45
1.67
1.91
2.30

0.51
0.69
0.93
1.29
1.61
1.94
2.36
2.94

0.68
0.87
1.15
1.56
1.91
2.27
2.72
3.33

3.64
4.21
5.71
7.91
11.48

3.97
4.64
6.12
8.39
12.17

Single Conductor Cable 600V
XHHW
Size

Diameter
in.

1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
300
350
400
500
600
750
1000

0.48
0.52
0.58
0.63
0.70
0.75
0.80
0.85
0.93
1.04
1.14
1.29

Area
in.2

0.38
0.44
0.50
0.57
0.68
0.85
1.02

THHN, THWN
Weight
lbs/ft

Diameter
in.

0.37
0.46
0.57
0.71
0.85
1.02
1.17
1.33
1.64
2.03
2.24
2.52

0.50
0.54
0.60
0.66
0.72
0.77
0.83
0.87
0.96
1.06
1.17
1.32

Area
in.2

0.41
0.47
0.54
0.59
0.72
0.88
1.08

TW, THW

Weight
lbs/ft

Diameter
in.

0.37
0.46
0.57
0.71
0.85
1.02
1.17
1.33
1.64
2.01
2.48
3.30

0.53
0.57
0.62
0.68
0.75
0.81
0.86
0.90
0.98
1.09
1.19
1.34

CTS-16

Area
in.2

0.44
0.52
0.58
0.64
0.75
0.93
1.11

USE, RHH, RHW
Weight
lbs/ft

Diameter
in.

0.39
0.48
0.60
0.74
0.88
1.04
1.21
1.37
1.69
2.03
2.51
3.31

0.53
0.57
0.63
0.68
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.91
0.99
1.10
1.20
1.35

Area
in.2

0.45
0.52
0.58
0.65
0.77
0.95
1.13

Weight
lbs/ft
0.39
0.49
0.60
0.75
0.89
1.05
1.22
1.38
1.70
2.07
2.55
3.33

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available Loading Depth
Allowable Cable Fill

For allowable cable types see the Appendix page 383.
The following guidelines are based on the 2002 National Electrical Code, Article 392.

I) Number of Multiconductor Cables rated 2000 volts or less in the Cable Tray
(1) 4/0 or Larger Cables
The ladder cable tray must have an inside available width equal to or greater than the sum of the
diameters (Sd) of the cables, which must be installed in a single layer. When using solid bottom
cable tray, the sum of the cable diameters is not to exceed 90% of the available cable tray width.
Example: Cable Tray width is obtained as follows:
List
Cable Sizes

(D)
List Cable
Outside Diameter

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal
of the Sum of the
Cable Diameters

3/C - #500 kcmil
3/C - #250 kcmil
3/C - #4/0 AWG

2.26 inches
1.76 inches
1.55 inches

1
2
4

2.26 inches
3.52 inches
6.20 inches

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables = 2.26 + 3.52 + 6.20 = 11.98 inches; therefore
a cable tray with an available width of at least 12 inches is required.

Table 5

The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all
the cables to be installed in the cable tray must be
equal to or less than the allowable cable area for
the tray width, as indicated in Table 5.

Inside Width
of Cable Tray

Allowable
Cable Area

inches

square inches

6
9
12
18
24

7.0
10.5
14.0
21.0
28.0

When using solid bottom cable tray, the allowable
cable area is reduced by 22%.
Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows:
List
Cable Sizes

(A)
List Cable Cross
Sectional Areas

(N)
List Number
of Cables

3/C - #12 AWG
4/C - #12 AWG
3/C - # 6 AWG
3/C - # 2 AWG

0.167 sq. in.
0.190 sq. in.
0.430 sq. in.
0.800 sq. in.

10
8
6
9

Multiply (A) x (N) + Total
of the Cross-Sectional
Area for each Size
1.67
1.52
2.58
7.20

sq.
sq.
sq.
sq.

in.
in.
in.
in.

The sum of the total areas is 1.67 + 1.52 + 2.58 + 7.20 = 12.97 inches.
Using Table 4, a 12-inch wide tray with an allowable cable area of 14 sq. inches should be used.
Note: Increasing the cable tray loading depth does not permit an increase in allowable cable area
for power and lighting cables. The maximum allowable cable area for all cable tray with a 3
inch or greater loading depth is limited to the allowable cable area for a 3 inch loading depth.

(3) 4/0 or Larger Cables Installed with Cables Smaller than 4/0
The ladder cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required but
one can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and larger cables have a dedicated zone, as
they are to be placed in a single layer.
continued on CTS-18
Cable Tray Systems

CTS-17

Cable Tray Selection

(2) Cables Smaller Than 4/0

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available Loading Depth

Allowable Cable Fill
A direct method to determine the correct cable tray width is to figure the cable tray widths
required for each of the cable combinations per steps (2) & (3).
Then add the widths in order to select the proper cable tray width.
Example: The cable tray width is obtained as follows:
Part A- Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables
List
Cable Size

(D)
List Cable
Outside Diameter

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N) = Subtotal
of the Sum of the
Cable Diameters (Sd)

3/C - #500 kcmil
3/C - #4/0 AGW

2.26 inches
1.55 inches

1
2

2.26 inches
3.10 inches

Cable tray width (inches) required for large cables = 2.26 + 3.10 = 5.36 inches.

Cable Tray Selection

Part B- Width required for multiconductor cables smaller than #4/0 AWG
List
Cable Sizes

(A)
List Cable Cross
Sectional Areas

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (A) x (N) = Total
of the Cross-Sectional
Area for each Size

3/C - #12 AWG
3/C - #6 AWG
3/C - #2 AWG

0.167 sq. in.
0.430 sq. in.
0.800 sq. in.

10
8
2

1.67 sq. in.
3.44 sq. in.
1.60 sq. in.

The sum of the total areas (inches) = 1.67 + 3.44 + 1.60 = 6.71 sq. inches.
From Table 5 (page 33), the cable tray width required for small cables is 6 inches.
The total cable tray width (inches) = 5.36 + 6.00 = 11.36 inches. A 12-inch wide
cable tray is required.

(4) Multiconductor Control and/or Signal Cables Only
A ladder cable tray containing only control and/or signal cables, may have 50% of its total
available cable area filled with cable. When using solid bottom cable tray pans, the allowable
cable area is reduced from 50% to 40%.
Example: Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
2/C- #16 AWG instrumentation cable cross sectional area = 0.04 sq. in.
Total cross sectional area for 300 Cables = 12.00 sq. in.
Minimum available cable area needed = 12.00 x 2 = 24.00 sq. in.; therefore the cable tray
width required for 4 inch available loading depth tray = 24.00/4 = 6 inches.

II) Number of Single Conductor Cables Rated
2000 Volts or Less in the Cable Tray
All single conductor cables to be installed in the cable tray
must be 1/0 or larger, and are not to be installed with
continuous bottom pans.

(1) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables
The sum of the diameters (Sd) for all single conductor
cables to be installed shall not exceed the cable
tray width. See Table 6.

CTS-18

Table 6
Inside Width
of Cable Tray

Allowable
Cable Area

inches

square inches

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

6.50
9.50
13.00
19.50
26.00
32.50
39.00

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available Loading Depth
Allowable Cable Fill

(2) 250 KCMIL to 1000 KCMIL Cables
The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the single conductor cables to be installed in the
cable tray must be equal to or less than the allowable cable area for the tray width, as indicated
in Table 6 (page 34). (Reference Table 8)

Table 7

(3) 1000 KCMIL or Larger Cables Installed with
Cables Smaller Than 1000 KCMIL
The total sum of the cross-sectional areas of all
the single conductor cables to be installed in
the cable tray must be equal to or less than the
allowable cable area for the tray width, as
indicated in Table 7.

Inside
Width
of Cable
Tray

Allowable
Cable
Area

inches

square inches

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

6.50 - (1.1 Sd)
9.50 - (1.1 Sd)
13.00 - (1.1 Sd)
19.50 - (1.1 Sd)
26.00 - (1.1 Sd)
32.50 - (1.1 Sd)
39.00 - (1.1 Sd)

(4) Single Conductor Cables 1/0 through 4/0
These single conductors must be installed in a
single layer. See Table 8.

Table 8
Number of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables
That May Be Installed in Ladder Cable Tray
Single
Conductor
Size
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250 Kcmil
350 Kcmil
500 Kcmil
750 Kcmil
1000 Kcmil

Outside
Diameter

Area

in.

sq. in.

0.58
0.62
0.68
0.73
0.84
0.94
1.07
1.28
1.45

6
.55
.69
.90
1.29
-

in.

10
9
8
8
11
9
7
5
4

Cable Tray Width
9
12
18

24

in.

in.

in.

in.

15
14
13
12
18
14
11
8
6

20
19
17
16
24
19
14
10
8

31
29
26
24
35
28
22
15
12

41
38
35
32
47
38
29
20
16

Cable diameters used are those for Oknite-Okolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.

III) Number of Type MV and MC Cables
Rated 2001 Volts or Over in the Cable Tray
The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables, rated 2001 volts or over, is not to exceed the cable
tray width.

Cable Tray Systems

CTS-19

Cable Tray Selection

Note: It is the opinion of some that this practice may
cause problems with unbalanced voltages. To avoid
these potential problems, the individual conductors for this type of cable tray wiring system should
be bundled with ties. The bundle should contain all of the three-phase conductors for the circuit,
plus the neutral if used. The single conductor cables bundle should be firmly tied to the cable tray
assembly at least every 6 feet.

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available Loading Depth

Sizing Cable Tray Per 2002 NEC 392
Start
Here
392.12
W ≥ Sd
(single layer)

No

2000V
or less
cables

Yes

No

Solid
Bottom
Tray

Yes

Vented
Channel
Tray

Ladder
or Vented
Trough
Tray

No

Yes

See
Exception
392.11(B)(3)

392.10(A)(1)
W ≥ Sd

S/C
1000
kcmil or
larger

Yes

Cable Tray Selection

392.10(B)
W ≥ Sd

Yes

Yes

S/C 1/0
or larger

No

Multiconductor
cables

Yes

Continued
on following
page

No

392.3(B)(1)
Not recognized
®
by the NEC

No

392.10(A)(2)
W ≥ A/1.1

S/C
250
kcmil up
to 1000
kcmil

Yes

No

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
250 up to 1000 kcmil.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 1000 kcmil
and larger cables.

392.10(A)(3)

Yes

W ≥ A/1.1 +Sd

S/C
250 kcmil
and
larger

No

Legend
W = Cable Tray Width
D = Cable Tray Load Depth
Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters
A = Sum of Cable Areas
S/C = Single Conductor
M/C = Multiconductor Cables
RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

Note: Use when mixing
250 thru 1000 kcmil
cables with cables
larger than 1000 kcmil.

392.10(A)(4)

Yes

W ≥ Sd
(9” max. RS)

CTS-20

S/C 1/0
thru 4/0

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available Loading Depth

Note: See appendix on page APP-15 for additional information regarding
cable ampacity and hazardous (classified) location requirements which might
affect the cable tray sizing flow chart.

Ladder
or Vented
Trough
Tray
Continued
from previous
Yes
page

No

Yes

M/C 4/0
or larger

Yes

392.9(A)(1)
W ≥ Sd
(single layer)

M/C 4/0
or larger

Yes

392.9(C)(1)
W ≥ Sd/0.9
(single layer)

No

M/C
smaller
than 4/0

One M/C
only

Yes

392.9(E)(1)
W x D ≥ 1.6A

No

Yes

392.9(C)(2)
W ≥ A/0.9

392.9(E)(2)
W x D ≥ 2.9A

No

One M/C
only

No
Yes

M/C
smaller than
4/0, with 4/0
or
larger

Yes

W ≥ A/1.2 + Sd

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
smaller than 4/0.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 4/0 and
larger cables, which
must be single layer.

No

M/C
control
and/or
signal

Cable Tray Systems

392.9(A)(3)

Yes

392.9(B)
W x D ≥ 2A

M/C
smaller than
4/0, with 4/0
or
larger

Yes

W≥

A + Sd
0.9

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
smaller than 4/0.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 4/0 and
larger cables, which
must be single layer.

No

M/C
control
and/or
signal

392.9(C)(3)

Yes

CTS-21

392.9(D)
W x D ≥ 2.5A

392.9(F)(2)
W x D ≥ 3.2A

392.9(F)(1)
W x D ≥ 1.9A

Legend
W = Cable Tray Width
D = Cable Tray Load Depth
Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters
A = Sum of Cable Areas
S/C = Single Conductor
M/C = Multiconductor Cables
RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

Cable Tray Selection

392.9(A)(2)
W ≥ A/1.2

Solid
Channel
Tray

Yes

No

Yes

No

Vented
Channel
Tray

Yes

No

M/C
smaller
than 4/0

No

Solid
Bottom
Tray

Cable Tray Selection -

Width and Available Loading Depth

Barrier Requirements
Barrier strips are used to separate cable systems, such as when cables above and below 600
volts per NEC 392.6(F) are installed in the same cable tray. However, when MC type cables
rated over 600 volts are installed in the same cable tray with cables rated 600 volts or less, no
barriers are required. The barriers should be made of the same material type as the cable tray.
When ordering the barrier, the height must match the loading depth of the cable tray into which
it is being installed.

Cable Tray Selection

300 & 600
Volt Cables

Fixed Solid Barrier
Comparable Material

Cables Rated
Over 600 Volts

Future Expansion Requirements
One of the many features of cable tray is the ease of adding cables to an existing system. Future
expansion should always be considered when selecting a cable tray, and allowance should be
made for additional fill area and load capacity. A minimum of 50% expansion allowance is
recommended.

Space Limitations
Any obstacles which could interfere with a cable tray installation should be considered when
selecting a cable tray width and height. Adequate clearances should be allowed for installation of
supports and for cable accessibility.
Note: The overall cable tray dimensions typically exceed the nominal tray width and loading depth.

CTS-22

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Length

Lengths Available
The current Cable Tray Standard, NEMA VE 1 and C22.2 No. 126.1-98, lists typical lengths as
3000 mm (10 ft), 3660 mm (12 ft), 6000 mm (20 ft), and 7320 mm (24 ft). It is impractical to
manufacture either lighter systems in the longer lengths or heavier systems in the shorter lengths.
For that reason, B-Line has introduced a primary and secondary length for each system.
These straight section lengths were selected to direct the user to lengths that best suit support
span demands and practical loading requirements. The primary length is the one that is the most
appropriate for the strength of the system and that will provide the fastest service levels. The
secondary lengths will be made available to service additional requirements. Special lengths are
available with extended lead times.

Support Span
Per the NEMA VE 2, the support span on which a cable tray is installed should not exceed the
length of the unspliced straight section. Thus installations with support spans greater than 12 feet
should use 240" (20 feet) or 288" (24 feet) cable tray lengths.

Space Limitations

Installation
Shorter cable tray lengths are typically easier to maneuver on the job site during installation. Two
people may be needed to manipulate longer cable tray sections, while shorter sections might be
handled by one person. Although longer cable tray lengths are more difficult to maneuver, they
can reduce installation time due to the fact that there are fewer splice connections. This trade-off
should be evaluated for each set of job site restrictions.

Cable Tray Systems

CTS-23

Cable Tray Selection

Consideration should be given to the space available for moving the cable tray from delivery to it’s
final installation location. Obviously, shorter cable tray allows for more maneuverability in tight
spaces.

Cable Tray Selection -

Loading Possibilities

Power Application:
Power application can create the heaviest loading. The heaviest cable combination found was for large
diameter cables (i.e. steel armor, 600V, 4 conductor 750 kcmil). The cables weigh less than 3.8 lbs. per inch
width of cable tray. As power cables are installed in a single layer, the width of the cable affects the
possible loading.
36" Wide
140 lbs/ft

30" Wide
115 lbs/ft

24" Wide
90 lbs/ft

18" Wide
70 lbs/ft

12" Wide
45 lbs/ft

9" Wide
35 lbs/ft

6" Wide
23 lbs/ft

Data/Communication Cabling:
Low voltage cables can be stacked as there is no heat generation problems. The NEC employs a calculation
of the total cross sectional area of the cables not exceeding 50% of the fill area of the cable tray. As the
cable fill area of the cable tray system affects the possible loading, both the loading depth and width of the
systems must be considered. For this example 4UTP category 5 cable (O.D. = .21, .026 lbs./ft.) were used.

Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft
6"
5"
4"
3"

Fill
Fill
Fill
Fill

36" Wide

30" Wide

24" Wide

18" Wide

12" Wide

9" Wide

6" Wide

81
68
54
41

64
53
43
32

52
43
35
26

41
34
27
21

27
23
18
14

20
17
13
10

14
12
9
7

Cable Tray Selection

The picture shows a 12" cable tray with a 3" load depth. The tray contains
520 4 UTP Category 5 cables with a .21" diameter.
The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated and ladder
cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392.9(B)). ANSI/EIA/TIA 569-A
Section 4.5* also requires that the fill ratio of cable tray is not to exceed
50%.
Calculation
Example:

Tray Area = 12 in. x 3 in. = 36 sq. in.
50% Fill = 36 sq. in. x .5 = 18 sq. in.
Cable Area = (.21 in.)2 x 3.14/4 = .0346 sq. in.
Number of Cables = 18 sq. in. / .0346 sq. in. = 520 cables

*Section 4.5 is currently under review.

Other Factors To Consider
• Support Span - The distance between the supports
affects the loading capabilities exponentially. To
calculate loading values not cataloged use:

W1 L12 = W2 L22
W1 - tested loading
L1 - span in feet, a tested span
W2 - loading in question
L2 - known span for new loading

• Other Loads - Ice, wind, snow for outdoor systems see page 26 and 27 for information.
A 200 lb. concentrated load for industrial systems. The affect of a concentrated load can be calculated
as follows
2 x (concentrated static load)
span in feet
When considering concentrated loads the rung strength should be considered.
• Length Of The Straight Sections:
The VE 2, Cable Tray Installation Guide, states that the
support span shall not be greater than the straight section
length. If a 20C system is manufactured in 12 foot sections
the greatest span for supports would be 12 feet. This
dramatically affects the loading of the system.

CTS-24

W1 L12 = W2 L22
100 (202) = W2 (122)
40,000 = 144 W2
W2 = 277 lbs. per foot

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Selection -

Bottom Type

Type of Cable
According to NEC Article 392, multiconductor tray cable may be installed in any standard cable
tray bottom type. According to the 2005 NEC Article 392.11(8)(3), single conductor tray cable may
be installed in any standard cable tray bottom type. Solid bottom cable trays are not allowed to
be installed in Class II, Division 2 locations (2002 NEC Section 502.4(B) ). In general, small, highly
flexible cables should be installed in solid bottom, vented bottom or 6" rung spacing ladder type
cable trays. Sensitive cables (e.g. fiberoptic) are typically installed in flat, solid bottom cable trays,
instead of corrugated trough bottoms. Larger, less flexible cables are typically installed in ladder
type cable trays having 9" or 12" rung spacing. Ladder type cable trays having 18" rung spacing
should be used for large, stiff cables to reduce cost and facilitate cable drop-outs.

Cost vs Strength
Often more than one bottom type is acceptable. In this case the economic difference should
be considered. Ladder cable trays have a lower cost than either non-ventilated or ventilated
bottom configurations. Typically, the cost of ladder type cable tray decreases as rung spacing
increases. However, the effect of rung spacing on load capacity for ladder type cable trays with
18" rung spacing should be evaluated, since NEMA published load capacities are based on 12"
rung spacing. Rung spacing can affect individual rung and side rail loading as well as system load
capacity. Rung loads applied during cable installation should also be considered.

Cable Exposure

Cable Attachment
The major advantage of ladder type cable tray is the freedom of entry and exit of the cables.
Another advantage of ladder type cable tray is the ability to secure cables in the cable tray. With
standard rungs the cables may be attached with either cable ties or cable clamps. The ladder
type cable tray is also available with special purpose, slotted marine or strut rungs to facilitate
banding or clamping cables. Cable attachment is particularly important on vertical runs or when
the tray is installed on its side. Ladder rung spacing should be chosen to provide adequate cable
attachment points while allowing the cables to exit the system.

Cable Tray Selection -

Fitting Radius

Cable Flexibility
The proper bend radius for cable tray fittings is usually determined by the bend radius and
stiffness of the tray cables to be installed. Typically, the tray cable manufacturer will recommend
a minimum bend allowance for each cable. The fitting radius should be equal to or larger than
the minimum bend radius of the largest cable which may ever be installed in the system. When
several cables are to be installed in the same cable tray, a larger bend radius may be desirable to
ease cable installation.

Space Limitations
The overall dimensions for a cable tray fitting will increase as the bend radius increases. Size and
cost make the smallest acceptable fitting radius most desirable. When large radius fittings are
required, the system layout must be designed to allow adequate space.

Cable Tray Systems

CTS-25

Cable Tray Selection

Tray cables are manufactured to withstand the environment without additional protection, favoring
the use of the ladder type cable tray. Some areas may benefit from the limited exposure of solid
or vented bottom cable tray. Solid Bottom metal cable tray with solid metal covers can be utilized
in other spaces used for environmental air to support non plenum rated tray cables (2002 NEC®
300.22(C)(1) ).

FLEXTRAY

FLEXTRAY™

FLX-1

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™

FLEXTRAY

Flextray is a flexible, field-adaptable way to manage cables throughout your project. The tray itself can be cut
and bent to the needs of the installer on the jobsite, allowing cable runs to be adjusted as needed. The wide
range of sizes offered by B-Line makes Flextray a great choice for everything from a small cable drop to a large
trunk of cables. Our tray has the market-preferred "T" weld safety edge, protecting both the cable and the
installer during cable installation. Flextray is also UL Classified as an equipment grounding conductor.
The F.A.S.T.™ System is Foldable, Adjustable, Stackable, and Tool-less, providing many options to manage
cables inside your raised floor space. With only a few parts, you can create everything from a basic single
layer installation to a cantilevered, multiple-tier cable run. Make the most of your raised floor space and your
time with the F.A.S.T. System!
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-2

FLEXTRAY™ -

Technical Data

Finish Information
Flextray Cable Tray and Accessories are available in a wide variety of finishes to meet the
environmental or aesthetic requirements of customer installations. Use the list below to find the
finish and suffix that will meet your needs.
Available product finishes will be listed on individual pages throughout the catalog.
Finish codes shown in bold type are the standard for that product.

FLEXTRAY

EG
(ELG)

Plain wire: ASTM A510, Grade 1008
Electroplated Zinc Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication
Recommended applications: Controlled interior
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended
ASTM B633 - Average thickness of 0.3 mils (8 microns)

GS
(GLV)

Pre-Galvanized Zinc Finish applied before fabrication
Recommended applications: Limited industrial & interior
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended
ASTM A641

BLE

Black Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication
Recommended applications: Controlled interior
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been
removed at splice contact points
Average paint thickness of 1.2 mils (30 microns) to 3.0 mils (75 microns)

HD
(HDG)

Hot Dip Galvanized Finish applied after fabrication
Recommended applications: Exterior, corrosive. Not intended for clean room applications.
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when spliced as recommended
ASTM A123 - Average thickness of 2.4 mils (60 microns) to 3.2 mils (80 microns)

304S
(SS4)

304L Stainless Steel
Recommended applications: Food preparation, wash-down areas
ASTM A580

316S
(SS6)

316L Stainless Steel
Recommended applications: Highly corrosive applications & marine environments
ASTM A580
Custom Powder Coat Finish applied after fabrication
Recommended applications: Controlled interior
UL/CSA Classified as an equipment ground conductor when coating has been
removed at splice contact points
No Specification

Grounding Information
Statement for all UL Classified products:
This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to its
suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E
Most sizes of FLEXTRAY are UL Classified to serve as an Equipment Ground Conductor. The ground
path can be achieved in one of two ways listed on page FLX-4:

FLX-3

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Technical Data

Grounding Information

(cont.)

1. Use the recommended quantity of UL Classified splices to connect sections and at
places where the tray is cut.
2. Run an appropriately sized ground wire alongside the tray and attach it to each tray
section and on both sides of a cut in the tray. (This method is recommended by
NEMA VE-2 Installation Manual.)

Load & Fill Chart
FLEXTRAY Series
Part
Size
Number
height x width

Support Span / Loading Capacity*
Lbs/Ft (max)

5'-0”

6'-0”

7'-0”

8'-0”

Actual Area Inside
Tray (in2)

Cable Fill (50% fill)**
Number of CAT
Number of
5e Cables***
CAT 6 Cables***

11/2” x 12”

29

17

14

11

12.2

176

124

FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8

2” x 2”
2” x 4”
2” x 6”
2” x 8”

34
52
66
66

28
43
47
47

24
35
35
35

20
27
27
27

4.3
8.2
12.1
16.1

61
118
175
231

43
83
123
163

FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20

2” x 12”
2” x 16”
2” x 18”
2” x 20”

68
68
68
68

47
47
47
47

35
35
35
35

27
27
27
27

23.9
31.8
35.8
39.7

345
459
516
573

243
324
364
404

FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X32

2” x 24”
2” x 30”
2” x 32”

68
68
77

47
47
53

35
35
39

27
27
30

47.5
59.8
63.3

686
862
914

484
608
645

FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT4X12
FT4X16

4” x 4”
4” x 6”
4” x 8”
4” x 12”
4” x 16”

58
93
94
119
119

49
77
78
83
83

42
60
61
61
61

36
46
47
47
47

15.8
23.6
31.5
47.5
63.5

227
341
454
686
917

160
240
321
484
647

FT4X18
FT4X20
FT4X24
FT4X30

4” x 18”
4” x 20”
4” x 24”
4” x 30”

119
119
128
128

83
83
89
89

61
61
65
65

47
47
50
50

71.5
79.5
95.5
119.5

1032
1148
1379
1725

728
810
973
1217

FT6X8
FT6X12
FT6X16

6” x 8”
6” x 12”
6” x 16”

111
124
128

77
86
89

57
63
65

43
48
50

47.3
71.6
95.3

682
1034
1375

481
729
970

FT6X18
FT6X20
FT6X24

6” x 18”
6” x 20”
6” x 24”

128
141
154

89
98
107

65
72
78

50
55
60

107.3
118.9
143.3

1549
1716
2068

1092
1211
1459

* Published load chart has not been tested with Flexmate splice. Please consult the factory for load information when using the

Flexmate option.
** FLEXTRAY fill capacity is based on NEC allowable fill of 50%. The NEC rule requires that the cable cross-sectional areas together

may not exceed 50% of the tray area (width x depth = fill). Cables will nearly completely fill the cable tray when reaching the
50% cable fill, due to empty space between the surface of the cables. TIA recommends 40% fill ratio. Flextray loads shown in
the loading chart will not be exceeded at 50% fill.
*** CAT 5e 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .21 in. diameter, CAT 6 4-pr non-plenum approximated at .25 in. diameter. Actual

diameters vary by cable manufacturer.

Cable Tray Systems

FLX-4

FLEXTRAY

FT1.5X12

FLEXTRAY™ -

Straight Sections
1.5” Deep FLEXTRAY
1.38" (35 mm)

Part

Height: 1.38" (35 mm)
Length: 118.312" (3 meter)
Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm)
Finishes:
EG, GS, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S

Width

Wt. Per Pc.

Number

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

FT1.5X4X10

4

100

5.8

2.63

FT1.5X6X10

6

150

7.4

3.35

FT1.5X8X10

8

200

9.0

4.08

FT1.5X12X10

12

300

12.1

5.49

Width

Only FT1.5X12 (12” wide) is UL Classified

2” Deep FLEXTRAY

2.38" (60 mm)

Part
Number

Height: 2.38" (60 mm)
FLEXTRAY

Length: 118.312" (3 meter)
Wire Dia. Minimum: .196" (5.0 mm)
Finishes:
EG, GS, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S

Width

Wt. Per Pc.

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

FT2X2X10

2

50

6.6

2.99

FT2X4X10

4

100

8.2

3.72

FT2X6X10

6

150

9.7

4.40

FT2X8X10

8

200

11.2

5.08

FT2X12X10

12

300

14.3

6.48

FT2X16X10

16

400

17.4

7.89

FT2X18X10

18

450

18.9

8.57

FT2X20X10

20

500

20.4

9.25

FT2X24X10

24

600

23.5

10.66

FT2X30X10

30

750

28.1

12.74

FT2X32X10

32

800

29.7

13.47

Width

FT2X6 (6” wide) through FT2X32 (32” wide) are UL Classified

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-5

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Straight Sections

4” Deep FLEXTRAY
4.38"
Part
Number

in.

mm

lbs.

FT4X4X10

4

100

11.25

5.10

FT4X6X10

6

150

12.79

5.80

FT4X8X10

8

200

14.32

6.49

FT4X12X10

12

300

17.39

7.89

FT4X16X10

16

400

20.45

9.27

18

450

21.99

9.97

FT4X18X10

Width

(111 mm)

Wt. Per Pc.
kg

FT4X20X10

20

500

23.52

10.67

FT4X24X10

24

600

26.59

12.06

FT4X30X10

30

750

31.19

14.15

Height: 4.38" (111 mm)
Length: 118.312" (3 meter)
Wire Diameter Minimum:
.196" (5.0 mm)
Finishes:
EG, GS, BLE, HD,
304S, 316S

Width

All 4” deep Flextrays are UL Classified

6” Deep FLEXTRAY
6.38"
Part
Number

in.

mm

lbs.

FT6X8X10

8

200

17.39

7.89

FT6X12X10

12

300

20.45

9.27

FT6X16X10

16

400

23.52

10.67

FT6X18X10

18

450

25.06

11.37

FT6X20X10

20

500

26.59

12.06

24

Wt. Per Pc.

600

29.66

kg

FLEXTRAY

FT6X24X10

Width

(162 mm)

Height: 6.38" (162 mm)
Length: 118.312" (3 meter)
Wire Diameter Minimum:
.196" (5.0 mm)

13.45
Width

All 6” deep Flextrays are UL Classified

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-6

Finishes:
EG, GS, BLE, HD,
304S, 316S

Splicing Accessories

FLEXTRAY

FLEXTRAY™ -

FLX-7

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories
Washer Splice Kit

• Washer is staked to bolt, holding part stationary
during installation
• Fewer parts to handle
• For use with all tray widths and sizes
• Finishes __: EG, BLE

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Assembly of
Staked Washer
Stud/Washer
& Finned Nut

WASHER SPL KIT__

BLE suffix indicates black zinc
finish for this part only

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4.5

2.04

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
6”
8”
12”
16”

2”

4”

18”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

Splice Hardware Components
• Works with all splicing needs
• For use with all tray widths and sizes
• Components are sold separately
• Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, 304S, 316S

Part

Description

50

1.2

0.54

not

TOP WASHER__

1” Square
Splice Washer

50

1.4

0.63

BTM WASHER __

13/16” Square
Splice Washer

50

2.0

0.91

FTHDWE1/4

Tray Width - number of splices
6”
8”
12”
16”

2”

4”

18”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-8

TOP WASHER

FLEXTRAY

x 1”
Carriage Bolt &
Finned nut

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)

2”
4”
6”

kg

FTHDWE 1/4__

BTM WASHER

Tray Height

Wt./Box
lbs.

1/4”

FTHDWE 1/4 not available in BLE.
TOP WASHER & BTM WASHER
available in BLO.

Qty./Box

Number

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories

Connecting Hardware
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

Number

FTSCH__

Connecting Hardware

• Adaptable and designed for use with
splice plate (FTS3SP), SPLICE BAR, and
long splice bar (FTS36SB).
• Finishes __: EG, BLE-BLO, 304S, 316S

50

lbs.

kg

2.0

0.91

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
6”
8”
12”
16”

2”

4”

18”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

Wing Splice™
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

Number

Wing Splice

50

kg

3.0

1.38

FLEXTRAY

FTSWN__

lbs.

• Two piece design for easy handling
• Tool-less installation
• Reduces installation time, especially when used on
fittings and bends
• Finish__: ZN

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
6”
8”
12”
16”

2”

4”

18”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

FLX-9

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories
Splice Plate (only)

Part

Description

Length

Height

Hole

Number

Qty./Box

Diameter

FTS3SP__

Splice Plate

2.7”

1.6”

0.27”

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

6.1

2.76

• Splice plate is designed for use with connecting
hardware (FTSCH) to provide added stability of
splice connections
• Hardware sold separately
• Finish__: ZN, SS6

FLEXMATE™ Splice System
Part

• Fastest splice connection method available
in the industry
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide tray
• FLEXMATE clips and tool sold separately
• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FLEXMATE2__

Flexmate
Splice Clips

100

1.0

0.45

FLEXMATE TOOL

Flexmate
Splice Tool

1

0.7

0.32

Note: Please contact B-Line when using Flexmates
on tray widths larger than 12” (300mm)
for specific requirements.
B-Line recommends that splice/supports
comply with NEMA VE-2 installation requirements
FLEXMATE2

Flexmate Tool is used to
install splices quickly.
Position clip inside
tool, pointing to
outside of tray.

FLEXMATE TOOL

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height
2”

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
4”
6”
8”
12”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
5
NM

5
6
NM

5
7
7

5
7
7

NC = Not UL Classified in this size
NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-10

FLEXTRAY

Squeeze to secure
splice.

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories

Tab-Loc Connector
Part

Description

Length

Qty./Box

Number

Tab-Loc
Connectors

FTSTLC__

9.29”

Wt./Box

lbs.

kg

50

7.2

3.26

• Fast splice for straight runs of tray
• For use with 2” (50mm) to 32” (800mm) wide tray
to connect straight sections only
• Finishes __: ZN, SS6

Application Requirements
The recommendations listed are equal for all depths
(except as noted).

Splicing Chart
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
8”
12”
16”
18”

2”

4”

6”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

2
NM
NM

2
4
NM

4
5
NM

4
6
6

4
6
6

4
7
7

4
7
7

5
7
7

5
8
8

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

FLEXTRAY

Installation

Step 3

Step 2

Step 1

Tab-Loc security without
special tools.
Screwdriver can also be used to bend
tab-locs (hold connector ends while
bending).
Step 4

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

FLX-11

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories
Splice Bar

• Adds rigidity to washer splice methods
• Used on side rails only (not for use in tray bottom)
• For use on trays when using splice hardware FTSCH
• Hardware sold separately
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD, 304S, 316S

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

1013/16” Long Bar

SPLICE BAR__

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

14.0

6.35

Hardware is not sold with
splice bar.

Washer Splice Kits (WASHER SPL KIT) are required for connections on bottom of tray.

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
8”
12”
16”
18”

2”

4”

6”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

2
4
NM

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-12

FLEXTRAY

Each splice bar requires three (3) each of Hardware Splice Components TOP WASHER, and FTHDWE 1/4 to complete connection.
These items must be ordered separately.

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories

Splice Bar Kit
Part
Number

Description

FTSBK__

12” Long
Splice Bar Kit

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

5 Sets

lbs.

kg

6.4

2.90

• Adds rigidity
• Includes two (2) SPLICE BAR and hardware
• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Splicing Chart (number of splices required for UL Classification)
Tray Height

2”
4”
6”

Tray Width - number of splices
8”
12”
16”
18”

2”

4”

6”

20”

24”

(50mm)

(100mm)

(150mm)

(200mm)

(300mm)

(400mm)

(450mm)

(500mm)

(600mm)

NC
NM
NM

NC
4
NM

2
4
NM

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

2
4
4

NC = Not UL Classified in this size

NM = FLEXTRAY is not manufactured in this size

Expansion Splice Kit
Part
Number

12” Long
Expansion Splice Kit

Qty./Box

1 Kit

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.45

0.20

• Allows 13/4” (44mm) of expansion between two pieces
of Flextray at expansion joints.
• To install, tighten nylon loc-nut until nut comes into
contact with splice bar, then loosen approximately
1/4 turn.
• Includes two (2) splice bars and eight (8) sets of
hardware
• Finishes __: ZN

FLEXTRAY

FTS12ESK__

Description

Long Splice Bar (only)
Part
Number

Description

FTS12SB__

12” Long - 6 Slots

FTS36SB__

36” Long - 18 Slots

FTS12SB

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

0.13

0.06

1

0.40

0.18

• FTS36SB long splice bar is used for assembly of
large radius horizontal bends or field cut into short
splice bars
• Splice Bars are designed for use with connecting
hardware (FTSCH)
• Hardware sold separately
• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

FTS36SB

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information

FLX-13

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories
Hold Down Plate

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for
raceway run.
• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your
specific wall/stud application (hardware sold
separately).
• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung
support using 3/8" rod.
• To protect cables use threaded
rod protector (page FLX-20).
• To complete 3/8" center hanger
assembly use:
2 - FTA6HD
2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts
• Finish: ZN, SS6

Part

Slot Size

• Horizontal adjustable kit can be used to create
horizontal angles from prepared FLEXTRAY straight
sections
• Conveniently poly-bagged
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, 316S

kg

.28” x .70”

50

4.7

2.13

FTA6HD__

.40” x .70”

50

3.5

1.59

Horizontal Adjustable Kit
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Horizontal
Adjustable Kit

10

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

2.4

1.09

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

90 DEGREE KIT__

90 degree splice
bar & hardware

FLX-14

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.3

0.59

FLEXTRAY

90 Degree Kit

See page FLX-3 for finish and grounding information
Cable Tray Systems

Wt./Box
lbs.

SUPT WASHER__

FTSHAK__

• For fast assembly of 90° turns and tee fittings
• For use with all tray widths and sizes
• One kit will make two 90° turns or one tee fitting
• 90 DEGREE KIT: includes: two (2) 90° splice bars
and eight (8) FTSCH
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, 316S

Qty./Box

Number

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories

Components Required to Connect Two Sections of FLEXTRAY
System
Part
Number

System
Width
in.

mm

Connector
Assembly

Connecting
Hardware

Splice
Plate

Splice

WASHER SPL KIT

FTSCH

FTS3SP

SPLICE BAR

Bar

FLEXTRAY

(*) 4 for 4” Deep FLEXTRY
6 for 6” Deep FLEXTRY
FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8
FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20
FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X32
FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT(*)X12
FT(*)X16
FT(*)X18
FT(*)X20
FT(*)X24
FT(*)X30

2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”
32”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”

50
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750
800
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750

2
2
41
41
41
41
41
51
51
71
71
41
51
62
62
72
72
72
82
82

-

-

-

FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8
FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20
FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X32
FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT(*)X12
FT(*)X16
FT(*)X18
FT(*)X20
FT(*)X24
FT(*)X30

2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”
32”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”

50
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750
800
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750

1
1
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
1
2
2
3
4
4
4
4
5

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

-

FT2X2
FT2X4
FT2X6
FT2X8
FT2X12
FT2X16
FT2X18
FT2X20
FT2X24
FT2X30
FT2X32
FT4X4
FT4X6
FT4X8
FT(*)X12
FT(*)X16
FT(*)X18
FT(*)X20
FT(*)X24
FT(*)X30

2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
21”
24”
30”
32”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”

50
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750
800
100
150
200
300
400
450
500
600
750

1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
2
2
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

-

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

FLX-15

Washer Splice Kits

1
2

Install one kit on each side and remaining kit(s) on bottom.
Install two kits on each side and remaining kits on bottom.

Splice Plates

Install splice plates on sides and
WASHER SPL KIT on bottom.

Splice Bars

Install splice bars on sides and
WASHER SPL KIT on bottom.

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Splicing Accessories

Splice Plate Kits for 2" Deep FLEXTRAY

Part
Number

System
Width

Weight
Per 100

Box
Quantity

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

FTS20SK

2”
4”

50
100

2.91

1.32

10

FTS21SK

6”
8”

150
200

3.63

1.64

10

FTS22SK

12”
18”
20”
24”

300
450
500

4.35

1.97

10

Conveniently poly-bagged for use with
2" Deep FLEXTRAY

600

Splice Plate Kits for 4" & 6” Deep FLEXTRAY

Part
Number

FTS23SK

Cable Tray Systems

in.

mm

4”

100

6”

150

8”

200

12”

300

18”

450

20”

500

24”

600

Weight
Per 100

Box
Quantity

lbs.

kg

5.07

2.30

10

5.79

2.62

10

Conveniently poly-bagged for use with
4" & 6” Deep FLEXTRAY

FLEXTRAY

FTS24SK

System
Width

FLX-16

Ceiling Support Methods

FLEXTRAY

FLEXTRAY™ -

FLX-17

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Ceiling Support Methods
Flip Clip™

1/4"

3/8"

• Accommodates
and
rod sizes
• Installs quickly with a screwdriver or pliers thus
reducing installation time
• Requires only one hex nut (not included) to hang
and level the FLEXTRAY
• Retainer tabs can be bent over to lock-in the
threaded rod and wire basket
• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

WB46H__

Flip Clip

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

5.2

2.36

Snap retainer stops in
place after cable is
loaded.

Trapeze Support
• Trapeze Clip installs fast
• For use with trays up to 4” (100mm) deep,
12” (300mm) wide, and spans up to 8’-0” (2.44m)
• Tray can be released from support to allow side
cable loading
• Accepts 1/4” and 3/8” threaded rod sizes
• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

TRAPEZE SUPT2__

Trapeze
Support Clip

50 trapeze clips
100 retainer stops

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

7.0

3.17

FLEXTRAY

Snap retainer stops in
place after cable is
loaded.

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-18

FLEXTRAY™ -

Ceiling Support Methods

2” Center Hanger
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

2 IN CTR SUPT__

Center Support
Hanger for FT2x2

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

5.0

2.27

• For use with 2” (50mm) tray widths only
• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod
• Hardware sold separately
• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Assemble with
ATTACHMENT CLP
& FTHDWE 1/4
hardware.

Hold Down Plate
Part

Slot Size

Qty./Box

FLEXTRAY

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

SUPT WASHER__

.28” x .70”

50

4.7

2.13

FTA6HD__

.40” x .70”

50

3.5

1.59

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway
run.
• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your
specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately).
• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung
support using 3/8" rod.
• To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page FLX-20).
• To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use:
2 - FTA6HD
2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts
• Finish: ZN, SS6

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-19

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Ceiling Support Methods
Mounting Bracket

• Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray
• Click tabs for FLEXTRAY attachment
• Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to
mount bracket
• Finishes __: SS6

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTB2UB__

Light Duty
Wall/Rack Bracket

10

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

2.1

0.95

1" typ.
(25 mm)

.26" typ.
(6.6 mm)

• Use for light duty cabling applications
• For use with 11/2” (38mm) & 2” (51mm) deep tray with
4” (100mm) and 6” (150mm) widths
• When hanging 4” (100mm) wide tray, center hung clip
must be run parallel with the tray
• Built-in hold down tab
• Accepts 1/4” threaded rod
• Threaded rod and nuts sold separately
• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Center Hung Clip
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

CTR HUNG CLP__

Light Duty
Center Hanger

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4.0

1.81

Assemble with 1/4” threaded
rod and finned nut

Part

SB301-1/2x8__

8”

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FLX-20

Wt./Box
lbs.

Rod Protector

1

kg

0.03 0.013

FLEXTRAY

Threaded Rod Protector
• Use to protect cables from 1/4” to 1/2”
threaded rod
• PVC UL94V-O material
• Color: Gray
• Not plenum rated

FLEXTRAY™ -

Ceiling Support Methods

Center Trapeze Hanger
Part Number

Maximum Tray Width
in.
mm

Actual Length
in.
mm

Wt./Pc.
lbs.
kg

FTB06CT

6”

150

9.78”

248

0.61

0.27

FTB08CT

8”

200

11.75”

298

0.74

0.33

FTB12CT

12”

300

15.69”

398

0.98

0.44

FTB16CT

16”

400

19.63”

498

1.61

0.73

FTB18CT

18”

450

21.59”

548

1.77

0.80

FTB20CT

20”

500

23.56”

598

1.93

0.87

FTB24CT

24”

600

27.50”

698

2.25

1.02

FLEXTRAY

• Can be installed as center-hung or traditional
trapeze hanger
• Multiple options to secure FLEXTRAY to hanger
- Built in hold down tabs (use screwdriver to
bend down tab)
- Compatible with TOOLLESS CLIP with
snap-in locking pin
- Compatible with WBUHD hold down clip when
tray crosswire is aligned over top of hanger
- Slots and holes for optional hardware
attachment
• Corrosion resistant pre-galvanized zinc finish
(other finishes available upon request)
• Center hole for up to 1/2” rod
• Hole on each end for up to 3/8” rod
• Threaded rod protector available (SB301-1/2 x 8)
• When 1/2” trapeze rods are required, add -1/2 to end
of part number when ordering

Center Hung

Trapeze

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-21

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Ceiling Support Methods

KwikWire™ Clamps & Wire Rope
•
•
•
•
•

KwikWire system replaces jack chain or ATR to support lighting, ductwork, and FLEXTRAY.
Can be quickly installed around beams - No drilling required.
Ideal for sloped ceilings - can hang objects at up to 60° angles.
Simple height adjustments are made by releasing locking tab, no tools required.
Spools of wire can be cut to length in field, reducing waste and up front planning.
Part

Clamp Description

Number

For Use With Rope Diameter

Qty./Box

BKC100

1/32”, 1/16”

& 3/32”

100

BKC200

3/32”, 1/8”

& 3/16”

50

Part

Rope Diameter

Number

- Working Load

Qty./Spool

1/16”

- 96 lbs.

500 ft.

BKW094

(1)

3/32”

- 184 lbs.

500 ft.

BKW125

(1)

1/8”

- 340 lbs.

500 ft.

BKW188 (2)

3/16”

- 840 lbs.

250 ft.

BKW063 (1)

BKCC

Wire Rope Cutter

KwikWire™ Clamp
Working Loads*
Wire
Rope
Dia.

Lbs.
Safety
Factor 5

BKC100
BKC100
BKC100

1/32”

0-22
0-75
25-150

BKC200
BKC200
BKC200

3/32”

Clamp
Part No.

1/16”
3/32”

1/8”
3/16”

Wire Rope Construction

1

* Working loads shown
are for hanging vertically.
For suspending at
15°, 30°, 45° or 60°
angles from vertical, use
the following percentage
of the working loads from
the chart:

(1) 7 x 7

(2) 7 x 19

15° = 96%
30° = 86%
45° = 70%
60° = 50%

25-150
25-250
50-640

KwikPak™ makes handling KwikWire™ a breeze!
• Refill your starter kit with a B-Line KwikPak™.
• KwikPaks include KwikWire clamps and a spool of wire rope.
• KwikPaks are shipped in a specially designed dispenser box to ease field cutting of wire.
Part

Kit Includes

Number

- Working Load

Qty./Box

BKP10063

BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 1/16ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)
3/32ӯ

1

BKP10094

BKC100 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter,

Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKP15094

BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 3/32ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKP15125

BKC150 (100 pcs.), Cable Cutter, 1/8ӯ Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKP20125
BKP20188

BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter,

1/8ӯ

Wire Rope (500 ft.)

1

BKC200 (50 pcs.), Cable Cutter,

3/16ӯ

Wire Rope (250 ft.)

1

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-22

FLEXTRAY

KwikPak™ Wire Rope & Clamps

FLEXTRAY™ -

Ceiling Support Methods

KwikWire™ Accessory Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Reduces on the job installation time
Can be installed quickly without drilling into existing structure
Increases versatility in the field
KwikWire accessory system reduces inventory and shipping costs
No more sawing, filing, or fixing nuts
Designed for use with cable tray, lighting, and HVAC
Eliminates the need for all threaded rod
Cost effective solution for jack chain
“Y” style accessories require 50% less drilling

FLEXTRAY

KwikWire Accessory Numbering System
Product
Line

Assembly
Configuration

Leg
Termination

Leg
Length

Wire Rope
Diameter

Straight
Length

Assembly
or Kit

BK =
KwikWire

Blank =
Single Leg

A = Angle
Bracket w/Pin

Blank = See
Straight Length

063 = 1/16”

Y = 2 Legs

H = Hook

18 = 18” Leg

Blank =
Loop w/
Plastic Tube

Blank =
Assembly
Only

3 - 3 Legs

L = Loop

30 = 30” Leg

18 = 18”

K = Kit
(Assembly &
BKC100 Clamp)

Examples

094 = 3/32”

T = Toggle

30 = 30”

W = Fuse Cut

40 = 40”

B25 = Bolt w/ 1/4”-20 Thread

80 = 80”

B38 = Bolt w/ 3/8”-16 Thread

120 = 120”

BM6 = Bolt w/ M6 Thread

180 = 180”

BM8 = Bolt w/ M8 Thread

240 = 240”

BM10 = Bolt w/ M10 Thread

360 = 360”

BKYT18-094-120K

BK Y T 18 - 094 - 120 K
KwikWire Accessory
2 legs - toggle leg termination - 18” legs - 3/32” diameter wire - 120” straight length - kit with clamp

BKL-063-120K

BK L - 063 - 120 K
KwikWire Accessory
single leg - looped leg termination - 1/16” diameter wire - 120” straight length - kit with clamp

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-23

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Ceiling Support Methods

KwikWire™ ‘Y’ Style Hook Termination
UPC/Part Number

782051 67342
782051 67343
782051 67344
782051 68856
782051 68945
782051 67345
782051 68946
782051 68948
782051 68949
782051 68950
782051 68951
782051 68952

Catalog Number

Leg
Length

Wire Rope
Diameter

BKYH18-094-40K
BKYH18-094-80K
BKYH18-094-120K
BKYH18-094-180K
BKYH18-094-240K
BKYH18-094-360K
BKYH30-094-40K
BKYH30-094-80K
BKYH30-094-120K
BKYH30-094-180K
BKYH30-094-240K
BKYH30-094-360K

18”
18”
18”
18”
18”
18”
30”
30”
30”
30”
30”
30”

3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”
3/32”

Length

40”
80”
120”
180”
240”
360”
40”
80”
120”
180”
240”
360”
Box Quantity - 10
5 bags containing 2 pieces per bag

KwikWire™ ‘Y’ Style Hook Termination With Loop
UPC/Part Number

Catalog Number

Wire Rope
Diameter

Length

782051 67341

BKYH18-094

3/32”

18”

782051 68978

BKYH30-094

3/32”

30”

For more information on KwikWire accessories
see the KwikWire catalog.

Box Quantity - 10
5 bags containing 2 pieces per bag

Triple (3) leg style

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY

• Hook designed to c up to 3/8” diameter wire.
• Available as a wire rope with hook termination only or as
a ready-to-use kit with a BKC100 clamp.
• Available in lengths of 40”, 80”, 120”, 180”, 240”, and 360”.
• Available in single, double (Y), and triple (3) leg styles

FLX-24

Wall Support Methods

FLEXTRAY

FLEXTRAY™ -

FLX-25

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Wall Support Methods
Shelf Brackets

• Heavy-duty support bracket
• For use with 6” (150mm) to
24” (600mm) wide trays
• Built-in tab for hold down
• Optional hardware (FTSCH) sold separately
• Finishes __: GLV, HDG, SS6

Part

Use With

Number

Tray Width

FTB06CS__

6” (150mm)

FTB08CS__

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

0.5

0.22

8” (200mm)

1

0.6

0.27

FTB12CS__

12” (300mm)

1

1.2

0.54

FTB16CS __

16” (400mm)

1

1.7

0.77

FTB18CS __

18” (450mm)

1

1.9

0.86

FTB20CS __

20” (500mm)

1

2.6

1.18

FTB24CS __

24” (600mm)

1

3.2

1.45

FTB24CS shown

L Brackets
Part

Use With

Number

Tray Width

4 L BRKT__

4” (150mm)

8 L BRKT__

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

0.6

0.27

6” (150mm) &
8” (200mm)

1

0.8

0.36

12 L BRKT__

12” (300mm)

1

1.3

0.59

16 L BRKT__

16” (400mm)

1

1.4

0.63

20 L BRKT__

18” & 20” (450 & 500mm)

1

2.0

0.91

24 L BRKT__

24” (600mm)

1

2.3

1.04

Tab can be bent over
for hold down.

12 L BRKT

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

Qty./Box

FLX-26

FLEXTRAY

• Installs tray to wall cleanly
• Built-in tab for hold down
(not available in stainless steel)
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 24” (600mm)
wide trays
• Use with pedestal clamp in raised
floor applications
• Optional hardware (FTSCH) sold separately
• Finishes __: EG, HD, BLE, 316S

FLEXTRAY™ -

Wall Support Methods

Z Brackets
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

Number

Z BRKT__

Z Bracket

25

• Used for horizontal and/or vertical mounting
• 8” (200mm) wide bracket foror use with 4” (100mm)
to 32” (800mm) wide trays
• Can be used to offset trays from floor
• Can be used to terminate tray run at wall
• Multiple brackets can be used for wider tray widths
• Finishes __: GS, BLE

lbs.

kg

14.0

6.35

Use with two (2) FTSCH
(sold separately)

Hold Down Plate
Part

Slot Size

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

.28” x .70”

50

4.7

2.13

FTA6HD__

.40” x .70”

50

3.5

1.59

FLEXTRAY

SUPT WASHER__

• Easy way to mount 4" (100mm) wide tray for raceway run.
• Use 1/4" screws to attach SUPT WASHER to your
specific wall/stud application (hardware sold separately).
• FTA6HD can be used in pairs to create a center-hung
support using 3/8" rod.
• To protect cables use threaded rod protector (page FLX-20).
• To complete 3/8" center hanger assembly use:
2 - FTA6HD
2 - HN 3/8"-16 hex nuts
• Finish: ZN, SS6

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-27

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Wall Support Methods
Attachment Clips

• Wall attachment for 2” (50mm) wide
tray only (FT2X2X10)
• Low-profile appearance
• Built-in tab to hold down tray
• Can also be used with 2” (50mm) Center
Hanger (see page 60)
• Hardware sold separately
• Finishes __: GS, BLE

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

ATTACHMENT CLP__

Attachment Clip
Support for FT2x2x10

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

3.4

1.54

Mounting Bracket
• Designed to support FT2X2X10 Flextray
• Click tabs for FLEXTRAY attachment
• Use 1/4” hardware and washer (not included) to
mount bracket
• Finishes __: SS6

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FTB2UB__

Light Duty
Wall/Rack Bracket

10

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

2.1

0.95

1" typ.
(25 mm)

.26" typ.
(6.6 mm)

• Used to attach 2” (50mm) or 4” (100mm) wide trays
to walls, struts or cabinets
• Use for raceway mounting
• Mount to metal framing for vertical support
• Tabs are built in for tray hold down
• Mount to side rail for electrical box connection
• Finishes __: GLV

Part

FTA050CC__

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FLX-28

Wall Support
Bracket

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.8

0.36

FLEXTRAY

Wall Supports

FLEXTRAY™ -

Wall Support Methods

Wall Termination Kit
Part

Length

Qty./Box

Number

FTA9WTK__

9”

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.3

0.59

• Kit includes all hardware necessary to support
FLEXTRAY when terminated at a wall
• Mount slotted angle to wall with up to 3/8"
hardware (not included)
• Finishes __: ZN, FB, SS6

Wall Termination Kit includes:
1 - Angle with Slots
2 - FTSCH

Wall Mount Kit
Part

Length

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

WB48WMK__

8”

1

0.76

0.35

WB1224WMK__

12”

1

1.22

0.55

• Kit includes all components necessary to mount
FLEXTRAY to a wall horizontally or vertically
• Mount strut to wall with up to 1/2" hardware
(not included)
• Finish: Channel - GLV
Hardware - ZN
Available in SS6
Wall Mount Kit includes:

FLEXTRAY

WB48WMK WB1224WMK
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2

B54SH Strut
SUPT WASHER Hold Downs
1/4"-20 x 1" Slotted Head Screw
N224WO Channel Nut

WB1224WMK shown

Horizontally Mounted
Vertically Mounted

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-29

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Wall Support Methods
C Brackets

• Tab can be used for hold down
(stainless steel will not have these tabs)
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 12” (300mm) wide trays
• C Bracket attaches to hard ceiling types
• All brackets are 77/8” (200mm) tall
• Cables can be side loaded
• L Brackets (page FLX-26) and C Brackets can be
combined for layered tray runs
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, HD

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4 C BRKT__

4” (100mm) C Bracket

1

1.2

0.54

8 C BRKT__

8” (200mm) C Bracket

1

1.4

0.63

12 C BRKT__

12” (300mm) C Bracket

1

1.9

0.86

Hold down tab.

Assemble with
SUPT WASHER &
FTHDWE 1/4.

FLEXTRAY

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-30

FLEXTRAY™ -

F.A.S.T.™ Underfloor System

FLEXTRAY

The F.A.S.T. System is an innovative and flexible way to support and manage cables in raised floor applications. This Foldable, Adjustable,
Stackable, Tool-less System uses FLEXTRAY, stands, and accessories to provide a variety of options for your project and the fastest
installation time on the market. Best of all, it does not attach to the raised floor structure and can be installed either before or after floor
is in place.

FLX-31

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

F.A.S.T.™ Underfloor System
F.A.S.T. System Flextray

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Rounded ends on all wires
UL Classified (see technical data for details)
Depths: 2”, 4”, & 6” nominal
Lengths: 24”, 48”, & 118”
Use flat fitting (WBUFLT) for turns
Wire Diameter: 0.191” (4.9mm)
Standard finishes: GLV
Consult customer service for other
available finishes
Flat Fitting

6” (150 mm)

Depths
LD
LD

Widths
LD

12” (300 mm)
20” (500 mm)

6” (150mm) deep
Flats

H

2” deep
Width

4” deep

Length

LD

6” deep
H

Wt. Per Pc.

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

FTU2X6X2
FTU2X6X4
FTU2X6X10
FTU2X12X2
FTU2X12X4
FTU2X12X10
FTU2X20X2
FTU2X20X4
FTU2X20X10
FTU4X6X2
FTU4X6X4
FTU4X6X10
FTU4X12X2
FTU4X12X4
FTU4X12X10
FTU4X20X2
FTU4X20X4
FTU4X20X10
FTU6X6X2
FTU6X6X4
FTU6X6X10
FTU6X12X2
FTU6X12X4
FTU6X12X10
FTU6X20X2
FTU6X20X4
FTU6X20X10

6
6
6
12
12
12
20
20
20
6
6
6
12
12
12
20
20
20
6
6
6
12
12
12
20
20
20

150
150
150
300
300
300
500
500
500

603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008

121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121
121

1.21
2.36
5.80
1.65
3.21
7.89
2.24
4.35
10.67

162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162

172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172
172

2.03
3.95
9.72
2.99
5.82
14.32
4.28
8.33
20.45
2.67
5.20
12.79
3.64
7.08
17.39
4.93
9.58
23.52
3.32
6.45
15.85
4.28
8.33
20.45
5.57
10.83
26.59

0.92
1.79
4.41
1.36
2.64
6.50
1.94
3.78
9.28

111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111
111

2.77
2.77
2.77
2.77
2.77
2.77
2.77
2.77
2.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
4.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77
6.77

70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70

603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008

2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
4.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38
6.38

60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

150
150
150
300
300
300
500
500
500

23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4
23.9
47.5
118.4

WBUFLT
WBUFLT-12
WBUFLT-06

20
12
6

500
250
150

24
24
24

604
604
604

-

-

-

-

2.96
1.50
1.00

1.34
0.68
0.45

150
150
150
300
300
300
500
500
500

603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008
603
1206
3008

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-32

1.51
2.93
7.19
1.94
3.78
9.28
2.53
4.91
12.06

FLEXTRAY

4” (100mm) deep

2” (50mm) deep

Part
Number

H

H

FLEXTRAY™ -

F.A.S.T.™ Underfloor System

Stands
• No tools required for installation
• Formed top surface free of protrusions or
sharp edges
• Up to 6” height adjustment
• Inside and outside leg positioning
• Folded and boxed for ease in shipping
• Patent Pending
• Stand part number includes:
one (1) stand
two (2) feet
two (2) adhesive pads
two (2) hold down clips
• Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized

WBU2016
WBU1216
FTU200608

FTU200404
FTU120404

Max. Basket
Width

Height
Adjustment

WBU2016 shown

FLEXTRAY

WBU2016 stands shown in double tier application.
Feet and adhesive pads not required for second tier assembly.
Part
Number

FTU120404
FTU120608
WBU1216
WBU1224 *
WBU1231 *
FTU200404
FTU200608
WBU2016
WBU2024
WBU2031 *

Max. Basket Width

Height Adjustment

in.

mm

in.

mm

12
12
12
12
12
20
20
20
20
20

300
300
300
300
300

4
6-8
10-16
18-24
25-31
4
6-8
10-16
18-24
25-31

101
152-203
254-406
457-609
635-787

500
500
500
500
500

101
152-203
254-406
457-609
635-787

Stands
Per Box

lbs.

Wt. Per Box
kg

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

1.82
2.79
7.44
9.06
10.52
2.34
3.36
8.56
10.20
11.64

0.82
1.26
3.37
4.11
4.77
1.06
1.52
3.88
4.62
5.28

* Legs are packed separately in box and not inserted in stand.

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-33

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

F.A.S.T.™ Underfloor System
Cantilever Kits & Accessories

• No tools required for installation
• Simple design for tiered applications
• Available in kits or individual parts
• Adjustable shelf height
• Formed top surface has no sharp edges
• Can be installed independent of raised floor
• Standard finish: Pre-Galvanized
Adjustability of shelf brackets
WBUCK812 Double Tier Cantilever Kit Shown with WBU2016 Stand
3

Flextray
(See pg. 73)

9
(See pg. 76)

8 (See pg. 76)
4
5, 6 or 7
1

2

WBUCK12 - Single Tier
Cantilever Kit

WBUCK812 - Double Tier
Cantilever Kit

Includes

Includes

(1) WBUCB12
(1) WBUL16
(1) WBUCF
(2) WBUHD

(1) WBUCB8
(1) WBUCB12
(1) WBUL24
(1) WBUCF
(3) WBUHD

3

10
(See pg. 76)

9

4

(See pg. 76)

Stand
(Sold Separately
WBUCB12
Part
Number

Flooring Post
Item #

6

7

5

Δ

Description

in.

mm

7.30

185

15.25

†

Box Qty.

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

10

15.62

7.08

387

10

25.40

11.52

-

-

10

5.51

2.50

-

-

10

9.16

4.15

WBUL16

5

Cantilever Kit - Single Tier
with 12” Bracket
Cantilever Kit - Double Tier
with 8” & 12” Brackets
8” Cantilever Bracket
for 6” Flextray
12” Cantilever Bracket
for up to 12” Flextray
Short Vertical Support

7.30

185

10

4.37

1.98

WBUL24

6

Medium Vertical Support

15.25

387

10

8.45

3.83

WBUL31

7

Tall Vertical Support

22.25

565

10

12.07

5.47

WBUCK12 *

1

WBUCK812

2

WBUCB8

3

WBUCB12

4

Δ

* For use with 2” and 4” deep Flextray on the lower level.

†

Height - from top of stand

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

Max Height

FLX-34

Δ Stand not included

FLEXTRAY

See pg. 74)

WBUCB8

FLEXTRAY™ -

F.A.S.T.™ Underfloor System

Hold Down Clip
• Spring steel clip to attach Flextray to stands
• No tools required for installation
• Holds both continuous and spliced wire sections securely
• Works with stands and cantilever brackets
Part
Number

Item #

WBUHD

8

Description

Box Qty.

Basket Clip

50

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

1.10

0.50

Pedestal Clip
• Optional spring steel clip to give added rigidity
to system
• Works with stands and cantilever brackets
Part
Number

Item #

WBUPC

9

Description

Box Qty.

Pedestal Clip

50

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

1.65

0.75

Cantilever Foot

FLEXTRAY

• Secures vertical support into stand top
• Only required when stand legs are in the
inner position
Part
Number

Item #

WBUCF

10

Description

Box Qty.

Cantilever Foot

50

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

8.65

3.92

Under Floor Stand
• Heights of 3”, 4”, 5” or 6”
• Leg cutout allows for airflow
• No tools required to mount FLEXTRAY to stand
• Use WBUHD hold down clips to secure basket
• Stand width is 12”
• Fasten to floor for maximum stability
• Floor mounting slot size: .313” (7.9mm) x .813” (20.6mm) for 1/4” hardware
Part
Number

WBU1203
WBU1204
WBU1205
WBU1206

Overall Height

Wt. Per Each

in.

mm

lbs.

kg

3
4
5
6

76
101
127
152

1.32
1.60
1.88
2.17

0.60
0.72
0.85
0.98

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-35

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

F.A.S.T.™ Underfloor System
L Bracket & Toolless Clip

• For use when access to ground floor is limited
• Use with round post sizes 0.9” (25mm) through 1.2” (30mm)
• Use with square posts
• Order clamps and brackets separately
• Built-in tab for hold down
• Tool-less Clip (plenum-rated material) - Snap-in locking pin
securely holds basket to bracket

12 L BRKT
shown

PEDESTAL CLAMP

TOOLLESS CLIP

Part
Number

Description

Qty.

TOOLLESS CLIP

Tool-less Hold-Down Clip

Wt. Per Box

50/Box

lbs.

kg

1.00

0.45

Brackets (Zinc Plated)

Illustration photos.
All parts are sold separately.

Part
Number

System Width
in.

mm

in.

mm

8 L BRKT

6-8

150-200

8

200

12 L BRKT

12

300

12

300

Box Qty.

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

1

0.80

0.36

1

1.30

0.59

Pedestal Clamp & Kit

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

kg

PEDESTAL CLAMP__

Pedestal
Clamp

1

0.6

0.27

PEDESTAL KIT__

Pedestal
Clamp Kit

1*

3.3

1.49

Pedestal kits are recommended for
tray widths of 16” (400mm) or
greater

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-36

Wt./Box
lbs.

FLEXTRAY

• Clamps to existing raised-access floor
stanchion
• Use L BRKT (shown above) or full pedestal
kit to support trays under the raised access
floor (sold separately)
• For tray widths 2” (50mm) to 20” (500mm)
• *Pedestal Clamp Kit includes two (2)
pedestal clamps, 28” (711mm) profile
section, bolts & nuts
• Kits include hardware
• SUPTWASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 sold separately
• Finishes __: EG

Cable Tray Systems

Length

FLEXTRAY™ -

F.A.S.T.™ Underfloor System

Under Floor Support Bracket
• Under Floor Support Bracket provides rugged support for
FLEXTRAY System from access floor post.
• To complete the installation, the following hardware
must be ordered separately.
(2) - B501 U-Bolts
(1) - SUPT WASHER Hold Down
(1) - 1/4"-20 x 1" Slotted Head Screw
(1) - N224WO Channel Nut
• Finish: ZN

‘A’

Part
Number

in.

‘A’
mm

in.

Thread
mm

Box
Quantity

B409UF-12

12”

300

12”

300

B409UF-18

18”

450

18”

B409UF-21

21”

533

21”

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

1

3.6

1.63

450

1

4.5

2.04

533

1

5.4

2.45

U-Bolts

FLEXTRAY

• Designed for attachment of Under Floor Support Brackets to
access floor post. Each U-Bolt includes two (2) hex nuts.
• Finish: ZN

‘A’

Part
Number

B501-1
B501-11/2

in.

‘A’
mm

Thread
Size

Box
Quantity

13/8”

30

5/16”-18

50

5/16”-18

62

3/8”-16

75

3/8”-16

2”

B501-2

27/16”

B501-21/2

215/16”

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

50

7.0

3.17

50

8.0

3.63

20

5.4

2.45

25

8.0

3.63

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-37

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

F.A.S.T.™ Underfloor System
Ground Bolt

• Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray
section when separate ground wire is required
• Used for UL grounding compliance.
• When using color powder coated finish or
paint, coating must be removed at the points
of contact.
• Finish: Copper Plated
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

GROUND BOLT

Ground Bolt

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.11

0.05

Adhesive & Feet

WBUF

WBUTAPE

• WBUTAPE - Double-sided adhesive pads
for temporary positioning of floor stands
Pad Size: 2” (50mm) x 4” (100mm)

Part
Number

Description

WBUF

Stand Foot

• WBUFA - Adhesive to secure stand to floor

WBUTAPE
WBUFA

Box Qty.

Wt. Per Box
lbs.

kg

10

2.36

1.07

Double-Sided Tape

50

2.50

1.13

Floor Adhesive

1 Gallon

10.78

4.89

Floor Stand
FLEXTRAY

• Non-metallic snap lock floor stand is
designed for use under access floors.
• Floor stand elevates FLEXTRAY System
15/8" (41.3mm) above the floor.
• To attach floor stand, use Liquid Nails™
or anchors.
• Elevation increments of 13/8" (35mm)
can be obtained by stacking floor
stands.
• Sized for 1/4" hardware
(order separately).
• Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-38

Part
Number

Wt. Per Pc.
lbs.

kg

Box
Quantity

FTA2FS

0.44

0.20

10

Accessories

FLEXTRAY

FLEXTRAY™ -

FLX-39

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Accessories
Covers

• Protects cable from debris and dust
• Adds security to cable installation
• Easy bend-over tabs secure cover to trays
• Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide
trays
• Comes in 118” (2997mm) length
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 304S, 316S

Use With
Tray Width

2 IN COVER__

2” (50mm)

4 IN COVER__

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

3.8

1.72

4” (100mm)

1

5.7

2.58

6 IN COVER__

6” (150mm)

1

6.7

3.04

8 IN COVER__

8” (200mm)

1

8.7

3.94

12 IN COVER__

12” (300mm)

1

11.6

5.26

16 IN COVER__

16” (400mm)

1

15.6

7.07

18 IN COVER__

18” (450mm)

1

17.0

7.71

20 IN COVER__

20” (500mm)

1

18.5

8.39

24 IN COVER__

24” (600mm)

1

22.0

9.98

Dividers
Part

Use With

Number

Tray Depth

2 IN DIVIDER__

2” (50mm) Deep

4 IN DIVIDER __
6 IN DIVIDER __

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

3.5

1.59

4” (100mm) Deep

1

9.6

4.35

6” (150mm) Deep

1

14.5

6.58

Dividers include
hardware shown
below

6”

2”

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-40

4”

FLEXTRAY

• Allows cable separation within a single tray
• Hemmed/rounded edge provides cable
jacket safety
• Hardware included
• Field miter for bends and turns
• Dual slots every 24” (609mm) for field cutting
• Available in 2” (50mm), 4” (100mm) and
6” (150mm) heights
• Comes in 118.125” (3000mm) length
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 304S, 316S

Part
Number

FLEXTRAY™ -

Accessories

Solid Bottom Inserts
Part

Use With

Number

Tray Width

INSERT 4X118__

4” (100mm)

INSERT 6X118__

Qty./Box

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1

6.8

3.08

6” (150mm)

1

9.8

4.44

INSERT 8X118__

8” (200mm)

1

13.3

6.03

INSERT 12X118__

12” (300mm)

1

21.6

9.80

INSERT 16X118__

16” (400mm)

1

26.4

11.97

INSERT 18X118__

18” (450mm)

1

32.4

14.69

INSERT 20X118__

20” (500mm)

1

32.9

14.92

INSERT 24X118__

24” (600mm)

1

39.3

17.82

• Continuous support for sensitive cables
• Security of cable in high-traffic areas
• Hardware included
• Available for 2” (50mm) to 24” (600mm) wide
trays
• Comes in 118” (2997mm) length
• Finishes __: GS, BLE, 304S, 316S
Attachment
methods

Attach with
FTHDWE 1/4 &
Top Washer

Blind Ends

FLEXTRAY

Part
Number

in.

‘A’
mm

in.

Height
mm

Box
Quantity

FT BE 2X2

2”

50

2”

50

1

FT BE (*)X4

4”

100

(*)

(*)

1

FT BE (*)X6

6”

150

(*)

(*)

1

FT BE (**)X8

8”

200

(*)

(*)

1

(*) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm) for height

FT BE (**)X12

12”

300

(**)

(**)

1

FT BE (**)X16

16”

400

(**)

(**)

1

(**) Insert: 2 = 2" (50 mm), 4 = 4" (100 mm),
6 = 6" (150 mm) for height

FT BE (**)X18

18”

450

(**)

(**)

1

FT BE (**)X20

20”

500

(**)

(**)

1

FT BE (**)X24

24”

600

(**)

(**)

1

• Forms a closure for a dead-end FLEXTRAY
• Hardware included
• Finish: GLV, SS6

‘A’

Height

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-41

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Accessories
Cable Roller

• Protects and maintains recommended cable radii
for Cat 5, Cat 5E, Cat 6, Cat 6A, Fiber, etc.
• Height of roller can be adjusted to tray depth
• Installs in seconds with no tools
• Reduces cable installation time
• Prevents migration of cables
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) tray widths
• Finish: Cast Aluminum

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

CABLE ROLLER

Cable Roller

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.0

0.45

Quick, snap-together design

Toolless Clip

• Securely holds tray to support
• Snap-in locking pin
• No tools or fastening required
• Fastest hold-down method available
• For use with the following:
FTB__CS (see pg. 67)
L BRKT (see pg. 67)
C BRKT (see pg. 71)
• Finish: Plenum rated resin (black)

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

TOOLLESS CLIP

Toolless
Hold-Down Clip

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.0

0.45

FLEXTRAY

• Use to secure FLEXTRAY to horizontal strut
support
• Designed for use as shown in drawing
(no load rating)
• Finish: Black Zinc Phosphate

Strut Mounting Clip
Part

BW4

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FLX-42

Strut Mounting Clip

100

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.9

0.41

FLEXTRAY™ -

Accessories

Drop Out Fitting
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

DROP OUT__

Drop Out Fitting

50

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

15.0

6.8

• Keeps cable radius secure at drop point
• For use with 4” (100mm) to 32” (800mm) wide trays
• Attaches to tray without hardware
• Drop outs can be attached at bottom, side or
ends of tray
• Hold down tabs on bottom of drop out to secure tray
• Finishes __: EG, BLE, SS6

Cable Drop Out
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Cable Drop Out

10

lbs.

kg

0.17

0.08

FLEXTRAY

FTA2DO

• Non-metallic 2" (50mm) radius Cable Drop-Out
snap locks into mesh bottom and protects cables
from sharp bend
• Material: Black Plenum-rated Plastic

Wt./Box

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-43

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Accessories

Conduit Connector
• Conduit connector is designed to connect
conduit to the side or bottom of FLEXTRAY
• Conduit bushing will remain outside of tray
to keep cable pathway clear
• Bend tabs to secure connector to tray
• No hardware included
• Finishes __: GLV

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

FTA050CC__

1/2” (15mm)

Conduit Clip

10

2.0

0.91

FTA075CC __

3/4” (20mm)

Conduit Clip

10

2.0

0.91

FTA100CC __

1” (25mm) Conduit Clip

10

2.0

0.91

FTA125CC __

11/4” (32mm) Conduit Clip

10

2.0

0.91

Rack Clamp
• Securely holds tray down to rack
• Installs without drilling
• Black-painted finish to match rack
• Finish__: BLE

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

RACK CLAMP__

Rack Clamp

4

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4.7

2.13

• Adaptor kit includes all hardware necessary to
connect Flextray system to top of relay rack at
right angle or parallel position
• Finish__: YZN (Yellow Zinc Chromate)

Part

SB2204__

Adaptor Kit includes:
(1) - Mounting Plate
(2) - 5/16"-18 x 2" “J”-Bolts
(2) - HN 5/16"-18 Hex Nuts
(2) - LW 5/16" Lock Washers

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FLX-44

Adaptor Kit

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.37

0.17

FLEXTRAY

Adaptor Kit

FLEXTRAY™ -

Accessories

Radius Shield
Part

Description

Number

in.

mm

FTA2RS

2.5

63

FTA4RS

4.3

FTA6RS

5.9

Qty./Box

• Provides a smooth inside radius surface.
• No tools or fasteners needed to install.
• Sizes for 2", 4" & 6" deep FLEXTRAY; 90°
horizontal bends, tees, and crosses.
• Installs in seconds. Simply hold in place and
bend back tabs.
• Slick surface to reduce cable friction.
• Material: Black Polycarbonate

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

50

4.0

1.8

110

50

7.0

3.2

150

25

5.0

2.3

11"
(279 mm)

‘A’

Rubber Cap
Box
Quantity

B719EB

100

• Install on wire ends if required. Fits all wire diameters

Wt. Per 100
lbs.

kg

0.20

0.10

FLEXTRAY

Part
Number

Touch-Up Paint
Part
Number

Color

SB420ATG

Gray Lacquer

SB420AFB

Box
Quantity

Wt. Per Pc.
lbs.

kg

1

0.9

0.41

Flat Black Lacquer

1

0.9

0.41

SB420ACW

Computer White Lacquer

1

0.9

0.41

B999

Silver Zinc-Rich Paint

1

0.9

0.41

• Size: 12 ounce aerosol can
• Cannot ship air freight

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-45

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Accessories
Label Clip

• Clips easily into trays
• Use for identifying your cable pathways
• Can be used on all tray sizes
• Will not fit on side of 11/2” deep FLEXTRAY
• Finish: Non-plenum-rated resins

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

LABEL CLIP

101/2” (267mm) Long

10

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.6

0.27

Ground Bolt
• Attaches up to #1 ground wire to each tray
section when separate ground wire is required
• Used for UL grounding compliance.
• When using color powder coated finish or paint,
coating must be removed at the points of
contact.
• Finish: Copper Plated

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

GROUND BOLT

Ground Bolt

100

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

1.0

0.45

• Supports ground wire along side of tray
• Can be used on all trays
• Finish __: Zinc Plated

Part

GROUND SUPT GL

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FLX-46

Ground Wire Support

100

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

0.6

0.27

FLEXTRAY

Ground Wire Supports

FLEXTRAY™ -

Accessories

• Complete source of hardware for ceiling connections
• Available in stock
• Strut can be purchased in pre-cut lengths and various colors
• All hardware is zinc plated

Lock Washers

Threaded Rod
Part

Size

Qty.

Number

Part

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

Number

Size

Qty.

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

ATR1/4x72

1/4”

x 72” (1828mm)

1

0.7

0.31

1/4LW

1/4”

200

0.6

0.27

ATR1/4x120

1/4”

x 120” (3048mm)

1

1.2

0.54

3/8LW

3/8”

200

1.6

0.72

ATR1/4x144

1/4”

x 144” (3657mm)

1

1.4

0.63

1/2LW

1/2”

200

2.0

0.91

ATR3/8x72

3/8”

x 72” (1828mm)

1

1.7

0.77

ATR3/8x120

3/8”

x 120” (3048mm)

1

2.9

1.31

ATR3/8x144

3/8”

x 144” (3657mm)

1

3.5

1.58

ATR1/2x72

1/2”

x 72” (1828mm)

1

3.2

1.45

ATR1/2x120

1/2”

x 120” (3048mm)

1

5.4

2.45

Part

Size

Qty.

ATR1/2x144

1/2”

x 144” (3657mm)

1

6.5

2.95

Number

Flat Washers
Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

1/4FW

1/4”

200

1.2

0.54

3/8FW

3/8”

200

3.0

1.36

1/2FW

1/2”

200

6.6

2.99

Rod Couplings
Part

Size

Qty.

Number

kg

B655-1/4

1/4”-20

50

2.0

0.91

B655-3/8

3/8”-16

50

5.5

2.49

B655-1/2
FLEXTRAY

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

1/2”-13

50

6.0

Square Washers
Part

Hole Size

Qty.

Number

2.72

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

B201

7/16

50

6.0

2.72

B202

9/16

50

7.0

3.17

Size

Qty.

Hex Nuts
Part

Size

Qty.

Number

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

1/4HN

1/4”-20

100

0.6

0.27

3/8HN

3/8”-16

100

1.6

0.72

1/2HN

1/2”-13

100

4.3

Beam Clamps
Part
Number

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

1.95

B3036L-3/8

3/8”-16

100

60.0

27.2

B3036L-1/2

1/2”-13

100

140.0

63.5

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-47

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ Concrete
Rapid Rod Hanger

Beam Clamps
Part

Accessories

Size

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

lbs.

kg

B444-1/4

1/4”-20

100

160

72.5

B444-3/8

3/8”-16

100

430

195.0

B444-1/2

1/2”-13

100

430

195.0

Part

Rod

Shank

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

Size

Size

lbs.

kg

ARC-37-150

3/8”

100

3.4

1/4”

x 11/2”

ARW-SW

Wood
Rapid Rod Hanger

ARW

U-Bolt Clamps
Part

Size

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

B441-22

3/8”-16

x 33/8” long

100

lbs.

kg

160

72.5

1.54

Part

Rod

Shank

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

Size

Size

lbs.

kg

ARW-37-200

3/8”

1/4”

x 2”

100

3.4

1.54

ARW-37-200SW

3/8”

1/4”

x 2”

100

3.4

1.54

SW = Side Mount

Spring Nuts
Part

Thread Size

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

lbs.

kg

N224

1/4”-20

100

6.5

2.95

N228

3/8”-16

100

9.3

4.22

N225

1/2”-13

100

11.3

5.12

ARS-SW

Steel
Rapid Rod Hanger

ARS

Part

Rod

Shank

Qty.

Wt./Qty.

Number

Size

Size

lbs.

kg

ARS-37-150

3/8”

100

3.4

1.54

ARS-37-150SW

3/8”

100

3.4

1.54

1/4”

x 11/2”

1/4”

x 1”

SW = Side Mount
SH

S

Part

Channel

Number

Size

B22SGALV120

15/8” x 120” - 12 ga.

B22SHGALV120

15/8”

B56SGALV120
B56SHGALV120

B22
Qty.

S

Sockets for
Rapid Rod Hangers

B56
Wt./Qty.

Part

lbs.

kg

Number

1

6.0

2.72

7187

x 120” - 12 ga.

1

6.0

2.72

13/16”

x 120” - 15 ga.

1

7.0

3.17

13/16”

x 120” - 15 ga.

1

6.0

2.72

7197

See page FLX-3 for finish information
Cable Tray Systems

FLX-48

Hole Size

Universal Steel & Wood
Socket
3/8”

Concrete Socket

Qty.

Wt./Qty.
lbs.

kg

1

4.5

2.04

1

4.5

2.04

FLEXTRAY

Bolted Framing

SH

Installation

FLEXTRAY

FLEXTRAY™ -

FLX-49

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Installation

Flextray Cutters
CLEANSHEAR™

• Exclusive, patented
cuts tray fast
• No sharp edges
• Designed specifically for cutting Flextray
• Safely cut and bend Flextray into any configuration

Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

CLEANSHEAR

CLEANSHEAR
Cutting Tool

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

4.3

1.95

Patented

1 Face tray up. Slide
cutter next to vertical
wire and cut.

2 Turn tray to the side
with open side facing
you. Repeat step 1 to
cut wire.

• CLEANSHEAR Bender has our exclusive
bending attachment
• Makes bending larger trays easy
• Recommended for bending tray widths of
16” (400mm) or greater

3 Finish cutting all side
wires.

5 Finish cutting by
moving to other side
of tray to cut
remaining wires,

4 Turn tray open-side
down and cut wires
from bottom of tray.

Flextray Bender
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Number

CLEANSHEAR BEND

CLEANSHEAR Cutting Tool
With Bender Attachment

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

5.4

2.45

FLEXTRAY

Patented

Airshear Cutter
• Fastest wire mesh cutter available
• 57% time savings over regular CLEANSHEAR
• Airshear is available when you have a large project
to install. Call us for details.

Part

AIRSHEAR

Patented

Cable Tray Systems

Description

Qty./Box

Number

FLX-50

Pneumatic CLEANSHEAR
Cutting Tool

1

Wt./Box
lbs.

kg

9.0

4.08

FLEXTRAY™ -

Installation

Angular Bolt Cutter
Part

Description

Qty./Box

Wt./Box

Number

lbs.

kg

WB30BC

Bolt Cutter

1

6.8

3.1

WB30RB

Replacement Blade

1

1.3

0.6
WB30RB
Replacement Blade

WB30BC
Angular Bolt Cutter

Completely adaptable, B-Line Flextray is designed to
accommodate jobsite changes. Cut wires with B-Line
Angular Bolt Cutter, bend to create a bend, tee, or reducer.

Offset Cut

Cut and remove each wire as illustrated below. Follow
cutting pattern and blade positioning. Placing Flextray
open side down provides the optimum cutting angle.

Cutting Order

X
Æ
∞

Do not use center
cut blades.

≤

FLEXTRAY

For the best results, use a WB30BC Angular Blade Offset
Bolt Cutter with 24" (600 mm) long handles. The Offset Blade
Cutter produces a clean cut. Position bolt cutter blades near
the cross wire and perpendicular to wire to be cut (see
illustration above). Proper cut will make the assembly faster,
easier and safer while minimizing grinding.

Part
Number

in.

Length
mm

Wt. Per Cutter
lbs.

kg

Box
Quantity

WB50WC

123/4”

325

3.0

1.3

1

Part Number

Description

WB50RB

Replacement Blade

1

WB50BA

Replacement Battery

1

≠
Ø

±

≥

Box Quantity

The Greenlee cable wire cutter makes flush cuts without burrs.
Will cut .191" diameter wire in 2 seconds. Cutting head rotates
330° for ease of positioning and the tool automatically retracts
when cut is complete.
Comes with 2 batteries, charger, and carrying case.
Approximately 250 cuts per charge.

See page FLX-3 for finish information

FLX-51

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Installation

90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius)
• Make your own field cut horizontal bends using CLEANSHEAR™ to make safe, smooth cuts
• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish
• SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT
where desired
2” (50mm) Tray Width
Flextray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm) Tray Width
Flextray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

11/2” (38mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

6” (150mm) Tray Width
Flextray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

11/2” (38mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

8” (200mm) Tray Width
Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

11/2” (38mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

12” (300mm) Tray Width

Cable Tray Systems

FLX-52

Flextray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

11/2” (38mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

1

FLEXTRAY

Flextray
Depth

FLEXTRAY™ -

Installation

90° Horizontal Bends (Short Radius)
• Make your own field cut horizontal bends using CLEANSHEAR™ to make safe, smooth cuts
• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish
• SUPT WASHER & FTHDWE 1/4 hardware may be used on bottom of tray instead of WASHER SPL KIT
where desired
16” (400mm) Tray Width
Flextray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

18” (450mm) Tray Width
Flextray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

FLEXTRAY

20” (500mm) Tray Width
Flextray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

24” (600mm) Tray Width
Flextray
Depth

Required Hardware
Description

Quantity

2” (50mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

4” (100mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

6” (150mm)

WASHER SPL KIT

3

FLX-53

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Installation

90° Horizontal Bends (Long Radius)
• Make your own field cut horizontal sweeps using CLEANSHEAR™ to make safe, smooth cuts
• Can be made from any tray width and depth with any available finish
• Cut as many segments as required to control sweep radius (use chart for recommendations)
• One (1) WASHER SPL KIT is required to connect each cut segment minus one, this segment
uses one (1) SPLICE BAR, two (2) FTHDWE 1/4 and two (2) BTM WASHER
• Illustration shown below is for a 8” (200mm) width
• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire
2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires
6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

Component Qty.
Flextray
Width

Segments
To Be
Removed

WASHER
SPL KIT

FTHDWE 1/4
&
BTM WASHER

SPLICE
BAR

4” (100mm)

2

1

2

1

6” (150mm)

3

2

2

1

8” (200mm)

4

3

2

1

12” (300mm)

6

5

2

1

16” (400mm)

7

6

2

1

18” (450mm)

8

7

2

1

20” (500mm)

10

9

2

1

24” (600mm)

11

10

2

1

30” (750mm)

13

12

2

1

32” (800mm)

13

12

2

1

90° Horizontal Bend From (2) Straight Sections

Cable Tray Systems

FLX-54

Flextray
Width

Side Sections

WASHER SPL KIT

To Be Removed

Qty.

4” (100mm)

1

2

6” (150mm)

2

2

8” (200mm)

2

2

12” (300mm)

3

2

16” (400mm)

4

3

18” (450mm)

5

3

20” (500mm)

5

3

24” (600mm)

6

4

30” (750mm)

8

4

32” (800mm)

8

4

FLEXTRAY

• Cut required number of wire side sections listed in
chart per the illustration below
(Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width)
• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire
2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires
6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

FLEXTRAY™ -

Installation

Reducers

WASHER
SPL KIT

Component Qty.
FTHDWE 1/4
& BTM WASHER

Large
Flextray
Width

SPLICE
BAR

(SR)

(LRR)

(SR)

(LRR)

(SR)

(LRR)

4” (100mm)

-

1

-

2

-

1

6” (150mm)

-

2

-

2

-

1

8” (200mm)

1

2

4

2

2

1

12” (300mm)

2

3

4

2

2

1

16” (400mm)

2

3

4

2

2

1

18” (450mm)

2

3

4

2

2

1

20” (500mm)

3

3

4

2

2

1

24” (600mm)

3

3

4

2

2

1

30” (750mm)

3

3

4

2

2

1

32” (800mm)

3

3

4

2

2

1

Straight Reducers
(SR)

Left & Right
Reducers
(LRR)

• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire
2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires
6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

FLEXTRAY

Vertical Inside & Outside Bends

• Cut wire section as shown and bend to desired angle
• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire
2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires
6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires

FLX-55

Cable Tray Systems

FLEXTRAY™ -

Installation

Horizontal Tees (and crosses)

• Cut wire side sections as shown in the illustration below
(Illustration is for a 8” (200mm) width)
• 1.5” deep FLEXTRAY has only one (1) side wire
2” deep FLEXTRAY has two (2) side wires - shown
4” deep FLEXTRAY has three (3) side wires
6” deep FLEXTRAY has four (4) side wires
• For crosses, duplicate process on opposite side

Flextray
Width

WASHER SPL KIT

2” (50mm)

2

4” (100mm)

2

6” (150mm)

3

8” (200mm)

3

12” (300mm)

4

16” (400mm)

4

18” (450mm)

4

20” (500mm)

4

24” (600mm)

4

30” (750mm)

5

32” (800mm)

5

Qty.

FLEXTRAY

Cable Tray Systems

FLX-56

Straight Sections

Cable Channel

Channel Cable Tray -

CCT-1

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray -

Accessories

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select
products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my cable channel product so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Example:

A

CC

03 - 144

Part will have a normal lead time
because of the 03 width.

Changing the part number to 04 width instead of 03 will reduce the lead time.

Cable Tray Systems

CCT-2

Cable Channel

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different color, the
part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items
Black = Normal lead-time items
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Channel Cable Tray -

Straight Sections

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: A CC - 04 - 120
Material
A
G
P
SS4
SS6

=
=
=
=
=

Aluminum 6063-T4
Type 1 - HDGAF
Type 2 - Pre-Galvanized
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel

Type

Width

CC = Ventilated Cable
Channel
CCN = Non-Ventilated
Cable Channel

03 = 3"
04 = 4"
06 = 6"

Length
¨
¡

144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

¨Primary

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Non-Ventilated

Ventilated

Ventilated straight sections contain 21/4" diameter holes and 3/16" x 7/8" slots for cable attachment.
Ventilated straight sections also have splice holes repeating every 12" to simplify field modifications.
Material
Type

Cable Channel

Aluminum

Width

Depth

UL Area

Load Data *

in.

in.

in.2

Safety Factor = 1.5

3

1.25

(75)

(32)

4

1.75

0.6

0.6

Support Span (Ft)
5

6

10

Load Data *
12

Safety Factor = 1.5

Support Span (m)
1.5

1.8

3.0

3.7

Load (lbs/ft)

22

15

5

4

Load (kg/m)

33

22

7

6

Deflection Multiplier

0.025

0.051

0.395

0.820

Deflection Multiplier

.427

0.871

6.743

13.997

Load (lbs/ft)

48

33

12

8

Load (kg/m)

71

49

18

12
4.028

(100)

(44)

Deflection Multiplier

0.0071

0.015

0.114

0.236

Deflection Multiplier

0.121

0.256

1.946

6

1.75

Load (lbs/ft)

52

36

13

9

Load (kg/m)

77

54

19

13

(150)

(44)

Deflection Multiplier

0.0055

0.011

0.088

0.183

Deflection Multiplier

0.094

0.188

1.502

3.124

3

1.25

Load (lbs/ft)

24

17

6

4

Load (kg/m)

36

25

9

6
7.630

1.00

0.20

(75)

(32)

Deflection Multiplier

0.013

0.028

0.216

0.447

Deflection Multiplier

0.222

0.478

3.687

Steel

4

1.75

Load (lbs/ft)

52

36

13

9

Load (kg/m)

77

54

19

13

14 Gauge

(100)

(44)

0.063

0.130

Deflection Multiplier

0.067

0.140

1.075

2.219

6

1.75

(150)

(44)

0.40

Deflection Multiplier
0.40

0.0039 0.0082

Load (lbs/ft)

59

41

15

10

Load (kg/m)

88

61

22

15

Deflection Multiplier

0.003

0.0063

0.049

0.101

Deflection Multiplier

0.051

0.108

0.836

1.724

To calculate simple Beam Deflection in inches, multiply the design load (lbs/ft) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span.
To calculate simple Beam Deflection in millimeters, multiply the design load (kg/m) by the Deflection Multiplier shown for the span.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
* Load data is determined by realistic deflection, not by failure.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

CCT-3

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray Splice Plate

Blind End Plate

The Splice Plate has the standard
4-hole pattern for all cable channel.
• Provided with straight sections and fittings.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

The Blind End Plate forms a closure
for any cable channel dead end.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

Catalog No. Channel Width

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-1043
9(*)-1044
9(*)-1044-6

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

9(*)-1583
9(*)-1584
9(*)-1586

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate

The Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate
adapts to changes in direction in a
horizontal plane, beyond the capability
of the standard horizontal fittings.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

The Adjustable Splice Plate allows
changes in elevation where standard
vertical fittings are not applicable.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-1743
9(*)-1744
9(*)-1746

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Accessories

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-1643
9(*)-1644
9(*)-1646

Requires supports within
24” on both sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Requires supports within
24” on both sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Channel To Tray or Channel To

Box Connector

Channel to Tray

The Box Connector is used to attach the
end of a cable channel run to a distribution
box or a control center.
• Furnished as one connector with
hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

Channel to
Channel

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-1543
9(*)-1544
9(*)-1546

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-1261-3
9(*)-1261-4
9(*)-1261-6

mm

9(*)-1237-3
9(*)-1237-4
9(*)-1237-6

101 to 76
152 to 76
152 to 101

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

CCT-4

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Channel

Catalog No. Channel Width

Catalog No. Channel Width
4 to 3
6 to 3
6 to 4

76
101
152

The Mounting Bracket allows a parallel run of cable channel to be
attached to the side of a cable tray. It can
also serve as a support splice connection.
• Furnished as one bracket.
• Order hardware separately.
• (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6

The Channel Reducer Plate is used to join cable channel
sections of different widths.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

9(*)-1843
9(*)-1863
9(*)-1864

mm

3
4
6

Mounting Bracket - Channel To Tray

Channel Reducer Plate

in.

in.

The Channel Connector is
used to link a cable channel
to a cable tray, or a cable
channel to cable channel.
• Furnished as one plate with
hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

Channel Cable Tray -

Accessories

Expansion Guide Clamp

Hold-Down Clamp

The Expansion Guide Clamp allows cable channel to expand and
contract in the horizontal plane, but not in the transverse plane.
• Furnished as one clamp.
• Order 1/2" hardware separately.
• (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6

The Hold-Down Clamp secures cable
channel to a support member.
• Furnished as one clamp.
• Order 1/2" hardware separately.
• (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-1243
9(*)-1244
9(*)-1244

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-1245
9(*)-1246
9(*)-1246

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Channel To Floor Base Plate

Cable Channel Bushing

The Channel to Floor Base Plate is used to attach the end of a
cable channel run to the floor or to an equipment mounting pad.
• Anchors and hardware are ordered separately.
• (*) Insert A G ZN SS4 SS6

The Cable Channel Bushing is a snap-in
plastic bushing used to protect cable
insulation from mechanical wear.

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-3305-3
9(*)-3305-4
9(*)-3305-6

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Catalog No.

99-1125

Cable Channel Bracket

Cable Channel Bracket

• Uniform Load: 225 lbs (1.00 kN)
Safety Factor of 2.5
• Finishes available: ZN G

• Safety Factor of 2.5
• Finishes available: ZN G GRN

A
8"
(203mm)

Catalog No.

Channel Width
in.

B185CCL

3
4
6

Catalog
No.

mm

76
101
152

Channel Width Uniform Load

B409-6
B409-9

A

in.

mm

lbs

kN

in.

mm

3
4, 6

76
101, 152

1920
1280

8.54
5.69

6
9

152
228

Cable Channel Hanger
Single Cable Channel
Hanger and Wall Mount

Designed for 1/2" Threaded Rod, Double Nut Installation
Channel Width
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
Material

Cable Channel

3

150 lb.
Safety Factor 3.0

76

4

101

6

Double Cable
Channel Hanger
mm

152

Zinc Plated Steel
Double Channel
Single Channel

9ZN-1232-3
9ZN-1231-3 & 4

9ZN-1232-4
9ZN-1231-3 & 4

9ZN-1232-6
9ZN-1231-6

HDGAF Steel (18 Ga.)
Double Channel
Single Channel

9G-1232-3
9G-1231-3 & 4

9G-1232-4
9G-1231-3 & 4

9G-1232-6
9G-1231-6

265 lb.
Safety Factor 3.0

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

CCT-5

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray -

Accessories

Cable Channel Covers

90° HB

Straight Section

Covers Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 80 8 A - 04 - 144

Cover
Type

Tray
Width

Material

Detail
8 = Flanged

A = Aluminum
G = Type 1 HDGAF
P = Type 2 Pre-Galvanized
SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel

80 = Solid

Item Description
For Straight Section Cover:

Pre-Galv & Aluminum Only:

03 = 3"
04 = 4"
06 = 6"

144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

Pre-Galv, HDGAF & Alum
72 = 6 ft.
60 = 5 ft.
For fitting covers: Insert suffix
of fitting to be covered.

All items normal lead time
except for those indicated

Straight Section Part Number
Material

Channel Width
Length

Aluminum (.040)
Solid
Type II Pre-Galvanized Steel (20 Ga.)
Solid
Type I Hot Dip Galvanized Steel (18 Ga.)
Solid

12' (3.56m)
10' (3.05m)
12' (3.56m)
10' (3.05m)
12' (3.56m)
10' (3.05m)

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

3

76

4

101

6

152

808A-03-144
808A-03-120
808P-03-144
808P-03-120
808G-03-72
808G-03-60

808A-04-144
808A-04-120
808P-04-144
808P-04-120
808G-04-72
808G-04-60

808A-06-144
808A-06-120
808P-06-144
808P-06-120
808G-06-72
808G-06-60

Fitting covers are available. To order, use the cover prefix followed by the fitting description. Ex: 808A40 - 03 - 90HB12.

Wrap-Around Cover Clamp

Combination Hold-Down & Cover Clamp

Wrap-Around Cover Clamps are used to securely hold a cover on
cable channel in locations where strong winds can prevail.
• Furnished as one clamp with hardware.
• (*) Insert A G P SS4 SS6

This clamp is used to hold both the cable channel
and cover in place at the same time.
• Furnished as one clamp.
• Order 1/4" hardware separately.
• (*) Insert A G P SS6

9(*)-9033
9(*)-9034
9(*)-9036

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Catalog No. Channel Width
9(*)-9023
9(*)-9024
9(*)-9024

in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

CCT-6

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Channel

Catalog No. Channel Width

Channel Cable Tray -

Accessories

Channel Cable Tray Connectors
Fast, economical, space saving Channel Cable Tray Connectors
Patent No. 5,628,481; 5,782,439. Other patents pending.
Horizontal:

90˚ Bend

Cross

Tee

• Provides 0 or 6-inch radius connection for Cable Channel
• The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment
• up to +/– 45˚ angle adjustment
• order the desired quantity separately
• Slotted for easy cable fastening
• Shipped with the required hardware

Pivot
Connector

Vertical:

90˚ Vertical
Square Connector
0-inch radius

90˚ Bend
6-inch radius

Pivot
Connector

• Use the same part for VO and VI applications
• Slotted for easy cable fastening
• The Pivot Connector is available for custom angle adjustment (order separately)
• Shipped with the required hardware

Cable Channel

Connector Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: A CC - 04 - 90HC 060

Material
A = Aluminum
G = Type 1 HDGAF

Tray Type

Width

Connector Type

Radius

CC = Ventilated
Cable Channel

03 = 3"
04 = 4"
06 = 6"

90HC = 90˚ Horizontal
HTC = Horizontal Tee
HXC = Horizontal Cross
90VC = 90˚ Vertical
PC = Pivot Connector

Horizontal Connectors
060 = 0" & 6" Radii
Vertical Connectors
00 = 0" Radius
06 = 6" Radius

All items normal lead time
except for those indicated
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

CCT-7

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray -

ACCN-04-90HB12
Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend

ACCN-04-HT12
Non-Ventilated Tee

Fittings engineered
with 3" tangents for
splicing integrity.

ACC-04-90VO12
Ventilated Vertical Bend

Fittings

ACC-04-HX12
Ventilated Horizontal Cross

Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: A CCN - 04 - 90 HB 24

Tray Type

Material
A = Aluminum
G = Type 1 HDGAF
SS4 = 304 Stainless Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless Steel
P=†

*CC = Ventilated Cable
Channel
CCN = Non-ventilated
Cable Channel

Width

Angle

03 = 3"
04 = 4"
06 = 6"

30
45
60
90

=
=
=
=

30°
45°
60°
90°

Fitting Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VO

=
=
=
=
=

Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend

All items normal lead time
except for those indicated
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

CCT-8

Red = Normally long lead-time items

12
24
36
48

=
=
=
=

12"
24"
36"
48"

Cable Channel

* Ventilated Cable Channel Fittings are available only in 12" and 24" radii.
† - Due to multiple piece welded construction, P fittings are not available - substitute G.

Radius

Channel Cable Tray -

Fittings

Horizontal Bends 90°, 60° (HB)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
in.

12

24

305

609

915

48 1218

in.

90˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

mm

in.

mm

in.

(Pre)-03-90HB12

161/2

3

76

4
6

101

(Pre)-04-90HB12

152

(Pre)-06-90HB12

3

76

4

C

mm

in.

mm

419

161/2

419

161/2

419

17

432

17

432

17

432

18

457

18

457

18

457

(Pre)-03-90HB24

281/2

723

281/2

723

281/2

723

101

(Pre)-04-90HB24

29

737

29

737

29

737

6

152

(Pre)-06-90HB24

30

762

30

762

3

76

(Pre)-03-90HB36

401/2

1029

4

101

(Pre)-04-90HB36

41

1041

41

6

152

(Pre)-06-90HB36

42

1067

42

30

762

401/2

1029

1041

41

1041

1067

42

1067

401/2 1029

3

76

(Pre)-03-90HB48

521/2

1334

521/2

1334

4

101

(Pre)-04-90HB48

53

1346

521/2 1334
53

1346

53

1346

6

152

(Pre)-06-90HB48

54

1372

54

1372

54

1372

90° Horizontal Bend
Ventilated Horizontal Bend

90˚
HB

C

3" (76)

36

mm

Tray
Width

C

B

R

A

60˚ Horizontal Bend
3
12

24

36

305

609

915

48 1218

76

(Pre)-03-60HB12

161/4

412

93/8

239

103/4

273

422

95/8

245

111/8

283

4

101

(Pre)-04-60HB12

165/8

6

152

(Pre)-06-60HB12

171/2

445

10

254

115/8

296

3

76

(Pre)-03-60HB24

265/8

819

153/8

391

173/4

451

4

101

(Pre)-04-60HB24

27

686

155/8

397

18

450

6

152

(Pre)-06-60HB24

277/8

708

16

406

185/8

466

3

76

(Pre)-03-60HB36

37

940

213/8

543

245/8

625

(Pre)-04-60HB36

373/8

949

215/8

549

25

635

(Pre)-03-60HB36

381/4

972

22

559

251/2

648

3

76

(Pre)-03-60HB48

473/8

1203

273/8

695

315/8

803

4

101

(Pre)-04-60HB48

477/8

1216

275/8

702

317/8

810

6

152

(Pre)-06-60HB48

485/8

1235

28

711

321/2

826

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

60˚
HB

C

C

R

)
(76

101
152

3"

4
6

60° Horizontal Bend
Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend

A

Cable Channel

B

CCT-9

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray -

Fittings

Horizontal Bends 45°, 30° (HB)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
in.

45° Horizontal Bend
Ventilated Horizontal Bend

45˚
HB

C
3”
6)

(7

A

mm

12 305

24 609

36 915

R

C

48 1218

B

Tray
Width
in.

45˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

mm

in.

mm

in.

145/8

371

C

mm

in.

mm

61/8

156

85/8

219

3

76

(Pre)-03-45HB12

4

101

(Pre)-04-45HB12

15

381

61/4

159

87/8

225

6

152

(Pre)-06-45HB12

153/4

400

61/2

165

91/4

235

3

76

(Pre)-03-45HB24

231/8

587

95/8

244

135/8

346
249

4

101

(Pre)-04-45HB24

231/2

597

93/4

248

133/4

6

152

(Pre)-06-45HB24

241/8

613

10

254

141/8

359

3

76

(Pre)-03-45HB36

315/8

803

131/8

334

185/8

473

4

101

(Pre)-04-45HB36

32

813

131/4

337

183/4

476

6

152

(Pre)-06-45HB36

323/4

832

131/2

343

191/8

486

3

76

(Pre)-03-45HB48

401/8

1019 165/8

422

231/2

597

4

101

(Pre)-04-45HB48

401/2

1029 163/4

425

233/4

603

6

152

(Pre)-06-45HB48

411/8

1045

432

241/8

613

168

17

30˚ Horizontal Bend
3
12 305

24 609
30° Horizontal Bend
Non-Ventilated Horizontal Bend
36 915

30˚
HB
48 1218

C
3”

(76

R

C

)

A

76

(Pre)-03-30HB12

123/8

314

31/4

83

65/8

321

33/8

86

63/4

171

4

101

(Pre)-04-30HB12

125/8

6

152

(Pre)-06-30HB12

131/8

334

31/2

89

7

178
251

3

76

(Pre)-03-30HB24

183/8

467

47/8

124

97/8

4

101

(Pre)-04-30HB24

185/8

473

5

127

10

254

6

152

(Pre)-06-30HB24

191/8

486

51/8

130

101/4

260

3

76

(Pre)-03-30HB36

243/8

619

61/2

165

13

330

4

101

(Pre)-04-30HB36

245/8

626

65/8

168

131/8

334

6

152

(Pre)-06-30HB36

251/8

638

63/4

171

131/2

343

3

76

(Pre)-03-30HB48

303/8

772

81/8

207

161/4

413

4

101

(Pre)-04-30HB48

305/8

778

81/4

210

163/8

416

(Pre)-06-30HB48

311/8

791

83/8

213

165/8

422

6

152

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

B

Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

CCT-10

Channel Cable Tray -

Fittings

Horizontal Tee (HT)
2 splice plates with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
in.

12

24

mm

305

609

Tray
Width

Horizontal Tee
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

76
101
152
76
101
152

(Pre)-03-HT12
(Pre)-04-HT12
(Pre)-06-HT12
(Pre)-03-HT24
(Pre)-04-HT24
(Pre)-06-HT24

161/2
17
18
281/2
29
30

419
432
457
723
737
762

33
34
36
57
58
60

838
864
914
1448
1473
1524

3

76

(Pre)-03-HT36

401/2
41
42
521/2
53
54

1029
1041
1067
1334
1346
1372

81
82
84
105
106
108

2057
2083
2134
2667
2692
2743

36

915

4
6
3

101
152
76

(Pre)-04-HT36
(Pre)-06-HT36
(Pre)-03-HT48

48

1218

4
6

101
152

(Pre)-04-HT48
(Pre)-06-HT48

Horizontal Tee
Ventilated Horizontal Tee

HT
B
W
A

R

3” (76)

in.

3
4
6
3
4
6

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

Horizontal Cross (HX)
3 splice plates with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
mm

12

305

24

609

36

48

915

1218

in.

mm

3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6
3
4
6

76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152
76
101
152

Horizontal Cross
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B
(Pre)-03-HX12
(Pre)-04-HX12
(Pre)-06-HX12
(Pre)-03-HX24
(Pre)-04-HX24
(Pre)-06-HX24
(Pre)-03-HX36
(Pre)-04-HX36
(Pre)-06-HX36
(Pre)-03-HX48
(Pre)-04-HX48
(Pre)-06-HX48

in.

mm

in.

mm

161/2
17
18
281/2
29
30
401/2
41
42
521/2
53
54

419
432
457
723
737
762
1029
1041
1067
1334
1346
1372

33
34
36
57
58
60
81
82
84
105
106
108

838
864
914
1448
1473
1524
2057
2083
2134
2667
2692
2743

Horizontal Cross
Non-Ventilated Horizontal Cross

HX

B

W
A

R

3” (76)

Cable Channel

in.

Tray
Width

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

CCT-11

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray -

Fittings

Vertical Outside Bends 90°, 60° (VO)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R

Tray
Width

in.

mm

in.

3

76

(Pre)-03-90VO12

12

305

4

101

(Pre)-04-90VO12

6

152

(Pre)-06-90VO12

90° Vertical Outside Bend
Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

90˚
VO

C

3” (76)

C

24

609

B

36

R

A

915

48 1218

90˚ Vertical Outside Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

mm

3

76

(Pre)-03-90VO24

4

101

(Pre)-04-90VO24

6

152

(Pre)-06-90VO24

3

76

(Pre)-03-90VO36

4

101

(Pre)-04-90VO36

6

152

(Pre)-06-90VO36

3

76

(Pre)-03-90VO48

4

101

(Pre)-04-90VO48

6

152

(Pre)-06-90VO48

in.

mm

in.

15

381

15

27

686

39

51

mm

C
in.

mm

381

15

381

27

686

27

686

991

39

991

39

991

1295

51

1295

51

1295

60˚ Vertical Outside Bend
12

24

36

60° Vertical Outside Bend
Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

60˚
VO

C

609

915

48 1218

3

76

4

101

(Pre)-04-60VO12

6

152

(Pre)-06-60VO12

3

76

(Pre)-03-60VO24

4

101

(Pre)-04-60VO24

6

152

(Pre)-06-60VO24

3

76

(Pre)-03-60VO36

4

101

(Pre)-04-60VO36

6

152

(Pre)-06-60VO36

3

76

(Pre)-03-60VO48

4

101

(Pre)-04-60VO48

6

152

(Pre)-06-60VO48

147/8

378

81/2

216

97/8

251

253/8

645

145/8

372

167/8

428

355/8

905

205/8

524

233/4

603

461/8

1172

265/8

676

303/4

781

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

B

A

Cable Tray Systems

(Pre)-03-60VO12

Cable Channel

R

3” (76)

C

305

CCT-12

Channel Cable Tray -

Fittings

Vertical Outside Bends 45°, 30° (VO)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R

Tray
Width

in.

in.

mm

3

76

(Pre)-03-45VO12

4

101

(Pre)-04-45VO12

6

152

(Pre)-06-45VO12

12

24

48

305

609

915

1218

in.

3

76

(Pre)-03-45VO24

4

101

(Pre)-04-45VO24

6

152

(Pre)-06-45VO24

3

76

(Pre)-03-45VO36

4

101

(Pre)-04-45VO36

6

152

(Pre)-06-45VO36

3

76

(Pre)-03-45VO48

4

101

(Pre)-04-45VO48

6

152

(Pre)-06-45VO48

mm

in.

mm

C
in.

mm

45° Vertical Outside Bend
Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend
135/8

346

55/8

143

8

203

221/4

565

91/4

235

13

330

45˚
VO

C
C
3” (76)

36

mm

45˚ Vertical Outside Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

301/2

775

125/8

321

177/8

454

39

991

161/8

410

227/8

581

B

R

A

30˚ Vertical Outside Bend
12

24

36

48

305

609

915

1218

3

76

(Pre)-03-30VO12

4

101

(Pre)-04-30VO12

6

152

(Pre)-06-30VO12

3

76

(Pre)-03-30VO24

4

101

(Pre)-04-30VO24

6

152

(Pre)-06-30VO24

3

76

(Pre)-03-30VO36

4

101

(Pre)-04-30VO36

6

152

(Pre)-06-30VO36

3

76

(Pre)-03-30VO48

4

101

(Pre)-04-30VO48

6

152

(Pre)-06-30VO48

115/8

296

31/8

79

61/4

158

171/2

445

47/8

124

93/8

238

231/2

597

63/8

162

125/8

321

295/8

753

8

203

157/8

403

30° Vertical Outside Bend
Non-Ventilated Vertical Outside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.
C

R

3” (76)

Cable Channel

30˚
VO

C

B

A

CCT-13

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray -

Fittings

Vertical Inside Bends 90°, 60° (VI)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Tray
Radius Width
R
in.

mm

90° Vertical Inside Bend
Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend
12

A

90˚
VI

24

305

609

R
C

3” (76)

B

C

36

915

48 1218

in.

90˚ Vertical Inside Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

mm

in.

mm

in.

C

mm

in.

mm

413

3

76

(Pre)-03-90VI12

161/4

413

161/4

413

161/4

4

101

(Pre)-04-90VI12

163/4

425

163/4

425

163/4

425

6

152

(Pre)-06-90VI12

163/4

425

163/4

425

163/4

425

3

76

(Pre)-03-90VI24

281/4

718

281/4

718

281/4

718

4

101

(Pre)-04-90VI24

283/4

730

283/4

730

283/4

730

6

152

(Pre)-06-90VI24

283/4

730

283/4

730

283/4

730

3

76

(Pre)-03-90VI36

401/4

1024

401/4 1024 401/4

1024

4

101

(Pre)-04-90VI36

403/4

1035

403/4 1035 403/4

1035

6

152

(Pre)-06-90VI36

403/4

1035

403/4 1035 403/4

1035

3

76

(Pre)-03-90VI48

521/4

1327

521/4 1327 521/4

1327

4

101

(Pre)-04-90VI48

523/4

1340

523/4 1340 523/4

1340

6

152

(Pre)-06-90VI48

523/4

1340

523/4 1340 523/4

1340

60˚ Vertical Inside Bend
3
12

24

36

60° Vertical Inside Bend
Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

A

609

915

1218

16

406

91/4

235

105/8

270

419

91/2

241

11

280

4

101

(Pre)-04-60VI12

6

152

(Pre)-06-60VI12

161/2

419

91/2

241

11

280

3

76

(Pre)-03-60VI24

261/2

673

151/4

387

175/8

448

4

101

(Pre)-04-60VI24

267/8

683

151/2

394

177/8

454

6

152

(Pre)-06-60VI24

267/8

683

151/2

394

177/8

454

3

76

(Pre)-03-60VI36

363/4

933

211/4

540

241/2

622

4

101

(Pre)-04-60VI36

371/8

943

213/8

543

243/4

629

6

152

(Pre)-06-60VI36

371/8

3

76

(Pre)-03-60VI48

471/8

943
1197

213/8
271/8

543
689

243/4
313/8

629
797

4

101

(Pre)-04-60VI48

475/8

1210

271/2

699

313/4

806

6

152

(Pre)-06-60VI48

475/8

1210

271/2

699

313/4

806

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

Cable Channel

C
C

Cable Tray Systems

(Pre)-03-60VI12

161/2

R

3” (76)

B

60˚
VI

48

305

76

CCT-14

Channel Cable Tray -

Fittings

Vertical Inside Bends 45°, 30° (VI)
1 splice plate with hardware included.

Bend
Tray
Radius Width
R
in.

mm

12 305

24 609

mm

3

76

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

(Pre)-03-45VI12

141/2

368

6

152

81/2

216

4

101

(Pre)-04-45VI12

147/8

373

61/8

156

83/4

222

6

152

(Pre)-06-45VI12

147/8

378

61/8

156

83/4

222

3

76

(Pre)-03-45VI24

23

584

91/2

241

131/2

343

4

101

(Pre)-04-45VI24

231/4

591

95/8

245

135/8

346

591

95/8

245

135/8

346

797

13

330

183/8

467

806

131/8

330

185/8

467

6

152

(Pre)-06-45VI24

231/4

3

76

(Pre)-03-45VI36

313/8

(Pre)-04-45VI36

313/4

4
6

48 1218

C

in.

101
152

(Pre)-06-45VI36

313/4

806

131/8

334

185/8

473

1013

161/2

419

233/8

594

3

76

(Pre)-03-45VI48

397/8

4

101

(Pre)-04-45VI48

403/8 1026 163/4

425

235/8

600

(Pre)-06-45VI48

403/8

425

235/8

600

6

152

1026

163/4

45° Vertical Inside Bend
Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

45˚
VI

R
3” (76)

36 915

in.

45˚ Vertical Inside Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

B

C
C
A

30˚ Vertical Inside Bend
3
12 305

24 609

36 415

48 1218

76

(Pre)-03-30VI12

121/8

308

31/8

83

61/2

165

314

33/8

86

65/8

163

4

101

(Pre)-04-30VI12

123/8

6

152

(Pre)-06-30VI12

123/8

314

33/8

86

65/8

163

3

76

(Pre)-03-30VI24

181/8

461

43/4

121

93/4

248

4

101

(Pre)-04-30VI24

183/8

467

47/8

86

97/8

163

6

152

(Pre)-06-30VI24

183/8

314

47/8

86

97/8

163

3

76

(Pre)-03-30VI36

241/4

616

61/2

165

13

330

4

101

(Pre)-04-30VI36

241/2

622

65/8

168

131/8

334

6

152

(Pre)-06-30VI36

241/2

622

65/8

168

131/8

334

3

76

(Pre)-03-30VI48

303/8

772

81/8

207

161/4

413

4

101

(Pre)-04-30VI48

305/8

778

81/4

210

163/8

416

6

152

(Pre)-06-30VI48

305/8

778

81/4

210

163/8

416

30° Vertical Inside Bend
Non-Ventilated Vertical Inside Bend

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
(Pre) See page CCT-8 for catalog number prefix.

30˚
VI

Cable Channel

3” (76)

R

B
C
C
A

CCT-15

Cable Tray Systems

Channel Cable Tray -

Specifications

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, channel cable tray systems
shall be as manufactured by B-Line.

Section 2- Selection and Components
2.01

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide ventilated metal channel cable trays, of
types, classes and sizes indicated with splice connectors, fittings and all other necessary
accessories for a complete system. Provide channel cable tray with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces in compliance with applicable standards, and with the following additional
requirements.

2.02

Materials and finishes: Material and finishes specifications for each channel cable tray are
as follows:
1. Aluminum: Extruded components shall be made from Aluminum Association
Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association
Alloy 5052.
2. Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from structural
quality mill galvanized 14 gauge steel meeting the properties of ASTM A653SS,
coating designation G90.
3. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be made from
14 gauge structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of
ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 and shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in
accordance with ASTM A123.
All hot dip galvanized after fabrication cable trays must be returned to point of
manufacture after coating for inspection, conditioning and labeling.
4. Stainless Steel: Straight sections and fittings shall be AISI Type [304] [316].

2.03

Channel cable tray straight sections shall be constructed with ventilated flat bottom.
Ventilated bottom shall be perforated with 2.25" diameter holes and have slots to facilitate
the use of cable ties to secure the cables.

2.04

Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths, except
where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray assembly as shown on drawings.

2.05

Ventilated straight sections shall have splice holes every 12 inches to simplify field
modifications.

2.06

Channel cable tray width shall be [3] [4] [6] inches with a minimum loading depth of 11/4".

2.07

Fittings will have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

2.08

Splice plates and hardware shall be included with each straight section and fitting.
Cable Channel

Cable Tray Systems

CCT-16

REDI-RAIL™
REDI-RAIL Rung

Multi-Functional Pre-Punched Holes

An “I”-Beam shaped rung provides a
great strength-to-weight ratio.
Patented fastener hole is designed to
provide maximum grip for the fastener
threads.

Act as holes for splice plate hardware: allow
for field cutting to any length, no field-drilling
necessary. Holes also allow rungs to be
repositioned. Holes allow for easy attachment
of accessory items requiring 1/4" hardware (or
smaller).

REDI-RAIL Rung Fastener

REDI-RAIL

Specially designed and finished
rung fastener. Rung pullout
tested to over 3000 lbs. Vibration
tested for your confidence.

Patent Information
U.S. Patent D361982; 5,580,014
Canada 2,137,879
UK Patent 2,285,343
Other United States and foreign patents are pending.

RER-1

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Straight Sections

REDI-RAIL

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select
products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items
Black = Normal lead-time items
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example:

Cable Tray Systems

RSI

04A 075KO

09SL

- 12

RER-2

- 120

Part will have a normal
lead time because of the
075KO knockout type.

REDI-RAIL™ -

Straight Sections
RSI04A and RSI05A Straight Sections
Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: RSI 04 A 075KO 09 SL - 12 - 120

Series

Height

Material

Knockout Type

Bottom Type

Construction

Width

RSI

04 = 4"
05 = 5"

A=
Aluminum

Blank = None
050KO = 1/2” KO
075KO = 3/4” KO
100KO = 1” KO

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

SL =
Straight
Ladder

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

REDI-RAIL

Rung
Spacing

TroughVB = Vented Bottom
SB = Solid Bottom

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 11/2”)

Length

¨144
¡120

= 12 ft.
= 10 ft.

¨Primary

¡Secondary

Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety
factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support
without collapse a 200 lb. concentrated load.

REDI-RAIL with knockouts.

Ladder Type
(Specify Rung Spacing)

B-Line
Series

RSI04A

B-Line
Series

RSI05A

Solid Bottom

Vented Bottom

• Splices included with straight sections

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span

Load

ft

lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.71

NEMA: 12B
CSA: 112kg/m 3.7m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

6
8
10
12

224
169
108
75

0.0015
0.0047
0.0115
0.0238

Area=0.93 in2
Sx=1.11 in3
Ix=1.96 in4

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span

Load

ft

lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.71

NEMA: 12B
CSA: 123kg/m 3.7m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.60 in2

6
8
10
12

224
187
119
83

0.0008
0.0026
0.0064
0.0132

Area=1.08 in2
Sx=1.55 in3
Ix=3.53 in4

3.54

4.53

2.68

3.66

Span

Load

meters

kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

333
252
161
112

0.025
0.080
0.196
0.406

Area=5.99 cm2
Sx=18.10 cm3
Ix=81.70 cm4

Span

Load

meters

kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

333
278
178
123

0.014
0.045
0.109
0.225

Area=6.95 cm2
Sx=25.40 cm3
Ix=147.00 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%.
Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-3

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Straight Sections

RSI06A and RSI07A Straight Sections
Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: RSI 06 A 075KO 09 SL - 12 - 120

Height

Material

Knockout Type

Bottom Type

Construction

Width

RSI

06 = 6"
07 = 7"

A=
Aluminum

Blank = None
050KO = 1/2” KO
075KO = 3/4” KO
100KO = 1” KO
100KO = 1” KO
125KO = 11/4” KO
150KO = 11/2” KO

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

SL =
Straight
Ladder

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 11/2”)

TroughVB = Vented Bottom
SB = Solid Bottom

Length

¨144
¡120

= 12 ft.
= 10 ft.

¨Primary

¡Secondary

REDI-RAIL

Series

Values are based on simple beam tests per VE-1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published load safety
factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the tray. These systems will support
without collapse a 200 lb. concentrated load.

REDI-RAIL with knockouts.

Ladder Type
(Specify Rung Spacing)

B-Line
Series

RSI06A

B-Line
Series

RSI07A

Solid Bottom

Vented Bottom

• Splices included with straight sections

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span

Load

ft

lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.71

NEMA: 12B
CSA: 121kg/m 3.7m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.60 in2

6
8
10
12

224
184
118
82

0.0005
0.0017
0.0041
0.0085

Area=1.18 in2
Sx=1.98 in3
Ix=5.51 in4

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span

Load

ft

lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.71

NEMA: 12C
CSA: 182kg/m 3.7m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.60 in2

6
8
10
12

224
224
176
122

0.0003
0.0010
0.0026
0.0053

Area=1.50 in2
Sx=2.69 in3
Ix=8.79 in4

5.51

6.50

4.64

5.63

Span

Load

meters

kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

333
273
175
121

0.009
0.029
0.070
0.144

Area=7.59 cm2
Sx=32.50 cm3
Ix=230.00 cm4

Span

Load

meters

kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

333
333
262
182

0.006
0.018
0.044
0.091

Area=9.68 cm2
Sx=44.10 cm3
Ix=366.00 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%.
Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-4

Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

Standard Splice Plates

Offset Reducing Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with
1/4" hardware.
• UL Classified.
• One pair
including
hardware
provided with
each straight
section.

• Furnished in pairs with
1/4" hardware.
• UL Classified.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-SSP
R5A-SSP
R6A-SSP
R7A-SSP

Step Down Splice Plates

Tray
Series

RAA-DSP-45
RAA-DSP-46
RAA-DSP-47
RAA-DSP-56
RAA-DSP-57
RAA-DSP-67

Catalog No.

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-FSP
R5A-FSP
R6A-FSP
R7A-FSP

• Furnished in pairs with
1/4" hardware.
• UL Classified.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-RSP-†r
R5A-RSP-†r
R6A-RSP-†r
R7A-RSP-†r

Specify the following:
†

Tray
Series

Tray To Box Splice Plates

Center Reducer

Catalog No.

RSI05A to RSI04A
RSI06A to RSI04A
RSI07A to RSI04A
RSI06A to RSI05A
RSI07A to RSI05A
RSI07A to RSI06A

• Furnished in pairs with 1/4" hardware.
• Horizontally adjustable
to 90°.
• Vertically
adjustable to 15°.
• UL Classified.
• For optional rung,
see page RER-12.
Requires supports within
24” on both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Right (or Left)
Reducer

• Furnished in
pairs with 1/4"
hardware.
• UL Classified.

FLEX-MOUNT™ Adjustable
Splice Plates

C = center reducer
S = side reducer

r (tray reduction) 3”, 6”, 9”, 12”,
15”, 18”, 21”, 24”, 27”, or 30”

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-TTB
R5A-TTB
R6A-TTB
R7A-TTB

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

Expansion Splice Plates

Adaptor Splice Plates

• Furnished in pairs with
1/4" hardware.
• UL Classified.

• Furnished in pairs with
1/4" hardware.
• Bonding jumper
required.

• Furnished in pairs with
1/4" hardware.
• UL Classified.
• For connecting
to old Redi-Rail
system.

Requires supports within 24” on
both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-VSP
R5A-VSP
R6A-VSP
R7A-VSP

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-ESP
R5A-ESP
R6A-ESP
R7A-ESP

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-ASP
R5A-ASP
R6A-ASP
R7A-ASP

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-5

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ Bonding Jumper
• Furnished with
• UL Classified.

1/4"

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

Conduit to Tray Adaptors
• Mounting hardware not included.

hardware.

Conduit Size
in

Ampacity

Catalog No.

1200

99-30

Accessories

mm

Conduit
Size

Catalog No.

15, 20

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4

1, 11/4

25, 32

9G-1158-1, 11/4

11/2, 2

40, 50

9G-1158-11/2, 2

21/2, 3

65, 80

9G-1158-21/2, 3

31/2, 4

90, 100

9G-1158-31/2, 4

Catalog No.

1/2

BL1400
BL1410
BL1420
BL1430

3/4

1
11/2

Hanger Rod Bracket

Redi-Rail™ Clamp/Guide

• Furnished as pair of studded clamps
with 1/4” serrated flanged lock nuts.
• Loading is 1,000 lbs. (4.45kN) per
pair with safety factor of 3.
• Position ATR 3” (76mm) wider than
cable tray.

• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength of the
traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to ensure
proper installation.
• Designed for 1/4” hardware.
• Furnished in pairs with or without
hardware.

Drop-Out
• Provides 4” (101mm) radius.
• Holes provided to secure cables.

1.5”
(38mm)

Patent No.
RE35479

Support
ATR Size
3/8”

Catalog No.
9(*)-R238
9(*)-R250

1/2”

Catalog No.

Frame Type Box Connector
• Furnished with
tray connection.

9ZN-1204 (without hardware)
9ZN-1204NB (with hardware)

† = tray width

(*) Insert ZN or SS

1/4"

Catalog No.
RAA-OUT-†

Blind End
• Furnished as one plate with 1/4" hardware.

hardware for

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-FTB-†
R5A-FTB-†
R6A-FTB-†
R7A-FTB-†

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-END-†
R5A-END-†
R6A-END-†
R7A-END-†

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

† = tray width

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-6

† = tray width

Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL

1/2, 3/4

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

Trapeze Support Kit
B-Line trapeze kits provide the components
required for a single trapeze support in one
package. These kits are available in pregalvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware (2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
Head Cap Screw
or hot dip galvanized steel with 316
(2) 9ZN-1205
stainless steel hardware.
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the
need for field drilling.

Catalog
No.

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a
plastic bag and boxed with the channel,
which is pre-cut to the appropriate length
as shown in the chart.

(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) B22 Channel
cut to the
required length

Uniform
Load

in. mm

lbs

kN

9P-5506-22SH(†)

6

152

16

406 1600 7.11

9P-5509-22SH(†)

9

229

18

457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†)

12

305

22

559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†)

18

457

28

711

865

3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†)

24

610

34

864

700

3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†)

30

762

40 1016 590

2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†)

36

914

46 1168 510

2.27

9P-5542-22SH(†)

42 1067 52 1321 450

2.00

• (†) Insert / for / " threaded rod hardware.
3 8

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

REDI-RAIL

Channel
Length

in. mm

Hold-Down
Guide Clamp

(2) N525WO
Channel Nut

Tray
Width

3 8

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit
B-Line trapeze kits provide the
components required for a single trapeze
support in one package. These kits are
available in Dura-Green™ epoxy coated steel
with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip
galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel
hardware.
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the
need for field drilling.

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
Head Cap Screw

Catalog
No.

(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold-Down
Guide Clamp
(4) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) N525WO
Channel Nut
(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) Channel
cut to the
required
length

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a
plastic bag and boxed with the channel,
which is pre-cut to the appropriate length
as shown in the chart.

Channel
Length

Uniform
Load

in.

mm

in.

mm

9(*)-5506-22SHA
9(*)-5509-22SHA

6
9

152
229

16
18

406
457

1350 6.01
1350 6.01

lbs

kN

9(*)-5512-22SHA

12

305

22

559

1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA

18

457

28

711

1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA

24

610

34

864

1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA

30

762

40

1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA

36

914

46

1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA

42

1067

52

1321 1350 6.01

• (*) Insert GRN or G

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

Trapeze
Hardware
Kit

Tray
Width

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Catalog No.
In plastic bag

9ZN-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Rooftop Support Bases
with B22 Channel

Catalog No.
DB10-28
DB10-36
DB10-42
DB10-50
DB10-60

Designed as a superior rooftop support
for cable tray,
UV resistant and approved for most
roofing material or other flat surfaces.
Can be used with any of B-Line cable
tray clamps and guides.
Ultimate Load Capacity:
1,000 lbs. (uniform load)

9G-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9G-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 SS6
N525 WO SS6
B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 SS6

Height x Width x Length
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”

x
x
x
x
x

6”
6”
6”
6”
6”

x
x
x
x
x

28.0”
36.0”
42.0”
50.0”
60.0”

LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.
General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load
capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath
the rubber membrane.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-7

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

Center Hung Tray Support
• Center Hung Cable Tray Support allows
cable to be laid-in from both sides.
• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field
cutting of cable tray supports. Labor
costs are dramatically reduced.
• Required hardware and threaded rod
material for trapeze assemblies are
reduced by 50%.
• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded
rod. (Order rod separately)
• Use with all aluminum and steel
cable trays through 24" width.
• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.
Safety factor of 3.0.
Eccentric loading is not to exceed a
60% vs. 40% load differential.
• The maximum recommended unsupported
span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).
• Hardware shown is furnished.

Catalog
No.

Tray
Width

Channel
Length

9ZN-5212

6", 9", 12"

18"

9ZN-5224

18", 24"

30"

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) 1/2" x 7/8"
Hex Head Cap Screws
(1) 9/16" Inside diameter
steel tubing welded to strut
(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold Down
Guide Clamp

ZN = Zinc Plated

(2) N525WO
(1) B22 Channel cut to
the required length

REDI-RAIL

(1) B202
Square Washer

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Catalog No.
In plastic bag

9ZN-5200
1
2
2
1
2

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Bracket

Bracket

A

A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5
Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.

Uniform Load

B494-12
B494-18
B494-24

Catalog No.
Tray Width

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

1580
1000
996

7.02
4.45
4.43

6&9
12
18

152 & 229
305
457

12
18
24

305
457
610

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

'A'

lbs

B494-30
B494-36
B494-42
B494-48

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-8

Uniform Load

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

924
864
580
500

4.11
3.84
2.58
2.22

24
30
36
42

610
762
914
1067

30
36
42
48

762
914
1067
1219

Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

REDI-RAIL

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Safety Load Factor 2.5
Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

SS4 or

Catalog No. Uniform Load

Tray Width

B409-12
B409-18
B409-24

Catalog No. Uniform Load

SS6

B297-12
B297-18
B297-24
B297-30
B297-36
B297-42

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

960
640
480

4.27
2.84
2.13

6&9
12
18

152 & 229
305
457

12
18
24

305
457
610

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

1660
1100
835
665
550
465

7.38
4.89
3.71
2.95
2.44
2.06

6&9
12
18
24
30
36

152 & 229
305
457
610
762
914

12
18
24
30
36
42

305
457
610
762
914
1067

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)
U-Bolt Size

Fits Pipe O.D.

B501-3/4
B501-1
B501-11/4
B501-11/2
B501-2
B501-21/2

Catalog No. Uniform Load

Tray Width

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

800
450

3.55
2.00

6&9
12 & 18

152 & 229
305 & 457

12
21

305
533

Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.
Two bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.
1/2" support attachment hardware not provided.
(*) Insert ZN SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875

A

'A'

lbs

Heavy Duty Hold
Down Bracket
•
•
•
•
•
•

-

• Order properly sized U-Bolts
separately.

Finish available: ZN
Safety Load Factor 2.5

B409UF-12
B409UF-21

.841
1.051
1.316
1.661
1.901
2.376

9(*)-1241

Green = Fastest shipped items

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket
•
•
•
•

Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.
Four bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert ZN SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.
Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-9

9(*)-1242

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ Mounting Bracket
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Accessories

Inside Side Rail Flange Application

1/4"

Furnished with
hardware.
#12-24 U-Nuts sold separately.
Attaches to REDI-RAIL in over 20 positions.
EIA/TIA panel mounting holes - both sides.
Mounting holes for NEMA outlet/junction boxes.
Zinc plated steel.
Includes mounting screws.
Inside flange application bracket
must match side rail height.
• See page RER-16 for Voice/Data/
Video and Power Options.

5.125"

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting
bracket shown.

Outside Side Rail Flange Application

A

REDI-RAIL

Catalog No.

Inside
Flange
Application

Outside
Flange
Application

in

9ZN-MB1-4

4" for RSI04

4" or 5" as desired

35/8

92

9ZN-MB1-5

5" for RSI05

4" or 5" as desired

45/8

117

Low Voltage Adapter

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting bracket
shown with 4" electrical box.

A
(mm)

9ZN-MB1-4 mounting
bracket shown with
patch panels.

∅ 1.344

1.250"

• Mounting for low voltage wall plates.
• Snaps into mounting bracket
9ZN-MB1-4 or 9ZN-MB1-5.
• Zinc plated steel.
• #6 - 32 U-nuts included.
• See page RER-16 for Voice/Data/
Video and Power Options.

2.938"
2.030"

3.500"

3.28" Ref

9ZN-LV1-1 shown

3.500"

Catalog No.

9ZN-LV1-1

5.125"

9ZN-LV1-1 (cutout on front)
9ZN-LV1A-1 (cutout on bottom)

9ZN-LV1A-1

Under Rung Fastener Attachment
•
•
•
•

Supports electrical fixtures from bottom of rung or siderails.
Wing nut included.
Various 1/4"-20 stud lengths available.
Static Load Capacity: 75 Lbs. (34kg).

Catalog No.
BAX-4-16
BAX-4-16-24
BAX-4-16-32
BAX-4-16-48

Stud
Length
5/8” (16mm)
11/2” (38mm)

2” (51mm)
3” (76mm)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-10

Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

Covers for
RSI04A, RSI05A, RSI06A, and RSI07A

Aluminum Cover Part Numbering
Prefix

REDI-RAIL

Example:

Cover
Type
86 = Solid
87 = Vented

86 7 A SL - 12 - 72

Detail

Material

7 = Flanged

Aluminum

Cover
Style

Tray
Width

Item
Description

SL =
Straight
Ladder
Section

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

For Straight
Section Cover:

144
120
72
60

=
=
=
=

12 ft.
10 ft.
6 ft.
5 ft.

For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting to be covered. See examples below.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:
Horizontal Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
86 7 A HB - 18 - 90 R24
Radius
Angle
Width
Fitting
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Vertical Outside Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
86 7 A VO - 24 - 90 R24 - 4
Side Rail
Height
Radius
Angle
Width
Fitting
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Standard Cover Clamp
• Setscrew included.
• For indoor service only.
• Sold each.

Horizontal Expanding Cross Cover
Prefix
Suffix
86 7 A RX - 24 - 12 - R24
Radius
Width2
Width1
Fitting
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp
• For heavy duty application.
• Sold per piece.

Straight Section
60” or 72” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pcs.
Straight Section
120” or 144” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 pcs.
Horizontal/Vertical
Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pcs.
Tees

Tray
Type
Aluminum

Side Rail
Height Catalog No.
All Sizes

9ZN-9012
9A-9012

..................................

Crosses

..............................

6 pcs.
8 pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover
Clamp, only one-half the number of
clamps stated above are required.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

RSI04A
RSI05A
RSI06A
RSI07A

R4A-HDCC-†
R5A-HDCC-†
R6A-HDCC-†
R7A-HDCC-†
† = tray width

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-11

Red = Normally long lead-time items
Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

Out Board Rungs

Add-A-Rung™ Kit

•
•
•
•

• Kit allows an additional rung to be added to
a desired location throughout the tray system.
• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.
• Attachment hardware is included.
• Torque rung fasteners to 18 ft•lbs.

Formed aluminum rung with attachment screw.
Field installs as required.
Torque rung fasteners to 6 ft•lbs.
See page RER-16 for Voice/Data/Video and
Power Options.
• Uniform load capacity on rung: 10 lbs.

Fill Depth
'H'

REDI-RAIL

W

Tray
Width

H

For Tray
Width 'W'

in

(mm)

Catalog No.

6

152

9A-R06RK

9

226

9A-R09RK

Catalog No.

in

(mm)

in

(mm)

12

305

9A-R12RK

9A-SR0406

4

101

6

152

18

452

9A-R18RK

9A-SR0409

4

101

9

226

24

609

9A-R24RK

9A-SR0506

5

127

6

152

30

762

9A-R30RK

9A-SR0509

5

127

9

226

36

914

9A-R36RK

End Rung Kit For Solid Bottom

Barrier Strip Clip

• Special rung captures solid bottom plate when
required at field cuts.
• Pre-cut rung sections supplied.
• Attachment hardware is included.

•
•
•
•

Provides attachment to Redi-Rail rung.
Allows for installed barrier adjustment.
Asymmetrical clip provides a wide range for screw location.
Barriers strip clips and hardware are included with all
barriers.
Catalog No.
9A-RBC

Screw slot for
sheet metal screw

Tray
Width
Catalog No.

in

(mm)

6

152

9

226

9A-R09SBERK

12

305

9A-R12SBERK

9A-R06SBERK

18

452

9A-R18SBERK

24

609

9A-R24SBERK

30

762

9A-R30SBERK

36

914

9A-R36SBERK
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier
Flange
Rung

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-12

Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

Universal Fitting
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Aluminum construction.
3" smooth radius.
UL Classified.
Shipped as a 90° horizontal bend.
Field modify to create a tee or cross.
Includes four pairs of splice plates.
Accommodates Rail-Riser™.
Patent Pending.

REDI-RAIL

Punched Bottom

Tray
Series

Catalog No.
Punched
Solid

RSI04A

R4A-UF-(†)

R4ASB-UF-(†)

RSI05A

R5A-UF-(†)

R5ASB-UF-(†)

RSI06A

R6A-UF-(†)

R6ASB-UF-(†)

RSI07A

R7A-UF-(†)

R7ASB-UF-(†)

(†) Insert Tray Width 6" to 24”)

Solid Bottom

Corner Post For Universal Fitting
•
•
•
•
•

Use to create reducing fittings.
Furnished with hardware.
3" inside radius.
Used on punched bottom only.
UL Classified.

Loading
Depth

Catalog No.

3"

R4A-CP

4"

R5A-CP

5"

R6A-CP

6"

R7A-CP

Green = Fastest shipped items

Universal Fitting Shown
as a Reducing Tee

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-13

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

Straight Section Barrier Strip
• Furnished with four (4) barrier strip clips,
mounting hardware and splice.
• Standard lengths are 144" (12 ft) & 120" (10 ft).
• Order catalog number based on loading depth ‘H’.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

in

H
(mm)

RSI04A

R4A-DSL-Length

3

76

RSI05A

R5A-DSL-Length

4

101

RSI06A

R6A-DSL-Length

5

127

RSI07A

R7A-DSL-Length

6

152

H

REDI-RAIL

Horizontal Bend Barrier Strip
• Furnished with three (3) barrier strip clips,
mounting hardware and splice.
• Standard length is 72" (6 ft).
• Flexible to fit desired angles.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth ‘H’.

Tray
Series

H
Catalog No.

in

(mm)

RSI04A

R4A-DHB

3

76

RSI05A

R5A-DHB

4

101

RSI06A

R6A-DHB

5

127

RSI07A

R7A-DHB

6

152

H

Vertical Bend Barrier Strip
• Furnished with three (3) barrier strip clips,
mounting hardware and splice.

Inside Bend
(VI)
H
H

Tray
Series

Catalog No.
Inside Bend
Outside Bend

H
in

(mm)

RSI04A

R4A-DVI-(**)R(†)

R4A-DVO-(**)R(†)

3

76

RSI05A

R5A-DVI-(**)R(†)

R5A-DVO-(**)R(†)

4

101

RSI06A

R6A-DVI-(**)R(†)

R6A-DVO-(**)R(†)

5

127

RSI07A

R7A-DVI-(**)R(†)

R7A-DVO-(**)R(†)

6

152

Outside Bend
(VO)

(**) Insert 30°, 45°, 60°, 90° for angles
(†) Insert 12, 24 for radius

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-14

Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL™ -

Accessories

How to miter cut REDI-RAIL cable tray for use
with FLEX-MOUNT™ splice plates.

REDI-RAIL

Cut location

Count over
number of
holes
specified in
chart

Count over
number of
holes
specified in
chart

Cut location

RSI05A09SL-12-144 Straight Section shown with required side rail removed to form 90° fitting.
Example: For a 12" wide 90° bend, the cuts must be made through the eighth hole from the end.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Mark desired hole/cut locations per chart.
Remove any rungs (if necessary) affected by cuts.
Cut side rails through center of required holes per chart.
Mount outside FLEX-MOUNT splice plate with provided
hardware and bend REDI-RAIL sections to desired angle.
Form inside FLEX-MOUNT splice plate to fit contour of inner
rails and bolt into place.
Reinstall (if necessary) appropriate rungs.
Torque to 18 ft•lbs.
If Splice Rung Kit (see below) is required, order
separately.
Recommend adding one to the value in the chart if the
first hole is less than 3/8" from the end of tray.

Tray
Width

Number Of Holes For
Desired Angle
30°
45°
60°
90°

Angle
Adjustment
Allowed

6

1

2

2

4

± 14.5

9

2

2

3

6

± 9.7

12

2

3

4

8

± 7.3

18

3

5

7

11

± 4.9

24

4

6

9

15

± 3.6

30

5

8

11

19

± 2.9

36

6

10

13

23

± 2.4

FLEX-MOUNT Splice Rung Kit
• Kit allows a support rung to be added to flex-mount splice
plates so that cables may be supported through a bend.
• The support rung is available in three lengths
and should be ordered based upon tray width.
• The rung length is sized so that it will fit a maximum tray width
when FLEX-MOUNT splices are used to make a bend up to 90°.
• Once the FLEX-MOUNT splices are installed in the cable tray system,
the distance between the splice mounting surfaces should be
measured.
Cut support rung to the measured distance and install using the
hardware included. Torque to 18 ft•lbs.

For Tray
Width

Catalog No.

Actual
Rung Length

Up to 12"

9A-RFM-12RK

20"

18" & 24"

9A-RFM-24RK

37"

30" & 36"

9A-RFM-36RK

54"

Green = Fastest shipped items

Example: Flex connectors are installed
on an 18" wide tray with approximately a
45° bend. The correct support rung kit is
9A-RFM-24RK. The tray width is 24" or
less and the angle is less than 90°.

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-15

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ 9ZN-5112
as center hung

Voice / Data / Video Options

1/2"

Accessories

ATR

RSI04A09SL-12-144

REDI-RAIL

9ZN-LV1-1 with low voltage
adapter and wall plate
Single patch panel mounted
in center of 9ZN-MB1-4
9ZN-LV1-1 with
low voltage adapter
9A-SR0406
Out-Board Rung

Power Options
3/8"

ATR

9ZN-MB1-4

9ZN-R238
RSI04A09SL-12-144
Electrical Box
BL1400

Data Cables
The National Electrical Code allows for 50% fill of ventilated cable tray for control or signal wiring (Article 392-9(b)). This rule requires that all
the individual cable cross-sectional areas added up may not exceed one half the cable tray area. The cable tray area is equal to the width
times the load depth.
In actual practice with data cables, however, the cable tray becomes completely full in reaching the "50% cable fill". See the picture below.
The tray is completely full, but the sum of the cable areas is only 50% of the tray area, due to the empty spaces between the cables.

Data Cable Fill and Weight Chart
Number of Category 5/5e/6 Cables and Calculated Cable Weight in Lbs/Ft

Tray
Depth
in

"50%" Fill Per NEC
Cross Sectional Area
Calculation

3”
4”
5”
6”

mm
76
101
127
152

6"

9"

12"

Tray
Width
18"

24"

30"

36"

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

Cables

lbs/ft

260
347
433
520

7
9
12
14

390
520
650
780

10
13
17
20

520
693
866
1040

14
18
23
27

780
1040
1299
1559

21
27
34
41

1040
1386
1733
2079

26
35
43
52

1299
1733
2166
2599

32
43
53
64

1559
2079
2599
3119

41
54
68
81

This chart was based on 50% fill of 4 UTP Category 5, 5e, or 6 cables (O.D. = .21" .026 lbs/ft).
In the above loading grid, the weight of the cables is not the issue. The volume capacity of the tray
governs. For example, the worst case (6" load depth, 36" wide) has a total cable weight of 81 lbs/ft.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-16

Red = Normally long lead-time items

REDI-RAIL™ -

Specifications

Section 161xx - REDI-RAIL™ Cable Tray

REDI-RAIL

Part 1 - General
1.01 Section Includes
A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision,
materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings.
B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type] [vented
bottom type] [solid bottom type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories.
1.02 References
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code
B. NEMA VE 1-2009 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems
C. NEMA VE 2-2006 - Cable Tray installation Guidelines
1.03 Drawings
A. The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of the cable tray
systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can
determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification, of
all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed.
B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and
levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part of
his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.
1.04 Submittals
A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger rods,
splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled components.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials,
finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional
properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).
1.05 Quality Assurance
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities
required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE 1, “Cable Tray Systems”.
C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and cable
channel systems (Article 392, NEC).
D. UL Compliance: Provide products that are UL-classified and labeled.
E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment
Maintenance” pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.
1.06 Delivery, Storage and Handling
A. Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes.
Do not install damaged equipment.
B. Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and
construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage.

Part 2 - Products
2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers
A. Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as manufactured by
B-Line.
2.02 Cable Tray Sections and Components
A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes, and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers or connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE-2.
B. Material and Finish: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs and splice plates shall be extruded from
Aluminum Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association
Alloy 5052.
(continued on page RER-18)

RER-17

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Specifications

(continued from page 189)

2.03

Type of Tray System
A. Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members
(rungs) mechanically fastened to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaces [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung
spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9” and measured at the center of the tray’s width.
Each rung must be capable of supporting 1 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of a 18” wide cable
tray with a safety factor of 1.5. Rungs shall be capable of easy removal, reinstallation, or replacement if
necessary.
B. Ventilated Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with rungs spaced
4” on center.
C. Solid Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a solid sheet over
rungs spaced on 12” centers.
D. Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inched per NEMA VE-1.
Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10 foot (3.05m)] [12 foot (3.65m)] lengths.

F.

Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

G. Splice plates shall have (4) four nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections
between adjacent sections of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohms. Splice plates shall be furnished with
straight sections and fittings.
H. All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] inches.
2.04

Loading Capacities
A. Cable trays shall meet NEMA class designation: [75 lbs./ft. on 12 ft. span].
Or
A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ________ lbs./ft on a ______ foot
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1
Section 5.2.

Part 3 - Execution
3.01

Installation
A. Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment manufacturer’s
instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray equipment comply with
requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B. Reference NEMA VE-2 for general cable tray
installation guidelines.
B. Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate installation of cable
tray work with other work.
C. Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.

3.02

D. Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements of straight
sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE-2 guidelines, or in accordance with manufacturer’s
instructions.
Testing
A. Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate
compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B, Chapter 18, for testing and
test methods.
B. Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the “worst case”
loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE-1-2002/CSA C22.2 No. 126.1-02.
End Of Section.

Cable Tray Systems

RER-18

REDI-RAIL

E.

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Fittings For RSI04A, RSI05A, RSI06A and RSI07A
Horizontal Bend

• Furnished with
splice plates.

Horizontal Tee

Width2

Width1

Vertical Inside

Vertical Tee
Down shown

REDI-RAIL

Vertical Outside

Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example:

Series
RSI

Suffix

RSI 04 A09 HB - 09 - 30 R12

Height

Material

Fitting Type

Width

04
05
06
07

Aluminum
9” Rung
Spacing

HB = Horizontal Bend
*HT = Horizontal Tee
*HX = Horizontal Cross
VI = Vertical Inside Bend
VO = Vertical Outside Bend
*VTD = Vertical Tee Down
*VTU = Vertical Tee Up

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

=
=
=
=

4"
5"
6"
7"

*Angle not required in part number

Angle
30
45
60
90

=
=
=
=

30°
45°
60°
90°

Radius
R12 = 12"
R24 = 24"

Horizontal Reducing / Expanding Tee or Cross
Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example:

Series
RSI

Height
04
05
06
07

=
=
=
=

4"
5"
6"
7"

Suffix

RSI 04 A09 ET - 09 - 12 - R12

Material

Fitting Type

Width1

Width2

Radius

Aluminum
9” Rung
Spacing

ET = Expanding Tee
RT = Reducing Tee
RX = Expanding/Reducing
Cross

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

R12 = 12"
R24 = 24"

For aluminum 4", 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated bottom add VB or SB as shown below.
Prefix

Prefix

RSI05AVBHB - 24 - 90R24

RSI05ASBHB - 24 - 90R24

Vented Bottom

Green = Fastest shipped items

Non-Ventilated Bottom

Black = Normal lead-time items

RER-19

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Horizontal Bends 90° 60° 45° 30° (HB)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Bottoms manufactured:
90˚ Horizontal Bend
60˚ Horizontal Bend

45˚ Horizontal Bend

90˚
HB

60˚
HB

C

C
C

C
R

R

12

(mm)

305

in.

(mm)

6
9

609

(7

A

90˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

A

60˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

C

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

152 (Pre)HB-06-90R12

181/16

459

181/16

459

181/16

459

228 (Pre)HB-09-90R12

199/16

497

199/16

497

199/16

12 305 (Pre)HB-12-90R12

211/16

535

211/16

535

18 457 (Pre)HB-19-90R12

241/16

611

241/16

24 609 (Pre)HB-24-90R12

271/16

30 762 (Pre)HB-30-90R12

301/16

36 914 (Pre)HB-36-90R12
6

24

305

609

C

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(Pre)HB-06-60R12

179/16

445

101/8

258

1111/16

297

497

(Pre)HB-09-60R12

1813/16

478

107/8

277

129/16

319

211/16

535

(Pre)HB-12-60R12

201/8

511

115/8

296

137/16

341

611

241/16

611

(Pre)HB-18-60R12

2234

577

131/8

334

153/16

385

687

271/16

687

271/16

687

(Pre)HB-24-60R12

255/16

643

145/8

372

167/8

429

763

301/16

763

301/16

763

(Pre)HB-30-60R12

2715/16

709

161/8

410

185/8

473

331/16

840

331/16

840

331/16

840

(Pre)HB-36-60R12

301/2

775

175/8

448

203/8

517

152 (Pre)HB-06-90R24

301/16

763

301/16

763

301/16

763

(Pre)HB-06-60R24

2715/16

709

161/8

410

185/8

473

228 (Pre)HB-09-90R24

319/16

802

319/16

802

319/16

802

(Pre)HB-09-60R24

291/4

742

167/8

429

191/2

495

12 305 (Pre)HB-12-90R24

331/16

840

331/16

840

331/16

840

(Pre)HB-12-60R24

301/2

775

175/8

448

203/8

517

18 457 (Pre)HB-18-90R24

361/16

916

361/16

916

361/16

916

(Pre)HB-18-60R24

331/8

841

191/8

486

221/8

561

24 609 (Pre)HB-24-90R24

391/16

992

391/16

992

391/16

992

(Pre)HB-24-60R24

353/4

907

205/8

524

2313/16

605

30 762 (Pre)HB-30-90R24

421/16

1068

421/16

1068

421/16

1068

(Pre)HB-30-60R24

385/16

973

221/8

562

259/16

649

36 914 (Pre)HB-36-90R24

451/16

1144 451/16 1144

451/16 1144

(Pre)HB-36-60R24

4015/16 1039 235/8

600

275/16

693

45˚ Horizontal Bend

12

R

6)

3"

(76

in.

9
24

R
)

3"

REDI-RAIL

in.

B

B

A

A

Tray
Width

30˚
HB

B

3" (76)

Bend
Radius
R

C

)

C

C

(76

B

45˚
HB

3"

C

30˚ Horizontal Bend

09 = 9" Rung Spacing
VB = 4" Rung Spacing
SB = Flat sheet over
12" Rung Spacing

30˚ Horizontal Bend

6

152 (Pre)HB-06-45R12

153/4

400

61/2

165

93/16

233

(Pre)HB-06-30R12

133/16

338

39/16

90

71/16

180

9

228 (Pre)HB-09-45R12

1613/16

427

615/16

176

913/16

249

(Pre)HB-09-30R12

1315/16

354

33/4

95

71/2

190

12 305 (Pre)HB-12-45R12

177/8

454

77/16

189

101/2

267

(Pre)HB-12-30R12

1411/16

373

315/16

100

77/8

200

18 457 (Pre)HB-18-45R12

201/2

521

85/16

211

113/4

298

(Pre)HB-18-30R12

163/16

411

45/16

110

811/16

220

24 609 (Pre)HB-24-45R12

221/16

560

93/16

233

1215/16 328

(Pre)HB-24-30R12

1711/16

449

43/4

120

91/2

241

30 762 (Pre)HB-30-45R12

245/16

617

101/16

255

141/4

362

(Pre)HB-30-30R12

193/16

487

51/8

131

105/16

261

36 914 (Pre)HB-36-45R12

267/16

671

1015/16 278

157/16

392

(Pre)HB-36-30R12

2011/16

525

59/16

141

111/16

282

6

152 (Pre)HB-06-45R24

245/16

617

101/16

255

143/16

360

(Pre)HB-06-30R24

193/16

487

51/8

131

105/16

261

9

228 (Pre)HB-09-45R24

251/4

641

101/2

267

1413/16 376

(Pre)HB-09-30R24

1915/16

506

55/16

136

1011/16

271

12 305 (Pre)HB-12-45R24

267/16

671

1015/16 278

157/16

392

(Pre)HB-12-30R24

2011/16

525

59/16

141

111/16

282

18 457 (Pre)HB-18-45R24

289/16

725

1113/16 300

1611/16 424

(Pre)HB-18-30R24

223/16

563

515/16

151

117/8

302

24 609 (Pre)HB-24-45R24

3011/16

779

1211/16

322

1715/16

456

(Pre)HB-24-30R24

2311/16

601

63/8

161

1211/16

322

30 762 (Pre)HB-30-45R24

3213/16

833

139/16

345

193/16

487

(Pre)HB-30-30R24

253/16

640

63/4

171

131/2

343

36 914 (Pre)HB-36-45R24

3415/16

887

147/16

367

207/16

519

(Pre)HB-36-30R24

2611/16

678

71/8

182

145/16

363

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

RER-20

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Horizontal Tee (HT)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
in.

(mm)

REDI-RAIL

12

305

HT
B

3" (76)

W
A

24

R

609

Tray
Width
W
in.

Horizontal Tee
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

(mm)

in.

6

152

(Prefix)HT-06-R12

181/16

9

228

(Prefix)HT-09-R12

199/16

12

305

(Prefix)HT-12-R12

18

457

(Prefix)HT-18-R12

(mm)

in.

(mm)

458

363/4

933

497

397/8

1013

211/16

535

421/4

1073

241/16

611

481/2

1232
1392

24

609

(Prefix)HT-24-R12

271/16

687

5413/16

30

762

(Prefix)HT-30-R12

301/16

763

601/4

1530

36

914

(Prefix)HT-36-R12

331/16

839

669/16

1691

6

152

(Prefix)HT-06-R24

301/16

763

601/16

1525

9

228

(Prefix)HT-09-R24

319/16

801

631/4

1606

12

305

(Prefix)HT-12-R24

331/16

839

669/16

1691

18

457

(Prefix)HT-18-R24

361/16

916

721/16

1830

24

609

(Prefix)HT-24-R24

391/16

992

783/8

1991

30

762

(Prefix)HT-30-R24

421/16

1068

845/8

2150

(Prefix)HT-36-R24

451/16

1144

9015/16

2310

36

914

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.

Horizontal Cross (HX)
3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Bend
Radius
R
in.

12

(mm)

305

HX

B

3" (76)

W

R

A

24

609

Tray
Width
W

Horizontal Cross
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

6

152

(Prefix)HX-06-R12

181/16

458

363/4

in.

(mm)

933

9

228

(Prefix)HX-09-R12

199/16

497

397/8

1013

12

305

(Prefix)HX-12-R12

211/16

535

421/4

1073

18

457

(Prefix)HX-18-R12

241/16

611

481/2

1232

24

609

(Prefix)HX-24-R12

271/16

687

5413/16

1392

30

762

(Prefix)HX-30-R12

301/16

763

601/4

1530

36

914

(Prefix)HX-36-R12

331/16

839

669/16

1691

6

152

(Prefix)HX-06-R24

301/16

763

601/16

9

228

(Prefix)HX-09-R24

319/16

801

631/4

1606

12

305

(Prefix)HX-12-R24

331/16

839

669/16

1691

18

457

(Prefix)HX-18-R24

361/16

916

721/16

1830

24

609

(Prefix)HX-24-R24

391/16

992

783/8

1991

30

762

(Prefix)HX-30-R24

421/16

1068

845/8

2150

36

914

(Prefix)HX-36-R24

451/16

1144

9015/16

2310

1551

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

RER-21

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Horizontal Reducing Tee (RT)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

RT

B

R

A

3" (76)

W1

R = Radius

W2

Radius
Width W2
Width W1
Fitting
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

Tray Width

* Insert Radius

12" Radius

REDI-RAIL

Prefix RT - 36 - 18 - R24

24" Radius

(12 for 12" or 24 for 24")

W1
in.

W2

(mm)

in.

(mm)

228

6

152

12

305

6
9

152
228

18

475

6
9
12

9

24

30

36

Catalog No.

A

B

A

B

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(Prefix)RT-09-06-R*

199/16

497

363/4

933

319/16

801

611/16

1551

(Prefix)RT-12-06-R*
(Prefix)RT-12-09-R*

211/16
211/16

535
535

363/4
397/8

933
1013

331/16
331/16

839
839

611/16
641/4

1551
1631

152
228
305

(Prefix)RT-18-06-R*
(Prefix)RT-18-09-R*
(Prefix)RT-18-12-R*

241/16
241/16
241/16

611
611
611

363/4
397/8
421/4

933
1013
1073

361/16
361/16
361/16

916
916
916

611/16
641/4
669/16

1551
1631
1691

609

6
9
12
18

152
228
305
457

(Prefix)RT-24-06-R*
(Prefix)RT-24-09-R*
(Prefix)RT-24-12-R*
(Prefix)RT-24-18-R*

271/16
271/16
271/16
271/16

687
687
687
687

363/4
397/8
421/4
481/2

933
1013
1073
1232

391/16
391/16
391/16
391/16

992
992
992
992

611/16
641/4
669/16
721/16

1551
1631
1691
1830

762

6
9
12
18
24

152
228
305
457
609

(Prefix)RT-30-06-R*
(Prefix)RT-30-09-R*
(Prefix)RT-30-12-R*
(Prefix)RT-30-18-R*
(Prefix)RT-30-24-R*

301/16
301/16
301/16
301/16
301/16

763
763
763
763
763

363/4
397/8
421/4
481/2
5413/16

933
1013
1073
1232
1392

421/16
421/16
421/16
421/16
421/16

1068
1068
1068
1068
1068

611/16
641/4
669/16
721/16
783/8

1551
1631
1691
1830
1991

914

6
9
12
18
24
30

152
228
305
457
609
762

(Prefix)RT-36-06-R*
(Prefix)RT-36-09-R*
(Prefix)RT-36-12-R*
(Prefix)RT-36-18-R*
(Prefix)RT-36-24-R*
(Prefix)RT-36-30-R*

331/16
331/16
331/16
331/16
331/16
331/16

839
839
839
839
839
839

363/4
397/8
421/4
481/2
5413/16
601/4

933
1013
1073
1232
1392
1532

451/16
451/16
451/16
451/16
451/16
451/16

1144
1144
1144
1144
1144
1144

611/16
641/4
669/16
721/16
783/8
845/8

1551
1631
1691
1830
1991
2150

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

RER-22

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding Tee (ET)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.
ET
B

A

R

R = Radius

3" (76)

W1

W2

REDI-RAIL

Prefix ET - 09 - 30 - R12
Radius
Width W2
Width W1
Fitting
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

Tray Width

*Insert Radius

12" Radius

24" Radius

(12 for 12", 24 for 24”)

W1
in.

W2

A
in.

152

9
12
18
24
30
36

228
305
457
609
762
914

(Prefix)ET-06-09-R*
(Prefix)ET-06-12-R*
(Prefix)ET-06-18-R*
(Prefix)ET-06-24-R*
(Prefix)ET-06-30-R*
(Prefix)ET-06-36-R*

181/16

228

12
18
24
30
36

305
457
609
762
914

12

305

18
24
30
36

18

457

24
30

9

in.

Catalog No.

(mm)

6

(mm)

B
(mm)

in.

181/16
181/16
181/16
181/16
181/16

458
458
458
458
458
458

397/8

(Prefix)ET-09-12-R*
(Prefix)ET-09-18-R*
(Prefix)ET-09-24-R*
(Prefix)ET-09-30-R*
(Prefix)ET-09-36-R*

199/16
199/16
199/16
199/16
199/16

457
609
762
914

(Prefix)ET-12-18-R*
(Prefix)ET-12-24-R*
(Prefix)ET-12-30-R*
(Prefix)ET-12-36-R*

24
30
36

609
762
914

609

30
36

762

36

A
(mm)

in.

421/4
481/2
5413/16
601/4
669/16

1013
1073
1232
1392
1532
1691

301/16

497
497
497
497
497

421/4
481/2
5413/16
601/4
669/16

211/16
211/16
211/16
211/16

535
535
535
535

(Prefix)ET-18-24-R*
(Prefix)ET-18-30-R*
(Prefix)ET-18-36-R*

241/16
241/16
241/16

762
914

(Prefix)ET-24-30-R*
(Prefix)ET-24-36-R*

914

(Prefix)ET-30-36-R*

B
(mm)

in.

(mm)

301/16
301/16
301/16
301/16
301/16

763
763
763
763
763
763

641/4
669/16
721/16
783/8
845/8
9015/16

1631
1691
1830
1991
2150
2310

1073
1232
1392
1532
1691

319/16
319/16
319/16
319/16
319/16

801
801
801
801
801

669/16
721/16
783/8
845/8
9015/16

1691
1830
1991
2150
2310

481/2
5413/16
601/4
669/16

1232
1392
1532
1691

331/16
331/16
331/16
331/16

839
839
839
839

721/16
783/8
845/8
9015/16

1830
1991
2150
2310

611
611
611

5413/16
601/4
669/16

1392
1532
1691

361/16
361/16
361/16

916
916
916

783/8
845/8
9015/16

1991
2150
2310

271/16
271/16

687
687

601/4
669/16

1532
1691

391/16
391/16

992
992

845/8
9015/16

2150
2310

301/16

763

669/16

1691

421/16

1068

9015/16

2310

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

RER-23

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (RX)
3 pair splice plates with hardware included.
RX

A

B
R

3" (76)

W1

W2

REDI-RAIL

Prefix RX - 09 - 24 - R24
Radius
Width W2
Width W1
Fitting
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

Tray Width

* Insert Radius

12" Radius

24" Radius

(12 for 12", 24 for 24”)

W1
in.

W2

A
in.

152

9
12
18
24
30
36

228
305
457
609
762
914

(Prefix)RX-06-09-R*
(Prefix)RX-06-12-R*
(Prefix)RX-06-18-R*
(Prefix)RX-06-24-R*
(Prefix)RX-06-30-R*
(Prefix)RX-06-36-R*

363/4

228

12
18
24
30
36

305
457
609
762
914

12

305

18
24
30
36

18

457

24
30

9

in.

Catalog No.

(mm)

6

(mm)

B
(mm)

in.

363/4
363/4
363/4
363/4
363/4

933
933
933
933
933
933

397/8

(Prefix)RX-09-12-R*
(Prefix)RX-09-18-R*
(Prefix)RX-09-24-R*
(Prefix)RX-09-30-R*
(Prefix)RX-09-36-R*

397/8
397/8
397/8
397/8
397/8

457
609
762
914

(Prefix)RX-12-18-R*
(Prefix)RX-12-24-R*
(Prefix)RX-12-30-R*
(Prefix)RX-12-36-R*

24
30
36

609
762
914

609

30
36

762

36

A
(mm)

in.

421/4
481/2
5413/16
601/4
669/16

1013
1073
1232
1392
1532
1691

601/16

1013
1013
1013
1013
1013

421/4
481/2
5413/16
601/4
669/16

421/4
421/4
421/4
421/4

1073
1073
1073
1073

(Prefix)RX-18-24-R*
(Prefix)RX-18-30-R*
(Prefix)RX-18-36-R*

481/2
481/2
481/2

762
914

(Prefix)RX-24-30-R*
(Prefix)RX-24-36-R*

914

(Prefix)RX-30-36-R*

in.

(mm)

601/16
601/16
601/16
601/16
601/16

1525
1525
1525
1525
1525
1525

641/4
669/16
721/16
783/8
845/8
9015/16

1631
1691
1830
1991
2150
2310

1073
1232
1392
1532
1691

641/4
641/4
641/4
641/4
641/4

1632
1632
1632
1632
1632

669/16
721/16
783/8
845/8
9015/16

1691
1830
1991
2150
2310

481/2
5413/16
601/4
669/16

1232
1392
1532
1691

669/16
669/16
669/16
669/16

1691
1691
1691
1691

721/16
783/8
845/8
9015/16

1830
1991
2150
2310

1232
1232
1232

5413/16
601/4
669/16

1392
1532
1691

721/16
721/16
721/16

1830
1830
1830

783/8
845/8
9015/16

1991
2150
2310

5413/16
5413/16

1392
1392

601/4
669/16

1532
1691

783/8
783/8

1991
1991

845/8
9015/16

2150
2310

601/4

1530

669/16

1691

845/8

2149

9015/16

2310

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

B
(mm)

RER-24

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 90° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

90°
VI

R
3" (76)

B

C

C

R

B

A

C

90° Vertical Outside

90° Vertical Inside
REDI-RAIL

90˚
VO

C
3" (76)

A

90°

Vertical Inside (VI) Bend
Siderail Height

Bend Radius
R
in.

(mm)

12

24

305

609

in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

90°

(mm)

12

24

Catalog No.

(Pre)VI-06-90R12
(Pre)VI-09-90R12
(Pre)VI-12-90R12
(Pre)VI-18-90R12
(Pre)VI-24-90R12
(Pre)VI-30-90R12
(Pre)VI-36-90R12
(Pre)VI-06-90R24
(Pre)VI-09-90R24
(Pre)VI-12-90R24
(Pre)VI-18-90R24
(Pre)VI-24-90R24
(Pre)VI-30-90R24
(Pre)VI-36-90R24

5”

6”

A

B

C

A

B

C

181/2"

181/2"

181/2"

191/2"

191/2"

191/2"

(470)

(470)

(470)

(495)

(495)

301/2"

301/2"

301/2"

311/2"

(851)

(851)

(851)

(800)

A

B

7”
C

A

B

C

201/2" 201/2"

201/2"

211/2"

211/2"

211/2"

(495)

(521)

(521)

(521)

(546)

(546)

(546)

311/2"

311/2"

321/2" 321/2"

321/2"

331/2"

331/2"

331/2"

(800)

(800)

(825)

(825)

(851)

(851)

(851)

(825)

Vertical Outside (VO) Bend

Bend Radius
R
in.

4”

Width

305

609

Siderail Height
4” - 7”

Width
in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

Catalog No.

(Pre)VO-06-90R12
(Pre)VO-09-90R12
(Pre)VO-12-90R12
(Pre)VO-18-90R12
(Pre)VO-24-90R12
(Pre)VO-30-90R12
(Pre)VO-36-90R12
(Pre)VO-06-90R24
(Pre)VO-09-90R24
(Pre)VO-12-90R24
(Pre)VO-18-90R24
(Pre)VO-24-90R24
(Pre)VO-30-90R24
(Pre)VO-36-90R24

A

B

C

15"

15"

15"

(381)

(381)

(381)

27"

27"

27"

(686)

(686)

(686)

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

RER-25

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 60° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

60˚
VI

3" (76)

C
B

60˚
VO

C

R

R

3" (76)

A

B

C
C

A

60° Vertical Inside

60° Vertical Outside
REDI-RAIL

60°

Vertical Inside (VI) Bend
Siderail Height

Bend Radius
R
in.

12

24

(mm)

305

609

in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

60°

12

24

Catalog No.

(Pre)VI-06-60R12
(Pre)VI-09-60R12
(Pre)VI-12-60R12
(Pre)VI-18-60R12
(Pre)VI-24-60R12
(Pre)VI-30-60R12
(Pre)VI-36-60R12
(Pre)VI-06-60R24
(Pre)VI-09-60R24
(Pre)VI-12-60R24
(Pre)VI-18-60R24
(Pre)VI-24-60R24
(Pre)VI-30-60R24
(Pre)VI-36-60R24

5”
A

B

6”

A

B

C

C

A

B

18"

103/8"

12"

(457)

(263)

(305)

(478)

(276)

(319)

283/8"

163/8" 1815/16" 291/4"

167/8"

191/2" 301/16" 173/8"

(721)

(416)

(428)

(495)

1813/16" 107/8" 129/16" 1911/16" 113/8"

(481)

(743)

(500)

(763)

(289)

(441)

Vertical Outside (VO) Bend

Bend Radius
R
in.

4”

Width

(mm)

305

609

Siderail Height
4” - 7”

Width
in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

Catalog No.

(Pre)VO-06-60R12
(Pre)VO-09-60R12
(Pre)VO-12-60R12
(Pre)VO-18-60R12
(Pre)VO-24-60R12
(Pre)VO-30-60R12
(Pre)VO-36-60R12

A

B

C

147/8"

85/8"

915/16"

(378)

(219)

(252)

145/8"

167/8"

(371)

(428)

(Pre)VO-06-60R24
(Pre)VO-09-60R24
(Pre)VO-12-60R24 255/16"
(Pre)VO-18-60R24
(643)
(Pre)VO-24-60R24
(Pre)VO-30-60R24
(Pre)VO-36-60R24

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

RER-26

7”
C

A

B

C

131/8" 209/16" 117/8" 1311/16"
(333)

(301)

(347)

201/16" 3015/16" 177/8"

205/8"

(509)

(522)

(786)

(454)

(524)

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 45° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

45°
VI

45˚
VO

C
C

R

R

C

3" (76)

B
B
C
A

A

REDI-RAIL

45° Vertical Inside

45° Vertical Outside

45°

Vertical Inside (VI) Bend
Siderail Height

Bend Radius
R
in.

(mm)

12

24

305

609

in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

45°

(mm)

12

24

Catalog No.

(Pre)VI-06-45R12
(Pre)VI-09-45R12
(Pre)VI-12-45R12
(Pre)VI-18-45R12
(Pre)VI-24-45R12
(Pre)VI-30-45R12
(Pre)VI-36-45R12
(Pre)VI-06-45R24
(Pre)VI-09-45R24
(Pre)VI-12-45R24
(Pre)VI-18-45R24
(Pre)VI-24-45R24
(Pre)VI-30-45R24
(Pre)VI-36-45R24

5”

6”

7”

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

161/8"

611/16"

97/16"

167/8"

7"

97/8"

179/16"

71/4"

101/4"

181/4"

79/16" 1011/16"

(409)

(170)

(239)

(428)

(178)

(251)

(446)

(184)

(260)

(463)

(192)

26"

103/4"

151/4"

263/4" 111/16" 155/8"

(660)

(273)

(387)

(679)

245/8" 103/16" 147/16" 255/16" 101/2" 1413/16"
(625)

(259)

(366)

(643)

(267)

(376)

B

(281)

C

(271)

(397)

Vertical Outside (VO) Bend

Bend Radius
R
in.

4”

Width

305

609

Siderail Height
4” - 7”

Width
in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

Catalog No.

(Pre)VO-06-45R12
(Pre)VO-09-45R12
(Pre)VO-12-45R12
(Pre)VO-18-45R12
(Pre)VO-24-45R12
(Pre)VO-30-45R12
(Pre)VO-36-45R12
(Pre)VO-06-45R24
(Pre)VO-09-45R24
(Pre)VO-12-45R24
(Pre)VO-18-45R24
(Pre)VO-24-45R24
(Pre)VO-30-45R24
(Pre)VO-36-45R24

A

B

C

135/8"

55/8"

8"

(346)

(136)

(203)

221/8"

93/16"

1215/16"

(562)

(233)

(328)

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

RER-27

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 30° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3" (76)

30˚
VI

30˚
VO

C

C

R

B

R
C

3" (76)

B

C
A

A

30° Vertical Inside

30° Vertical Outside

REDI-RAIL

30°

Vertical Inside (VI) Bend
Siderail Height

Bend Radius
R
in.

12

24

(mm)

305

609

in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

30°

12

24

Catalog No.

A

B

(Pre)VI-06-30R12
(Pre)VI-09-30R12
(Pre)VI-12-30R12 137/16"
(Pre)VI-18-30R12
(341)
(Pre)VI-24-30R12
(Pre)VI-30-30R12
(Pre)VI-36-30R12
(Pre)VI-06-30R24
(Pre)VI-09-30R24
(Pre)VI-12-30R24 197/16"
(Pre)VI-18-30R24
(493)
(Pre)VI-24-30R24
(Pre)VI-30-30R24
(Pre)VI-36-30R24

5”
C

A

6”
C

A

B

C

A

B

C

35/8"

73/16" 1315/16"

33/4"

77/16"

147/16"

37/8"

73/4"

147/8"

4"

8"

(92)

(182)

(95)

(189)

(366)

(98)

(197)

(378)

(101)

(203)

53/16" 107/16" 1915/16" 55/16" 1011/16" 207/16" 57/16" 1015/16" 207/8"

55/8"

113/16"

(132)

(143)

(284)

(265)

(354)

(506)

(135)

(271)

(519)

(mm)

305

609

Siderail Height
4” - 7”

Width
in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

Catalog No.

(Pre)VO-06-30R12
(Pre)VO-09-30R12
(Pre)VO-12-30R12
(Pre)VO-18-30R12
(Pre)VO-24-30R12
(Pre)VO-30-30R12
(Pre)VO-36-30R12
(Pre)VO-06-30R24
(Pre)VO-09-30R24
(Pre)VO-12-30R24
(Pre)VO-18-30R24
(Pre)VO-24-30R24
(Pre)VO-30-30R24
(Pre)VO-36-30R24

A

B

C

115/8"

31/8"

61/4"

(295)

(79)

(159)

175/8"

43/4"

97/16"

(447)

(120)

(239)

(Pre) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

7”

B

Vertical Outside (VO) Bend

Bend Radius
R
in.

4”

Width

RER-28

(138)

(278)

(530)

REDI-RAIL™ -

Fittings

Vertical Tee Up/Down (VTU/VTD)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

VT
VTD

B

3" (76)

H

R

REDI-RAIL

A

VTU

Bend
Radius
R
in.

12”
(305)

24”
(609)

Tray
Width

Side Rail Height "H"

(*) Insert U for Tee Up
Insert D for Tee Down

in.

(mm)

Catalog No.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Prefix)VT(*)-06-R12
(Prefix)VT(*)-09-R12
(Prefix)VT(*)-12-R12
(Prefix)VT(*)-18-R12
(Prefix)VT(*)-24-R12
(Prefix)VT(*)-30-R12
(Prefix)VT(*)-36-R12
(Prefix)VT(*)-06-R24
(Prefix)VT(*)-09-R24
(Prefix)VT(*)-12-R24
(Prefix)VT(*)-18-R24
(Prefix)VT(*)-24-R24
(Prefix)VT(*)-30-R24
(Prefix)VT(*)-36-R24

4" - 7”
A

4”
B

5"
B

6"
B

7"
B

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

15

381

337/16

849

343/8

874

353/8

899

363/8

924

27

686

577/16

1458

583/8

1483

593/8

1508

603/8

1533

(Prefix) See page RER-19 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

RER-29

Cable Tray Systems

REDI-RAIL™

REDI-RAIL

Cable Tray Systems

RER-30

Series 1 Steel

Series 1 Steel

LST-1

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections

Series 1 Steel

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50
pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items
Black = Normal lead-time items
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example:

156G

09 -

24

-

144

Part will have a long
lead time because of the
156G material.

Changing the part number from 156G to 156P will change the coding to black for all sections and reduce lead time.

Cable Tray Systems

LST-2

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections
3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
Actual Loading Depth = 3.077"

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 148 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

Type

P = Pre-Galvanized
Steel
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
After Fabrication
Steel

148

Trough6" thru 24" wide
04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

Rung
Spacing

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Ladder Type

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

Length
144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

¨Primary

148

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Series 1 Steel

Overall Width
(Width + 1/8”)

Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Ventilated Bottom

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. The published
load safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection,
multiply a load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the
cable tray being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
.875

148

3.625

3.077

18 gauge

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span

Load

ft

lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

NEMA: 12A, 8C
CSA: C1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

6
8
10
12

204*
115
73
51

0.0011
0.0036
0.0087
0.0181

Area=0.51 in2
Sx=0.48 in3
Ix=0.89 in4

Span

Load

meters

kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

304*
171
109
76

0.019
0.061
0.149
0.309

Area=3.29 cm2
Sx=7.87 cm3
Ix=37.04 cm4

*When using 12" rung spacing load capacity is limited to 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When cable trays are used in
continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia,
Sx = Section Modulus.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-3

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
Actual Loading Depth = 3.628"

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 156 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series
156

Material

Type

P = Pre-Galvanized
Steel
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
After Fabrication
Steel

Trough04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

Rung
Spacing

Overall Width
(Width + 1/8”)

Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¨

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¡

Length
144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

¨Primary

156

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Ventilated Bottom

Ladder Type

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above the published loads. The published load safety factor
is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span

Load

ft

lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C
CSA: C1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

6
8
10
12

304*
171
109
76

0.0007
0.0021
0.0051
0.011

Area=0.68 in2
Sx=0.724 in3
Ix=1.517 in4

Span

Load

meters

kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

452*
254
163
113

0.011
0.036
0.087
0.181

Area=4.39 cm2
Sx=11.86 cm3
Ix=63.14 cm4

.875

156

4.188

3.628

16 gauge

*When using 12" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft (290.16 kg/m)
for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design
factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-4

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 1 Steel

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections
5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
Actual Loading Depth = 4.628"

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 166 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

Type

P = Pre-Galvanized
Steel
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
After Fabrication
Steel

166

Trough04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

Rung
Spacing

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

Length
144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

¨Primary

166

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Series 1 Steel

Overall Width
(Width + 1/8”)

Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Ladder Type

Ventilated Bottom

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
.750

166

5.188

4.628

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span

Load

ft

lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C
CSA: C1-3m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

6
8
10
12

308*
173
111
77

0.0004
0.0013
0.0032
0.0067

Area=0.77 in2
Sx=0.93 in3
Ix=2.40 in4

Span

Load

meters

kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7

458*
258
165
115

0.007
0.023
0.055
0.114

Area=4.97 cm2
Sx=15.24 cm3
Ix=99.90 cm4

16 gauge

*When using 12" rung spacing, the load capacity is limited to 234 lbs/ft (348.192 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 195 lbs/ft
(290.16 kg/m) for 36" tray width. When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much
as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-5

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
Actual Loading Depth = 5.628"

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 176 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series
176

Material

Type

P = Pre-Galvanized
Steel
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
After Fabrication
Steel

Trough04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated Bottom

Rung
Spacing

Overall Width
(Width + 1/8”)

Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¨

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¡

Length
144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

¨Primary

176

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Ventilated Bottom

Ladder Type

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. The published load safety factor
is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
.750

176

6.188

5.628

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span

Load

Design Factors
for Two Rails

Load

lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span

ft

meters

kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

NEMA: 12B, 8C
CSA: 137 kg/m 3.7m
UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

8
10
12

194
124
86

0.0008
0.0020
0.0042

Area=0.89 in2
Sx=1.23 in3
Ix=3.80 in4

2.4
3.0
3.7

288
184
128

0.014
0.035
0.072

Area=5.74 cm2
Sx=20.16 cm3
lx=158.2 cm4

16 gauge

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-6

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 1 Steel

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *SB available for all widths.

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Standard (L-Shaped) Splice Plates

Expansion (L-Shaped) Splice Plates

•
•
•
•
•
•

• Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion
or contraction of the cable tray, or where
expansion joints occur in the supporting
structure.
• Bonding Jumpers are required.
Order Separately.
• L-shaped lay-in design.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

One pair including hardware provided with each section.
Furnished in pairs with hardware.
Prepackaged in pairs in a plastic bag, with hardware.
4-hole pattern L-shaped splice plates.
L-shaped lay-in design.
(*) Insert ZN or G

Series 1 Steel

Tray

Tray

Series

Catalog No.

Series

Catalog No.

148

9(*)-4004

148

9(*)-4014

156

9(*)-4005

156

9(*)-4015

166

9(*)-4006

166

9(*)-4016

176

9(*)-4007

176

9(*)-4017

Universal Splice Plates

Step Down Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray systems.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert P or G

• These splice plates are offered for
connecting cable tray sections
having side rails of different
heights.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• These plates provide for changes in elevation
that do not conform to standard vertical
fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• (**) Insert P or G
Requires supports within 24” on
both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

148

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

9(*)-2004-1/2

156 to 148

9(*)-8004

148

9(**)-7024

156

9(*)-2005-1/2

166 to 156 or 148

9(*)-8045

156

9(*)-8024

166

9(*)-2006-1/2

176 to 156 or 148

9(*)-8046

166

9(*)-8025

176

9(*)-2007-1/2

176 to 166

9(*)-8060

176

9(*)-8026

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

Branch Pivot Connectors

• Offered to adjust a cable tray run for
9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36
changes in direction in a horizontal One pair splice plates with extensions.
plane that do not conform to
L
standard horizontal fittings.
L
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• New design bonding jumpers
not required.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• (X) Insert 4 for series 148 or 156
5 for series 166
9(*)-803(X)
6 for series 176
Splices only

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.
• Pivot to any required angle.
• UL Classified for grounding
(bonding jumper not required).
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Catalog
No.

Cable Tray
End Cut

Tray
Width

'L'

9(*)-803(X)
9(*)-803(X)-12
9(*)-803(X)-36

Mitered
Not mitered
Not mitered

Thru 36"
Thru 12"
Thru 36"

N/A
16"
41"

Green = Fastest shipped items

Requires
supports
within 24”
on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

156 to148

9(*)-8244

166

9(*)-8245

176

9(*)-8246

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-7

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel Offset Reducing Splice Plate

Accessories

Tray Hardware

• This plate is used for joining cable trays
having different widths. When used in
pairs they form a straight reduction;
when used singly with a standard splice
plate they form an offset reduction.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (‡) Insert reduction
• (*) Insert P or G

Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware
Catalog No.
RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt
Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A
Catalog No.
SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt
Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563
Grade A
Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Tray
Series

Catalog No.

148

9(*)-8064-(‡)

156

9(*)-8064-(‡)

166

9(*)-8065-(‡)

176

9(*)-8066-(‡)

Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware
Catalog No.
RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck
Carriage Bolt Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88
Catalog No.
SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut
Chromium Zinc ASTM F-1136-88

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

• Used to attach the
end of a cable tray
run to a distribution
box or control panel.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert P or G

• Designed to attach the end of a cable
tray run to a distribution cabinet or control
center to help reinforce the box at the
point of entry.
• Furnished with tray
connection hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• This plate forms a closure for a
dead end cable tray.
• Furnished as one plate
with hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert P or G

Tray

Tray

Tray

Series Catalog No.

Series Catalog No.

Series Catalog No.

148

9(*)-8054

148

9(*)-8074-(‡)

148

9(*)-8084-(‡)

156

9(*)-8054

156

9(*)-8074-(‡)

156

9(*)-8084-(‡)

166

9(*)-8055

166

9(*)-8075-(‡)

166

9(*)-8085-(‡)

176

9(*)-8056

176

9(*)-8076-(‡)

176

9(*)-8086-(‡)

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

•
•
•
•

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.
• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

Assembly required.
Mounting hardware included.
Conduit clamp included
(‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

Catalog No.

9ZN-1150-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)
Nylon ties provide easy attachment of
cable to ladder rungs; maximum
cable O.D. of 3" (76 mm).

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No.

99-2125-15

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Catalog No.

Conduit Size
in.

(mm)

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4
9G-1158-1, 11/4
9G-1158-11/2, 2
9G-1158-21/2, 3
9G-1158-31/2, 4

1/2, 3/4

15, 20
25, 32
40, 50
65, 80
90, 100

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-8

1, 11/4
11/2, 2
21/2, 3
31/2, 4

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 1 Steel

Tray to Box Splice Plates

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide
• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength
of the traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to
ensure proper installation.
• Furnished in pairs, with or
without hardware.
11/2"
(39mm)

Catalog No.
Without
With
Hardware
Hardware

Series 1 Steel

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not
mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.
Sold individually.
• Hardware included.
• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page CTS-9
for amperage ratings required to
match the UL cross-sectional area of
the tray.
• 600 amp rating.
• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

21/4"
(57mm)

Patent # RE35479

9ZN-1204
9ZN-1208

Bonding Jumper

9ZN-1208
shown.
Installed as
a clamp.

9ZN-1204 shown.
Installed as a guide.

Overall Hardware
Length
Size
Finish

9ZN-1204NB
9ZN-1208NB

in.

(mm)

11/2
21/4

38
57

1/4"
3/8"

G90
G90

Catalog No.

Copper Wire Size

Ampacity

99-N1

#1

600

Ground Clamp

Grounding Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding
cables to cable tray.
• Hardware included.
• (*) Insert ZN or SS4

B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an equipment
grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for additional grounding
capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp for bolting the conductor
at least once to each tray section.
• Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM.

Catalog No.

Cable Size

9(*)-2351
9(*)-2352

#1 thru 2/0
3/0 thru 250 MCM

Catalog No.

Material

Item

9A-2130

Tin Plated Aluminum

Grounding Clamp

Support Bracket

Hanger Rod Clamp

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

For 1/2" ATR.
Furnished in pairs.
Order ATR and hex nuts separately.
Two piece "J"-hanger design.
9ZN-1113 has 275 lbs./pair
safety factor 3.
• 9ZN-532(X) has 1500 lbs./pair
safety factor 3.

Designed for center hung or trapeze supports.
Used with ladder or vented bottom tray only.
Can be purchased as a wall mounted bracket.
Load capacity is 600 lbs. (272.1 kg),
safety factor 3.
• All components are zinc plated.
• 1/2" threaded rod and 1/2" hex nuts not included.
For
Cable Tray
Width

Catalog No.
Center Hung
Wall
or Trapeze
Mount
9ZN-5106
9ZN-5109
9ZN-5112
9ZN-5118
9ZN-5124

9ZN-5106-WB
9ZN-5109-WB
9ZN-5112-WB
9ZN-5118-WB
9ZN-5124-WB

in.

(mm)

6
9
12
18
24

152
226
305
452
609

Tray
Series Catalog No.

Patent No.
5,100,086

148

9ZN-1113

156

9ZN-5324

166

9ZN-5325

176

9ZN-5326

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling
Loading
Size

lbs.

Catalog
No.

Available
Lengths

Coupling
Cat. No.

3/8-16

730

ATR 3/8 x Length

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-3/8

1/2-13

1350

ATR 1/2 x Length

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-1/2

Loading based on safety factor 5.
Standard Finish: Zinc plated
See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-9

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Ladder Drop-Out
• This special designed, easy to install drop-out provides a
4" (101.6 mm) radius to protect cables exiting the cable tray
from damage.
• Attaches to a ladder rung.
• Hardware included.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

9(*)-1104T-(‡)

Barriers
Horizontal Bend

Straight Section
• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).
• Order catalog number based on loading
depth.
• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.
• (*) Insert P or G

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any
horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and
a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• Standard length is 72"
(6 ft.), sold individually.
• (*) Insert P or G

H

Series

H

Tray

Catalog No.

in.

(mm)

148

72(*)-Length

2.8

58

156

737(*)-Length

3.4

70

166

747(*)-Length

4.4

176

757(*)-Length

5.4

H

Catalog No.

in.

(mm)

148

72(*)-90HBFL

2.8

58

156

737(*)-90HBFL

3.4

70

91

166

747(*)-90HBFL

4.4

91

112

176

757(*)-90HBFL

5.4

112

Length =
144 for 12'
or
120 for 10'

Series

H

Vertical Bend Barriers

Barrier Strip Splice

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a specific
vertical fitting.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling screws
and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
Inside
• (*) Insert P or G
Bend
• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees
(VI)
• (†) Insert 12, 24, or 36 for radius

• Plastic splice holds adjoining
barrier strips in straight alignment.
• 5” (127mm) long

H
H

Tray
Series

Catalog No.
Inside Bend Outside Bend

H
in.

(mm)

148

72(*)-(**)VI(†)

72(*)-(**)VO(†)

2.8

58

156

737(*)-(**)VI(†)

737(*)-(**)VO(†)

3.4

70

166

747(*)-(**)VI(†)

747(*)-(**)VO(†)

4.4

91

176

757(*)-(**)VI(†)

757(*)-(**)VO(†)

5.4

112

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Outside
Bend
(VO)

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-10

Catalog No.
Red = Normally long lead-time items

99-9982

Series 1 Steel

Tray

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories
Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Uniform Load
lbs

Tray Width

(kN)

B494-12

1580

7.02

B494-18
B494-24

1000
996

4.45
4.43

in.

(mm)

Catalog No. Uniform Load

'A'
in.

6 & 9 152 & 229 12 304.8
12
18

305
457

18 457.2
24 609.6

Tray Width

(kN)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

B494-30

924

4.11

24

609.6

30

762.0

B494-36
B494-42

864
580

3.84
2.58

30
36

762.0
914.4

36
42

914.4
1066.8

Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

Series 1 Steel

A

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load
B409-12
B409-18
B409-24

A

SS4 or

SS6

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

(kN)

in.

(mm)

in.

960
640
480

4.27
2.84
2.13

6&9
12
18

152 & 228
305
457

Catalog No. Uniform Load

(mm)

12 304.8
18 457.2
24 609.6

B297-30
B297-36
B297-42

in.

(mm)

in.

665
550
465

2.95
2.44
2.06

24
30
36

609.6
762.0
914.4

30
36
42

U-Bolt Size

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Sold in pieces with hardware.

.841
1.051
1.316
1.661
1.901
2.376

-

1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875

(mm)

762.0
914.4
1066.8

A

• Order properly sized U-Bolts
separately.

A

Finish available: ZN
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog No. Uniform Load
lbs

'A'

(kN)

Beam Clamp

Fits Pipe O.D.

Tray Width

lbs

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)
B501-3/4
B501-1
B501-11/4
B501-11/2
B501-2
B501-21/2

'A'

lbs

(mm)

(kN)

Tray Width
in.

'A'

(mm)

in.

Catalog No. Design Load*

(mm)

lbs

'A'

(kN)

in.

86
127

B409UF-12

800

3.55

6&9

152 & 229

12

305

B441-22

1200

5.34

33/8

B409UF-21

450

2.00

12 & 18

305 & 457

21

533

B441-22A

1200

5.34

5

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-11

(mm)

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Beam Clamp

Steel C-Clamp With Locknut

Beam Clamp

• Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
• Setscrew included.

• Finishes available:
ZN for 3/8 & 1/2
ZN for 5/8 & 3/4

• Finishes available: ZN GRN or
• Sold in pieces.

HDG

SS4 all sizes

Safety Load Factor 5.0
Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat. No.

B210

B210A

Catalog
Number

Rod
Size

lbs

(kN)

B351L-3/8

3/8"-16

300

0.89

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Design Load

Cat. No.

B212-1/4

B212-3/8

Design Load

800 lbs. 3.56 kN

300 lbs.

1.33 kN

B351L-1/2

1/2"-13

380

1.69

Design Load

600 lbs.

2.67 kN

1000 lbs.

4.45 kN

Tap Size

1/2"-13

-

3/8"-16

-

B351L-5/8

5/8"-11

550

2.44

Max. Flange Thick

3/4"

19 mm

11/8"

28.6 mm

3/8"

9.5 mm

1/4"

6.4 mm

B351L-3/4

3/4"-10

630

2.80

Mat’l. Thickness

1/4"

6.3 mm

3/8"

9.5 mm

Mat'l. Thickness

B312 Anchor Strap

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps
• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Setscrew included.
• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• For a maximum beam thickness
of 3/4".
• For thicker beams, step up one
flange width size.

B

C
D

E

T

F

Series 1 Steel

A

Cat.
No.

Rod
Size A

B

C

D

E

F

T

Design Load
lbs

(kN)

B305

3/8"-16

3/8"-16

2 5/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

11 Ga.

600

2.67

B306

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

2 7/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

B307

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2

7/16"

7/8"

1

1/8"

2 1/2"

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

Cat. No.

Flange Width

B308

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2 9/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

1/4"

1500

6.68

B312-6

Up to 6"

B321-1

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

1

11/16"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

1/4"

1300

5.79

B312-9

6" - 9"

B321-2

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

1

11/16"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

1/4"

1400

6.23

B312-12

9" - 12"

B751 Bottom Beam Clamp and Accessories
Setscrew included

Setscrew included

Finish available: ZN

Loading position A - 500 lbs.
Loading position B - 300 lbs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

B751

B701-J_-3/8

B751-J_-3/8*

Position A

Assembly No.
To Fit
Flange Sizes

B752

B753
Provides a full 15° swivel
in any direction. (State
the desired rod size.)

B752
Swivel & Bolt
Only

B753
Swivel Nut
Only

4"-5 7/8"

B751-J4-3/8*

B701-J4-3/8

B752

B753-**

6"-8

B751-J6-3/8*

B701-J6-3/8

B752

B753-**

B751-J9-3/8*

B701-J9-3/8

B752

B753-**

7/8"

9"-11 7/8"

* Clamp Assembly complete with J-Hook Assembly. Setscrew included.
** Insert 1/4, 3/8 or 1/2 for the desired rod size.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

B751
B701J_
Clamp,Setscrew J-Hook,Clip
& J-Hook
& Square Nut

Position B

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-12

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 1 Steel -

Accessories

Covers
Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the
cables is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.
Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet
allow heat to escape.
B-Line recommends that covers on vertical cable tray
runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m)
above the floor to isolate both cables and
personnel. Flanged covers have a .30 in.
(7.6 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with Solid Non-Flanged
the cover and must be ordered separately.

Solid Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

Covers Part Numbering

Series 1 Steel

Prefix
Example: 80 1 P - 24 - 144

Cover Type

Detail

Material

Tray Width

Item Description

80 = Solid
81 = Ventilated

1 = Flanged
9 = Non-Flanged

P = Pre-Galvanized
G = HDGAF

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

For Straight Section Cover:
Pre-Galvanized Only:
144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)
120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)
Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF
72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)
60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)
For fitting covers: Insert suffix of fitting
to be covered. See example below.

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Example of Catalog Number for
Fitting Cover:

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Vertical Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 1 P - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*
Side Rail*
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Straight Section 60" or 72" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pcs.
Straight Section 120" or 144" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 pcs.
Horizontal/Vertical Bends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pcs.
Tees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 pcs.
Crosses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 pcs.

* Required for VO fittings only.

• Sold per piece
• For indoor service only

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover Clamp, only
one-half the number of clamps stated above is required.

Cover Joint Strip

Tray
Series
148
156
166
176

• Used to join covers
• Plastic
• (‡) Insert tray width
Cat. No.

Combination Hold Down & Cover
Clamp
• Sold per piece
• For indoor
service only

Tray
Series
148
156
166
176

Standard Cover Clamp

Catalog No.
Znplt/Pre-Galv.
HDGAF
9ZN-9243
9G-9243
9P-9043
9G-9043
9P-9053
9G-9053
9P-9063
9G-9063
Green = Fastest shipped items

99-9980-(‡)

Catalog No.
Znplt
HDGAF
9ZN-9019
9G-9019
9ZN-9014
9G-9014
9ZN-9015
9G-9015
9ZN-9016
9G-9016

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Raised Cover Clamp

• (‡) Insert
tray width

• For indoor
service only.
• Sold per piece
• For use with flanged
covers only.

Tray
Series
148
156
166
176

Catalog No.
Pre-Galv.
HDGAF
9P-(‡)-9040
9G-(‡)-9040
9P-(‡)-9044
9G-(‡)-9044
9P-(‡)-9054
9G-(‡)-9054
9P-(‡)-9064
9G-(‡)-9064

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-13

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray
Series

Catalog
No.

Series 1

9ZN-910†

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Specification

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by B-Line.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02

Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from
structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance
with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electro-galvanized
zinc per ASTM B633.

2.03

Hot dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural
quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge
and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized
after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dipped
galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88.

2.04

Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)
welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused
fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No portion of the
rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails.

2.05

Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated
bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To
provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular
holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.06

Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated
bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.07

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.08

Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [12 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] lengths.

2.09

Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.10

Splice plates shall be L-shaped with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed splice
connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.11

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per
NEMA VE 1 5.2. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.

3.02

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

Cable Tray Systems

LST-14

Series 1 Steel

2.01

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Fittings engineered
with 3" tangents for
splicing integrity.

Fittings Part Numbering
Series 1 Fittings

Prefix
Example: 1 4 P - 24 - 90 HB 24

Series
1

Height
4
5
6
7

=
=
=
=

148
156
166
176

Material
P = Pre-Galvanized
G = HDGAF

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Width

Angle

= 6" (152)
= 9" (228)
= 12" (305)
= 18" (457)
= 24" (609)
= 30" (762)
= 36" (914)

30
45
60
90

=
=
=
=

30°
45°
60°
90°

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Type

Radius

HB = Horizontal Bend
HT = Horizontal Tee
HX = Horizontal Cross
VI = Vertical Inside Bend
VO = Vertical Outside Bend
LR = Left Reducer
RR = Right Reducer
SR = Straight Reducer

12 = 12" (305)
24 = 24" (609)
36 = 36" (914)

For steel 4”, 5", 6", 7" vented or non-ventilated add 04 or SB as shown below.
Prefix

Prefix

15P04 - 24 - 90HB24

15PSB - 24 - 90HB24

Vented Bottom

Green = Fastest shipped items

Non-Ventilated

Black = Normal lead-time items

LST-15

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Horizontal Bends 90° 60° 45° 30° (HB)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Bottoms manufactured:
90˚ Horizontal Bend

60˚ Horizontal Bend
45˚ Horizontal Bend

90˚
HB

60˚
HB

C

C
C

C
R

R

in.

(mm)

12

609

(7

A

C

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

6

152 (Pre)-06-90HB12

18

450

18

450

18

450

9

228 (Pre)-09-90HB12

191/2

495

191/2

495

191/2

21

533

21

533

21

(mm)

24

609

C

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(Pre)-06-60HB12

171/2

445

101/8

257

1111/16

297

495

(Pre)-09-60HB12

1813/16

478

107/8

276

121/2

318

533

(Pre)-12-60HB12

201/16

510

115/8

295

133/8

340
384

18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB12

24

600

24

600

24

600

(Pre)-18-60HB12

2211/16

576

131/8

333

151/8

24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB12

27

686

27

686

27

686

(Pre)-24-60HB12

255/16

643

145/8

372

167/8

429

30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB12

30

750

30

750

30

750

(Pre)-30-60HB12

277/8

708

161/8

410

189/16

472

36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB12

33

838

33

838

33

838

(Pre)-36-60HB12

301/2

775

175/8

448

205/16

516
472

6

152 (Pre)-06-90HB24

30

750

30

750

30

750

(Pre)-06-60HB24

277/8

708

161/8

410

189/16

9

228 (Pre)-09-90HB24

311/2

800

311/2

800

311/2

800

(Pre)-09-60HB24

293/16

741

167/8

429

197/16

494

12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB24

33

838

33

838

33

838

(Pre)-12-60HB24

301/2

775

175/8

448

205/16

516

18 457 (Pre)-18-90HB24

36

914

36

914

36

914

(Pre)-18-60HB24

331/16

840

191/8

486

221/16

560
605

24 609 (Pre)-24-90HB24

39

991

39

991

39

991

(Pre)-24-60HB24

3511/16

907

205/8

524

2313/16

30 762 (Pre)-30-90HB24

42

1067

42

1067

42

1067

(Pre)-30-60HB24

381/4

972

221/8

562

251/2

648

36 914 (Pre)-36-90HB24

45

1143

45

1143

45

1143

(Pre)-36-60HB24

407/8

1038 235/8

600

271/4

692

30˚ Horizontal Bend

6

152 (Pre)-06-45HB12

153/4

400

61/2

165

93/16

233

(Pre)-06-30HB12

131/8

333

31/2

89

7

175

9

228 (Pre)-09-45HB12

1613/16

427

615/16

176

913/16

249

(Pre)-09-30HB12

137/8

352

311/16

94

77/16

189

177/8

454

73/8

187

107/16

265

(Pre)-12-30HB12

145/8

372

315/16

100

713/16

198

210

1111/16

297

(Pre)-18-30HB12

161/8

410

45/16

135

85/8

219

12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB12
305

A

60˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

45˚ Horizontal Bend

12

R

6)

3"

(76

18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB12

20

500

81/4

24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB12

221/16

560

91/8

232

1215/16 329

(Pre)-24-30HB12

175/8

448

411/16

119

97/16

240

30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB12

243/16

614

10

250

143/16

(Pre)-30-30HB12

191/8

486

51/8

130

101/4

260

36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB12

265/16

668

1015/16

278

157/16

392

(Pre)-36-30HB12

205/8

524

51/2

140

111/16

281

6

152 (Pre)-06-45HB24

243/16

614

10

250

143/16

360

(Pre)-06-30HB24

191/8

486

51/8

130

101/4

260

9

228 (Pre)-09-45HB24

251/4

641

101/2

267

1413/16 376

(Pre)-09-30HB24

197/8

505

55/16

135

105/8

270

12 305 (Pre)-12-45HB24

265/16

668

1015/16 278

157/16

(Pre)-12-30HB24

205/8

524

51/2

140

111/16

281

18 457 (Pre)-18-45HB24

287/16

722

1113/16

1611/16

424

(Pre)-18-30HB24

221/8

562

515/16

151

1113/16

300

24 609 (Pre)-24-45HB24

309/16

776

1211/16 322

1715/16 456

(Pre)-24-30HB24

235/8

600

65/16

160

125/8

321

30 762 (Pre)-30-45HB24

3211/16

830

139/16

345

191/8

486

(Pre)-30-30HB24

251/8

638

63/4

172

137/16

341

36 914 (Pre)-36-45HB24

3413/16

884

147/16

367

203/8

518

(Pre)-36-30HB24

265/8

676

71/8

181

141/4

362

300

360

392

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

LST-16

Series 1 Fittings

24

305

R
)

3"

90˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

12 305 (Pre)-12-90HB12

B

B

A

A

Tray
Width

30˚
HB

B

3" (76)

Bend
Radius
R

C

)

C

C

(76

B

45˚
HB

3"

C

30˚ Horizontal Bend

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing
04 = 4" Rung Spacing
SB = Flat sheet over 12”
Rung Spacing

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Horizontal Tee (HT)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

in.

12

305

609

Horizontal Tee
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HT12

18

457

in.

36

(mm)

914

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HT12

191/2

495

39

991

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HT12

21

533

42

1067

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HT12

24

610

48

1219

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HT12

27

686

54

1372

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HT12

30

762

60

1524

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HT12

33

838

66

1676

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HT24

30

762

60

1524

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HT24

311/2

800

63

1600

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HT24

33

838

66

1676

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HT24

36

914

72

1829

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HT24

39

991

78

1981

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HT24

42

1067

84

2134

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HT24

45

1143

90

2286

HT
B
W
A

R

(Prefix) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.

Horizontal Cross (HX)
3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

in.

12

(mm)

305

Tray
Width
in.

(mm)

6

152

609

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(Prefix)-06-HX12

18

457

36

914

495

39

991

533

42

1067

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX12

191/2

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX12

21

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX12

24

610

48

1219

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX12

27

686

54

1372

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX12

30

762

60

1524

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX12

33

838

66

1676

(Prefix)-06-HX24

30

762

60

1524

6

24

Horizontal Cross
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

152

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX24

311/2

800

63

1600

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX24

33

838

66

1676

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX24

36

914

72

1829

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX24

39

991

78

1981

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX24

42

1067

84

2134

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX24

45

1143

90

2286

HX

B

W
3" (76)

Bend
Radius
R

A
R

Series 1 Fittings

24

(mm)

Tray
Width

3" (76)

Bend
Radius
R

(Prefix) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

LST-17

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Reducers (LR, SR, RR)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.
Reducer Part Numbering
14P - 24 - RR 18
Width2
Fitting
Width1
Prefix

Straight Reducer

Left Reducer

LR

W2

W2

12

18

24

30

36

228
305

457

609

762

914

in.

Catalog No.

Straight Reducer

A

(mm)

in.

Catalog No.

Right Hand Reducer

A

(mm)

in.

Catalog No.

A

(mm)

in.

(mm)

248

6

152

(Prefix)-09-LR06

93/4

248

(Prefix)-09-SR06

87/8

225

(Prefix)-09-RR06

93/4

6

152

(Prefix)-12-LR06

111/2

292

(Prefix)-12-SR06

93/4

248

(Prefix)-12-RR06

111/2

292

9

228

(Prefix)-12-LR09

93/4

248

(Prefix)-12-SR09

87/8

225

(Prefix)-12-RR09

93/4

248
379

6

152

(Prefix)-18-LR06

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-18-SR06

111/2

292

(Prefix)-18-RR06

1415/16

9

228

(Prefix)-18-LR09

133/16

340

(Prefix)-18-SR09

105/8

270

(Prefix)-18-RR09

133/16

340

12

305

(Prefix)-18-LR12

111/2

292

(Prefix)-18-SR12

93/4

248

(Prefix)-18-RR12

111/2

292
467

6

152

(Prefix)-24-LR06

183/8

467

(Prefix)-24-SR06

133/16

340

(Prefix)-24-RR06

183/8

9

228

(Prefix)-24-LR09

1611/16

424

(Prefix)-24-SR09

123/8

314

(Prefix)-24-RR09

1611/16

424

12

305

(Prefix)-24-LR12

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-24-SR12

111/2

292

(Prefix)-24-RR12

1415/16

379

292

(Prefix)-24-SR18

93/4

248

(Prefix)-24-RR18

111/2

292

555

(Prefix)-30-SR06

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-30-RR06

217/8

555
511
462

18

457

(Prefix)-24-LR18

111/2

6

152

(Prefix)-30-LR06

217/8

9

228

(Prefix)-30-LR09

201/8

511

(Prefix)-30-SR09

141/16

358

(Prefix)-30-RR09

201/8

12

305

(Prefix)-30-LR12

183/8

462

(Prefix)-30-SR12

133/16

335

(Prefix)-30-RR12

183/8

18

459

(Prefix)-30-LR18

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-30-SR18

111/2

292

(Prefix)-30-RR18

1415/16

380

24

609

(Prefix)-30-LR24

111/2

292

(Prefix)-30-SR24

93/4

248

(Prefix)-30-RR24

111/2

292

6

152

(Prefix)-36-LR06

255/16

643

(Prefix)-36-SR06

1611/16

424

(Prefix)-36-RR06

255/16

643

9

228

(Prefix)-36-LR09

239/16

598

(Prefix)-36-SR09

1513/16

402

(Prefix)-36-RR09

239/16

598
555

12

305

(Prefix)-36-LR12

217/8

555

(Prefix)-36-SR12

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-36-RR12

217/8

18

457

(Prefix)-36-LR18

183/8

462

(Prefix)-36-SR18

133/16

335

(Prefix)-36-RR18

183/8

462

24

609

(Prefix)-36-LR24

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-36-SR24

111/2

292

(Prefix)-36-RR24

1415/16

380

30

762

(Prefix)-36-LR30

111/2

292

(Prefix)-36-SR30

93/4

248

(Prefix)-36-RR30

111/2

292

(Prefix) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

LST-18

Series 1 Fittings

9

(mm)

W1

W1

Left Hand Reducer

W2

W1

RR

W2

A

W1

in.

SR

A

A

Tray Width

Right Reducer

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 90° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

90°
VI

R
3" (76)

B

90˚
VO

C
3" (76)

A

C

C

R

C

B

A

90° Vertical Inside

90° Vertical Outside

VO Dimensions
All Series 1
Bend
Radius R

A

B

C

Series 1 Fittings

90° Vertical Bend

12"
(305)

15"
(381)

15"
(381)

15"
(381)

24"
(609)

27"
(686)

27"
(686)

27"
(686)

90° Vertical Inside Bend
Bend
Radius
R
in.

12

24

Width
Catalog No.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

305

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-90(*)12
(Pre)-09-90(*)12
(Pre)-12-90(*)12
(Pre)-18-90(*)12
(Pre)-24-90(*)12
(Pre)-30-90(*)12
(Pre)-36-90(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-90(*)24
(Pre)-09-90(*)24
(Pre)-12-90(*)24
(Pre)-18-90(*)24
(Pre)-24-90(*)24
(Pre)-30-90(*)24
(Pre)-36-90(*)24

609

VI Dimensions
Series 15 Steel
Series 16 Steel

Series 14 Steel
A

B

18 7/16" 18 7/16"
(468)

(468)

30 7/16" 30 7/16"
(773)

(773)

Series 17 Steel

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

18 7/16"

19 3/16"

19 3/16"

19 3/16"

20 3/16"

20 3/16"

20 3/16"

21 3/16"

21 3/16"

21 3/16"

(468)

(487)

(487)

(487)

(513)

(513)

(513)

(538)

(538)

(538)

30 7/16"

31 3/16"

31 3/16"

31 3/16"

32 3/16"

32 3/16"

32 3/16"

33 3/16"

33 3/16"

33 3/16"

(773)

(792)

(792)

(792)

(817)

(817)

(817)

(843)

(843)

(843)

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.
(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

LST-19

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 60° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

60˚
VI

B

60˚
VO

C
C

R

3" (76)

3" (76)

A

R

C

B

C
A

60° Vertical Inside

60° Vertical Outside

VO Dimensions
All Series 1
Bend
Radius R

A

B

C

60° Vertical Bend

147/8"
(378)

85/8"
(219)

915/16"
(252)

24"
(609)

255/16"
(643)

145/8"
(371)

167/8"
(428)

60° Vertical Inside Bend
Bend
Radius
R
in.

12

24

Tray
Width

Catalog
No.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

305

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-60(*)12
(Pre)-09-60(*)12
(Pre)-12-60(*)12
(Pre)-18-60(*)12
(Pre)-24-60(*)12
(Pre)-30-60(*)12
(Pre)-36-60(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-60(*)24
(Pre)-09-60(*)24
(Pre)-12-60(*)24
(Pre)-18-60(*)24
(Pre)-24-60(*)24
(Pre)-30-60(*)24
(Pre)-36-60(*)24

609

VI Dimensions
Series 15 Steel
Series 16 Steel

Series 14 Steel
A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

18 1/16"

10 7/16"

12"

18 1/2"

10 11/16"

12 3/8"

19 3/8"

11 3/16"

(459)

(265)

(305)

(470)

(271)

(314)

(492)

19 1/4"
(489)

28 7/16"
(722)

16 7/16" 18 15/16" 28 15/16" 16 11/16"
(417)

(481)

(735)

(424)

A

B

C

12 15/16"

20 1/4"

11 11/16"

13 1/2"

(284)

(328)

(514)

(297)

(343)

29 3/4"

17 3/16"

19 7/8"

30 5/8"

17 11/16"

20 7/16"

(755)

(436)

(505)

(778)

(449)

(519)

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.
(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

LST-20

Series 17 Steel
C

Series 1 Fittings

12"
(305)

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 45° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

45˚
VO

C
C

R

B

B

R

C

3" (76)

3" (76)

45°
VI

C
A

45° Vertical Inside

A

45° Vertical Outside

VO Dimensions
All Series 1
Bend
Radius R

A

B

C

Series 1 Fittings

45° Vertical Bend

12"
(305)

135/8"
(346)

55/8"
(143)

8"
(203)

24"
(609)

221/16"
(560)

91/8"
(232)

1215/16"
(328)

45° Vertical Inside Bend
Bend
Radius
R
in.

12

24

Tray
Width

Catalog
No.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

305

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-45(*)12
(Pre)-09-45(*)12
(Pre)-12-45(*)12
(Pre)-18-45(*)12
(Pre)-24-45(*)12
(Pre)-30-45(*)12
(Pre)-36-45(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-45(*)24
(Pre)-09-45(*)24
(Pre)-12-45(*)24
(Pre)-18-45(*)24
(Pre)-24-45(*)24
(Pre)-30-45(*)24
(Pre)-36-45(*)24

609

VI Dimensions
Series 15 Steel
Series 16 Steel

Series 14 Steel

Series 17 Steel

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

16 3/16"

6 11/16"

9 1/2"

16 9/16"

6 7/8"

9 11/16"

17 1/4"

7 3/16"

10 1/8"

18"

7 7/16"

10 9/16"

(411)

(170)

(241)

(420)

(174)

(246

(438)

(182)

(257

(457)

(189)

(268)

10 3/8" 11 14/16"

25 3/4"

10 11/16"

15 1/16"

26 1/2"

11"

15 1/2"

(263)

(654)

(271)

(382

(673)

(279)

(394)

24 11/16" 10 3/16"
(627)

(259)

14 7/16" 25 1/16"
(367)

(662)

(373)

B

C

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.
(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

LST-21

Cable Tray Systems

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 30° (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

30˚
VI

30˚
VO

C

C

3" (76)

R
R
C
C

30° Vertical Inside

A

30° Vertical Outside

3" (76)

B

B

A

VO Dimensions
All Series 1
Bend
Radius R

A

B

C

30° Vertical Bend

115/8"
(295)

31/8"
(79)

63/16"
(157)

24"
(609)

175/8"
(448)

411/16"
(119)

97/16"
(240)

30° Vertical Inside Bend
Bend
Radius
R
in.

12

24

Tray
Width

Catalog
No.

(mm)

n.

(mm)

305

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-30(*)12
(Pre)-09-30(*)12
(Pre)-12-30(*)12
(Pre)-18-30(*)12
(Pre)-24-30(*)12
(Pre)-30-30(*)12
(Pre)-36-30(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Pre)-06-30(*)24
(Pre)-09-30(*)24
(Pre)-12-30(*)24
(Pre)-18-30(*)24
(Pre)-24-30(*)24
(Pre)-30-30(*)24
(Pre)-36-30(*)24

609

VI Dimensions
Series 15 Steel
Series 16 Steel

Series 14 Steel
A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

A

B

C

13 7/16"

3 5/8"

7 3/16"

13 11/16"

3 11/16"

7 5/16"

14 3/16"

3 13/16"

7 5/8"

14 11/16"

3 15/16"

7 7/8"

(341)

(92)

(182)

(347)

(93)

(186.2)

(360)

(97)

(193)

(373)

(100)

(200)

19 7/16"

5 3/16"

10 7/16"

19 11/16"

5 5/16"

10 9/16"

20 3/16"

5 7/16"

10 13/16"

20 11/16"

5 9/16"

11 1/16"

(494)

(132)

(265)

(500)

(135)

(268)

(513)

(138)

(274)

(525)

(141)

(281)

(Pre) See page LST-15 for catalog number prefix.
(*) = Insert VI for Vertical Inside Bend. Insert VO for Vertical Outside Bend.
All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

Series 17 Steel

LST-22

Series 1 Fittings

12"
(305)

Series 1 Steel -

Fittings

Vertical Bend Segments (VBS)
Adjustable Vertical Bends are made up of one or
more vertical bend segments and can be used as a
vertical inside (VI) or vertical outside (VO) bend. This
design provides for vertical changes in direction with angles
of 45˚, 60˚ and 90˚ for 12" (305 mm) or 24" (609 mm) radius.
The chart below shows the number of segments required for
the various combinations of angles and radii. The VBS-1, VBS-2
and VBS-3 include one, two or three segments respectively with
splice plates and hardware. Holes for setting standard angles
are pre-punched in each segment. Other angles can be set by
field drilling another hole for the locking bolt.

Available for 148P and 148G only.

Nominal
Bend
Radius
in.

Catalog
No.

(mm)

Dimensions
VO
B

A
in.

(mm)

R

VI
B

A

R

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

90˚ Vertical Inside or Outside
12

305

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1

81/4

210

81/4

210

61/2

165

121/8

303

121/8

303

101/2

267

24

609

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-3

24

610

24

610

221/4

565

277/8

708

277/8

708

261/4

667

12

305

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1

113/4

298

61/2

165

12

305

143/4

375

81/2

216

16

406

24

609

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-2

113/4

298

61/2

165

12

305

143/4

375

81/2

216

16

406

324

51/4

133

171/8

435

151/2

394

67/8

175

21

540

324

51/4

133

171/8

435

151/2

394

67/8

175

21

540

45˚ Vertical Inside or Outside
12

305

24

609

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1

123/4

14(*)†-(‡)-VBS-1

123/4

Notes:
1. (*) Insert material type: P=Pre Galvanized, G=HDGAF
2. (†) Contact home office for information on
Ventilated Trough and Solid Trough availability
3. (‡) Insert width 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36

Fitting Hole Pattern
Angle Settings

45

Pivot Bolt

45

30

30
22 1/2

1 /2

22

0

221/2
30

0
1
22 /2
30

45

221/2

45

Series 1 Fittings

60˚ Vertical Inside or Outside

Locking Bolt

Center Mark

VBS-1 (1 Segment)
VO

Setting the Angle
To find correct angle setting, divide angle of offset
by the number of segments plus one. The result is
equal to the angle setting stamped on the vertical
bend segment and the splice plate. After inserting
center pivot bolt, align the mark at the end of the
segment or splice plate with the angle and insert
locking bolt in the pre-punched hole.
Example: 90˚ bend, 24" radius requires 3 segments
3 segments + 1 = 4
90˚ divided by 4 = 221/2˚
Set all vertical segments at 221/2˚

A
R

B

R

B

VI

A

VBS-2 (2 Segments)
A

VO

R

R

B

B

VI
A

VBS-3 (3 Segments)
A

Offset Dimensions
One vertical bend segment
can be used to complete a
vertical offset. Offset
dimensions are shown.

Angle ø

A
in.

45˚
30˚
221/2˚

12
14
141/4

B

A

(mm)

in.

(mm)

305
355
362

81/2

216
146
127

Green = Fastest shipped items

53/4
5

VO
R
R

B

B

B

ø

VI

A

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.

LST-23

Cable Tray Systems

Notes

Series 1 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

LST-24

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

HAT-1

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum
For Aluminum Fittings
see fittings section pages
FTS-1 thru FTS-17

B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select
products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items
Black = Normal lead-time items
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example:

34A

VT -

24

-

144

Part will have a normal
lead time because of the
VT bottom type.

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

HAT-2

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

How The Service Advisor Works

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 24 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

A = Aluminum

24

*Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

34

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

Overall Width
(Width + 11/2")

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

¨
¡

Length
144
120
240
144

=
=
=
=

¨Primary

12
10
20
12

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

24
34

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-3

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

B-Line
Series

24

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

1.75

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: D1-3m

6
8
10
12
14
16

487*
284
181
126
93
71

3.05

4.12

UL Cross-Sectional
Area:1.00 in2

Deflection
Multiplier
0.001
0.003
0.008
0.016
0.030
0.052

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.05 in2
Sx=1.34 in3
Ix=2.85 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

725*
422
270
187
138
105

0.017
0.055
0.135
0.279
0.518
0.883

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=6.77 cm2
Sx=21.96 cm3
Ix=118.63 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.
* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.27 kg/m) for 30" tray width and 325 lbs/ft (483.6 kg/m)
for 36" tray width.

B-Line
Series

34

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

1.75

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-6m

10
12
14
16
18
20

320
222
163
125
99
80

4.20

3.08

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Deflection
Multiplier
0.005
0.009
0.017
0.030
0.047
0.072

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.82 in2
Sx=2.10 in3
Ix=4.98 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

476
331
243
186
147
119

0.077
0.160
0.296
0.505
0.810
1.234

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=11.74 cm2
Sx=34.41 cm3
Ix=207.28 cm4

Cable Tray Systems

HAT-4

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 25 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

A = Aluminum

25

*Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

35

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

¨
¡

Length
144
240
240
144

=
=
=
=

¨Primary

12
20
20
12

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

25
35

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 11/2")

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-5

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.75

25

3.93

5.00

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20A, 12C
CSA: D1-6m

10
12
14
16
18
20

200
139
102
78
62
50

0.0049
0.010
0.019
0.032
0.051
0.078

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.24 in2
Sx=1.80 in3
Ix=4.62 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

298
207
152
116
92
74

0.083
0.172
0.319
0.545
0.873
1.330

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=8.00 cm2
Sx=29.50 cm3
Ix=192.30 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

1.75

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-3m

10
12

310
215

0.0035
0.0073

35
5.06

3.96

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

14
16
18
20

158
121
96
77

0.014
0.023
0.037
0.057

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.67 in2
in3

Sx=2.35
Ix=6.37 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

461
320
235
180
142
115

0.060
0.125
0.232
0.395
0.633
0.965

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=10.77 cm2
Sx=38.51 cm3
Ix=265.14 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cable Tray Systems

HAT-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 26 A 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

A = Aluminum

26

*Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

36
46

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

H46†

Overall Width
(Width + 11/2")

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

¨
¡

¨
¡

¨
¡

Length
144
240
240
144
240
288
240
300

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¨Primary

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

† H46A only available in ladder
type 9” and 12” rung spacing

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

See page APP-2.

12
20
20
12
20
24
20
25

ft.
26
ft.
ft.
36
ft.
ft.
46
ft.
ft.
H46
ft.

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-7

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support, without collapse, a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

B-Line
Series

26

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

2.00

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: D1-6m

10
12
14
16
18
20

204
142
104
80
63
51

0.0028
0.006
0.011
0.019
0.030
0.045

5.04

6.12

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.41 in2
Sx=2.53 in3
Ix=7.915 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

304
211
155
119
94
76

0.049
0.101
0.186
0.318
0.509
0.776

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=9.10 cm2
Sx=41.46 cm3
Ix=329.45 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

36

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

2.00

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-6m

12
14
16
18
20
22

233
171
131
104
84
69

0.0043
0.008
0.014
0.022
0.033
0.049

5.06

6.17

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.81 in2
Sx=3.36 in3
Ix=10.85 in4

3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

347
255
195
154
125
103

0.073
0.136
0.232
0.372
0.566
0.829

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=11.68 cm2
Sx=55.06 cm3
Ix=451.61 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

2.00

NEMA: 20C
CSA: E-6m

14
16
18
20
22
24

210
161
127
103
85
72

0.0071
0.012
0.019
0.030
0.043
0.061

46

5.08

6.19

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=2.06 in2
Sx=3.59 in3
Ix=12.18 in4

4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

313
239
189
153
127
106

0.121
0.207
0.331
0.505
0.739
1.046

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=13.29 cm2
Sx=58.83 cm3
Ix=506.97 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

2.00

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: 131 kg/m 7.6m

16
18
20
22
24
25

261
206
167
138
116
88

0.0085
0.014
0.021
0.030
0.043
0.051

H46
6.24

5.09

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=2.95 in2
Sx=5.33 in3
Ix=17.30 in4

4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3
7.6

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

388
307
248
205
173
131

0.145
0.233
0.355
0.520
0.737
0.867

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=19.03 cm2
Sx=87.34 cm3
Ix=720.08 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Cable Tray Systems

HAT-8

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

B-Line
Series

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
7" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 37 A 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material

*Type

A = Aluminum

37

*Width

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

47
H47†
57†

Overall Width
(Width + 11/2")

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

¡

¨
¡

¨
¡

¨
¡

Length
240
144
240
288
240
300
360
300

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¨Primary

20
12
20
24
20
25
30
25

ft.
37
ft.
ft.
47
ft.
ft.
H47
ft.
ft.
57
ft.

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

† H47A & 57A only available in ladder
type 9” and 12” rung spacing.
See page APP-2.

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

¨

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

(Specify Rung Spacing)

57A available in
(9” & 12” rung spacing in
12” to 36” widths)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-9

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
7" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

2.00

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: 106 kg/m 6.1m

12
14
16
18
20
22

222
163
125
99
80
66

0.0035
0.0064
0.011
0.017
0.027
0.039

37

6.05

7.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.81 in2
Sx=3.77 in3
Ix=13.50 in4

3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

331
243
186
147
119
98

0.059
0.109
0.186
0.299
0.455
0.666

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=11.68 cm2
Sx=61.78 cm3
Ix=561.91 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

47

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

2.00

NEMA: 20C
CSA: 142 kg/m 6.1m

14
16
18
20
22
24

204
156
123
100
83
69

0.0048
0.0082
0.0132
0.0201
0.0295
0.0418

6.13

7.24

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in^2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=2.38 in2
Sx=4.94 in3
Ix=17.88 in4

4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

304
233
184
149
123
103

0.083
0.141
0.225
0.344
0.503
0.713

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=15.35 cm2
Sx=80.95 cm3
Ix=744.22 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

H47

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

2.00

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: 241 kg/m 6.1m

16
18
20
22
24
25

233
184
149
123
103
95

0.0064
0.010
0.016
0.023
0.033
0.038

6.09

7.24

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=3.04 in2
Sx=6.10 in3
Ix=22.91 in4

4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3
7.6

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

346
274
222
183
154
142

0.110
0.176
0.268
0.393
0.556
0.655

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=19.61 cm2
Sx=99.96 cm3
Ix=953.59 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
2.00

57

7.40

6.23

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: 152 kg/m 9.1m

20
22
24
26
28
30

232
192
161
136
117
102

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in2

Deflection
Multiplier
0.011
0.016
0.023
0.031
0.042
0.055

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=4.22 in2
Sx=7.73 in3
Ix=32.86 in4

6.1
6.7
7.3
7.9
8.5
9.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

345
285
240
202
174
152

0.187
0.274
0.388
0.534
0.718
0.947

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=27.23 cm2
Sx=126.67 cm3
Ix=1367.74 cm4

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment
of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Cable Tray Systems

HAT-10

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

B-Line
Series

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
8" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: S8 A 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material

*Type

A = Aluminum

S8

*Width

Ladder09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=

12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Length
¨
¡

480 = 40 ft.
360 = 30 ft.
300 = 25 ft.

¨Primary

S8

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.
See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Overall Width
(Width + 1.80")

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

* Alternated rung
unless indicated.

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply the published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads. See table on page 385 for rung
capacities.
B-Line
Series

S8A

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

3.00

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: 240 kg/m 9.1m

20
22
24
26
28
30
40

363
300
252
215
185
161
101

8.00

6.175

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 2.00 in2

Green = Fastest shipped items

Deflection
Multiplier
0.007
0.010
0.013
0.019
0.025
0.033
0.146

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters

Area=5.50 in2
Sx=15.39 in3
Ix=55.35 in4

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-11

6.1
6.7
7.3
7.9
8.5
9.1
12.2

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

540
446
375
320
276
240
151

0.111
0.163
0.230
0.317
0.427
0.562
2.488

Area=35.48 cm2
Sx=252.20 cm3
Ix=2303.84 cm4

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Straight Sections

The following is a list of accessories and fittings
that can be provided with S8A tray.
For more information on these items, contact
Engineering Department.

Fittings
Horizontal Bends
30° Bends with
45° Bends with
60° Bends with
90° Bends with

24”,
24”,
24”,
24”,

36”,
36”,
36”,
36”,

or
or
or
or

48”
48”
48”
48”

radius
radius
radius
radius

Horizontal Tees
With 24”, 36”, or 48” radius
Vertical Outside Bends
30° Bends with 24”,
45° Bends with 24”,
60° Bends with 24”,
90° Bends with 24”,

36”,
36”,
36”,
36”,

or
or
or
or

48”
48”
48”
48”

radius
radius
radius
radius

Vertical Inside Bends
30° Bends with 24”,
45° Bends with 24”,
60° Bends with 24”,
90° Bends with 24”,

36”,
36”,
36”,
36”,

or
or
or
or

48”
48”
48”
48”

radius
radius
radius
radius

Reducing Fittings

Splice Plate - 9A-1008
Expansion Splice Plate - 9A-1018
Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1038
Vertical Adjustable Splice Plate - 9A-1028
Hold Down Clamps - 9ZN-1281, 9G-1281, 9A-1281
Guides - S9ZN-1202, S9G-1202
Step Down Splice Plate - 9A-1050, 9A-1078, 9A-1048
Other Accessories Include:
Offset Splice Plates
Blind Ends
Covers - Standard aluminum cover number with S in front (Example: S807A40)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-12

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Accessories

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Wedge Lock Splice Plates

9A-1004
9A-1005
9A-1006
9A-1007

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

For heavy duty
expansion splice plates
see page APP-3.

Catalog No.

Tray
Series

9A-1014
9A-1015
9A-1016
9A-1017

Catalog No.

H46A

9A-6006

H47A, 57A

9A-6007

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Universal Splice Plates

Step Down Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray
systems.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

• These splice plates are
offered for connecting cable
tray sections having side rails
of different heights.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.

• These plates provide for changes in
elevation that do not conform to standard
vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumper not required.

Catalog No.
Catalog No.
9A-1004-1/2
9A-1005-1/2
9A-1006-1/2
9A-1007-1/2

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Horizontal Adjustable
Splice Plates
• Offered to adjust a cable tray
run for changes in direction
in a horizontal plane that do
not conform to standard
horizontal fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• New design bonding jumpers
not required.
• (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for
side rail height.

Catalog
No.
9A-103(X)
9A-103(X)-12
9A-103(X)-36

9A-1045
9A-1046
9A-1060
9A-1047
9A-1061
9A-1062

Height

9A-103(X)-12 or 9A-103(X)-36
One pair splice plates with extensions.

L
L

Requires
supports within
24” on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Height
in.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

• Expansion plates allow for one inch expansion
or contraction of the cable tray, or where
expansion joints occur in the supporting structure.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumpers are required
on each siderail.
Order Separately.

• Standard for H46A, H47A and 57A
straight sections.
• Six bolt design 1/2" Stainless Steel
Type 316 hardware standard.
• Available on ladder bottoms
only. 09 and 12" rung
spacing.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.

Height
in.

Expansion Splice Plates

H46A, H47A and 57A Mid-Span
Splice

• Standard 4-hole pattern.
• Furnished in pairs, with hardware.
• One pair including hardware
provided with each section.
• Boxed in pairs
with hardware.
• For field installation
drill 13/32" hole.

Catalog No.

Accessories

5 to 4
6 to 4
6 to 5
7 to 4
7 to 5
7 to 6

mm

127
152
152
178
178
178

to
to
to
to
to
to

101
101
127
101
127
152

Catalog No.
9A-1024
9A-1025
9A-1026
9A-1027

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Branch Pivot Connectors
• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.
• Pivot to any required angle.
• UL Classified for grounding
(bonding jumper not required).
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

9A-103(X)
Splice only

Cable Tray
End Cut

Tray
Width

'L'

Mitered
Not mitered
Not mitered

Thru 36"
Thru 12"
Thru 36"

N/A
16"
41"

Green = Fastest shipped items

Requires
supports
within 24”
on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Catalog No.
9A-2044
9A-2045
9A-2046
9A-2047

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-13

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cross Connector Bracket

Tray Hardware

• For field connecting crossing section.
• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"
hardware.

For field installation drill 13/32" hole.

Accessories

Standard Tray Hardware
Catalog No.
SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" Znplt Square
Neck Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A

Catalog No.

Catalog No.
SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt
Serrated Flange Hex Nut ASTM A563
Grade A

9A-1240

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

Optional Tray Hardware

• This plate is used for joining cable trays having
different widths. When used in pairs they form
a straight reduction; when
Catalog No.
used singly with a standard
splice plate, they form an
9A-1064-(‡)
offset reduction.
• Furnished as one plate
9A-1065-(‡)
with hardware.
9A-1066-(‡)
• (‡) Insert reduction
9A-1067-(‡)

Catalog No.
SNCB 3/8" x 3/4" SS6 Square
Neck Carriage Bolt AISI 316 Stainless Steel

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Catalog No.
SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 Serrated
Flange Hex Nut AISI 316 Stainless Steel
To order optional 316 Stainless Steel
hardware add SS6 suffix to part number
Example: 9A-1004SS6

Tray to Box Splice Plates

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

• Used to attach the
end of a cable tray
run to a distribution
box or control
panel.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.

• Designed to attach the end of a cable
tray run to a distribution cabinet or
control center to help reinforce the box
at the point of entry.
• Furnished with tray
connection hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width

• This plate forms a
closure for a dead
end cable tray.
• Furnished as one
plate with hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

9A-1074-(‡)
9A-1075-(‡)
9A-1076-(‡)
9A-1077-(‡)

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptors

Catalog No.

9ZN-1150-(‡)

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Conduit to Cable Tray Adaptor
• Assembly required.
• Conduit clamp included.
• (‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

• Assembly required.
• Mounting hardware
included.
• Conduit clamps
provided.
• (‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

9A-1084-(‡)
9A-1085-(‡)
9A-1086-(‡)
9A-1087-(‡)

Height
in.

Catalog No.

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.
• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

9ZN-1155-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)
Nylon ties provide easy attachment of
cable to ladder rungs; maximum cable
O.D. is 3" (76mm).

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4
9G-1158-1, 11/4
9G-1158-11/2, 2
9G-1158-21/2, 3
9G-1158-31/2, 4

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No.

99-2125-15

Green = Fastest shipped items

Catalog No.

Black = Normal lead-time items

Conduit Size
in.

mm

1/2, 3/4

15, 20
25, 32
40, 50
65, 80
90, 100

1, 11/4
11/2, 2
21/2, 3
31/2, 4

Red = Normally long lead-time items

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

HAT-14

Aluminum I-Beam

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

9A-1054
9A-1055
9A-1056
9A-1057

Height
in.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Accessories

Ladder Drop-Out

Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with
4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,
preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any
desired rung.
• (‡) Insert tray width

• These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it exits
from the trough-type cable tray.
• Hardware is included for attachment of the trough bottom drop-out.
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9A-1104T-(‡)

Catalog No.

9A-1104-(‡)

Trough-Type Drop-Out

99-1124
Snap-In Plastic Bushing

Barriers
Horizontal Bend

Straight Section

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order
to conform to any horizontal fitting radius.
Cut to length.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated
self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier
Strip Splice.
• Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually.

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).
• Order catalog number based on loading
depth.
• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.

H

Catalog
No.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

73A-Length
74A-Length
75A-Length
76A-Length

Side Rail
Height

H

Loading
Depth 'H'

in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

3
4
5
6

76
101
127
152

Catalog
No.

Length =
144 for 12'
or
120 for 10'

Side Rail
Height

73A-90HBFL
74A-90HBFL
75A-90HBFL
76A-90HBFL

Vertical Bend Barriers

Barrier Strip Clip

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a
specific vertical fitting.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling
screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• (*) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees
• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

•
•
•
•

Loading
Depth 'H'

in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

3
4
5
6

76
101
127
152

Provides attachment to rung.
Allows for installed barrier adjustment.
Asymmetrical clip provides a wide range for screw location.
Barriers strip clips not included with barriers.
(Must be ordered separately)

H

H

Inside Bend
(VI)

Outside Bend
(VO)

Inside Bend
Catalog No.
73A-(*)VI(†)
74A-(*)VI(†)
75A-(*)VI(†)
76A-(*)VI(†)

Screw slot for
sheet metal screw

Outside Bend Side Rail
Catalog No.
Height
73A-(*)VO(†)
74A-(*)VO(†)
75A-(*)VO(†)
76A-(*)VO(†)

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Green = Fastest shipped items

Barrier
Flange

Loading
Depth 'H'
in.

3
4
5
6

mm

76
101
127
152

Rung

Catalog No.

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-15

9A-RBC

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Accessories

Barrier Strip Splice

Bonding Jumper

• Plastic splice holds adjoining barrier strips in straight alignment.
• 5” (127mm) long.

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not
mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.
Sold individually.
• Hardware included.
• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page CTS-9 for
amperage ratings required to match
the UL cross-sectional area of the tray.
• See tray loading chart for UL
cross-sectional area.
• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No.

99-9982

Stainless Steel Cable Clamp "P"
• Fits with series 2, 3, & 4 rungs.
• Attaches to rung at any point.
• 14 gauge Type 316 stainless steel
material to minimize corrosion and
induction heating.
• Plated steel and aluminum
also available.

#1

600

99-40

4/0

1600

99-1620

250 MCM

2000

mm

BP081SS

.250 - .840

6.4 - 21.3

BP110SS

.810 - 1.100

20.6 - 28.0

BP135SS

.850 - 1.350

21.6 - 34.8

BP175SS

1.250 - 1.750

31.8 - 44.5

BP205SS

1.550 - 2.050

39.4 - 52.1

Catalog No.

Material

9A-2130

Tin Plated Aluminum

2.000 - 2.500

50.8 - 63.5

BP300SS

2.500 - 3.000

63.5 - 76.2

BP325SS

2.750 - 3.250

69.9 - 82.6

Hanger Rod Clamp

BP375SS

3.250 - 3.750

82.6 - 95.3

BP425SS

3.750 - 4.250

95.3 - 108.0

BP475SS

4.250 - 4.750 108.0 - 120.7

Ground Clamp

•
•
•
•
•
•

• Mechanically attaches grounding
cables to cable tray.
• Hardware included.
• (*) Insert ZN or SS4

Catalog No. Rail Height
9(*)-5324
9(*)-5325
9(*)-5326
9(*)-5327

Cable Size

9(*)-2351

#1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352

3/0 thru 250 MCM

For 1/2" ATR.
Furnished in pairs.
Order ATR and hex nuts separately.
Two-piece "J"-hanger design.
1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3.
(*) Insert ZN or G

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling
Size

Loading
lbs

Catalog
No.

Available
Lengths

Coupling
Cat. No.

3/8"-16

730

ATR 3/8" x Length

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-3/8

1/2"-13

1350

ATR 1/2" x Length

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-1/2

All dimensions in shaded areas are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Loading based on safety factor 5.
Standard Finish: Zinc plated
See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

HAT-16

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

BP250SS

Catalog No.

Ampacity

B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an
equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for
additional grounding capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp
for bolting the conductor at least once to each cable tray section.
• Accepts #6 AWG to
250 MCM.

Cable Size
in.

Copper Wire Size

99-N1

Grounding Clamp

Refer to Section CF
Cable Fixing

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

Isolator Pad

• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength
of the traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to
ensure proper installation.
• Furnished in pairs, with or
without hardware.
• Not recommended
for vertical support.

• Use as a friction reducer and/or as
a dissimilar metal isolator barrier.
• UV resistant HDPE.
• Temperature range: -100 to 160° F.
• Designed to use with
9(*)-1205 or 9(*)-1208 clamp/guide.
• Color - White.

21/4"
(57mm)

9ZN-1208 shown.
Installed as a clamp.
11/2"
(39mm)

Patent # RE35479

Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications
see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page HAT-20

Catalog No.
Without
With
Hardware
Hardware
9ZN-1204
9ZN-1208
9A-1205
9G-1205
9SS6-1205
9ZN-1205

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Accessories

9ZN-1204NB
9ZN-1208NB
-----

Overall
Length
in.

mm

11/2
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

38
57
57
57
57
57

9ZN-1204 shown.
Installed as a guide.

Hardware
Size
Finish
1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"

G90
G90
Alum.
HDGAF
316SS
G90

Isolation pad shown as
when used with a guide.

Catalog No.

Cable Tray Clamp

Cable Tray Guide

• Hold-down clamps for single or double cable tray runs.
• No drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.
• Sold in pieces
- two clamps are required per tray.
• Maximum beam flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

•
•
•
•

Catalog No.
9ZN-1249HD
9G-1249HD

Isolation pad shown with top
flange doubled under for
clamp application.
99-PE34

Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.
Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the cable tray.
No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.
Guides are required on both sides of cable
tray to prevent lateral movement - can be
placed on either the inside or outside
flange of cable tray.
• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are
required per tray.
• Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

Finish

Catalog No.

Finish

Znplt
HDGAF

9ZN-1249

Znplt

9G-1249

HDGAF

Nylon Pad

Neoprene Roll

• Use for friction reduction.
• Hardness: Shore D80.
• Low friction coefficient.
• UV resistant.
1/8"
• Excellent weatherability.
(3mm)
• UL - 94HB.

•
•
•
•

Use for material isolation.
x 2" x 25' roll.
Hardness: Shore A60.
Good weatherability.

1/8"

6"
(152mm)
3"
(76mm)

Catalog No.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Catalog No.

99-PE36
Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-17

99-NP300

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Accessories

Trapeze Support Kit
B-Line trapeze kits provide the components
required for a single trapeze support in one
package. These kits are available in pregalvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware (2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
Head Cap Screw
or hot dip galvanized steel with 316
(2) 9ZN-1205
stainless steel hardware.
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the
need for field drilling.

Catalog
No.

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a
plastic bag and boxed with the channel,
which is pre-cut to the appropriate length
as shown in the chart.

Channel
Length

in. mm

Hold-Down
Guide Clamp

(2) N525WO
Channel Nut

Tray
Width

(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) B22 Channel
cut to the
required length

Uniform
Load

in. mm

lbs

kN

9P-5506-22SH(†)

6

152

16

406 1600 7.11

9P-5509-22SH(†)

9

229

18

457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†)

12

305

22

559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†)

18

457

28

711

865

3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†)

24

610

34

864

700

3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†)

30

762

40 1016 590

2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†)

36

914

46 1168 510

2.27

9P-5542-22SH(†)

42 1067 52 1321 450

2.00

• (†) Insert / for / " threaded rod hardware.
3 8

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

3 8

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit
B-Line trapeze kits provide the
components required for a single trapeze
support in one package. These kits are
available in Dura-Green™ epoxy coated steel
with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip
galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel
hardware.
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the
need for field drilling.

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
Head Cap Screw

Catalog
No.

(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold-Down
Guide Clamp
(4) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) N525WO
Channel Nut
(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) Channel
cut to the
required
length

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a
plastic bag and boxed with the channel,
which is pre-cut to the appropriate length
as shown in the chart.

Channel
Length

Uniform
Load

in.

mm

in.

mm

lbs

9(*)-5506-22SHA

6

152

16

406

1350 6.01

9(*)-5509-22SHA

9

229

18

457

1350 6.01

9(*)-5512-22SHA

12

305

22

559

1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA

18

457

28

711

1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA

24

610

34

864

1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA

30

762

40

1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA

36

914

46

1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA

42

1067

52

1321 1350 6.01

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

In plastic bag

9ZN-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Rooftop Support Bases
with B22 Channel

Catalog No.
DB10-28
DB10-36
DB10-42
DB10-50
DB10-60

Designed as a superior rooftop support
for cable tray,
UV resistant and approved for most
roofing material or other flat surfaces.
Can be used with any of B-Line cable
tray clamps and guides.
Ultimate Load Capacity:
1,000 lbs. (uniform load)

9G-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9G-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 SS6
N525 WO SS6
B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 SS6

Height x Width x Length
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”

x
x
x
x
x

6”
6”
6”
6”
6”

x
x
x
x
x

28.0”
36.0”
42.0”
50.0”
60.0”

LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.
General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load
capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath
the rubber membrane.

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

HAT-18

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Catalog No.

Green = Fastest shipped items

kN

• (*) Insert GRN or G

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

Trapeze
Hardware
Kit

Tray
Width

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Accessories

Center Hung Tray Support
• Center Hung Cable Tray Support allows
cable to be laid-in from both sides.
• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field
cutting of cable tray supports. Labor
costs are dramatically reduced.
• Required hardware and threaded rod
material for trapeze assemblies are
reduced by 50%.
• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded
rod. (Order rod separately)
• Use with all aluminum and steel
cable trays through 24" width.
• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.
Safety factor of 3.0.
Eccentric loading is not to exceed a
60% vs. 40% load differential.
• The maximum recommended unsupported
span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).
• Hardware shown is furnished.

Catalog
No.

Tray
Width

Channel
Length

9ZN-5212

6", 9", 12"

18"

9ZN-5224

18", 24"

30"

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) 1/2" x 7/8"
Hex Head Cap Screws
(1) 9/16" Inside diameter
steel tubing welded to strut
(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold Down
Guide Clamp

ZN = Zinc Plated

(2) N525WO
(1) B22 Channel cut to
the required length

(1) B202
Square Washer

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Catalog No.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

In plastic bag

9ZN-5200
1
2
2
1
2

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Bracket

Bracket

A

A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5
Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.
B494-12
B494-18
B494-24

Uniform Load

Catalog No.
Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

1580
1000
996

7.02
4.45
4.43

6&9
12
18

152 & 229
305
457

12
18
24

305
457
610

Green = Fastest shipped items

B494-30
B494-36
B494-42
B494-48

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-19

Uniform Load

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

924
864
580
500

4.11
3.84
2.58
2.22

24
30
36
42

610
762
914
1067

30
36
42
48

762
914
1067
1219

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cantilever Bracket

Accessories

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Safety Load Factor 2.5
Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

SS4 or

Catalog No. Uniform Load

Tray Width

B409-12
B409-18
B409-24

Catalog No. Uniform Load

SS6

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

960
640
480

4.27
2.84
2.13

6&9
12
18

152 & 229
305
457

12
18
24

305
457
610

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)
U-Bolt Size
B501-3/4
B501-1
B501-11/4
B501-11/2
B501-2
B501-21/2

-

in.

mm

in.

mm

1660
1100
835
665
550
465

7.38
4.89
3.71
2.95
2.44
2.06

6&9
12
18
24
30
36

152 & 229
305
457
610
762
914

12
18
24
30
36
42

305
457
610
762
914
1067

• Design load is 1500 lbs/pair.
Safety Factor of 2.5
• Furnished in pairs.
• Hole size: 9/16” (14mm)
for 1/2” threaded rod.

1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875

71/2"
(178mm)
A
A

• Order properly sized U-Bolts
separately.
Finish available: ZN
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.

Catalog No. Uniform Load

Tray Width

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

800
450

3.55
2.00

6&9
12 & 18

152 & 229
305 & 457

12
21

305
533

Heavy Duty Hold
Down Bracket
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

'A'

mm

4"
5"
6"
7"

3.84
4.73
5.84
6.84

97.54
120.14
148.34
173.74

9A-1224
9A-1225
9A-1226
9A-1227

•
•
•
•

Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.
Four bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert ZN SS4 or SS6
• Recommended for support
of vertical trays.

Catalog No.

9(*)-1241

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

9(*)-1242

Red = Normally long lead-time items

All dimensions in parentheses are millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

'A'
in.

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.
Two bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.
1/2" support attachment hardware not provided.
(*) Insert ZN SS4 or SS6
Recommended for support
of vertical trays.

Catalog No.

Outside
Cable Tray Ht.

HAT-20

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

B409UF-12
B409UF-21

'A'

kN

Vertical Hanger Splice Plates

Fits Pipe O.D.
.841
1.051
1.316
1.661
1.901
2.376

B297-12
B297-18
B297-24
B297-30
B297-36
B297-42

'A'

Tray Width

lbs

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Beam Clamp

Beam Clamp B355

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

•
•
•
•
•

Accessories
Beam Clamp

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Sold in pieces.
Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Order HHCS and
Channel Nuts separately.

• Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

A

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Design Load*

'A'

Cat. No.

lbs

kN

in.

mm

B441-22

1200

5.34

33/8

86

B441-22A

1200

5.34

5

127

Design Load *

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

Max. Flange Thick

3/4"

19 mm

1 1/8"

28.6 mm

Mat'l. Thickness

1/4"

6.3 mm

3/8"

9.5 mm

• Finish available: ZN
• For a maximum beam
thickness of 3/4".
• For thicker beams, step up
one flange width size.

B

C
D

E

T

F

A

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

B212-3/8

B312 Anchor Strap

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Setscrew included.
• Safety Load Factor 5.0

Cat.
No.

B212-1/4

600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Rod
Size A

B

C

D

E

F

T

Design Load

B305

3/8"-16

3/8"-16

2 5/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

B306

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

2 7/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

B307

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2

7/16"

7/8"

1

1/8"

B308

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2

9/16"

7/8"

1

1/8"

B321-1
B321-2

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

1

11/16"

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

3 9/16"

1

11/16"

lbs

kN

11 Ga.

600

2.67

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

2

1/2"

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

Cat. No.

Flange Width

2

1/2"

1/4"

1500

6.68

B312-6

Up to 6"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

1/4"

1300

5.79

B312-9

6" - 9"

1 5/8"

3 1/4"

1/4"

1400

6.23

B312-12

9" - 12"
1/2"-13 Rod & Hex
Nut Sold Separately

Beam Clamp
Catalog
No.
B750-J4
B750-J6
B750-J9
B750-J12

For Flange Width
in.

mm

3"- 6"
5"- 9"
8"- 12"
11"- 15"

76.2 - 152.4
127.0 - 288.6
203.2 - 304.8
279.4 - 381.0

Wt./C
Finish available: ZN
Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN)
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Recommended torque:
'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m)
• Maximum flange thickness of 3/4"
•
•
•
•

lbs kg

109
124
135
147

49.4
56.2
61.2
66.7

J-Hook & Hex
Nut Included
Material:
7 Gauge (4.6)

1 1/2"

1 7/8"
(47.6)

(38.1)

Beam Clamp
Catalog
No.
B700-J4
B700-J6
B700-J9
B700-J12

'A'

Thread Length 'TL'

Wt./C

1/2"-13

in.

mm

in.

mm

lbs

kg

81/2"
111/2"
121/4"
171/2"

215.9
292.1
368.3
444.5

5"
6"
6"
6"

127.0
152.4
152.4
152.4

44
53
63
78

19.9
24.0
28.6
35.4

Green = Fastest shipped items

‘TL’

• Finish available: ZN
• Hex Nut included.

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-21

Threads

“A’

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Accessories

Covers

Solid Non-Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

Solid Flanged

Peaked Flanged

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.

2 to 3 Pitch
Peaked Flanged
(See page APP-4)

Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.
Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield, yet allow heat to escape.
B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above the floor
to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the cover and
must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked covers,
having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded
construction.

Aluminum Cover Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 80 7 A - 24 - 144

Detail

Material

Tray Width

Item Description

80 = Solid
81 = Ventilated
82 = Peaked

6 = Non-Flanged

A = Aluminum

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

For Straight Section Cover:
144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)
120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)
72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)
60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)
For fitting covers: Insert suffix of
fitting to be covered.
See example below.

(80 & 81 type only)

7 = Flange

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:
Horizontal Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 7 A - 18 - 90 HB 24
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Vertical Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 7 A - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*
Side Rail*
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Detail
Cover Type
* Required for VO fittings only

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

HAT-22

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

Cover Type

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Accessories

Combination Cover and
Hold Down Clamp

Standard Cover Clamp
• For indoor service only.
• Setscrew included.
• Sold per piece.

Raised Cover Clamp
• For indoor service only.
• For use with flanged covers only.

• Sold per piece.
• For indoor service only.

†

Tray
Type
Tray
Type
Aluminum

Side Rail
Height
All Sizes

Side Rail
Height

Catalog
No.
9ZN-9012

Aluminum

9A-9012

Catalog
No.

in.

mm

4
5

101
127

9A-9043
9A-9053

6
7

152
178

9A-9063
9A-9073

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray
Type

Side Rail
Height

Aluminum

4" & 5" Deep
6" & 7" Deep

Catalog
No.
9ZN-9112-†
9ZN-9113-†

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp
Peaked Cover Clamp

• Recommended for outdoor service.

Side Rail
Height

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

(‡) Insert tray width
† Add P to Catalog
No. for peaked
cover clamp.

Catalog
No.

in. mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

9A-(‡)-9044†
9A-(‡)-9054†
9A-(‡)-9064†
9A-(‡)-9074†

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4
Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6
Horizontal/Vertical Bends ................4
Tees .................................................6
Crosses............................................8

pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover
Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps
stated above is required.

Cover Joint Strip
• Used to join covers
• Plastic
• (‡) Insert tray
width

Catalog No.

99-9980-(‡)

Cable Cleats
(see pages CFX-1 thru CFX-5)

Trefoil
Cable
Cleats

Single
Cable
Cleats

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

248
HAT-23

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum -

Specifications

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by B-Line.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges
and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional
construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02

Materials and Finish: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum
Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association Alloy 5052.

2.03

Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members
(rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in
radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each
rung must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over
and above the cable load with a safety factor of 1.5.

2.04

Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated
bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To
provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular
holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.05

Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated
bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.06

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.07

Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in
standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.08

Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.09

Splice plates shall be the Wedge-Lock design with 4 nuts and bolts per plate. The resistance of fixed
splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.10

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA
VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.
concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the
side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by
NEMA.

3.02

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA
VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

Cable Tray Systems

HAT-24

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum

2.01

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

HST-1

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel
For Steel Fittings
see fittings section pages
FTS-1 thru FTS-17

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces
or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?

Example:

258G

12 -

24

-

144

Part will have a long
lead time because of the
258G material.

Changing the part number from 258G to 258P will change the coding to black and reduce lead time.

Cable Tray Systems

HST-2

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items
Black = Normal lead-time items
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Straight Sections

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 248 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

*Width

P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF
06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

248
346
444

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For side rail & rung
data, see chart on
pages AP-5 &
AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

¨
¡

¨
¡

Length
144
120
240
144
240
288

=
=
=
=
=
=

¨Primary

12
10
20
12
20
24

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

248
346
444

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + (*))

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)
13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-3

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Straight Sections

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply publish load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.00

248

4.188

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: D1-3m

6
8
10
12
14
16

412*
232
148
103
76
58

0.0007
0.0022
0.0054
0.011
0.021
0.036

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: D1-6m

10
12
14
16
18
20

252
175
129
98
78
63

0.0035
0.0072
0.013
0.023
0.037
0.056

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-3m

12
16
18
20
22
24

253
142
112
91
75
63

0.0055
0.017
0.028
0.042
0.062
0.088

3.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

346

4.188

3.13

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

16 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

444

4.188

3.11

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=0.62 in2
Sx=0.64 in3
Ix=1.43 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters

Area=0.89 in2
Sx=0.96 in3
Ix=2.22 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.19 in2
Sx=1.27 in3
Ix=2.94 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

613*
345
221
153
113
86

0.012
0.038
0.093
0.192
0.356
0.607

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

375
260
191
146
116
94

0.060
0.124
0.229
0.391
0.626
0.955

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

376
212
167
135
112
94

0.093
0.295
0.473
0.721
1.055
1.495

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=4.00 cm2
Sx=10.49 cm3
Ix=59.52 cm4

Design Factors
for Two Rails

Area=5.74 cm2
Sx=15.73 cm3
Ix=92.40 cm4

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=7.68 cm2
Sx=20.81 cm3
Ix=122.37 cm4

*When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft
(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced
by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

HST-4

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Straight Sections

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 258 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

*Width

P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF
06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

258
356
454

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For side rail & rung
data, see chart on
pages AP-5 &
AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

¨
¡

¨
¡

Length
144
120
240
144
240
288

=
=
=
=
=
=

¨Primary

12
10
20
12
20
24

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

258
356
454

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + (*))

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)
13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-5

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Straight Sections

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.00

258

5.188

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: D1-3m

6
8
10
12
14
16

436*
245
157
109
80
61

0.0004
0.0013
0.0032
0.0066
0.012
0.021

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20A, 16C
CSA: D1-6m

10
12
14
16
18
20

276
192
141
108
85
69

0.0021
0.0043
0.0080
0.014
0.022
0.033

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20C
CSA: E-6m

12
16
18
20
22
24

294
166
131
106
88
74

0.0032
0.010
0.016
0.025
0.037
0.052

4.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

356

5.188

4.13

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

16 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

454

5.188

4.11

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=0.71 in2
Sx=0.89 in3
Ix=2.44 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.00 in2
Sx=1.31 in3
Ix=3.73 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.34 in2
Sx=1.75 in3
Ix=4.96 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

649*
365
234
162
119
91

0.007
0.022
0.054
0.113
0.209
0.356

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

411
285
210
160
127
103

0.036
0.074
0.136
0.233
0.373
0.568

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

438
246
195
158
130
110

0.055
0.175
0.280
0.427
0.625
0.886

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=4.58 cm2
Sx=14.58 cm3
Ix=101.56 cm4

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=6.45 cm2
Sx=21.47 cm3
Ix=155.25 cm4

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=8.65 cm2
Sx=28.68 cm3
Ix=206.45 cm4

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft
(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced
by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

HST-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Straight Sections

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 268 P 09 - 24 - 144

Series

Material

*Type

*Width

P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF
06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

268
366
464

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For side rail & rung
data, see chart on
pages AP-5 &
AP-6
Rung
Spacing

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

¨
¡

¨
¡

Length
144
120
240
144
240
288

=
=
=
=
=
=

¨Primary

12
10
20
12
20
24

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

268
366
464

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + (*))

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

(*)=13/16” (Series 2)
13/8” (Series 3,4,5)

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-7

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Straight Sections

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.00

268

6.188

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: D1-3m

6
8
10
12
14
16

440*
248
158
110
81
62

0.0003
0.0008
0.0020
0.0042
0.0078
0.013

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: E-6m

10
12
14
16
18
20

300
208
153
117
93
75

0.0014
0.0028
0.0052
0.0089
0.014
0.022

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20C
CSA: E-6m

12
16
18
20
22
24

342*
192
152
123
102
85

5.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters

Area=0.80 in2
Sx=1.18 in3
Ix=3.81 in4

1.8
2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

655*
368
236
164
120
92

0.005
0.014
0.035
0.072
0.134
0.228

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

446
310
228
174
138
112

0.023
0.048
0.089
0.151
0.242
0.369

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

508*
286
226
183
151
127

0.036
0.113
0.182
0.277
0.406
0.574

Design Factors
for Two Rails

Area=5.16 cm2
Sx=19.34 cm3
Ix=158.58 cm4

Design Factors
for Two Rails

1.50

366

6.188

5.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2
16 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

464

6.188

5.11

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

0.002
0.007
0.011
0.016
0.024
0.034

Area=1.11 in2
Sx=1.71 in3
Ix=5.74 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters

Area=1.49 in2
Sx=2.28 in3
Ix=7.65 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Area=7.16 cm2
Sx=28.02 cm3
Ix=238.92 cm4

Design Factors
for Two Rails

Area=9.61 cm2
Sx=37.36 cm3
Ix=318.42 cm4

* When using 18" rung spacing, load capacity is limited to 394 lbs/ft (586.272 kg/m) for 30" cable tray width and 325 lbs/ft
(483.6 kg/m) for 36" cable tray width. When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced
by as much as 50%. Design factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

HST-8

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
7" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 378 P 09 - 24 - 240

Series

Material

*Type

*Width

P = Pre-Galvanized LadderG = HDGAF
06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

378
476
574

Trough6" thru 36" wide
VT = Vented Trough
ST = Non-Ventilated Trough

For side rail & rung
data, see chart on
pages AP-5 &
AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

¨
¡

¨
¡

Length
144
240
240
288
240
288

=
=
=
=
=
=

¨Primary

12
20
20
24
20
24

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

378
476
574

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 13/8")

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

Ventilated Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

(Specify Rung Spacing)

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-9

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Straight Sections

6" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
7" Side Rail Height
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray with rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is 1.5.
To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the deflection
multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable tray being installed.
Individual rungs will support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load applied at the mid-span of the rung, over and
above the NEMA rated cable load with a 1.5 safety factor for highlighted NEMA spans and loads.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

378

7.188

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: D1-3m

8
10
12
14
16
18
20

319
204
142
104
80
63
51

0.0006
0.0014
0.0028
0.0052
0.0089
0.014
0.022

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20B, 16C
CSA: D1-6m

12
16
18
20
22
24

214
120
95
77
64
53

0.0019
0.0061
0.010
0.015
0.022
0.031

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20C
CSA: E-6m

12
16
18
20
22
24

361
203
160
130
107
90

0.0014
0.0046
0.0073
0.011
0.016
0.023

6.14

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2
18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

476

7.188

6.13

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

16 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

574

7.188

6.11

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.50 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters

Area=1.01 in2
Sx=1.77 in3
Ix=6.90 in4

2.4
3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.22 in2
Sx=2.14 in3
Ix=8.30 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.64 in2
Sx=2.87 in3
Ix=11.10 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

474
304
211
155
119
94
76

0.009
0.023
0.048
0.089
0.151
0.242
0.369

Area=6.52 cm2
Sx=29.01 cm3
Ix=287.20 cm4

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

Design Factors
for Two Rails

318
179
141
115
95
80

0.033
0.105
0.168
0.255
0.374
0.529

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

537
302
239
193
160
134

0.025
0.078
0.125
0.191
0.280
0.396

Area=7.87 cm2
Sx=35.07 cm3
Ix=345.47 cm4

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=10.58 cm2
Sx=47.03 cm3
Ix=462.02 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Cable Tray Systems

HST-10

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Accessories

Splice Plates

Expansion Splice Plates

• Standard 8-hole pattern for all steel splice plates.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• One pair including hardware
provided with straight section.
• Boxed in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• Expansion plates allow for one inch
expansion or contraction of the cable tray,
or where expansion joints occur in
the support structure.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumpers are require
on each siderail.
Order Separately.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(*)-8004
9(*)-8005
9(*)-8006
9(*)-8007

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

9(*)-8014
9(*)-8015
9(*)-8016
9(*)-8017

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

For heavy duty expansion
splice plates see page APP-3.

Universal Splice Plates

Step Down Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable tray
systems.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• These splice plates are offered
for connecting cable tray
sections having side rails
of different heights.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

• These plates provide for changes
in elevation that do not conform to
standard vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumpers not required.
• (*) Insert G or P

Catalog No.
Catalog No.
9(*)-8004-1/2
9(*)-8005-1/2
9(*)-8006-1/2
9(*)-8007-1/2

9(*)-8045
9(*)-8046
9(*)-8060
9(*)-8047
9(*)-8061
9(*)-8062

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Requires
supports within
24” on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Height
in.

5 to 4
6 to 4
6 to 5
7 to 4
7 to 5
7 to 6

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

mm

127
152
152
178
178
178

to
to
to
to
to
to

101
101
127
101
127
152

Catalog No.
9(*)-8024
9(*)-8025
9(*)-8026
9(*)-8027

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Branch Pivot Connectors

9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36
One pair splice plates with extensions.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Height
in.

• Offered to adjust a cable tray run
for changes in direction in
L
a horizontal plane that do
not conform to standard
horizontal fittings.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• New design bonding jumpers
not required.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• (X) Insert 4, 5, 6 or 7 for
9(*)-803(X)
side rail height.
Splice only

L

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.
• Pivot to any required angle.
• UL Classified for grounding
(bonding jumper not required).
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Catalog No.
Catalog
No.

Cable Tray
End Cut

Tray
Width

'L'

9(*)-803(X)
9(*)-803(X)-12
9(*)-803(X)-36

Mitered
Not mitered
Not mitered

Thru 36"
Thru 12"
Thru 36"

N/A
16"
41"

Green = Fastest shipped items

Requires
supports
within 24”
on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

9(*)-8244
9(*)-8245
9(*)-8246
9(*)-8247

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-11

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cross Connector Bracket

Tray Hardware

• For field connecting crossing section.
• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"
hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Pre-Galvanized Tray Hardware

Accessories

Catalog No. ZN RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" Znplt Ribbed Neck
Carriage Bolt ASTM A307 Grade A
Catalog No. ZN SFHN 3/8"-16 Znplt Serrated Flange Hex Nut
ASTM A563 Grade A

Catalog No.

9(*)-1240

Finish: Zinc Plated ASTM B633, SC1

Offset Reducing Splice Plate

Hot Dip Galvanized Tray Hardware

• This plate is used for joining cable trays having
different widths. When used in pairs they form
a straight reduction; when
Catalog No.
used singly with a standard
splice plate, they form an
offset reduction.
9(*)-8064-(‡)
• Furnished as one plate
9(*)-8065-(‡)
with hardware.
9(*)-8066-(‡)
• (‡) Insert reduction
• (*) Insert G or P
9(*)-8067-(‡)

Standard: Catalog No.
CZ RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" CZ Ribbed Neck
Carriage Bolt ASTM F1136-88 Grade 3 Chromium Zinc

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Catalog No. CZ SFHN 3/8"-16 CZ Serrated Flange Hex Nut
ASTM F1136-88 Grade A Chromium Zinc
Optional: Catalog No. SS6 RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" SS6 AISI 316
Stainless Steel
Catalog No. SS6 SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6 AISI 316 Stainless Steel
Example: 9G-8004SS6

Tray to Box Splice Plates

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

• Used to attach the
end of a cable tray
run to a distribution
box or control panel.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• (*) Insert G or P

• Designed to attach the end of a cable tray
run to a distribution cabinet
or control center to help
reinforce the box at the
point of entry.
• Furnished with tray
connection hardware.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• (‡) Insert tray width

• This plate forms a closure for a dead
end cable tray.
• Furnished as one plate
with hardware.
• (*) Insert G or P
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.
9(*)-8054
9(*)-8055
9(*)-8056
9(*)-8057

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

9(*)-8074-(‡)
9(*)-8075-(‡)
9(*)-8076-(‡)
9(*)-8077-(‡)

Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Conduit to Tray Adaptors
• Assembly required.
• Conduit clamp included.
• (‡)=Conduit size.
(1/2" thru 4").

9ZN-1150-(‡)

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Conduit to Tray Adaptor

• Assembly required.
• Mounting hardware included.
• Conduit clamps provided.
• (‡)=Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

Catalog No.

9(*)-8084-(‡)
9(*)-8085-(‡)
9(*)-8086-(‡)
9(*)-8087-(‡)

Height
in.

Catalog No.

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.
• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

9ZN-1155-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4
9G-1158-1, 11/4
9G-1158-11/2, 2
9G-1158-21/2, 3
9G-1158-31/2, 4

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No.

99-2125-15

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Catalog No.

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-12

Conduit Size
in.

mm

1/2, 3/4

15, 20
25, 32
40, 50
65, 80
90, 100

1, 11/4
11/2, 2
21/2, 3
31/2, 4

Steel I-Beam

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Nylon ties provide easy attachment of
cable to ladder rungs; maximum
cable O.D. of 3" (76mm).

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Accessories

Ladder Drop-Out

Trough Drop-Out & Drop-Out Bushing

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with
4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,
preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any
desired rung.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (‡) Insert tray width

• These devices provide a rounded surface to protect cable as it
exits from the trough-type cable tray.
• Hardware is included for attachment to the trough bottom.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (‡) Insert tray width

Catalog No.

9(*)-1104-(‡)

Catalog No.
99-1124

Catalog No.
9(*)-1104T-(‡)

Snap-In Plastic Bushing

Trough-Type Drop-Out

Barriers
Horizontal Bend

Straight Section
• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).
• Order catalog number based on loading
depth.
• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" plated selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.
• (*) Insert P or G

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order to conform to any
horizontal fitting radius. Cut to length.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" zinc plated self-drilling screws and
a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• Standard length is 72"
(6 ft.), sold individually.
• (*) Insert P or G

H

Catalog
No.

Side Rail
Height
in.

73(*)-Length
74(*)-Length
75(*)-Length
76(*)-Length

4
5
6
7

Loading
Depth 'H'

mm

101
127
152
178

in.

3
4
5
6

Length =
144 for 12'
or
120 for 10'

mm

76
101
127
152

73(*)-90HBFL
74(*)-90HBFL
75(*)-90HBFL
76(*)-90HBFL

Side Rail
Height
in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

3
4
5
6

76
101
127
152

Barrier Strip Clip

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a
specific vertical fitting.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" plated self-drilling
screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• (*) Insert P or G
• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees
H
• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

• Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to
either aluminum or steel ladder rung.
• Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" zinc
plated self-drilling screw.

Inside Bend
(VI)

73(*)-(**)VI(†)
74(*)-(**)VI(†)
75(*)-(**)VI(†)
76(*)-(**)VI(†)

Outside Bend
Catalog No.
73(*)-(**)VO(†)
74(*)-(**)VO(†)
75(*)-(**)VO(†)
76(*)-(**)VO(†)

Catalog No.

9ZN-9002

Catalog No.

99-9982

Barrier Strip Splice

Outside Bend
(VO)

Inside Bend
Catalog No.

H

Loading
Depth 'H'

Vertical Bend Barriers

H

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Catalog
No.

Side Rail Loading
Height
Depth 'H'
in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

3
4
5
6

76
101
127
152

Green = Fastest shipped items

• Plastic splice holds adjoining
barrier strips in straight alignment.
• 5” (127mm) long.

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-13

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Accessories

Stainless Steel Cable Clamp

Bonding Jumper

• Fits with series 2, 3, 4 & 5 standard steel
rungs.
• Shipped flat. Field form around the cable
at the time of installation.

Use at each expansion splice and where the cable tray is not
mechanically/electrically continuous to ground.
Sold individually.
• Hardware included.
• See table 392.7(B)(2) on page CTS-9
for amperage ratings required to
match the UL cross-sectional area
of the tray.
• See tray loading chart for UL
cross-sectional area.
• Bonding jumper is 16" long.

Catalog No.

Cable Size
in.

mm

9SS4-4050

0.50 - 0.75

13 - 19

9SS4-4075

0.75 - 1.00

19 - 25

9SS4-4100

1.00 - 1.25

25 - 32

9SS4-4125

1.25 - 1.50

32 - 38

9SS4-4150

1.50 - 1.75

38 - 45

9SS4-4175

1.75 - 2.00

45 - 51

9SS4-4200

2.00 - 2.25

51 - 57

9SS4-4225

2.25 - 2.50

57 - 64

9SS4-4250

2.50 - 2.75

64 - 70

9SS4-4275

2.75 - 3.00

70 - 76

9SS4-4300

3.00 - 3.25

76 - 82

9SS4-4325

3.25 - 3.50

82 - 89

9SS4-4350

3.50 - 3.75

89 - 95

9SS4-4375

3.75 - 4.00

95 - 102

9SS4-4400

4.00 - 4.25

100 - 106

9SS4-4425

4.25 - 4.50

106 - 113

9SS4-4450

4.50 - 4.75

113 - 121

Item

Material

Catalog No.

121 - 125

Grounding Clamp

Tin Plated Aluminum

9A-2130

9SS4-4475

4.75 - 5.00

Refer to Section CF
Cable Fixing

Catalog No.

Copper Wire Size

Ampacity

99-N1

#1

600

Grounding Clamp
B-Line Cable Tray is UL® classified as to its suitability as an
equipment grounding conductor. If a separate conductor for
additional grounding capability is desired, B-Line offers this clamp
for bolting the conductor at least once to each cable tray section.
• Accepts #6 AWG to 250 MCM.

Ground Clamp

Hanger Rod Clamp

• Mechanically attaches grounding cables to cable tray.
• Hardware included.
• (*) Insert ZN or SS4

•
•
•
•
•
•

For 1/2" ATR.
Furnished in pairs.
Order ATR and hex nuts separately.
Two-piece “J”-hanger design.
(*) Insert ZN or G
1500 lbs./pair capacity safety factor 3.

Catalog No.
Catalog No.

9(*)-5324
9(*)-5325
9(*)-5326
9(*)-5327

Cable Size

9(*)-2351

#1 thru 2/0

9(*)-2352

3/0 thru 250 MCM

Rail Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling
Loading
lbs

3/8-16

730

1/2-13

1350

Catalog
No.
ATR 3/8 x Length
ATR

1/2

x Length

Available
Lengths

Coupling
Cat. No.

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-3/8

36", 72", 120", 144"

B655-1/2

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Size

Loading based on safety factor 5.
Standard Finish: Zinc Plated.
See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-14

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Accessories

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide
• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength
of the traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to
ensure proper installation.
• Furnished in pairs, with or
without hardware.
• Not recommended for
vertical support.

9ZN-1208 shown.
Installed as a
clamp.

9ZN-1204 shown.
Installed as a
guide.

Catalog No.
Without
With
Hardware
Hardware
9ZN-1204
9ZN-1208
9A-1205
9G-1205
9SS6-1205
9ZN-1205

9ZN-1204NB
9ZN-1208NB
-----

Overall
Length
in.

mm

11/2
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4
21/4

38
57
57
57
57
57

11/2"
(39mm)

21/4"
(57mm)

Hardware
Size
Finish
1/4"

G90
G90
Alum.
HDGAF
316SS
G90

3/8"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"

Note: For heavy duty or vertical applications
see 9(*)-1241 or 9(*)-1242 page HDS-18.

Patent #
RE35479

When installing this device as an expansion
guide on the outside flange of Steel Side Rail,
use the Catalog No. B202 Square Washer
in order to properly elevate the guide.

Cable Tray Guide

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.
• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the
cable tray.
• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.
• Guides are required on both sides of cable tray to
prevent lateral movement - can be placed on either the
inside or outside flange of cable tray.
• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are
required per tray.
• Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

Nylon Pad

Neoprene Roll

•
•
•
•
•
•

• Used for material isolation.
• 1/8" x 2" x 25' roll.
• Hardness: Shore A60.
• Good weatherability.

Use for friction reduction.
Hardness: Shore D80.
Low friction coefficient.
UV resistant.
Excellent weatherability.
UL-94HB.

Catalog No.

Finish

9ZN-1249
9G-1249

Zinc Plated
HDGAF

1/8"
(3mm)

6"
(152mm)
3"
(76mm)

Catalog No.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Catalog No.

99-PE36
Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-15

99-NP300

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Accessories

Trapeze Support Kit
B-Line trapeze kits provide the components
required for a single trapeze support in one
package. These kits are available in pregalvanized steel with zinc-plated hardware (2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
Head Cap Screw
or hot dip galvanized steel with 316
(2) 9ZN-1205
stainless steel hardware.
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminate the
need for field drilling.

Catalog
No.

(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a
plastic bag and boxed with the channel,
which is pre-cut to the appropriate length
as shown in the chart.

Channel
Length

in. mm

Hold-Down
Guide Clamp

(2) N525WO
Channel Nut

Tray
Width

(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) B22 Channel
cut to the
required length

Uniform
Load

in. mm

lbs

kN

9P-5506-22SH(†)

6

152

16

406 1600 7.11

9P-5509-22SH(†)

9

229

18

457 1250 5.56

9P-5512-22SH(†)

12

305

22

559 1125 5.00

9P-5518-22SH(†)

18

457

28

711

865

3.85

9P-5524-22SH(†)

24

610

34

864

700

3.11

9P-5530-22SH(†)

30

762

40 1016 590

2.62

9P-5536-22SH(†)

36

914

46 1168 510

2.27

9P-5542-22SH(†)

42 1067 52 1321 450

2.00

• (†) Insert / for / " threaded rod hardware.
3 8

Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

3 8

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Heavy Duty Trapeze Support Kit
B-Line trapeze kits provide the
components required for a single trapeze
support in one package. These kits are
available in Dura-Green® epoxy coated
steel with zinc-plated hardware or hot dip
galvanized steel with 316 stainless steel
hardware.
The SH channel provides the convenience
of pre-punched slots, which eliminates the
need for field drilling.

(2) 1/2" x 7/8" Hex
Head Cap Screw

Catalog
No.

(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold-Down
Guide Clamp
(4) 1/2" Hex Nut

(4) B202
Square Washer
(1) Channel
cut to the
required
length

The illustrated hardware is sealed in a
plastic bag and boxed with the channel,
which is pre-cut to the appropriate length
as shown in the chart.
Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
Order rod separately.

Trapeze
Hardware
Kit

Channel
Length

Uniform
Load

in.

mm

in.

mm

6

152

16

406

1350 6.01

9(*)-5509-22SHA

9

229

18

457

1350 6.01

9(*)-5512-22SHA

12

305

22

559

1350 6.01

9(*)-5518-22SHA

18

457

28

711

1350 6.01

9(*)-5524-22SHA

24

610

34

864

1350 6.01

9(*)-5530-22SHA

30

762

40

1016 1350 6.01

9(*)-5536-22SHA

36

914

46

1168 1350 6.01

9(*)-5542-22SHA

42

1067

52

1321 1350 6.01

9(*)-5506-22SHA

(2) N525WO
Channel Nut

Tray
Width

lbs

• (*) Insert GRN or G

Safety factor of 3.0 on all loads.

Catalog No.
In plastic bag

9ZN-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Rooftop Support Bases
with B22 Channel

Catalog No.

9G-5500-1/2
1
2
2
4
4

pr. 9G-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 SS6
N525 WO SS6
B202 HDG 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 SS6

Height x Width x Length
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”

x
x
x
x
x

6”
6”
6”
6”
6”

x
x
x
x
x

28.0”
36.0”
42.0”
50.0”
60.0”

LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.
General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load
capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath
the rubber membrane.

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-16

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

DB10-28
DB10-36
DB10-42
DB10-50
DB10-60

Designed as a superior rooftop
support for cable tray, UV resistant
and approved for most roofing
material or other flat surfaces.
Can be used with any of B-Line cable
tray clamps and guides.
Ultimate Load Capacity:
1,000 lbs. (uniform load)

Green = Fastest shipped items

kN

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Accessories

Center Hung Cable Tray Support
• Center Hung Cable Tray Support allows
cable to be laid-in from both sides.
• Eliminates costly cable pulling and field
cutting of cable tray supports. Labor
costs are dramatically reduced.
• Required hardware and threaded rod
material for trapeze assemblies are
reduced by 50%.
• Designed for use with 1/2" threaded rod.
(Order rod separately)
• Use with all aluminum and steel
cable trays through 24" width.
• Load capacity is 700 lbs. per support.
Safety factor of 3.0.
Eccentric loading is not to exceed a
60% vs. 40% load differential.
• The maximum recommended unsupported
span length is 144"/12 ft. (3.66 m).
• Hardware shown is furnished.

(2) 1/2" Hex Nut
(2) 1/2" x 7/8"
Hex Head Cap Screws

Catalog
No.

Tray
Width

Channel
Length

9ZN-5212

6", 9", 12"

18"

9ZN-5224

18", 24"

30"

(1) 9/16" Inside diameter
steel tubing welded to strut
(2) 9ZN-1205
Hold Down
Guide Clamp

ZN = Zinc Plated

(2) N525WO
(1) B22 Channel cut to
required length

(1) B202
Square Washer

Center Hung Support Hardware Kit

Catalog No.
In plastic bag

Bracket

9ZN-5200
1
2
2
1
2

pr. 9ZN-1205
HHC Screw 1/2 x 7/8 ZN
N525 WO ZN
B202 ZN 1/2" sq washer
HN 1/2 ZN

Bracket

A
A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.
B494-12
B494-18
B494-24

Uniform Load

Catalog No.
Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

1580
1000
996

7.02
4.45
4.43

6&9
12
18

152 & 229
305
457

12
18
24

305
457
610

Green = Fastest shipped items

B494-30
B494-36
B494-42
B494-48

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-17

Uniform Load

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

924
864
580
500

4.11
3.84
2.58
2.22

24
30
36
42

610
762
914
1067

30
36
42
48

762
914
1067
1219

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cantilever Bracket

Accessories

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load

Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No. Uniform Load

Tray Width

B297-12
B297-18
B297-24
B297-30
B297-36
B297-42

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

B409-12

960

4.27

6&9

152 & 229

12

305

B409-18

640

2.84

12

305

18

457

B409-24

480

2.13

18

457

24

610

B501-3/4
B501-1
B501-11/4
B501-11/2
B501-2
B501-21/2

-

in.

mm

1660
1100
835
625
550
465

7.37
4.88
3.71
2.78
2.44
2.06

6&9
12
18
24
30
36

152 & 229
305
457
610
762
914

1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875

A

Finish available: ZN
Safety Load Factor 2.5

Uniform Load
lbs

kN

B409UF-12

800

3.55

B409UF-21

450

2.00

Tray Width

Catalog No.

Outside

9(*)-8224
9(*)-8225
9(*)-8226
9(*)-8227

Cable Tray Ht.
4"
5"
6"
7"

'A'

in.

mm

in.

mm

6&9

152 & 229

12

305

12 & 18 305 & 457

21

533

'A'
in.

mm

2.84
3.73
4.84
5.84

85.34
110.74
136.14
161.54

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.
Two bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment hardware provided.
1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• Recommended for the
support of vertical trays.

Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.
Four bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert ZN or G
• Recommended for the
support of vertical trays.

Green = Fastest shipped items

9(*)-1241

Catalog No.

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-18

9(*)-1242

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Catalog No.

Cable Tray Systems

mm

12 305
18 457
24 610
30 762
36 914
42 1067

7"
(178mm)

A

• Order properly sized U-Bolts
separately.

Catalog No.

'A'
in.

• (*) Insert ZN or G
• Design load is 1500 lbs/pair.
Safety Factor of 2.5
• Furnished in pairs.
• Hole size: 9/16” (14mm)
for 1/2” threaded rod.

Fits Pipe O.D.
.841
1.051
1.316
1.661
1.901
2.376

kN

Vertical Hanger Splice Plates

Underfloor Support (U-Bolts not included)
U-Bolt Size

Tray Width

lbs

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Accessories

Beam Clamp

Beam Clamp B355

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

•
•
•
•
•

Beam Clamp

Finishes available: ZN GRN HDG or SS4
Sold in pieces.
Design load is 1200 lbs. when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Order HHCS and
Channel Nuts separately.

• Finishes available: ZN GRN or HDG
• Sold in pieces.

A

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Design Load*

B441-22
B441-22A

'A'

Cat. No.

lbs

kN

in.

mm

1200
1200

5.34
5.34

33/8
5

86
127

Design Load *

B305 Thru B308 & B321 Series Beam Clamps

B212-1/4

B212-3/8

600 lbs. 2.67 kN 1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick

3/4"

19 mm

1 1/8"

28.6 mm

Mat'l. Thickness

1/4"

6.3 mm

3/8"

9.5 mm

B312 Anchor Strap
B

• Finishes available: ZN or HDG
• Setscrew included.
• Safety Load Factor 5.0

• Finish available: ZN
• For a maximum beam
thickness of 3/4".
• For thicker beams, step up
one flange width size.

C
D

E

T

F
A

Cat.
No.

Rod
Size A

B

C

D

E

Design Load
lbs

kN

B305

3/8"-16

3/8"-16

2 5/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2" 11 Ga.

600

2.67

B306

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

2 7/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

B307

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2 7/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

7 Ga.

1100

4.90

Cat. No.

Flange Width

B308

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

2 9/16"

7/8"

1 1/8"

2 1/2"

1/4"

1500

6.68

B312-6

Up to 6"

B321-1

3/8"-16

1/2"-13

3

9/16"

1

5/8"

3

1/4"

1/4"

1300

5.79

B312-9

6" - 9"

B321-2

1/2"-13

1/2"-13

3

9/16"

1

5/8"

3

1/4"

1/4"

1400

6.23

B312-12

9" - 12"

1

11/16"

1

11/16"

F

T

1/2"-13 Rod & Hex
Nut Sold Separately

Beam Clamp
Catalog
No.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

B750-J4
B750-J6
B750-J9
B750-J12

For Flange Width

Wt./C

in.

mm

lbs

kg

3"- 6"
5"- 9"
8"- 12"
11"- 15"

76.2 - 152.4
127.0 - 288.6
203.2 - 304.8
279.4 - 381.0

109
124
135
147

49.4
56.2
61.2
66.7

Finish available: ZN
Design Load 500 lbs. (2.22 kN)
Safety Load Factor 5.0
Recommended torque:
'J'-Hook Nut 125 In.-Lbs. (14.1 kN/m)
• Maximum flange thickness of 3/4"
•
•
•
•

J-Hook & Hex
Nut Included
Material:
7 Gauge (4.6)

1 7/8"

1 1/2"

(47.6)

(38.1)

Beam Clamp
Catalog
No.
B700-J4
B700-J6
B700-J9
B700-J12

'A'

Thread Length 'TL'

Wt./C

1/2"-13

in.

mm

in.

mm

lbs

kg

81/2"
111/2"
121/4"
171/2"

215.9
292.1
368.3
444.5

5"
6"
6"
6"

127.0
152.4
152.4
152.4

44
53
63
78

19.9
24.0
28.6
35.4

Green = Fastest shipped items

‘TL’

• Finish available: ZN
• Hex Nut included.

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-19

Threads

“A’

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Accessories

Covers

Solid Non-Flanged

Solid Flanged

Peaked Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged
(See page APP-4)

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.
Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.
Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape.
B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above the floor to
isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the cover and
must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2” peak. Special purpose peaked covers,
having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded
construction.

Steel Cover Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 80 2 P - 24 - 144

Cover Type
80 = Solid
81 = Ventilated
82 = Peaked

Detail

Material
P= Pre-Galvanized

2= Flanged Steel (248, 258, 268
straight sections and all fittings)

(Not available in
Type 83)

3= Flanged Steel (All straight
sections except 248, 258, 268)

G= HDGAF

4= Non-Flanged Steel (80 & 81
type only)

Tray Width
06 =
09 =
12 =
18 =
24 =
30 =
36 =

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Item Description
For Straight Section Covers:
Pre-Galvanized Only:
144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)
120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)
Pre-Galvanized & HDGAF
72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)
60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)
For fitting covers: Insert suffix
of fitting to be covered.
See example below.

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:
Horizontal Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 2 P - 18 - 90 HB 24

* Required for VO fittings only

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-20

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Vertical Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 2 G - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*
Side Rail*
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Standard Cover Clamp

Accessories

Combination Cover and
Hold-Down Clamp

• For indoor service only.
• Sold per piece.
• (*) Insert ZN or G

Raised Cover Clamp
• For indoor service only.
• For use with
flanged covers
only.

• Sold per piece.
• (*) Insert P or G
• For indoor
service only.

† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".

Tray
Type
Tray
Type

Steel

Side Rail
Height
in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Catalog
No.
9(*)-9014
9(*)-9015
9(*)-9016
9(*)-9017

Tray
Type

Side Rail
Height

Steel

in.

mm

4
5
6
7

101
127
152
178

Catalog
No.
9(*)-9043
9(*)-9053
9(*)-9063
9(*)-9073

(‡) Insert tray width
† Add P to Catalog
No. for 1/2" peaked
cover clamp.

(Also Series 1 Steel
Straight Sections)

9ZN-9114-†
9ZN-9115-†
9ZN-910†

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp
• Recommended for outdoor service.
• (*) Insert P or G

Series 2 Steel
Straight Section
Series 3 & 4 Steel
Straight Section
All Steel Fittings

Catalog
No.

Peaked Cover Clamp

Side Rail
Height

Catalog
No.

in.

mm

4
5

101
127

9(*)-(‡)-9044†
9(*)-(‡)-9054†

6

152

9(*)-(‡)-9064†

7

178

9(*)-(‡)-9074†

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4
Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6
Horizontal/Vertical Bends ................4
Tees .................................................6
Crosses............................................8

pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover
Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps
stated above is required.

Cover Joint Strip
• Used to join covers
• Plastic
• (‡) Insert tray
width

Catalog No.

99-9980-(‡)

Cable Cleats
(see pages CFX-1 thru CFX-5)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Trefoil
Cable
Cleats

Single
Cable
Cleats

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

HST-21

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel -

Specifications

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers
1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by B-Line.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
2.01

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges
and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional
construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02

Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from
structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in accordance
with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Hardware finish shall be electrogalvanized
zinc per ASTM B633.

2.03

Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: All side rails, covers, splice plates, and rungs shall be made from structural
quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade 33 for 14 gauge
and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33 Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and shall be hot dip galvanized
after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. Mill galvanized covers are not acceptable for hot dip
galvanized cable tray. Hardware finish shall be chromium zinc per ASTM F-1136-88.

2.04

Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members
(rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in
radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. No
portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom plane of the side rails. Each rung must be
capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray over and above the
cable load with a safety factor of 1.5.

2.05

Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated
bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To
provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular
holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.06

Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated
bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.07

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] [6] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.08

Straight sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in
standard [12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.09

Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.10

Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel, meeting the minimum mechanical properties
of ASTM A1011 HSLAS, Grade 50, Class 1 and be secured with 8 nuts and bolts per plate. The
resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed 0.00033 ohm.

2.11

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

3.01

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA
VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs. concentrated
load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side rails and
rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.

3.02

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

Cable Tray Systems

HST-22

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

SST-1

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you select
products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items
Black = Normal lead-time items
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example:

Cable Tray Systems

348SS4

09 -

12

-

144

SST-2

Part will have a long
lead time.

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

For Stainless Steel Fittings
see fittings section pages FTS-1 thru FTS-17

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Straight Sections

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

3" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
4" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 348 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series
348

Material

*Type

SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 13/8")

*Width

Trough6" and Wider
04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

Length
144 = 12 ft.
120 = 10 ft.

¨Primary

348

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.
Passivation available
see page CTS-2.

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Vented Bottom

Ladder Type

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.
B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

348
SS†

NEMA, CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 16A, 12C
CSA: C1-3m

10
12
14
16
18
20

180
125
92
70
56
45

0.0042
0.009
0.016
0.027
0.044
0.067

3.13
4.19

18 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.40 in2

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=0.74 in2
Sx=0.79 in3
Ix=1.85 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

268
186
137
105
83
67

0.072
0.148
0.275
0.469
0.752
1.145

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=4.77 cm2
Sx=12.95 cm3
Ix=77.00 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-3

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Straight Sections
Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

4" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
5" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 358 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series
358

Material

*Type

SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 13/8")

*Width

Trough6" and Wider
04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¨
¡

Length
144 = 12 ft.
240 = 20 ft.

¨Primary

358

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.
Passivation available
see page CTS-2.

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Vented Bottom

Ladder Type

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.
B-Line
Series

358
SS†

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA & UL
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

1.50

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: 89 kg/m 6.1m

10
12
14
16
18
20

248
172
127
97
77
62

0.0025
0.0052
0.010
0.016
0.026
0.040

5.19

4.13

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

18 gauge

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters

Area=0.83 in2
Sx=1.09 in3
Ix=3.10 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

369
256
188
144
114
92

0.043
0.089
0.164
0.280
0.448
0.684

Design Factors
for Two Rails

Area=5.35 cm2
Sx=17.86 cm3
Ix=129.03 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-4

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Straight Sections

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

5" NEMA VE 1 Loading Depth
6" Side Rail Height

Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 368 SS6 09 - 24 - 240

Series
368
464

Material

*Type

SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

Ladder06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Rung
Spacing

Width
(Inside)
Overall Width
(Width + 13/8")

*Width
06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Trough6" and Wider
04 = Vented Bottom
SB = Non-Ventilated

For
side rail
& rung data,
see chart on
pages AP-5 & AP-6

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¡

¨

¡

Length
240
144
240
288

=
=
=
=

¨Primary

20
12
20
24

ft.
ft.
ft.
ft.

368
464

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.
Passivation available
see page CTS-2.

See page APP-1 for additional rung options. *Special sizes available.

Ladder Type

¨

Vented Bottom

Non-Ventilated

(Specify Rung Spacing)
Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VE 1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Cable trays will
support without collapse a 200 lb. (90.7 kg) concentrated load over and above published loads. Published load safety factor is
1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by the
deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.
B-Line
Series

368
SS†

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA, CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

1.50

NEMA: 20A, 16B
CSA: D1-3m

10
12
14
16
18
20

236
164
120
92
73
59

0.0016
0.0034
0.0062
0.011
0.017
0.026

NEMA, CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20C+
CSA: E-6m

12
16
18
20
22
24

342
192
152
123
102
85

6.19

5.13

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 0.70 in2

18 gauge

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.50

464
SS†

6.19

5.11

14 gauge

UL Cross-Sectional
Area: 1.00 in2

0.002
0.007
0.011
0.016
0.024
0.034

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=0.92 in2
Sx=1.41 in3
Ix=4.77 in4

3.0
3.7
4.3
4.9
5.5
6.1

Design Factors Span
for Two Rails meters
Area=1.49 in2
Sx=2.28 in3
Ix=7.65 in4

3.7
4.9
5.5
6.1
6.7
7.3

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

351
244
179
137
108
88

0.028
0.058
0.107
0.182
0.291
0.444

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

508
286
226
183
151
127

0.036
0.113
0.182
0.277
0.406
0.574

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=5.94 cm2
Sx=23.11 cm3
Ix=198.54 cm4

Design Factors
for Two Rails
Area=9.61 cm2
Sx=37.36 cm3
Ix=318.42 cm4

When cable trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the cable tray is reduced by as much as 50%. Design factors:
Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus. † Insert 4 for 304 stainless steel or 6 for 316 stainless steel.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-5

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Accessories

Expansion Splice Plates

• Standard 8-hole pattern for all stainless
steel splice plates.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• One pair including hardware provided
with straight section.
• Boxed in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• Expansion plates allow for one inch
expansion or contraction of the cable tray,
or where expansion joints occur in
the support structure.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• Bonding Jumpers are required.
Order Separately.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8004

4

101

9(*)-8005

5

127

9(*)-8006

6

152

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Splice Plates

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8014

4

101

9(*)-8015

5

127

9(*)-8016

6

152

For heavy duty expansion
splice plates see page APP-3.

Universal Splice Plates

Step Down Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

• Used to splice to existing cable
tray systems.
• Furnished in pairs with
hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• These splice plates are offered
for connecting cable tray
sections having side rails of
different heights.
• Furnished in pairs
with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• These plates provide for changes in
elevation that do not conform to
standard vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Height

Height

in.

mm

9(*)-8004-1/2

4

101

9(*)-8045

5 to 4

9(*)-8005-1/2

5

127

9(*)-8046

6 to 4

9(*)-8006-1/2

6

152

9(*)-8060

6 to 5

in.

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates
• Offered to adjust a cable tray run
for changes in direction in
a horizontal plane that do
not conform to standard
horizontal fittings.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• New design bonding jumpers
not required.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• (X) Insert 4, 5 or 6 for
9(*)-803(X)
side rail height.

Requires
supports within
24” on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Height
in.

mm

127 to 101

9(*)-8024

4

101

152 to 101

9(*)-8025

5

127

152 to 127

9(*)-8026

6

152

mm

Branch Pivot Connectors

9(*)-803(X)-12 or 9(*)-803(X)-36
One pair splice plates with extensions.

L
L

• Branch from existing cable tray runs at any point.
• Pivot to any required angle.
• UL Classified for grounding
(bonding jumper not required).
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Splice only

Catalog No.
No.

Cable Tray
End Cut

Tray
Width

'L'

9(*)-803(X)

Mitered

Thru 36"

N/A

9(*)-803(X)-12

Not Mitered

Thru 12"

16"

9(*)-803(X)-36

Not Mitered

Thru 36"

41"

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Requires
supports
within 24”
on both
sides, per
NEMA VE 2.

Catalog No.

mm

9(*)-8244

4

101

9(*)-8245

5

127

9(*)-8246

6

152

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-6

Height
in.

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Cross Connector Bracket

Type 316 Tray Hardware

• For field connecting crossing section.
• Furnished in pairs with 3/8"
hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

Accessories

Catalog No.
RNCB 3/8"-16 x 3/4" SS6
Ribbed Neck Carriage Bolt, 316 Stainless Steel
Catalog No.
SFHN 3/8"-16 SS6
Hex Nut , 316 Stainless Steel

9(*)-1240

Offset Reducing Splice Plate
• This plate is used for joining cable trays having
different widths. When used in pairs they form
a straight reduction; when
used singly with a standard
Catalog No.
splice plate, they form an
offset reduction.
• Furnished as one plate
9(*)-8064-(‡)
with hardware.
9(*)-8065-(‡)
• (‡) Insert reduction
9(*)-8066-(‡)
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Height
in.

mm

4

101

5

127

6

152

Tray to Box Splice Plates

Frame Type Box Connector

Blind End

• Used to attach the end of a cable tray
run to a distribution box or control panel.
• Furnished in pairs with hardware.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• Designed to attach the end of a cable tray
run to a distribution cabinet or control
center to help reinforce the box at the
point of entry.
• Furnished with cable tray connection
hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• This plate forms a closure for a dead
end cable tray.
• Furnished as one plate with hardware.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8054

4

101

9(*)-8055

5

9(*)-8056

6

Height
in.

mm

9(*)-8074-(‡)

4

101

127

9(*)-8075-(‡)

5

152

9(*)-8076-(‡)

6

Conduit to Tray Adaptors

Catalog No.

9SS4-1150-(‡)

mm

9(*)-8084-(‡)

4

101

127

9(*)-8085-(‡)

5

127

152

9(*)-8086-(‡)

6

152

Conduit to Tray Adaptor
• Assembly required.
• Conduit clamp included.
• (‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

• Assembly required.
• Mounting hardware
included.
• Conduit clamps
provided.
• (‡) = Conduit size
(1/2" thru 4").

Height
in.

Catalog No.

• For easy attachment of conduit terminating at a cable tray.
• Use on aluminum or steel cable trays.

9SS4-1155-(‡)

Cable Tie (Ladder Tray)
Nylon ties provide easy attachment of
cable to ladder rungs; maximum
cable O.D. of 3" (76mm).

Overall Length 15"

Catalog No.

99-2125-15
Green = Fastest shipped items

Catalog No.

Conduit Size
in.

mm

9G-1158-1/2, 3/4

1/2, 3/4

15, 20

9G-1158-1, 11/4

1, 11/4

25, 32

9G-1158-11/2,

11/2,

40, 50

2

2

9G-1158-21/2, 3

21/2, 3

65, 80

9G-1158-31/2, 4

31/2, 4

90, 100

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-7

Steel I-Beam

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Accessories

Ladder Drop-Out

Catalog No.

9(*)-1104-(‡)

Barriers
Horizontal Bend

Straight Section

• Horizontal Bend Barriers are flexible in order
to conform to any horizontal fitting radius. Cut
to length.
• Order catalog number based on loading depth.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" SS4
self-drilling screws and a 99-9982 Barrier
Strip Splice.
• Standard length is 72" (6 ft.), sold individually.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

• Standard length: 120" (3 m) 144" (12 ft.).
• Order catalog number based on loading
depth.
• Furnished with four #10 x 1/2" SS4 selfdrilling screws and a 99-9982 splice.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

H

Catalog
No.

Side Rail
Height

73(*)-Length
74(*)-Length
75(*)-Length

H

Loading
Depth 'H'

in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6

101
127
152

3
4
5

76
101
127

Catalog
No.
Length =
144 for 12'
or
120 for 10'

Side Rail
Height

73(*)-90HBFL
74(*)-90HBFL
75(*)-90HBFL

Loading
Depth 'H'

in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6

101
127
152

3
4
5

76
101
127

Vertical Bend Barriers

Barrier Strip Clip

• Vertical Bend Barriers are preformed to conform to a
specific vertical fitting.
• Furnished with three #10 x 1/2" SS4 self-drilling
screws and a 99-9982 Barrier Strip Splice.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• (**) Insert 30, 45, 60 or 90 for degrees
• (†) Insert 12, 24, 36 or 48 for radius

• Zinc plated steel barrier clip fastens to
either aluminum or steel ladder rung.
• Furnished with one #10 x 1/2" SS4
plated self-drilling screw.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

H

Catalog No.

9(*)-9002

Catalog No.

99-9982

H

Inside Bend
(VI)

Outside Bend
(VO)

Inside Bend
Catalog No.

Outside Bend
Catalog No.

73(*)-(**)VI(†)
74(*)-(**)VI(†)
75(*)-(**)VI(†)

73(*)-(**)VO(†)
74(*)-(**)VO(†)
75(*)-(**)VO(†)

• Plastic splice holds adjoining
barrier strips in straight alignment.

Side Rail Loading
Height
Depth 'H'
in.

mm

in.

mm

4
5
6

101
127
152

3
4
5

76
101
127

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier Strip Splice

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-8

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

• Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with
4" (101 mm) radius to protect cable as it exits from the cable tray,
preventing damage to insulation. The drop-out will attach to any
desired rung.
• (‡) Insert tray width
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Accessories

Stainless Steel Cable Clamp

Cable Tray Clamp/Guide

• Fits with series 3 & 4 rungs.
• Shipped flat. Field form around the cable
at the time of installation.

• Features a no-twist design.
• Has four times the strength
of the traditional design.
• Each side is labeled to
ensure proper installation.
• 1/2" hardware size.
• Furnished in pairs
without hardware.

Catalog No.

Cable Size
in.

mm

Installed as
a guide.

Installed as
a clamp.

9SS4-4050

0.50 - 0.75

13 - 19

9SS4-4075

0.75 - 1.00

19 - 25

9SS4-4100

1.00 - 1.25

25 - 32

9SS4-4125

1.25 - 1.50

32 - 38

9SS4-4150

1.50 - 1.75

38 - 45

9SS4-4175

1.75 - 2.00

45 - 51

9SS4-4200

2.00 - 2.25

51 - 57

Vertical Tray Hanger

9SS4-4225

2.25 - 2.50

57 - 64

9SS4-4250

2.50 - 2.75

64 - 70

9SS4-4275

2.75 - 3.00

70 - 76

9SS4-4300

3.00 - 3.25

76 - 82

9SS4-4325

3.25 - 3.50

82 - 89

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Design load 1500 lbs/pair.
Safety Factor of 2.5
• Furnished in pairs.
• Hole size: 9/16” (14mm)
for 1/2” threaded rod.

9SS4-4350

3.50 - 3.75

89 - 95

9SS4-4375

3.75 - 4.00

95 - 102

9SS4-4400

4.00 - 4.25

100 - 106

9SS4-4425

4.25 - 4.50

106 - 113

9SS4-4450

4.50 - 4.75

113 - 121

9SS4-4475

4.75 - 5.00

121 - 125

Refer to Section CF
Cable Fixing

Patent #
RE35479

Catalog No.

9SS6-1205

7"
(178mm)
A

Catalog No.

Outside

9(*)-8224
9(*)-8225
9(*)-8226
9(*)-8227

Cable Tray Ht.
4"
5"
6"
7"

'A'
in.

mm

3.36
85.34
4.36 110.74
5.36 136.14
6.36 161.54

Cable Tray Guide
• Expansion guide for single or double cable tray runs.
• Guide allows for longitudinal movement of the
cable tray.
• No field drilling of support I-beam or channel is required.
• Guides are required on both sides of cable tray
to prevent lateral movement - can be placed on
either the inside or outside flange of cable tray.
• Guides are sold in pieces - two guides are
required per tray.
• Maximum flange thickness 11/8" (28.58 mm).

Finish

9G-1249

HDGAF

Nylon Pad

Threaded Rod (ATR) & Rod Coupling
Catalog
No.

Catalog No.

Size

Loading
lbs

Available
Lengths

Coupling
Cat. No.

3/8-16

730

ATR 3/8 x Length

36", 72", 144"

B655-3/8

1/2-13

1350

ATR 1/2 x Length

36", 72", 144"

B655-1/2

•
•
•
•
•
•

Use for friction reduction. 1/8"
Hardness: Shore D80. (3mm)
Low friction coefficient.
UV resistant.
Excellent weatherability.
3"
(76mm)
UL - 94HB.

Cat. No.

6"
(152mm)

99-PE36

Loading based on safety factor 5.

Neoprene Roll

Standard Finish: SS4 or SS6

•
•
•
•

See B-Line Strut Systems Catalog for other sizes and finishes.

Use for material isolation.
x 2" x 25' roll.
Hardness: Shore A60.
Good weatherability.
1/8"

Catalog No.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-9

99-NP300

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Cantilever Bracket

A

A

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Safety Load Factor 2.5

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.

Catalog No. Uniform Load

Uniform Load

B494-12(*)
B494-18(*)
B494-24(*)

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Cantilever Bracket

Accessories

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

1580
1000
996

7.02
4.45
4.43

6&9
12
18

152 & 229
305
457

12
18
24

305
457
610

B494-30(*)
B494-36(*)
B494-42(*)
B494-48(*)

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

924
864
580
500

4.11
3.84
2.58
2.22

24
30
36
42

610
762
914
1067

30
36
42
48

762
914
1067
1219

Cantilever Bracket

Cantilever Bracket

A
A

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.

• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Safety Load Factor 2.5

Catalog No.

Uniform Load

B409-12(*)
B409-18(*)
B409-24(*)

Tray Width

'A'

lbs

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

960
640
480

4.27
2.84
2.13

6&9
12
18

152 & 229
305
457

12
18
24

305
457
610

B297-12(*)
B297-18(*)
B297-24(*)
B297-30(*)
B297-36(*)
B297-42(*)

Rooftop Support Bases
with B22 Channel

Uniform Load

'A'

kN

in.

mm

in.

mm

1660
1100
835
665
550
465

7.37
4.88
3.71
2.95
2.44
2.06

6&9
12
18
24
30
36

152 & 229
305
457
610
762
914

12
18
24
30
36
42

305
457
610
762
914
1067

Catalog No.
DB10-28
DB10-36
DB10-42
DB10-50
DB10-60

Designed as a superior rooftop support
for cable tray,
UV resistant and approved for most
roofing material or other flat surfaces.
Can be used with any of B-Line cable
tray clamps and guides.
Ultimate Load Capacity:
1,000 lbs. (uniform load)

Tray Width

lbs

Height x Width x Length
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”
55/8”

x
x
x
x
x

6”
6”
6”
6”
6”

x
x
x
x
x

28.0”
36.0”
42.0”
50.0”
60.0”

LEEDS credit available, base made from 100% recycled material.
General Note: Consult roofing manufacturer or engineer for roof load
capacity. The weakest point may be the insulation board beneath
the rubber membrane.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-10

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Accessories

Beam Clamp

Beam Clamp B355SS4

Beam Clamp

• Sold in pieces with hardware.
• Finishes available: SS4 or SS6

• Sold in pieces.
• Design load is 1200 lbs. when used
in pairs.
• Safety Load Factor 5.0
• Order HHCS and
Channel Nuts separately.

• Sold in pieces.
• 304 stainless steel

A

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Design load when used in pairs.
Safety Load Factor 5.0

Catalog No. Design Load*
B441-22(*)
B441-22A(*)

lbs

kN

1200
1200

5.34
5.34

'A'
in. mm

33/8
5

86
127

Heavy Duty Hold
Down Bracket
•
•
•
•

Design load is 2000 lbs/pair.
Two bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided.
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Recommended for support
of vertical trays.

Catalog No.

9(*)-1241

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cat. No.

B212-1/4SS4

B212-3/8SS4

Design Load *

600 lbs. 2.67 kN

1000 lbs. 4.45 kN

Max. Flange Thick

3/4"

19 mm

1 1/8"

28.6 mm

Mat'l. Thickness

1/4"

6.3 mm

3/8"

9.5 mm

Heavy Duty Hold-Down Bracket
•
•
•
•

Design load is 4000 lbs/pair.
Four bolt design.
Sold in pairs.
3/8" cable tray attachment
hardware provided
• 1/2" support attachment
hardware not provided.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• Recommended for support
of vertical trays.

Catalog No.

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-11

9(*)-1242

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Accessories

Covers

2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Flanged
(See page APP-4)

Peaked Flanged

Ventilated Flanged

Solid Flanged

A full range of covers is available for straight sections and fittings.
Solid covers should be used when maximum enclosure of the cable is desired and no accumulation of heat is expected.
Ventilated covers provide an overhead cable shield yet allow heat to escape.
B-Line recommends that covers be placed on vertical cable tray runs to a height of 6 ft. (1.83 m) to 8 ft. (2.44 m) above the floor
to isolate both cables and personnel. Flanged covers have a 1/2 in. (13 mm) flange. Cover clamps are not included with the cover and
must be ordered separately. All peaked covers are flanged. Standard peaked covers have 1/2" peak. Special purpose peaked covers,
having a 2 to 3 pitch, provide additional slope and material thickness. The 2 to 3 pitch fitting covers are of multiple piece, welded
construction.

Stainless Steel Cover Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 80 3 SS4 - 24 - 144

Cover Type
80 = Solid
81 = Ventilated
82 = Peaked

Detail

Material

2= Flanged Stainless Steel

Tray Width

Item Description

06 =
09 =
12 =
18 =
24 =
30 =
36 =

For Straight Section Cover:
144 = 12 ft. (3.66 m)
120 = 10 ft. (3.05 m)
72 = 6 ft. (1.83 m)
60 = 5 ft. (1.52 m)
For fitting covers: Insert suffix
of fitting to be covered.
See example below.

SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

(All fittings)

3= Flanged Stainless Steel
(All straight sections)

4= Non-Flanged Stainless Steel
(80 & 81 type only)

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Covers 30" and 36" wide have reinforcing ridges.

Examples of Catalog Numbers for Fitting Covers:
Vertical Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 2 SS4 - 24 - 90 VO 24 - 4*

Horizontal Bend Cover
Prefix
Suffix
80 2 SS4 - 18 - 90 HB 24

Side Rail*
Height
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Detail
Cover Type

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
Material
Detail
Cover Type
* Required for VO fittings only

Green = Fastest shipped items

Cable Tray Systems

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-12

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Solid Non-Flanged

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Standard Cover Clamp

Combination Cover and
Hold Down Clamp

• For indoor service only.
• Sold per piece.

Tray
Type
Stainless
Steel

Side Rail
Height

Accessories
Raised Cover Clamp
• For indoor service only.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• For use with flanged covers only.

• Sold per piece.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6
• For indoor
service only.

Catalog
No.

in.

mm

4

101

9SS6-9014

5

127

9SS6-9015

6

152

9SS6-9016

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Tray
Type
Stainless
Steel

Side Rail
Height
in.

mm

4
5
6

101
127
152

Catalog
No.
† Specify gap of 1", 2", 3" or 4".
9(*)-9043
9(*)-9053
9(*)-9063

Peaked Cover Clamp

Tray
Type

Catalog
No.

Series 3 & 4 Steel
Straight Section

9(*)-9115-†

All Steel Fittings

9(*)-910†

• Recommended for outdoor service.
• (*) Insert SS4 or SS6

Catalog
No.
(‡) Insert tray width
† Add P to Catalog No. for
1/2" peaked cover clamp.

9(*)-(‡)-9044†
9(*)-(‡)-9054†
9(*)-(‡)-9064†

Catalog No.

Cover Joint Strip

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required

Side Rail
Height
in.

mm

4
5
6

101
127
152

Straight Section 60" or 72" .............4 pcs.
Straight Section 120" or 144" .........6 pcs.
Horizontal/Vertical Bends ................4 pcs.

99-9980-(‡)

Tees .................................................6 pcs.
Crosses............................................8 pcs.

• Used to join Covers
• Plastic
• (‡) Insert tray width

Note: When using the Heavy Duty Cover
Clamp, only one-half the number of clamps
stated above is required.

Cable Cleats
(see pages CFX-1 thru CFX-5)

Trefoil
Cable
Cleats

Single
Cable
Cleats

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

SST-13

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel -

Specifications

1.01

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by B-Line.

Section 2- Cable Tray Sections and Components
2.01

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges
and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional
construction features. Cable tray shall be installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

2.02

Stainless Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made of AISI Type [304]
[316] stainless steel. Transverse members (rungs) or corrugated bottoms shall be welded to the side
rails with Type 316 stainless steel welding wire. Hardware shall be AISI Type 316 stainless steel.

2.03

Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members
(rungs) welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in
radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung
must be capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray with a safety
factor of 1.5.

2.04

Ventilated Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated
bottom welded to the side rails or rungs spaced 4" on center. The peaks of the corrugated bottom
shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To
provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular
holes punched along the width of the bottom.

2.05

Non-Ventilated Bottom Trough Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails or a solid sheet over rungs. The peaks of the corrugated
bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.

2.06

Cable tray loading depth shall be [3] [4] [5] inches per NEMA VE 1.

2.07

Straight sections shall be fabricated as I-beams. Straight sections shall be supplied in standard
[12 foot] [24 foot] [10 foot (3 m)] [20 foot (6 m)] lengths.

2.08

Cable tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.

2.09

Splice plates shall be manufactured of high strength steel and be secured with 8 nuts and bolts per
plate. The resistance of fixed splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed
0.00033 ohm.

2.11

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.

Section 3- Loading Capacities and Testing
3.01

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft. on a _______ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA
VE 1 5.2. In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.
concentrated load at mid-point of span. Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the
side rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified
by NEMA.

3.02

Upon request, manufacturer shall provide test reports in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE 1 or CSA C22.2 No. 126.

Cable Tray Systems

SST-14

Series 3 & 4 Stainless Steel

Section 1- Acceptable Manufacturers

Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

FTS-1

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces
or less.
Customer: How do I select my fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items
Black = Normal lead-time items
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example:

5

G

- 09

-

90

HB

24

Part will have a long
lead time because of the
G material.

Changing the part number from G to A or P will change the coding to black and reduce lead time.

Cable Tray Systems

FTS-2

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Fittings engineered
with 3” tangents for
splicing integrity.

Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 4 A - 24 - 90 HB 24

Side Rail
Height
4
5
6
7

=
=
=
=

4"
5"
6"
7"

(101)
(127)
(152)
(178)

Material
A= Aluminum
G=HDGAF
P= Pre-Galvanized
SS4= 304 Stainless Steel
SS6= 316 Stainless Steel

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Width

Angle

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

30
45
60
90

6" (152)
9" (228)
12" (305)
18" (457)
24" (609)
30" (762)
36" (914)

=
=
=
=

30°
45°
60°
90°

See page 385 for 6” fittings with 9A-6006 and 9A-6007 splice plates.

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Type
HB
HT
HX
VI
VO
VT
VTU
HYR
HYL
CSF
LR
RR
SR

Radius

= Horizontal Bend
= Horizontal Tee
= Horizontal Cross
= Vertical Inside Bend
= Vertical Outside Bend
= Vertical Tee
= Vertical Tee, Up
= Horizontal Wye, Right
= Horizontal Wye, Left
= Cable Support Fitting
= Left Reducer Fitting
= Right Reducer Fitting
= Straight Reducer Fitting

12 = 12" (305)
24 = 24" (609)
36 = 36" (914)
48 = 48" (1219)

For ventilated trough, solid trough, ventilated bottom or solid bottom,
add VT, ST, 04 or SB as shown below: Available 6" thru 36"
Prefix

Prefix

4AVT - 24 - 90HB24

4PST - 24 - 90HB24

Vented Trough

Non-Ventilated Trough

For flat non-ventilated: Available 6" and Wider
Prefix

5PSB - 24 - 90HB24
Non-Ventilated
Note: Horizontal crosses and tees 30" or wider, with a radius of 36" or larger, will be of two-piece construction.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

FTS-3

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Bend 90° 60° (HB)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

90˚ Horizontal Bend

Bottoms manufactured:

60˚ Horizontal Bend

90˚
HB

C

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing
VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing
ST & SB = Flat sheet over
12" Rung Spacing

60˚
HB

C

C

B

B

C

R

in.

12

mm

305

24 610

36 915

48 1220

in.

mm

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218

(76

A

A

Bend
Tray
Radius Width
R

)

3"

90˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B
(Pre)-06-90HB12
(Pre)-09-90HB12
(Pre)-12-90HB12
(Pre)-18-90HB12
(Pre)-24-90HB12
(Pre)-30-90HB12
(Pre)-36-90HB12
(Pre)-42-90HB12
(Pre)-06-90HB24
(Pre)-09-90HB24
(Pre)-12-90HB24
(Pre)-18-90HB24
(Pre)-24-90HB24
(Pre)-30-90HB24
(Pre)-36-90HB24
(Pre)-42-90HB24
(Pre)-06-90HB36
(Pre)-09-90HB36
(Pre)-12-90HB36
(Pre)-18-90HB36
(Pre)-24-90HB36
(Pre)-30-90HB36
(Pre)-36-90HB36
(Pre)-42-90HB36
(Pre)-06-90HB48
(Pre)-09-90HB48
(Pre)-12-90HB48
(Pre)-18-90HB48
(Pre)-24-90HB48
(Pre)-30-90HB48
(Pre)-36-90HB48
(Pre)-42-90HB48

60˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
495
533
610
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1372
1448
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
495
533
610
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1375
1488
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
495
533
610
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1372
1448
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

(Pre)-06-60HB12
(Pre)-09-60HB12
(Pre)-12-60HB12
(Pre)-18-60HB12
(Pre)-24-60HB12
(Pre)-30-60HB12
(Pre)-36-60HB12
(Pre)-42-60HB12
(Pre)-06-60HB24
(Pre)-09-60HB24
(Pre)-12-60HB24
(Pre)-18-60HB24
(Pre)-24-60HB24
(Pre)-30-60HB24
(Pre)-36-60HB24
(Pre)-42-60HB24
(Pre)-06-60HB36
(Pre)-09-60HB36
(Pre)-12-60HB36
(Pre)-18-60HB36
(Pre)-24-60HB36
(Pre)-30-60HB36
(Pre)-36-60HB36
(Pre)-42-60HB36
(Pre)-06-60HB48
(Pre)-09-60HB48
(Pre)-12-60HB48
(Pre)-18-60HB48
(Pre)-24-60HB48
(Pre)-30-60HB48
(Pre)-36-60HB48
(Pre)-42-60HB48

in.

mm

in.

mm

171/2
1813/16
201/16
2211/16
255/16
277/8
301/2
331/16
277/8
293/16
301/2
331/16
3511/16
381/4
407/8
431/2
381/4
399/16
407/8
431/2
461/16
481/16
511/4
537/8
481/16
4915/16
511/4
537/8
567/16
591/16
6111/16
641/4

445
478
510
576
643
708
775
840
708
741
775
708
907
972
1038
1105
971
1005
1038
1105
1170
1237
1302
1368
1221
1268
1302
1368
1434
1500
1567
1632

101/8
107/8
115/8
131/8
145/8
161/8
175/8
191/8
161/8
167/8
175/8
191/8
205/8
221/8
235/8
251/8
221/8
227/8
235/8
251/8
265/8
281/8
295/8
311/8
281/8
287/8
295/8
311/8
325/8
341/8
355/8
371/8

257
276
295
333
372
410
448
486
410
429
448
486
524
564
600
638
562
581
600
638
676
714
753
791
715
734
753
791
829
867
905
943

(Pre) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

FTS-4

C
in.

mm

1111/16 297
121/2 318
133/8 340
151/8 384
167/8 429
189/16 472
205/16 516
221/16 560
189/16 472
197/16 494
205/16 516
221/16 560
2313/16 605
251/2 648
271/4 692
29
737
251/2 648
263/8 670
271/4 692
29
737
3011/16 780
327/16 824
343/16 869
3515/16 913
3211/16 830
335/16 846
343/16 868
3515/16 913
375/8 956
393/8 1000
411/8 1045
4213/16 1087

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

R
3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Bend 45° 30° (HB)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Bottoms manufactured:

30˚ Horizontal Bend

45˚ Horizontal Bend

C
C

45˚
HB

C
C
B

6)

R

(7

R

3"

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

B

A

Bend
Tray
Radius Width
R
in. mm

12

305

24

610

36

915

48 1220

in.

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

45˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

mm

in.

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1218

153/4

(Pre)-06-45HB12
(Pre)-09-45HB12
(Pre)-12-45HB12
(Pre)-18-45HB12
(Pre)-24-45HB12
(Pre)-30-45HB12
(Pre)-36-45HB12
(Pre)-42-45HB12
(Pre)-06-45HB24
(Pre)-09-45HB24
(Pre)-12-45HB24
(Pre)-18-45HB24
(Pre)-24-45HB24
(Pre)-30-45HB24
(Pre)-36-45HB24
(Pre)-42-45HB24
(Pre)-06-45HB36
(Pre)-09-45HB36
(Pre)-12-45HB36
(Pre)-18-45HB36
(Pre)-24-45HB36
(Pre)-30-45HB36
(Pre)-36-45HB36
(Pre)-42-45HB36
(Pre)-06-45HB48
(Pre)-09-45HB48
(Pre)-12-45HB48
(Pre)-18-45HB48
(Pre)-24-45HB48
(Pre)-30-45HB48
(Pre)-36-45HB48
(Pre)-42-45HB48

1613/16
177/8
20
221/16
243/16
265/16
287/16
243/16
251/4
265/16
287/16
309/16
3211/16
3413/16
3615/16
3211/16
333/4
3413/16
3615/16
391/6
413/6
435/6
457/16
413/16
421/4
435/16
457/16
479/16
4911/16
5113/16
5415/16

mm

in.

400
427
454
508
560
614
668
722
614
641
668
722
766
830
884
938
830
857
884
938
992
1046
1100
1154
1046
1073
1100
1154
1208
1262
1316
1395

61/2
615/16
73/8
81/4
91/8
10
1015/16
1113/16
10
101/2
1015/16
1113/16
1211/16
139/16
147/16
155/16
139/16
14
147/16
155/16
163/16
171/16
1715/16
1813/16
171/16
171/2
1715/16
1813/16
1911/16
209/16
217/16
225/16

in.

165
176
187
210
232
254
278
300
254
267
278
300
322
344
367
389
344
356
367
389
411
433
456
478
433
445
456
487
500
522
545
567

93/16
913/16
107/16
1111/16
1215/16
143/16
157/16
1611/16
143/16
1413/16
157/16
1611/16
1715/16
191/8
203/8
215/8
191/8
193/4
203/8
215/8
227/8
241/8
253/8
265/8
241/8
243/4
253/8
265/8
277/8
291/8
305/16
319/16

A

30˚ Horizontal Bend
Dimensions
Catalog No.
A
B

C

mm

30˚
HB

3"
(76
)

Ladder = 9" Rung Spacing
VT & 04 = 4" Rung Spacing
ST & SB = Flat sheet over
12" Rung Spacing

mm

in.

233
249
265
297
329
360
392
424
360
376
392
424
456
486
518
549
486
502
518
549
581
613
645
676
613
629
645
676
708
740
770
802

131/8

(Pre)-06-30HB12
(Pre)-09-30HB12
(Pre)-12-30HB12
(Pre)-18-30HB12
(Pre)-24-30HB12
(Pre)-30-30HB12
(Pre)-36-30HB12
(Pre)-42-30HB12
(Pre)-06-30HB24
(Pre)-09-30HB24
(Pre)-12-30HB24
(Pre)-18-30HB24
(Pre)-24-30HB24
(Pre)-30-30HB24
(Pre)-36-30HB24
(Pre)-42-30HB24
(Pre)-06-30HB36
(Pre)-09-30HB36
(Pre)-12-30HB36
(Pre)-18-30HB36
(Pre)-24-30HB36
(Pre)-30-30HB36
(Pre)-36-30HB36
(Pre)-42-30HB36
(Pre)-06-30HB48
(Pre)-09-30HB48
(Pre)-12-30HB48
(Pre)-18-30HB48
(Pre)-24-30HB48
(Pre)-30-30HB48
(Pre)-36-30HB48
(Pre)-42-30HB48

137/8
145/8
161/8
175/8
191/8
205/8
221/8
191/8
197/8
205/8
221/8
235/8
251/8
265/8
281/8
251/8
257/8
265/8
281/8
295/8
311/8
325/8
341/8
311/8
317/8
325/8
341/8
355/8
371/8
385/8
401/8

C

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

333
352
372
410
448
486
524
562
486
505
524
562
600
638
676
715
638
657
676
114
753
790
829
867
791
810
829
867
905
943
981
1019

31/2

89
94
100
135
119
130
140
151
130
135
140
151
160
172
181
191
171
176
181
191
202
211
222
232
211
218
222
232
243
252
262
273

7
77/16
713/16
85/8
97/16
101/4
111/16
1113/16
10/4
105/8
111/16
1113/16
125/8
137/16
141/4
151/16
137/16
137/8
141/4
151/16
157/8
1611/16
171/2
181/4
1611/16
171/16
171/2
181/4
191/16
197/8
2011/16
211/2

179
189
198
219
240
260
281
300
260
270
281
300
321
341
362
383
341
352
362
383
403
424
445
464
424
433
445
464
484
505
525
546

311/16
315/16
45/16
411/16
51/8
51/2
515/16
51/8
55/16
51/2
515/16
65/16
63/4
71/8
71/2
63/4
615/16
71/8
71/2
715/16
85/16
83/4
91/8
85/16
89/16
83/4
91/8
99/16
915/16
105/16
103/4

(Pre) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

FTS-5

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 Horizontal Tee (HT)

Fittings

Horizontal Cross (HX)

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

HX

B

HT
B

3" (76)

A

W

Bend
Radius

Tray
Width

R
in.

Horizontal Tee
Dimensions
Catalog Number

mm

12

305

24

610

36

915

48 1220

in.

mm

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
229
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
229
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
229
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
229
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-HT12
(Prefix)-09-HT12
(Prefix)-12-HT12
(Prefix)-18-HT12
(Prefix)-24-HT12
(Prefix)-30-HT12
(Prefix)-36-HT12
(Prefix)-42-HT12
(Prefix)-06-HT24
(Prefix)-09-HT24
(Prefix)-12-HT24
(Prefix)-18-HT24
(Prefix)-24-HT24
(Prefix)-30-HT24
(Prefix)-36-HT24
(Prefix)-42-HT24
(Prefix)-06-HT36
(Prefix)-09-HT36
(Prefix)-12-HT36
(Prefix)-18-HT36
(Prefix)-24-HT36
(Prefix)-30-HT36
(Prefix)-36-HT36
(Prefix)-42-HT36
(Prefix)-06-HT48
(Prefix)-09-HT48
(Prefix)-12-HT48
(Prefix)-18-HT48
(Prefix)-24-HT48
(Prefix)-30-HT48
(Prefix)-36-HT48
(Prefix)-42-HT48

A

R

A

3" (76)

R

Horizontal Cross
Dimensions

B

Catalog Number

in.

mm

in.

mm

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
496
533
609
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1372
1488
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144

914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1542
1600
1676
1828
1982
2134
2286
2438
2134
2210
2286
2438
2590
2744
2896
3048
2743
2820
2896
3048
3200
3353
3535
3658

(Prefix)-06-HX12
(Prefix)-09-HX12
(Prefix)-12-HX12
(Prefix)-18-HX12
(Prefix)-24-HX12
(Prefix)-30-HX12
(Prefix)-36-HX12
(Prefix)-42-HX12
(Prefix)-06-HX24
(Prefix)-09-HX24
(Prefix)-12-HX24
(Prefix)-18-HX24
(Prefix)-24-HX24
(Prefix)-30-HX24
(Prefix)-36-HX24
(Prefix)-42-HX24
(Prefix)-06-HX36
(Prefix)-09-HX36
(Prefix)-12-HX36
(Prefix)-18-HX36
(Prefix)-24-HX36
(Prefix)-30-HX36
(Prefix)-36-HX36
(Prefix)-42-HX36
(Prefix)-06-HX48
(Prefix)-09-HX48
(Prefix)-12-HX48
(Prefix)-18-HX48
(Prefix)-24-HX48
(Prefix)-30-HX48
(Prefix)-36-HX48
(Prefix)-42-HX48

A

B

in.

mm

in.

mm

18
191/2
21
24
27
30
33
36
30
311/2
33
36
39
42
45
48
42
431/2
45
48
51
54
57
60
54
551/2
57
60
63
66
69
72

457
496
533
609
686
762
838
914
762
800
838
914
991
1067
1143
1219
1067
1105
1143
1219
1295
1372
1448
1524
1372
1410
1448
1524
1600
1676
1753
1829

36
39
42
48
54
60
66
72
60
63
66
72
78
84
90
96
84
87
90
96
102
108
114
120
108
111
114
120
126
132
138
144

914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1524
1600
1676
1828
1982
2134
2286
2438
2134
2210
2286
2438
2590
2744
2896
3048
2743
2820
2896
3048
3200
3353
3505
3658

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

FTS-6

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

W

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Reducers (LR, SR, RR)
1 pair splice plates with hardware
included.
Reducer Part Numbering
Prefix - 24 - RR - 18

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Straight Reducer

Left Reducer

Width2
Fitting
Width1
Prefix

LR

W2

W1

Left Hand Reducer
W2

Catalog No.

W1

Straight Reducer

A

RR

W2

A

W1

W1

SR

W2

A

A

Tray Width

Right Reducer

Catalog No.

Right Hand Reducer

A

Catalog No.

A

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

9

228

6

152

(Prefix)-09-LR06

93/4

248

(Prefix)-09-SR06

87/8

225

(Prefix)-09-RR06

93/4

248

12

305

6

152

(Prefix)-12-LR06

111/2

292

(Prefix)-12-SR06

93/4

248

(Prefix)-12-RR06

111/2

292
248

18

24

30

36

42

457

609

762

914

1067

9

228

(Prefix)-12-LR09

93/4

248

(Prefix)-12-SR09

87/8

225

(Prefix)-12-RR09

93/4

6

152

(Prefix)-18-LR06

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-18-SR06

111/2

292

(Prefix)-18-RR06

1415/16

379

9

228

(Prefix)-18-LR09

133/16

340

(Prefix)-18-SR09

105/8

270

(Prefix)-18-RR09

133/16

340

12

305

(Prefix)-18-LR12

111/2

292

(Prefix)-18-SR12

93/4

248

(Prefix)-18-RR12

111/2

292

6

152

(Prefix)-24-LR06

183/8

467

(Prefix)-24-SR06

133/16

340

(Prefix)-24-RR06

183/8

467
424

9

228

(Prefix)-24-LR09

1611/16

424

(Prefix)-24-SR09

123/8

314

(Prefix)-24-RR09

1611/16

12

305

(Prefix)-24-LR12

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-24-SR12

111/2

292

(Prefix)-24-RR12

1415/16

379

18

457

(Prefix)-24-LR18

111/2

292

(Prefix)-24-SR18

93/4

248

(Prefix)-24-RR18

111/2

292

6

152

(Prefix)-30-LR06

217/8

555

(Prefix)-30-SR06

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-30-RR06

217/8

555
511
462

9

228

(Prefix)-30-LR09

201/8

511

(Prefix)-30-SR09

141/16

358

(Prefix)-30-RR09

201/8

12

305

(Prefix)-30-LR12

183/8

462

(Prefix)-30-SR12

133/16

335

(Prefix)-30-RR12

183/8

18

459

(Prefix)-30-LR18

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-30-SR18

111/2

292

(Prefix)-30-RR18

1415/16

380

24

609

(Prefix)-30-LR24

111/2

292

(Prefix)-30-SR24

93/4

248

(Prefix)-30-RR24

111/2

292

6

152

(Prefix)-36-LR06

255/16

643

(Prefix)-36-SR06

1611/16

424

(Prefix)-36-RR06

235/16

643

598

(Prefix)-36-SR09

1513/16

402

(Prefix)-36-RR09

239/16

598

9

228

(Prefix)-36-LR09

239/16

12

305

(Prefix)-36-LR12

217/8

555

(Prefix)-36-SR12

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-36-RR12

217/8

555

18

457

(Prefix)-36-LR18

183/8

462

(Prefix)-36-SR18

133/16

335

(Prefix)-36-RR18

183/8

462
380

24

609

(Prefix)-36-LR24

1415/16

380

(Prefix)-36-SR24

111/2

292

(Prefix)-36-RR24

1415/16

30

762

(Prefix)-36-LR30

111/2

292

(Prefix)-36-SR30

93/4

248

(Prefix)-36-RR30

111/2

292

6

152

(Prefix)-42-LR06

283/4

730

(Prefix)-42-SR06

183/8

467

(Prefix)-42-RR06

283/4

732

9

228

(Prefix)-42-LR09

271/16

687

(Prefix)-42-SR09

171/2

445

(Prefix)-42-RR09

271/16

687
643

12

305

(Prefix)-42-LR12

255/16

643

(Prefix)-42-SR12

1611/16

424

(Prefix)-42-RR12

2515/16

18

457

(Prefix)-42-LR18

217/8

556

(Prefix)-42-SR18

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-42-RR18

217/8

556

24

609

(Prefix)-42-LR24

183/8

467

(Prefix)-42-SR24

133/16

335

(Prefix)-42-RR24

183/8

467

30

762

(Prefix)-42-LR30

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-42-SR30

111/2

292

(Prefix)-42-RR30

1415/16

379

(Prefix)-42-LR36

111/2

(Prefix)-42-SR36

93/4

(Prefix)-42-RR36

111/2

292

36

914

292

249

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

FTS-7

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Prefix - 36 - 18 HT 24

Tray Width

* Insert Radius

R

A

R = Radius

12" Radius

24" Radius

3" (76)

W1

Radius
Fitting
Width W2
Width W1
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

W2

36" Radius

48" Radius

(12", 24", 36", or 48")

W1
in. mm

W2
in.

Catalog No.

A

mm

in.

mm

B
in.

A

mm

in.

B
mm

in.

mm

A
in.

mm

B
in.

A
mm

in.

mm

B
in.

mm

228

6

152

(Prefix)-09-06-HT*

191/2

496

36

914

311/2

800

60

1524

43

1092

84

2134

551/2

1410

108

2743

12

305

6
9

152
228

(Prefix)-12-06-HT*
(Prefix)-12-09-HT*

21
21

533
533

36
39

914
991

33
33

838
838

60
63

1524
1600

45
45

1143
1143

84
87

2134
2210

57
57

1448
1448

108
111

2743
2819

18

475

24

609

30

762

6
9
12
6
9
12
18
6
9
12
18
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
305
152
228
305
457
152
228
305
457
609
152
228
305
457
609
762
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Prefix)-18-06-HT*
(Prefix)-18-09-HT*
(Prefix)-18-12-HT*
(Prefix)-24-06-HT*
(Prefix)-24-09-HT*
(Prefix)-24-12-HT*
(Prefix)-24-18-HT*
(Prefix)-30-06-HT*
(Prefix)-30-09-HT*
(Prefix)-30-12-HT*
(Prefix)-30-18-HT*
(Prefix)-30-24-HT*
(Prefix)-36-06-HT*
(Prefix)-36-09-HT*
(Prefix)-36-12-HT*
(Prefix)-36-18-HT*
(Prefix)-36-24-HT*
(Prefix)-36-30-HT*
(Prefix)-42-06-HT*
(Prefix)-42-09-HT*
(Prefix)-42-12-HT*
(Prefix)-42-18-HT*
(Prefix)-42-24-HT*
(Prefix)-42-30-HT*
(Prefix)-42-36-HT*

24
24
24
27
27
27
27
30
30
30
30
30
33
33
33
33
33
33
36
36
36
36
36
36
36

609
609
609
686
686
686
686
762
762
762
762
762
838
838
838
838
838
838
914
914
914
914
914
914
914

36
39
42
36
39
42
48
36
39
42
48
54
36
39
42
48
54
60
36
39
42
48
54
60
66

914
991
1067
914
991
1067
1219
914
991
1067
1219
1372
914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676

36
36
36
39
39
39
39
42
42
42
42
42
45
45
45
45
45
45
48
48
48
48
48
48
48

914
914
914
991
991
991
991
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1143
1143
1143
1143
1143
1143
1219
1219
1219
1219
1219
1219
1219

60
63
66
60
63
66
72
60
63
66
72
78
60
63
66
72
78
84
60
63
66
72
78
84
90

1524
1600
1676
1524
1600
1676
1829
1524
1600
1676
1829
1981
1524
1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
1524
1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
2286

48
48
48
51
51
51
51
54
54
54
54
54
57
57
57
57
57
57
60
60
60
60
60
60
60

1219
1219
1219
1295
1295
1295
1295
1372
1372
1372
1372
1372
1448
1448
1448
1448
1448
1448
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524

84
87
90
84
87
90
96
84
87
90
96
102
84
87
90
96
102
108
84
87
90
96
102
108
114

2134
2210
2286
2134
2210
2286
2438
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2895

60
60
60
63
63
63
63
66
66
66
66
66
69
69
69
69
69
69
72
72
72
72
72
72
72

1524
1524
1524
1600
1600
1600
1600
1676
1676
1676
1676
1676
1753
1753
1753
1753
1753
1753
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829

108
111
114
108
111
114
120
108
111
114
120
126
108
111
114
120
126
132
108
111
114
120
126
132
138

2743
2819
2496
2743
2819
2496
3048
2743
2819
2496
3048
3200
2743
2819
2496
3048
3200
3353
2743
2819
2496
3048
3200
3353
3505

9

36 914

42

1067

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

FTS-8

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

HT

B

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

HT
B

Prefix - 09 - 30 HT 12
W1

R

R = Radius

Tray Width

3" (76)

A

Radius
Fitting
Width W2
Width W1
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

W2

*Insert Radius

12" Radius

24" Radius

36" Radius

48" Radius

(12", 24", 36", or 48")

W1
in.

mm

6

152

9

228

12

305

18

24

457

609

30

762

36

914

W2
in.

mm

9
12
18
24
30
36
42
12
18
24
30
36
42
18
24
30
36
42
24
30
36
42
30
36
42
36
42
42

228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
305
457
609
762
914
1067
457
609
762
914
1067
609
762
914
1067
762
914
1067
914
1067
1067

Catalog No.
(Prefix)-06-09-HT*
(Prefix)-06-12-HT*
(Prefix)-06-18-HT*
(Prefix)-06-24-HT*
(Prefix)-06-30-HT*
(Prefix)-06-36-HT*
(Prefix)-06-42-HT*
(Prefix)-09-12-HT*
(Prefix)-09-18-HT*
(Prefix)-09-24-HT*
(Prefix)-09-30-HT*
(Prefix)-09-36-HT*
(Prefix)-09-42-HT*
(Prefix)-12-18-HT*
(Prefix)-12-24-HT*
(Prefix)-12-30-HT*
(Prefix)-12-36-HT*
(Prefix)-12-42-HT*
(Prefix)-18-24-HT*
(Prefix)-18-30-HT*
(Prefix)-18-36-HT*
(Prefix)-18-42-HT*
(Prefix)-24-30-HT*
(Prefix)-24-36-HT*
(Prefix)-24-42-HT*
(Prefix)-30-36-HT*
(Prefix)-30-42-HT*
(Prefix)-36-42-HT*

A

B

A

B

A

B

A

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
191/2
191/2
191/2
191/2
191/2
191/2
21
21
21
21
21
24
24
24
24
27
27
27
30
30
33

457
457
457
457
457
457
457
496
496
496
496
496
496
533
533
533
533
533
609
609
609
609
686
686
686
762
762
838

39
42
48
54
60
66
72
42
48
54
60
66
72
48
54
60
66
72
54
60
66
72
60
66
72
66
72
72

991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1219
1372
1524
1676
1829
1372
1524
1676
1829
1524
1676
1829
1676
1829
1829

30
30
30
30
30
30
30
311/2
311/2
311/2
311/2
311/2
311/2
33
33
33
33
33
36
36
36
36
39
39
39
42
42
45

762
762
762
762
762
762
762
800
800
800
800
800
800
838
838
838
838
838
914
914
914
914
991
991
991
1067
1067
1143

63
66
72
78
84
90
96
66
72
78
84
90
96
72
78
84
90
96
78
84
90
96
84
90
96
90
96
96

1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
2286
2438
1676
1829
1981
2134
2286
2438
1829
1981
2134
2286
2438
1981
2134
2286
2438
2134
2286
2438
2286
2438
2438

42
42
42
42
42
42
42
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
431/2
45
45
45
45
45
48
48
48
48
51
51
51
54
54
57

1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1067
1105
1105
1105
1105
1105
1105
1143
1143
1143
1143
1143
1219
1219
1219
1219
1295
1295
1295
1372
1372
1448

87
90
96
102
108
114
120
90
96
102
108
114
120
96
102
108
114
120
102
108
114
120
108
114
120
114
120
120

2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2895
3048
2286
2438
2591
2743
2895
3048
2438
2591
2743
2895
3048
2591
2743
2895
3048
2743
2895
3048
2895
3048
3048

54
54
54
54
54
54
54
551/2
551/2
551/2
551/2
551/2
551/2
57
57
57
57
57
60
60
60
60
63
63
63
66
66
69

mm

1372
1372
1372
1372
1372
1372
1372
1410
1410
1410
1410
1410
1410
1448
1448
1448
1448
1448
1524
1524
1524
1524
1600
1600
1600
1676
1676
1753

B
in.

mm

111
114
120
126
132
138
144
114
120
126
132
138
144
120
126
132
138
144
126
132
138
144
132
138
144
138
144
144

2819
2496
3048
3200
3353
3503
3658
2496
3048
3200
3353
3503
3658
3048
3200
3353
3503
3658
3200
3353
3503
3658
3353
3503
3658
3503
3658
3658

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

FTS-9

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX)
3 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Prefix - 36 - 18 HX 24
Radius
Fitting
Width W2
Width W1
To complete catalog number, insert
fitting prefix.

B
R

3" (76)

W2

W1

Tray Width

* Insert Radius

12" Radius

24" Radius

36" Radius

48" Radius

(12", 24", 36", or 48")

W1
in.

mm

9

228

12

305

18

457

24

609

30

762

36

914

42

1067

W2
in.

Catalog No.

mm

A
in.

B

A

B

A

B

A

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

B
in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-09-06-HX*

39

991

36

914

63

1600

60

1372

87

2210

84

2134

111 2819

108

2743

6
9
6
9
12
6
9
12
18
6
9
12
18
24
6
9
12
18
24
30
6
9
12
18
24
30
36

152
228
152
228
305
152
228
305
457
152
228
305
457
609
152
228
305
457
609
762
152
228
305
457
609
762
914

(Prefix)-12-06-HX*
(Prefix)-12-09-HX*
(Prefix)-18-06-HX*
(Prefix)-18-09-HX*
(Prefix)-18-12-HX*
(Prefix)-24-06-HX*
(Prefix)-24-09-HX*
(Prefix)-24-12-HX*
(Prefix)-24-18-HX*
(Prefix)-30-06-HX*
(Prefix)-30-09-HX*
(Prefix)-30-12-HX*
(Prefix)-30-18-HX*
(Prefix)-30-24-HX*
(Prefix)-36-06-HX*
(Prefix)-36-09-HX*
(Prefix)-36-12-HX*
(Prefix)-36-18-HX*
(Prefix)-36-24-HX*
(Prefix)-36-30-HX*
(Prefix)-42-06-HX*
(Prefix)-42-09-HX*
(Prefix)-42-12-HX*
(Prefix)-42-18-HX*
(Prefix)-42-24-HX*
(Prefix)-42-30-HX*
(Prefix)-42-36-HX*

42
42
48
48
48
54
54
54
54
60
60
60
60
60
66
66
66
66
66
66
72
72
72
72
72
72
72

1067
1067
1219
1219
1219
1372
1372
1372
1372
1524
1524
1524
1524
1524
1676
1676
1676
1676
1676
1676
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829
1829

36
39
36
39
42
36
39
42
48
36
39
42
48
54
36
39
42
48
54
60
36
39
42
48
54
60
66

914
991
914
991
1067
914
991
1067
1219
914
991
1067
1219
1372
914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
914
991
1067
1219
1372
1524
1676

66
66
72
72
72
78
78
78
78
84
84
84
84
84
90
90
90
90
90
90
96
96
96
96
96
96
96

1676
1676
1829
1829
1829
1981
1981
1981
1981
2134
2134
2134
2134
2134
2286
2286
2286
2286
2286
2286
2438
2438
2438
2438
2438
2438
2438

60
63
60
63
66
60
63
66
72
60
63
66
72
78
60
63
66
72
78
84
60
63
66
72
78
84
90

1372
1600
1372
1600
1676
1372
1600
1676
1829
1372
1600
1676
1829
1981
1372
1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
1372
1600
1676
1829
1981
2134
2286

90
90
96
96
96
102
102
102
102
108
108
108
108
108
114
114
114
114
114
114
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

2286
2286
2438
2438
2438
2591
2591
2591
2591
2743
2743
2743
2743
2743
2896
2896
2896
2896
2896
2896
3048
3048
3048
3048
3048
3048
3048

84
87
84
87
90
84
87
90
96
84
87
90
96
102
84
87
90
96
102
108
84
87
90
96
102
108
114

2134
2210
2134
2210
2286
2134
2210
2286
2438
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2134
2210
2286
2438
2591
2743
2896

114
114
120
120
120
126
126
126
126
132
132
132
132
132
138
138
138
138
138
138
144
144
144
144
144
144
144

108
111
108
111
114
108
111
114
120
108
111
114
120
126
108
111
114
120
126
132
108
111
114
120
126
132
138

2743
2819
2743
2819
2896
2743
2819
2896
3048
2743
2819
2896
3048
3200
2743
2819
2896
3048
3200
3353
2743
2819
2896
3048
3200
3353
3505

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

FTS-10

2896
2896
3048
3048
3048
3200
3200
3200
3200
3353
3353
3353
3353
3353
3505
3505
3505
3505
3505
3505
3658
3658
3658
3658
3658
3658
3658

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

HX

A

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Horizontal Wye (HYL, HYR)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Left Hand Wye

Right Hand Wye

HYL

HYR

B

B

C

C

A

A

R

R
45˚

45˚
W
Left Hand Wye

Bend
Radius

Tray
Width

in.

mm

in.

609

6
152
9
228
12 305
18 457
24 609
30 762
36 914
42 1067

24

Left Hand Wye
Catalog No.

W

R = Radius

R = Radius

Right Hand Wye
Catalog No.

A

mm

(Prefix)-06-HYL
(Prefix)-09-HYL
(Prefix)-12-HYL
(Prefix)-18-HYL
(Prefix)-24-HYL
(Prefix)-30-HYL
(Prefix)-36-HYL
(Prefix)-42-HYL

(Prefix)-06-HYR
(Prefix)-09-HYR
(Prefix)-12-HYR
(Prefix)-18-HYR
(Prefix)-24-HYR
(Prefix)-30-HYR
(Prefix)-36-HYR
(Prefix)-42-HYR

Right Hand Wye

B

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

28 7/16
32 11/16
36 15/16
45 3/8
53 7/8
62 3/8
70 7/8
79 3/8

722
831
938
1153
1368
1585
1800
2016

15 3/16
20 5/16
25 7/16
35 13/16
45 15/16
56 3/16
66 7/16
76 5/8

386
516
646
910
1167
1427
1687
1946

3 1/16
6 1/16
9 1/16
15 1/16
21 1/16
27 1/16
33 1/16
39 1/16

77
154
231
383
535
688
993
992

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Width dimensions are to inside wall. For aluminum fittings add 1.5 inches for total outside width. Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

FTS-11

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 90˚ (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

90˚ Vertical Outside

90˚ Vertical Inside

3" (76)

R

B

B

R

3" (76)

C

A

Bend
Radius
R

Tray
Width
Insert

(*) Insert "VO" for
Vert. Outside Bend
"VI" for
Vert. Inside Bend

VO Side Rail
Height
4" - 7"
A
B
C

A

4"
B

C

A

5"
B

C

A

6"
B

C

A

7"
B

C

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

19
(483)

20
(508)

20
(508)

20
(508)

21
(533)

21
(533)

21
(533)

22
(559)

22
(559)

22
(559)

in.

mm

Catalog No.

in.

12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-90(*)12
(Prefix)-09-90(*)12
(Prefix)-12-90(*)12
(Prefix)-18-90(*)12
(Prefix)-24-90(*)12
(Prefix)-30-90(*)12
(Prefix)-36-90(*)12
(Prefix)-42-90(*)12

15
(381)

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-90(*)24
(Prefix)-09-90(*)24
(Prefix)-12-90(*)24
(Prefix)-18-90(*)24
(Prefix)-24-90(*)24
(Prefix)-30-90(*)24
(Prefix)-36-90(*)24
(Prefix)-42-90(*)24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-90(*)36
(Prefix)-09-90(*)36
(Prefix)-12-90(*)36
(Prefix)-18-90(*)36
(Prefix)-24-90(*)36
(Prefix)-30-90(*)36
(Prefix)-36-90(*)36
(Prefix)-42-90(*)36

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-90(*)48
(Prefix)-09-90(*)48
(Prefix)-12-90(*)48
(Prefix)-18-90(*)48
(Prefix)-24-90(*)48
(Prefix)-30-90(*)48
(Prefix)-36-90(*)48
(Prefix)-42-90(*)48

24
(609)

36
(914)

48
(1219)

C

C

in.

(305)

in.

15
(381)

VI Side Rail Height

in.

15
(381)

19
(483)

19
(483)

27

27

27

31

31

31

32

32

32

33

33

33

34

34

34

(686)

(686)

(686)

(787)

(787)

(787)

(813)

(813)

(813)

(838)

(838)

(838)

(864)

(864)

(864)

43

43

43

44

44

44

45

45

45

46

46

46

39

39

39

(991)

(991)

(991)

51

51

51
(1295)

(1092) (1092) (1092) (1118) (1118) (1118) (1143) (1143) (1143) (1168) (1168) (1168)

55

55

55

56

56

56

57

57

57

58

58

58

(1295) (1295) (1397) (1397) (1397) (1422) (1422) (1422) (1448) (1448) (1448) (1473) (1473) (1473)

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

90˚
VI

A

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

90˚
VO

C

FTS-12

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 60˚ (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

60˚
VO

C

R

3" (76)

C

60˚ Vertical Inside

B

B

in.

Tray
Width
Insert
in.

6
9
12
18
12
(305) 24
30
36
42
6
9
12
24
18
(609) 24
30
36
42
6
9
12
36
18
(914) 24
30
36
42
6
9
12
48
18
(1219) 24
30
36
42

mm

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(*) Insert "VO" for
Vert. Outside Bend
"VI" for
Vert. Inside Bend
Catalog No.
(Prefix)-06-60(*)12
(Prefix)-09-60(*)12
(Prefix)-12-60(*)12
(Prefix)-18-60(*)12
(Prefix)-24-60(*)12
(Prefix)-30-60(*)12
(Prefix)-36-60(*)12
(Prefix)-42-60(*)12
(Prefix)-06-60(*)24
(Prefix)-09-60(*)24
(Prefix)-12-60(*)24
(Prefix)-18-60(*)24
(Prefix)-24-60(*)24
(Prefix)-30-60(*)24
(Prefix)-36-60(*)24
(Prefix)-42-60(*)24
(Prefix)-06-60(*)36
(Prefix)-09-60(*)36
(Prefix)-12-60(*)36
(Prefix)-18-60(*)36
(Prefix)-24-60(*)36
(Prefix)-30-60(*)36
(Prefix)-36-60(*)36
(Prefix)-42-60(*)36
(Prefix)-06-60(*)48
(Prefix)-09-60(*)48
(Prefix)-12-60(*)48
(Prefix)-18-60(*)48
(Prefix)-24-60(*)48
(Prefix)-30-60(*)48
(Prefix)-36-60(*)48
(Prefix)-42-60(*)48

R
C
C

A

Bend
Radius
R

60˚
VI

A

3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

60˚ Vertical Outside

VO Side Rail
Height
4" - 7"
A
B
C

VI Side Rail Height

A

4"
B

C

A

5"
B

C

A

6"
B

C

A

7"
B

C

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

85/8
(219)

915/16

183/8

105/8

121/4

191/4 111/8 1213/16 201/16 115/8

133/8

(378)

(253)

(467)

(270)

(311)

(489

255/16

145/8

167/8

283/4

(643)

(372)

(428)

(730)

3511/16

205/8

2313/16

(907)

(524)

(605)

461/16
(1170)

265/8

3011/16

(676)

(780)

147/8

14

(326)

(510)

(340)

(557)

(308)

(356)

165/8 193/16

295/8 171/8

193/4

301/2 175/8 205/16

(422)

(488)

(753)

(502)

(775)

391/8

225/8

261/8

(994)

(575)

499/16
(1259)

285/8

33

(727)

(838)

(435)

40 231/8
(663) (1016) (587)

503/8 291/8
(1280) (740)

2611/16
(687)

335/8
(854)

(296)

2115/16 121/8

(283)

313/8

181/8

207/8

(448)

(516)

(797)

(461)

(530)

407/8 235/8
(1038) (600)

271/4

413/4
(1060)

241/8

2713/16

(692)

(613)

(706)

511/4 295/8 343/16
(1302) (753) (868)

521/8
(1324)

301/8

343/4

(765)

(883)

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

FTS-13

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 45˚ (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

45˚ Vertical Outside

45˚ Vertical Inside

3" (76)

3" (76)

C
B

45˚
VI

R

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

45˚
VO

C

B

R

C
C
A

A

Bend
Radius
R
in.

12
(305)

24
(609)

36
(924)

48
(1219)

Tray
Width

(*) Insert "VO" for
Vert. Outside Bend
Insert "VI" for
Vert. Inside Bend
Catalog No.

in.

mm

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-45(*)12
(Prefix)-09-45(*)12
(Prefix)-12-45(*)12
(Prefix)-18-45(*)12
(Prefix)-24-45(*)12
(Prefix)-30-45(*)12
(Prefix)-36-45(*)12
(Prefix)-42-45(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-45(*)24
(Prefix)-09-45(*)24
(Prefix)-12-45(*)24
(Prefix)-18-45(*)24
(Prefix)-24-45(*)24
(Prefix)-30-45(*)24
(Prefix)-36-45(*)24
(Prefix)-42-45(*)24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-45(*)36
(Prefix)-09-45(*)36
(Prefix)-12-45(*)36
(Prefix)-18-45(*)36
(Prefix)-24-45(*)36
(Prefix)-30-45(*)36
(Prefix)-36-45(*)36
(Prefix)-42-45(*)36
(Prefix)-06-45(*)48
(Prefix)-09-45(*)48
(Prefix)-12-45(*)48
(Prefix)-18-45(*)48
(Prefix)-24-45(*)48
(Prefix)-30-45(*)48
(Prefix)-36-45(*)48
(Prefix)-42-45(*)48

VO Side Rail
Height
4" - 7"
A
B
C

A

4"
B

C

A

5"
B

C

A

6"
B

C

A

7"
B

C

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

135/8

55/8
(143)

95/8
(245)

171/8

71/8
(181)

101/16

177/8

189/16

711/16

(173)

(256)

(454)

(471)

(195)

2415/16 105/16

145/8

255/8 105/8

(372)

(651)

(346)

221/16
(561)

91/8
(232)

309/16 1211/16

in.

8
(203)

1215/16
(329)

1715/16

VI Side Rail Height

167/16 613/16
(417)

(634)

(262)

(435)

(270)

15
(381)

333/8 1313/16 199/16

341/8 141/8

(776)

(323)

(456)

(848)

(351)

(497)

(867)

391/16

163/16

227/8

249/16

(411)

(581)

417/8
(1064)

173/8

(992)

(441)

(624)

425/8 175/8 2415/16
(1083) (448) (633)

(359)

20
(508)

(668)

(278)

(392)

3413/16 147/16 203/8
(885)

(367)

(518)

435/16 1715/16 253/8
(1100) (456) (645)

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

FTS-14

107/8
(2176)

265/16 1015/16 157/16 271/16 113/16 1513/16

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

Cable Tray Systems

73/8 107/16
(188) (265)

(687)

(284)

(402)

351/2 1411/16 2013/16
(902)

(284)

(402)

44

181/4

2513/16

(1118)

(464)

(656)

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Bend 30˚ (VO, VI)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

30˚ Vertical Inside

30˚
VI

30˚
VO

C

C

3" (76)

B
R

R

3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

30˚ Vertical Outside

B
C
C

A

Bend
Tray
Radius Width
R
in.

12
(305)

24
(609)

36
(914)

48
(1219)

(*) Insert "VO" for
Vert. Outside Bend
Insert "VI" for
Vert. Inside Bend
Catalog No.

in.

mm

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-30(*)12
(Prefix)-09-30(*)12
(Prefix)-12-30(*)12
(Prefix)-18-30(*)12
(Prefix)-24-30(*)12
(Prefix)-30-30(*)12
(Prefix)-36-30(*)12
(Prefix)-42-30(*)12

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-30(*)24
(Prefix)-09-30(*)24
(Prefix)-12-30(*)24
(Prefix)-18-30(*)24
(Prefix)-24-30(*)24
(Prefix)-30-30(*)24
(Prefix)-36-30(*)24
(Prefix)-42-30(*)24

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

(Prefix)-06-30(*)36
(Prefix)-09-30(*)36
(Prefix)-12-30(*)36
(Prefix)-18-30(*)36
(Prefix)-24-30(*)36
(Prefix)-30-30(*)36
(Prefix)-36-30(*)36
(Prefix)-42-30(*)36
(Prefix)-06-30(*)48
(Prefix)-09-30(*)48
(Prefix)-12-30(*)48
(Prefix)-18-30(*)48
(Prefix)-24-30(*)48
(Prefix)-30-30(*)48
(Prefix)-36-30(*)48
(Prefix)-42-30(*)48

A

VO Side Rail
Height
4" - 7"
A
B
C

A

4"
B

C

A

5"
B

C

A

6"
B

C

A

7"
B

C

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

115/8

31/8

35/8

33/4

151/8

(92)

(359)

(95)

79/16
(192)

145/8 315/16 713/16

(346)

75/16
(186)

141/8

(79)

63/16
(157)

135/8

(296)

(372)

(100)

(199)

(384)

41/16
(103)

81/16
(205)

97/16
(240)

195/8

51/4
(133)

101/2

201/8

205/8
(524)

55/8
(143)

115/16

(273)

51/2 111/16
(140) (282)

211/8

(511

53/8
(137)

103/4

(267)

67/8 1311/16 261/8
(174) (348) (663)

7

14

265/8

271/8

(676)

(362)

(689)

71/4
(184)

141/2

(356)

71/8
(181)

141/4

(175)

87/16 1615/16
(214) (430)

85/8
(219)

173/16

325/8

331/8

(445)

(842)

87/8
(226)

173/4

(829)

83/4
(222)

171/2

(437)

175/8
(448)

235/8

411/16
(120)

VI Side Rail Height

(499)

65/16
(160)

125/8

255/8

(600)

(321)

(651)

295/8

715/16

157/8

315/8

(753)

(202)

(403)

(803)

321/8
(816)

(537)

(287)

(287)

(451)

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

FTS-15

Cable Tray Systems

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Vertical Tee Up/Down (VTU/VT)
2 pair splice plates with hardware included.

Down

VT
B

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

H
3" (76)

Up

R

A

Bend

Tray

Radius
R

Width

in.

12
(305)

24
(609)

36
(914)

48
(1219)

Vertical Tee Down

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42

Catalog No.

mm

152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067
152
228
305
457
609
762
914
1067

Side Rail Height "H"
4"

Catalog No.
in.

Vertical Tee Up

(Prefix)-06-VT12
(Prefix)-09-VT12
(Prefix)-12-VT12
(Prefix)-18-VT12
(Prefix)-24-VT12
(Prefix)-30-VT12
(Prefix)-36-VT12
(Prefix)-42-VT12
(Prefix)-06-VT24
(Prefix)-09-VT24
(Prefix)-12-VT24
(Prefix)-18-VT24
(Prefix)-24-VT24
(Prefix)-30-VT24
(Prefix)-36-VT24
(Prefix)-42-VT24
(Prefix)-06-VT36
(Prefix)-09-VT36
(Prefix)-12-VT36
(Prefix)-18-VT36
(Prefix)-24-VT36
(Prefix)-30-VT36
(Prefix)-36-VT36
(Prefix)-42-VT36
(Prefix)-06-VT48
(Prefix)-09-VT48
(Prefix)-12-VT48
(Prefix)-18-VT48
(Prefix)-24-VT48
(Prefix)-30-VT48
(Prefix)-36-VT48
(Prefix)-42-VT48

(Prefix)-06-VTU12
(Prefix)-09-VTU12
(Prefix)-12-VTU12
(Prefix)-18-VTU12
(Prefix)-24-VTU12
(Prefix)-30-VTU12
(Prefix)-36-VTU12
(Prefix)-42-VTU12
(Prefix)-06-VTU24
(Prefix)-09-VTU24
(Prefix)-12-VTU24
(Prefix)-18-VTU24
(Prefix)-24-VTU24
(Prefix)-30-VTU24
(Prefix)-36-VTU24
(Prefix)-42-VTU24
(Prefix)-06-VTU36
(Prefix)-09-VTU36
(Prefix)-12-VTU36
(Prefix)-18-VTU36
(Prefix)-24-VTU36
(Prefix)-30-VTU36
(Prefix)-36-VTU36
(Prefix)-42-VTU36
(Prefix)-06-VTU48
(Prefix)-09-VTU48
(Prefix)-12-VTU48
(Prefix)-18-VTU48
(Prefix)-24-VTU48
(Prefix)-30-VTU48
(Prefix)-36-VTU48
(Prefix)-42-VTU48

5"

6"

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

15
(381)

34
(846)

15
(381)

35
(889)

15
(381)

36
(914)

15
(381)

37
(940)

27
58
(6867) (1473)

27
(686)

59
(1498)

27
(686)

60
(1524)

27
(686)

61
(1549)

39
(991)

82
(2083)

39
(991)

83
(2108)

39
(991)

84
(2134)

39
(991)

85
(2159)

51
106
(1295) (2692)

51
(1295)

107
(2718)

51
(1295)

108
(2743)

51
(1295)

109
(2769)

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

FTS-16

7"

A

Series 2, 3, 4 & 5 -

Fittings

Cable Support Fittings (CSF)
1 pair splice plates with hardware included.

A

CSF

3" (76)

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

H

R

This fitting is recommended for use
at the top of vertical runs to support
the weight of the cables. The top
cross brace is drilled for installing
eyebolts, ordered separately.

B

Bend

Tray

Radius
R

Width

Side Rail Height "H"
4"
Catalog No.

6"

7"

B

A

B

A

B

A

B

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

in.

12

6 152
9
228
12 305
18 457
24 609
30 762
36 914
42 1067

(Prefix)-06-CSF12
(Prefix)-09-CSF12
(Prefix)-12-CSF12
(Prefix)-18-CSF12
(Prefix)-24-CSF12
(Prefix)-30-CSF12
(Prefix)-36-CSF12
(Prefix)-42-CSF12

19
(483)

15
(381)

20
(508)

15
(381)

21
(533)

15
(381)

22
(559)

15
(381)

6
152
9
228
12 305
18 457
24 609
30 762
36 914
42 1067

(Prefix)-06-CSF24
(Prefix)-09-CSF24
(Prefix)-12-CSF24
(Prefix)-18-CSF24
(Prefix)-24-CSF24
(Prefix)-30-CSF24
(Prefix)-36-CSF24
(Prefix)-42-CSF24

31
(787)

27
(686)

32
(813)

27
(686)

33
(838)

27
(686)

34
(864)

27
(686)

6
152
9
228
12 305
18 457
24 609
30 762
36 914
42 1067

(Prefix)-06-CSF36
(Prefix)-09-CSF36
(Prefix)-12-CSF36
(Prefix)-18-CSF36
(Prefix)-24-CSF36
(Prefix)-30-CSF36
(Prefix)-36-CSF36
(Prefix)-42-CSF36

43
(1092)

39
(991)

44
(1118)

39
(991)

45
(1143)

39
(991)

46
(1168)

39
(991)

6
152
9
228
12 305
18 457
24 609
30 762
36 914
42 1067

(Prefix)-06-CSF48
(Prefix)-09-CSF48
(Prefix)-12-CSF48
(Prefix)-18-CSF48
(Prefix)-24-CSF48
(Prefix)-30-CSF48
(Prefix)-36-CSF48
(Prefix)-42-CSF48

55
(1397)

51
(1295)

56
(1422)

51
(1295)

57
(1448)

51
(1295)

58
(1473)

51
(1295)

(305)

24
(609)

36
(914)

48
(1219)

mm

5"

A

(Prefix) See page FTS-3 for catalog number prefix.
Manufacturing tolerances apply to all dimensions.

All dimensions in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified.

FTS-17

Cable Tray Systems

Notes

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Fittings

Cable Tray Systems

FTS-18

Fiberglass

Fiberglass

FCT-1

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass

Fiberglass

How The Service Advisor Works
B-Line knows that your time is important! That’s why the color-coding system in this catalog is designed to help you
select products that fit your service needs. Products are marked to indicate the typical lead time for orders of 50 pieces
or less.
Customer: How do I select my straight sections. covers, or fittings so that I get the quickest turnaround?
Service Advisor: Each part of our selection chart is shown in colors. If any section of a part number is a different
color, the part will typically ship with the longer lead time represented by the colors.
Green = Fastest shipped items
Black = Normal lead-time items
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Example:

13

FA -

09 - 24 - 144

3-5

15

3-5

3-5

3-5

Part will have a long
lead time because of the
FA material.

Changing the part number from 13FA to 13F will change the coding to black for all sections and reduce the lead time.

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-2

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Corrosion Guide
The information shown in this corrosion guide is based on full immersion laboratory tests and data generated from resin manufacturer's
data. It should be noted that in some of the environments listed, splashes and spill situations may result in a more corrosive situation
than indicated due to the evaporation of water. Regular wash down is recommended in these situations.
All data represents the best available information and is believed to be correct. The data should not be construed as a warranty of
performance for that product as presented in these tables. User tests should be performed to determine suitability of service if there is
any doubt or concern. Such variables as concentration, temperature, time and combined chemical effects of mixtures of chemicals
make it impossible to specify the exact suitability of fiber reinforced plastics in all environments. B-Line will be happy to supply
material samples for testing. These recommendations should only be used as a guide and B-Line does not take responsibility for
design or suitability of materials for service intended. In no event will B-Line be liable for any consequential or special damages for
any defective material or workmanship including without limitation, labor charge, other expense or damage to properties resulting
from loss of materials or profits or increased expenses of operations.
CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Acetic Acid

VINYL ESTER

CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT

Max

Max Oper.

Max

Max Oper.

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

10

190

10

210

Chromic Acid

POLYESTER

VINYL ESTER

Max
Wt. %

Max Oper.
Temp ˚F

Max
Wt. %

Max Oper.
Temp ˚F

5

70

10

120

Acetic Acid

50

125

50

180

Citric Acid

SAT

170

SAT

200

Acetone

N/R

N/R

100

75

Copper Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Aluminum Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Copper Cyanide

SAT

170

SAT

200

Aluminum Hydroxide

SAT

160

SAT

170

Copper Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Aluminum Nitrate

SAT

150

SAT

170

Crude Oil, Sour

100

170

100

200

Aluminum Sulfate

SAT

180

SAT

200

Cyclohexane

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

190

Cyclohexane, Vapor

ALL

100

ALL

130

1

100

10

150

Diesel Fuel

100

160

100

180

Ammonium Hydroxide

28

N/R

28

100

Diethyl Ether

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Carbonate

N/R

N/R

SAT

150

Dimethyl Phthalate

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Hydroxide

Fiberglass

POLYESTER

15

125

SAT

130

Ethanol

50

75

50

90

Ammonium Nitrate

SAT

160

SAT

190

Ethyl Acetate

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Persulfate

SAT

N/R

SAT

150

Ethylene Chloride

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Ammonium Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Ethylene Glycol

100

90

100

200

Amyl Alcohol

ALL

N/R

ALL

90

Fatty Acids

SAT

180

SAT

200

-

140

-

120

Ferric Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Benzene

N/R

N/R

100

140

Ferric Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Benzene Sulfonic Acid

25

110

SAT

200

Ferric Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Ammonium Bicarbonate

Amyl Alcohol Vapor

Benzoic Acid

SAT

150

SAT

200

Ferrous Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Benzoyl Alcohol

100

N/R

100

N/R

Fluoboric Acid

N/R

N/R

SAT

165

Borax

SAT

170

SAT

200

Fluosilicic Acid

N/R

N/R

SAT

70

Calcium Carbonate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Formaldehyde

50

75

50

100

Calcium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Formic Acid

N/R

N/R

50

100

25

70

25

165

Gasoline

100

80

100

150

Calcium Nitrate

SAT

180

SAT

200

Glucose

100

170

100

200

Calcium Sulfate

SAT

180

SAT

200

Glycerine

100

150

100

200

Carbon Disulfide

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Heptane

100

110

100

120

Carbonic Acid

SAT

130

SAT

180

Hexane

100

90

100

130

Carbon Dioxide Gas

-

200

-

200

Hydrobromic Acid

50

120

50

120

Carbon Monoxide Gas

-

200

-

200

Hydrochloric Acid

10

150

10

200

N/R

N/R

100

75

Hydrochloric Acid

20

140

20

190

-

140

-

170

Hydrochloric Acid

37

75

37

95

-

N/R

-

180

Hydrofluoric Acid

N/R

N/R

15

80

SAT

80

SAT

180

Hydrogen Bromide, Dry

100

190

100

200

Calcium Hydroxide

Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlorine, Dry Gas
Chlorine, Wet Gas
Chlorine Water
- : No Information Available

N/R: Not Recommended

SAT: Saturated Solution

FCT-3

FUM: Fumes

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data
Corrosion Guide

CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT
Hydrogen Bromide, Wet

POLYESTER

VINYL ESTER

Max

Max Oper.

Max

Max Oper.

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

100

75

100

130

CHEMICAL
ENVIRONMENT

POLYESTER

VINYL ESTER

Max

Max Oper.

Max

Max Oper.

Wt.

Temp ˚F

Wt. %

Temp ˚F

Potassium Hydroxide

N/R

N/R

25

150

Hydrogen Chloride

-

120

-

200

Potassium Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Hydrogen Peroxide

5

100

30

100

Potassium Permanganate

100

80

100

210

Hydrogen Sulfide, Dry

100

170

100

210

Potassium Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Hydrogen Sulfide, Wet

100

170

100

210

Propylene Glycol

ALL

170

ALL

200

20

80

20

150

Phthalic Acid

-

-

SAT

200

Isopropyl Alcohol

N/R

N/R

15

80

Sodium Acetate

SAT

160

SAT

200

Kerosene

100

140

100

180

Sodium Benzoate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Lactic Acid

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sodium Bicarbonate

SAT

160

SAT

175

Lead Acetate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sodium Bisulfate

ALL

170

ALL

200

Lead Chloride

SAT

140

SAT

200

Sodium Bromide

ALL

170

ALL

200

Lead Nitrate

SAT

-

SAT

200

Sodium Carbonate

10

80

35

160

Linseed Oil

100

150

100

190

Sodium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Lithium Chloride

SAT

150

SAT

190

Sodium Cyanide

SAT

170

SAT

200

Magnesium Carbonate

SAT

140

SAT

170

Sodium Hydroxide

N/R

N/R

50

150

Magnesium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sodium Hydroxide

N/R

N/R

25

80

Magnesium Hydroxide

SAT

150

SAT

190

Sodium Hypochloride

N/R

N/R

10

150

Magnesium Nitrate

SAT

140

SAT

180

Sodium Monophosphate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Magnesium Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

190

Sodium Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Mercuric Chloride

SAT

150

SAT

190

Sodium Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Mercurous Chloride

SAT

140

SAT

180

Sodium Thiosulfate

ALL

100

ALL

120

Methyl Ethyl Ketone

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Stannic Chloride

SAT

160

SAT

190

Mineral Oils

100

170

100

200

Styrene

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Monochlorobenzene

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Sulfated Detergent

0/50

170

0/50

200

Naphtha

100

140

100

170

Sulfur Dioxide

100

80

100

200

Nickel Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sulfur Trioxide

100

80

100

200

Nickel Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sulfuric Acid

93

N/R

93

N/R

Nickel Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Sulfuric Acid

50

N/R

50

180

5

140

5

150

Sulfuric Acid

25

75

25

190

Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid

20

70

20

100

Sulfurous Acid

SAT

80

N/R

N/R

Oleic Acid

100

170

100

190

Tartaric Acid

SAT

170

SAT

200

Oxalic Acid

ALL

75

ALL

120

Tetrachloroethylene

N/R

N/R

FUM

75

-

100

-

120

Toluene

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Paper Mill Liquors
Perchlorethylene

100

N/R

100

N/R

Trisodium Phosphate

N/R

N/R

SAT

175

Perchloric Acid

N/R

N/R

10

150

Urea

SAT

130

SAT

140

Perchloric Acid

N/R

N/R

30

80

Vinegar

100

170

100

200

Phosphoric Acid

10

160

10

200

Water, Distilled

100

170

100

190

Phosphoric Acid

100

120

100

200

Water, Tap

100

170

100

190

Potassium Aluminum Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Water, Sea

SAT

170

SAT

190

Potassium Bicarbonate

50

80

50

140

Xylene

N/R

N/R

N/R

N/R

Potassium Carbonate

10

N/R

10

120

Zinc Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Potassium Chloride

SAT

170

SAT

200

Zinc Nitrate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Potassium Dichromate

SAT

170

SAT

200

Zinc Sulfate

SAT

170

SAT

200

- : No Information Available

Cable Tray Systems

N/R: Not Recommended

SAT: Saturated Solution

FCT-4

FUM: Fumes

Fiberglass

Hypochlorous Acid

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Load Data
Fiberglass Cable Tray and Cable Channel are offered in four versions for applications as follows:
Standard Series
13F, 24F, 36F, 46F, H46F, 48F
FCC-03, FCC-04, FCC-06, FCC-08

Resin Type

Color

Meets

Fire Retardant Polyester

Gray

ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO
Good Corrosion Resistance
in most environments

Fire Retardant Vinyl Ester

Beige

ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO
Improved Corrosion Resistance
For more severe environments
Higher Heat Distortion Temperature

Fire Retardant
Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat

Black

ASTM E-84 Class 1 - UL94 VO
ASTM D257-99
Dissipates Static Charge
Smoke Generation and Toxicity
for Mass Transit Requirements
and Off Shore application

High Performance
13FV, 24FV, 36FV, 46FV, H46FV, 48FV
FCCV-03, FCCV-04, FCCV-06, FCCV-08

Dis-Stat/Low Smoke
13FA, 24FA, 36FA, 46FA, H46FA, 48FA
FCCA-03, FCCA-04, FCCA-06, FCCA-08

Effect of Temperature
Strength properties of reinforced plastics are reduced when continuously exposed
to elevated temperatures. Working loads shall be reduced based on the following:

Approximate
Percent of Strength

75
100
125
150
175
200

100
90
78
68
60
52

Fiberglass

Temperature in
Degrees F

NEMA Standard 8-10-1986
If unusual temperature conditions exist,
the manufacturer should be consulted.
Authorized Engineering information 8-20-1986

Typical Properties of Pultruded Components
Flame Resistance (FTMS 406-2023)
ign/burn, seconds

B-Line Fiberglass Cable Tray systems are manufactured from glass fiberreinforced plastic shapes that meet ASTM E-84, Smoke Density rating for
polyester of 680, for vinyl ester 1025, Class 1 Flame Rating and selfextinguishing requirements of ASTM D-635. A surface veil is applied during
pultrusion to insure a resin-rich surface and ultraviolet resistance.

75/75

Intermittent Flame Test (HLT-15), rating

100

Flammability Test (ASTM D635)
Ignition
Burning Time

none
0 sec.

3" & 4" Cable Tray,
Cable Channel

6" Cable Tray

Properties

Test
Method

Unit/
Value

Longitudinal

Transverse

Longitudinal

Transverse

Density

ASTM D1505

lbs/in3

.058-.062

-

.072 - .076

-

Coefficient of Thermal Expansion

ASTM D696

in/in/˚F

5.0 x 10-6

-

5.0 x 10-6

-

Water Absorption

ASTM D570

Max %

0.5

-

0.5

Dielectic Strength

ASTM D149

V/mil (vpm)

200

-

200

-

Flammability Classification

UL94

VO

-

-

-

-

Flame Spread

ASTM E-84

20 Max

-

-

-

-

FCT-5

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Structural Characteristics of Cable Tray and Supports
When viewed in its installed condition, any
cable tray system performs functionally as
a beam under a uniformly distributed load.
There are four basic beam configurations
typically found in a cable tray installation.
All four types of beams support cable tray
but each differ in the way that the beam is
attached to the support.
The first two beam configurations, simple
and continuous, apply to the cable tray
itself. The second two beam configurations,
cantilever and fixed, apply more to the
cable tray supports than to the cable tray
itself.
Simple Beam
A good example of simple beam is a single
straight section of cable tray supported but
not fastened at either end. When the tray is
loaded the cable tray is allowed to deflect.

the cantilever beam will hold considerably
less load than a comparable simple beam.

Fixed Beam
A fixed beam configuration has both
ends of the beam rigidly attached to the
supports. A good example of a fixed beam
is the rung of a cable tray. By attaching the
ends of the rung to the side rails, the ends
are not free to move, bend or twist. This
restriction in end movement effectively
increases the load carrying capacity of the
member.
Fixed beam configurations are also typically
found in strut rack type support systems.
These types of racks are found extensively
in tunnel applications for support of pipe
and cable tray.

Cantilever Beam
A cantilever beam configuration occurs
when one end of the beam is rigidly attached
to the support and the other end is
unsupported.
This type of configuration is typically used
when wall mounting a bracket to support
cable tray. Since one end is unsupported,

Fiberglass

Simple beam analysis is used almost
universally for beam comparisons even
though it is seldom practical in field
installations. The three most prominent
reasons for using a simple beam analysis
are: calculations are simplified; it represents
the worst case loading; and testing is
simple and reliable. The published load data
in the B-Line cable tray catalog is based on
the simple beam analysis per NEMA
Standard FG-1.

Continuous Beam
Continuous beam is the beam configuration
most commonly used in cable tray
installations. An example of this configuration
is where cable trays are installed across
several supports to form a number of spans.
The continuous beam possesses traits of
both the simple and fixed beams.
When equal loads are applied to all spans
simultaneously, the counterbalancing effect
of the loads on both sides of a support
restricts the movement of the cable tray at
the support. The effect is similar to that of
a fixed beam. The end spans behave
substantially like simple beams. When cable
trays of identical design are compared,
continuous beam installations will typically
have approximately half the deflection of a
simple beam of the same span. Therefore,
simple beam data should be used for a
general comparison only.

Standard B-Line Label

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,
Or Support For Personnel.

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.
Catalog Number: 24F09-18-120 STR SECTION
Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001
Mark Number: 78101115400
Purchase Order: D798981
Minimum Area:
Load Class:
232 KG/M 3.7 METER SPAN

1 of 1
09/15/2012
000291745

www.cooperbline.com
(618) 654-2184

30781011154005

WARNING!

VENTILATED
LR36026

Warning! Walkways
It should be noted that cable tray is designed as a support for power or control cables, or both and is not intended or designed to be a
walkway for personnel, the user is urged to display appropriate warnings cautioning against the use of this support as a walkway. The
following language is suggested:
WARNING! Not to be used as a walkway, ladder or support for personnel. To be used only as a mechanical support
for cables and tubing.
Authorized Engineering Information 8-20-1986

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-6

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Structural Characteristics of Cable Tray and Supports
Cable Loads
The cable load is simply the total weight of
all the cables to be placed in the tray. This
load should be expressed in lbs./ft.
Concentrated Loads
A concentrated static load represents a
static weight applied between the side rails.
Tap boxes, conduit attachments and long
cable drops are just some of the many types
of concentrated loads. When so specified,
these concentrated static loads may be
converted to an equivalent, uniform load
(We) in pounds per linear foot by using the
following formula:
2x (concentrated static load)
We: =
span length (ft.)

Fiberglass

Wind Loads
Wind loads need to be determined for all
outdoor cable tray installations. Most
outdoor cable trays are ladder type trays,

to ice should be determined from local and
federal weather bureau information.
Snow Loads
Snow is measured by density and thickness.
The density of snow varies almost as much
as its thickness. The additional design load
from snowfall should be determined using
local snowfall records which can be
obtained from local and federal weather
bureaus.
Seismic Loads
In recent years a great deal of testing and
evaluation of cable tray systems, and their
supports, has been performed. The
conclusions reached from these evaluations
have shown the cable tray/strut support
system exhibited more seismic capacity
than originally expected. One of the factors
contributing to this is the energy dissipating
motion of the cables within the tray. Another
factor is the high degree of ductility of the
cable tray and the support material. These
factors, working in conjunction with a
properly designed cable tray system, should
afford reasonable assurance to withstand
even strong motion earthquakes. Please
consult the factory with your specific
seismic specifications and request a seismic
brochure.

Typical Continuous
Span Configuration
Figure 1

+ Maximum positive moment
- Maximum negative moment

Preferred Splice
Plate Locations
Figure 2

Detail 1

therefore the most severe loading to be
considered is pressure on the tray side rails
(see Detail 1).
When covers are installed on outdoor cable
trays, another factor to be considered is the
aerodynamic effect which can produce a lift
strong enough to separate a cover from a
tray. Wind moving across a covered tray
(see Detail 2) creates a positive pressure
inside the tray and a negative pressure

Detail 2

above the cover. This pressure difference
can lift the cover off the tray.
B-Line recommends the use of heavy duty
wrap-around cover clamps when covered
trays are installed in an area where strong
winds occur.
Ice Loads
Glaze ice is the most commonly seen form
of ice build-up. It is the result of rain or
drizzle freezing on impact with an exposed
object. Generally, only the top surface (or
the cover) and the windward side of a cable
tray system is significantly coated with ice.
The maximum design load to be added due

Splices
A lot of attention has been given to the
strength of the side rails. These load
bearing side rails must be spliced to form a
continuous system, therefore the design of
the splice plate is very important. The splice
plate needs to be both strong and simple to
install. These characteristics have been
designed into B-Line’s splice plates.
B-Line’s new high strength “L" shaped LAYIN splice plate offers several advantages:
1) stronger than flat plate splices.
2) time saving - holds tray in position before
fasteners are inserted.
3) provides base for an expansion splice to
function - no vertical binding.
4) discourages splice on support-positioning, over the support is the worst place to
splice - Fig 3.
The location of splices in a continuous span
cable tray system is also very important. The
splices should be located at points of
minimum stress whenever practical. NEMA
standards FG-1 limits the use of splice
plates as follows:
Unspliced straight section should be
used on a simple span and on end
spans of continuous runs. Straight
section lengths should be equal to or
greater than the span length to ensure
not more than one splice between
supports. See Figures 1 through 3 for
examples on splicing configurations.

FCT-7

Preferred splice location:
• 1⁄4 span

Undesirable Splice
Plate Locations
Figure 3

Undesired location:
• over supports
• mid spans

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Cable Tray Thermal Contraction and Expansion
X : Denotes hold-down clamp (anchor) at support.
_ : Denotes expansion guide clamp at support.

It is important that thermal contraction
and expansion be considered when
installing cable tray systems. The
length of the straight cable tray runs
and the temperature differential
govern the number of expansion
splice plates required (see Table 1
below).

X

--

--

--

--

X

--

--

--

--

X

X

--

--

--

--

X

--

--

--

--

X

Expansion Splice Plates
Figure 1

Typical Cable Tray Installation

The cable tray should be anchored at
the support nearest to its midpoint
between the expansion splice plates
and secured by expansion guides at
all other support locations (see Figure
1 - Typical Cable Tray Installation).
The cable tray should be permitted
longitudinal movement in both
directions from that fixed point.

Minimum
Temperature

F°

F°

C°

130

130

50

50
110

110
40

40

1
90

90

30

30
70

70
20

3

50

50

10

0

30

-10

10

-20

-10

30

0

10

-10

-10

-20

-30

-30

4
-30

-30

-40

-40
1/8
(3.2)

0
(0.0)

1/4
(6.3)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

GAP SETTING
Inches (mm)

5/8
(15.9)

Table 1

Expansion or Contraction for Various Temperature Differences

25°F
50°F
75°F
100°F
125°F
150°F
175°F

(13.9°C)
(27.8°C)
(41.7°C)
(55.6°C)
(69.4°C)
(83.3°C)
(97.2°C)

Cable Tray Length
for 1" Expansion
667 Feet
333 Feet
222 Feet
167 Feet
133 Feet
111 Feet
95 Feet

(203.3m)
(101.5m)
(67.6m)
(50.9m)
(40.5m)
(33.8m)
(28.9m)

Tray Length for
Each Expansion Connector*
417 Feet
208 Feet
139 Feet
104 Feet
83 Feet
69 Feet
59 Feet

(127.1m)
(63.4m)
(42.3m)
(31.7m)
(25.3m)
(21.0m)
(18.0m)

Note for gap set and hold down/guide location, see installation instruction above.
*1" (25.4mm) slotted holes in each expansion connector allow 5⁄8" (15.9mm) total expansion or contraction.
Authorized Engineering Information 8-20-1986

Cable Tray Systems

10

2

Figure 2

Temperature
Differential

20

FCT-8

Fiberglass

1 Plot the highest expected tray
temperature on the maximum
temperature line.
2 Plot the lowest expected tray
temperature on the minimum
temperature line.
3 Draw a line between the
maximum and minimum points.
4 Plot the tray temperature at the
time of installation to determine
the gap setting.

C°

Tray Temperature At Time Of Installation

Accurate gap settings at the time of
installation is necessary for the proper
operation of the expansion splice
plates. The following procedure
should assist the installer in
determining the correct gap: (see
Figure 2 - Gap Setting)

Maximum
Temperature

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

Cable Tray Installation Guide
Installation of B-Line fiberglass cable tray should be made in accordance with the standards set by NEMA
Publication VE-2, Cable Tray Installation Guide, and National Electrical Code, Article 318.
-

Always observe common safety practices when assembling tray and fittings. Installations generally require some field cutting.
Dust created during fabrication presents no serious health hazard, but skin irritation may be experienced by some workers.
Operators of saws and drills should wear masks, long sleeve shirts or coveralls.
Fabrication with fiberglass is relatively easy and comparable to working with wood. Ordinary hand tools may be used in most cases.
Avoid excessive pressure when sawing or drilling. Too much force can rapidly dull tools and also produce excessive heat which
softens the bonding resin in the fiberglass resulting in a ragged edge rather than a clean-cut edge.
Field cutting is simple and can be accomplished with a circular power saw with an abrasive cut-off wheel (masonry type) or
hack saw (24 to 32 teeth per inch).
Drill fiberglass as you would drill hard wood. Standard twist drills are more than adequate.
Any surface that has been drilled, cut, sanded or otherwise broken, must be sealed with a compatible resin. (see page FCT-48)
Carbide tipped saw blades and drill bits are recommended when cutting large quantities.
Support the fiberglass material firmly during cutting operations to keep material from shifting which may cause chipping at the
cut edge.
Each tray section length should be equal to or greater than the support span.
When possible, the splice should be located at quarter span.
Fittings should be supported as per NEMA FG-1.

Fiberglass

Recommended Fiberglass Trapeze Hanging Systems
Notes:
1) A snug three to four ft.-lbs. torque is sufficient for all thread rod nuts.
2) When supporting cable tray, the spacing between each trapeze should not exceed the distance between splice plates.
3) When hanging from beam, B-Line BFPU751 series clamps provide extra thread engagement necessary for load ratings. All thread
rod must be fully engaged in the clamp.
4) Design load safety factor is 3:1

BF22A Strut:

1

⁄2" fiberglass all-thread rod (BFVATR 1⁄2)

2" max between material being supported and rod

fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2)
fiberglass spacer (BFV202)
maximum uniform load
1,500 lbs.

BF22A fiberglass strut

fiberglass spacer (BFV202)
1

⁄2" (13mm) Min.
fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2)

2" (51mm)
Min.

40" (1016mm)
Max.

BF22 Strut:

1

⁄2" fiberglass all-thread rod (BFVATR 1⁄2)

2" max between material being supported and rod

fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2)
maximum uniform load
500 lbs.

fiberglass spacer (BFV202)
BF22 fiberglass strut

fiberglass spacer (BFV202)
1

⁄2" (13mm) Min.

fiberglass ATR nut (BFVATRHN 1⁄2)
40" (1016mm)
Max.

2" (51mm)
Min.

For vinyl ester resin, ‘V’ must be added appropriately to part number. Example: BFV22A.

FCT-9

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass Cable Tray Support Locations For Fittings

Technical Data

- per NEMA VE-2 Installation Guide

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2

ft.

(. 6
M
)

22.5˚
45˚

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)
2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

ø = 30˚, 45˚, 60˚, 90˚

2 ft. (.6M)

ø
2 ft. (.6M)

ø

Vertical Elbows
2/3 R

2/3 R

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)
1/2 L

2

ft.

(.6

M

)

ø = 30˚, 45˚, 60˚, 90˚

2 ft. (.6M)

2 ft. (.6M)

L

Horizontal Cross

1/2 ø

Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Elbows

Based on the National Electrical Code - 1993, Section 318
The National Electrical Code Article 318 was written primarily for verifying the cable fill in cable trays but little has been done to convert this
information into a design procedure.
In the development of a complete cable tray support system, B-Line established a simple method of determining the right size tray to
support any given amount of cables. The following tables cover our method for determining cable tray widths based on tray design and
system voltage.
Table I
Table I is subdivided into two categories covering electrical service of 2000 volts or less. The first, Category A, is for any mixture of power
or lighting cables with any mixture of control or signal cables. Category B is used when control and/or signal cables only are being used.
Control Circuit - the circuit of a control apparatus or system that carries the electric signals
directing the performance of the controller, but does not carry the main power (NEC Article 100).
Signaling Circuit - any electric circuit that energizes signaling equipment (NEC Article 100).
Table II
Table II has only one category of electrical service and that is 2001 volts and over for types MV and MC cables both single and
multiconductor.
Type MV is a single or multiconductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated 2001 volts or higher (NEC Article 326).
Type MC cable is a factory assembly of one or more conductors, each individually insulated and enclosed in a metallic sheath or
interlocking tape, or a smooth or corrugated tube (NEC Article 334). Cables other than Types MV and MC can be installed provided they
are "specifically approved for installation in cable trays."
Table III
Table III covers 3, 4 and 6 inch ventilated cable channels.

Tray Sizing Procedure
Step 1.

Select proper cable tray table below based on cable voltage and tray type.

Cable Voltage

Cable Tray Type

Use:

2000 Volts or less

Ladder, Cable Tray

Table I

2001 Volts or more

Ladder, Cable Tray

Table II

2001 Volts or less

Cable Channel, ventilated

Table III

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-10

Fiberglass

How To Size Cable Tray

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

How To Size Cable Tray
Tables I - Ladder Cable Tray - for cables rated 2000 volts or less
For power or lighting or any mixture of power, lighting, control or signal cables:

1. Multiconductor Cable
Conductor sizes 4/0 and larger*
Conductor sizes 3/0 and smaller

tray width ≥ Sd
tray width ≥ 0.857 Sa

NEC 318-9(a) (1)
NEC 318-9(a) (2)

Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type TC Cables.
6
21
20

4/c
4/c
5/c

500 kcmil
#8 AWG
#12 AWG

Power:
Lighting:
Control:

Diameter = 3.14
Area = 0.407
Area = 0.170

6 x 3.14 = 18.84
.857 (21 x 0.407) = 7.32
.857 (20 x 0.170) = 2.91
29.07

Solution: Use 30 inch wide tray
2. Single Conductor Cable
Conductor sizes 250 MCM thru 900 MCM† only
Conductor sizes 3/0 and smaller

tray width ≥ 0.023 Sa*
tray width ≥ 0.857 Sa

NEC 318-10(a) (2)
NEC 318-10(a) (4)

Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type THW Wires.
6
9
6

1/c
1/c
1/c

4/0 AWG
500 kcmil
250 kcmil

Power:
Power:
Power:

Diameter = 0.710
Area = 0.83
Area = 0.49

(6 x 0.71) = 4.26
.923 (9 x 0.83) = 6.89
.923 (6 x 0.49) = 2.71

Fiberglass

13.86

Solution: Use 18 inch wide tray
3. Mixture of Single and Multiconductor Cable
Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following mix of cables. Use guidelines from (1) & (2) above.
2
12
60
4
6

3/c
4/c
4/c
1/c
1/c

250 kcmil
#8 AWG
#12 AWG
1/0AWG
500kc mil

Type MC
Type TC
Type TC
Type THW
Type THW

Power:
Lighting:
Control:
Power:
Power:

Diameter = 1.84
Area = 0.41
Area = 0.12
Diameter = 0.55
Area = 0.83

2 x 1.84 = 3.68
.857 (12 x 0.41) = 4.22
.857 (60 x 0.12) = 6.17
(4 x 0.55) = 2.20
.923 (6 x 0.83) = 4.60
20.87

Solution: Use 24 inch wide tray
For control and/or signal duty cable only:

tray width ≥

1. Multiconductor Cable

2Sa

NEC 318-9(b)

D

All conductor sizes**
Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following Type TC Cables in 4 inch deep tray.
24
42
18

16/c
4/c
4/c

16 AWG
12 AWG
10 AWG

Control:
Control:
Control:

Area = 0.29
Area = 0.13
Area = 0.20

2(24 x 0.29) ÷ 4 = 3.48
2(42 x 0.13) ÷ 4 = 2.73
2(18 x 0.20) ÷ 4 = 1.80
8.01

Solution: Use 24 inch wide tray
*
**
†
Sd
Sa

The 4/0 and larger cable shall be installed in a single layer and no other cables shall be placed on them.
For computation only depth D can not exceed 6 inches.
For 1000 MCM and larger single conductor cable, refer to NEC 318-10(a)1 for sizing information.
= the sum of the diameters, in inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray.
= the sum of the cross-sectional areas, in square inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray.

FCT-11

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Technical Data

How To Size Cable Tray
Table II - Ladder - for cables rated 2000 volts or less
For MV or MC cables:

1. Mixture of Single and Multiconductor Cable
All conductor sizes†

NEC 318-12
tray width ≥ Sd

Example: Calculate width of cable tray required for the following cables.
4
10
4

1/c
3/c
3/c

500 kcmil
2/0 AWG
4/0 AWG

Type MV
Type MC
Type MV

Diameter =
Diameter =
Diameter =

1.05
1.55
1.78

4 x 1.05 = 4.20
10 x 1.55 = 15.50
4 x 1.78 = 7.12
26.82

Solution: Use 30 inch wide tray

Table III - Cable Channel, Ventilated - for cables rated 2000 volts or less
For power, lighting, control and/or signal duty cables:

1. Multiconductor Cable (all size cables)
One cable only
Two or more cables

NEC 318-9(E)

3 inch wide

4 inch wide

6 inch wide

Sa ≤ 2.3 in2
Sa ≤ 1.3 in2

Sa ≤ 4.5 in2
Sa ≤ 2.5 in2

Sa ≤ 7.0 in2
Sa ≤ 3.8 in2

Example: Calculate width of cable channel required for the following Type TC Cables.
3/c
4/c

1/0 AWG
300 kcmil

Area =
Area =

1.17 which is less than 1.3. Use 3 inch wide.
3.77 which is less than 4.5. Use 3 inch wide.

6
2

4/c
3/c

#10 AWG
1/0 AWG

Area =
Area =

6 x 0.20 = 1.20 which is less than 1.3. Use 3 inch wide.
2 x 1.17 = 2.34 which is less than 2.5. Use 4 inch wide.

2. Single Conductor (1/0 AWG or larger)
Any number of cables

NEC 318-10(b)

3 inch wide

4 inch wide

6 inch wide

Sd ≤ 3.0

Sd ≤ 4.0

Sd ≤ 6.0

Example: Type THW Cables.
3
8

1/c
1/c

500 kcmil
4/0 kcmil

Type THW
Type THW

Diameter =
Diameter =

3 x 1.029 = 3.09 which is less than 4.0. Use 4 inch wide.
8 x 0.71 = 5.68 which is less than 6.0. Use 6 inch wide.

†

Cables shall be installed in a single layer. Where single conductor cables are triplexed, quadruplexed or bound together in circuit groups, the sum of the
diameters of the single conductors shall not exceed the cable tray width and these groups shall be installed in single layer arrangement.
Sd = the sum of the diameters, in inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray.
Sa = the sum of the cross-sectional areas, in square inches, of all cables in the same ladder cable tray.

Covers (Derating)

Cross-Sectional Area

Multipliers Used in Tables

When cable trays are continuously covered for more than
six feet with solid unventilated covers, the ampacity of the
installed cables must be reduced per NEC-1993.
2000 volts or less
• MULTICONDUCTOR CABLES
- use 95% of tables 310-16 and 310-18
• SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLES
- 600 MCM and larger use 70% of tables 310-17 and
310-19 1/0 AWG thru 500 kc mil use 60% of tables
310-17 and 310-19
2001 volts and over
• MULTICONDUCTOR CABLES
- use 95% of tables 310-75 and 310-76
• SINGLE CONDUCTOR CABLES
- use 70% of tables 310-69 and 310-70

Rarely is the cross-sectional area of
a multiconductor cable given in
manufacturers literature or the
National Electrical Code. To
calculate the cross-sectional area
simply square the diameter and
multiply by 0.7854. The diameter
used in the calculations is the
overall outside diameter (O.D.) of the
cable including insulation and/or
armor.
Cross Sectional Area (Square Inches)

The multipliers used in all tables are
mathematical equivalents of Tables
318-9 and 318-10 of the National
Electrical Code-1993.

Cable Tray Systems

= 0.7854 (O.D.)2

FCT-12

An example can be found in column
1 of Table 318-9. The proportion of
cable tray width (size inches) to
allowable fill (seven square inches) is
0.857 for 3/0 and smaller
multiconductor cables in ladder type
trays. Therefore the product of 0.857
and the cross-sectional area of
cables is the tray width.

Fiberglass

1
1

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specification
SECTION 161xx
NON-METALLIC CABLE TRAY
POLYESTER, VINYL ESTER

PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.

B.

The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor,
supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems
as shown on the drawings.
Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder
type] [vented bottom type] [solid bottom type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs,
supports and accessories.

1.02 REFERENCES
A.
B.
C.

ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code
NEMA FG 1-2002 – Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems
NEMA VE 2-2002 – Cable Tray Installation Guidelines

1.03 DRAWINGS

Fiberglass

A.

B.

The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of
the cable tray systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary
surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not
guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed.
Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations,
distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to
make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A.

B.

Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps,
brackets, hanger rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings,
showing accurately scaled components.
Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types,
materials, finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs,
submit cross sectional properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

B.
C.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types
and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for
not less than 5 years.
NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number FG-1,
"Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems".
NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable
tray and cable channel systems (Article 318, NEC).

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
B.

Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring
finishes. Do not install damaged equipment.
Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from
weather and construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before storage.
continued on page FCT-14

FCT-13

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specification

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.

Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be as
manufactured by B-Line [or engineer approved equal].

2.02 CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS
A.

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide non-metallic cable trays, of types, classes,
and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units.
Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable
standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be
installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

B.

Material and Finish: Straight section structural elements; side rails, rungs and splice plates
shall be pultruded from glass fiber reinforced polyester resin, vinyl ester resin or dis-stat.

C.

Pultruded shapes shall be constructed with a surface veil to insure a resin-rich surface and
ultraviolet resistance.

D.

Pultruded shapes shall meet ASTM E-84, Class 1 flame rating and self-extinguishing
requirements of ASTM D-635.

2.03 TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM
Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse
members (rungs) mechanically fastened and adhesively bonded to the side rails. Rungs
shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be
industry standard 9" and measured at the center of the tray’s width. Each rung must be
capable of supporting a 200 lb. concentrated load at the center of the cable tray with a
safety factor of 1.5 (See following rung loading table).

B.

Ventilated Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with
rungs spaced 4" on center.

C.

Solid Bottom Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a solid
sheet over rungs spaced on 12" centers.

D.

Cable tray loading depth shall be [2] [3] [5] inches per NEMA FG 1.

E.

Straight sections shall be supplied in standard [10 foot (3m)] [20 foot (6m)] lengths.

F.

Cable tray inside widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on
drawings. Outside width shall not exceed inside by more than a total of 2".

G.

Straight and expansion splice plates will be of "L" shaped lay-in design with an eight-bolt
pattern in 5" fill systems and four-bolt pattern in 3" and 2" fill systems. Splice plates shall
be furnished with straight sections and fittings.

H.

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36].

I.

Fittings shall be of mitered construction.

J.

Dimension tolerances will be per NEMA FG 1.

continued on page FCT-15

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-14

Fiberglass

A.

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specification

2.04 LOADING CAPACITIES
A.

Cable trays shall meet NEMA class designation: [8C] [12C] [20B] [20C].
Or

A.

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of _______ lbs./ft on
a _______ foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span
and tested per NEMA VE 1 Section 5.2.

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.

Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray
equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B.
Reference NEMA VE 2 for general cable tray installation guidelines.

B.

Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate
installation of cable tray work with other work.

C.

Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and
maintaining cables.

D.

Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements
of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE 2 guidelines, or in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions.

3.02 TESTING
Fiberglass

A.

Upon request manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing
laboratory of the "worst case" loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed
in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA FG 1.

FCT-15

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specification

SECTION 161xx
LOW SMOKE, ZERO HALOGEN,
NON-METALLIC CABLE TRAY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.

The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor,
supervision, materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems
as shown on the drawings.

B.

Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of ladder
type cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports and accessories.

1.02 REFERENCES
A.

ANSI/NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code

B.

NEMA FG 1-2002 – Non-Metallic Cable Tray Systems

C.

NEMA VE 2-2002 – Cable Tray Installation Guidelines

1.03 DRAWINGS
The drawings, which constitute a part of these specifications, indicate the general route of
the cable tray systems. Data presented on these drawings are as accurate as preliminary
surveys and planning can determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not
guaranteed and field verification, of all dimensions, routing, etc., is directed.

B.

Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations,
distances and levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to
make field surveys as part of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.

1.04 SUBMITTALS
A.

Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps,
brackets, hanger rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings,
showing accurately scaled components.

B.

Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types,
materials, finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs,
submit cross sectional properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.

Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types
and capacities required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for
not less than 5 years.

B.

NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number FG-1, "Non-Metallic
Cable Tray Systems".

C.

NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable
tray and cable channel systems (Article 392, NEC).

continued on page FCT-17

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-16

Fiberglass

A.

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specification

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.

Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring
finishes. Do not install damaged equipment.

B.

Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from
weather and construction traffic. Wet materials should be unpacked and dried before
storage.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.

Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray systems shall be part number
24FA09-12-240 as manufactured by B-Line, Inc. [or engineer approved equal].

Fiberglass

2.02 CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS
A.

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide non-metallic cable trays, of types, classes,
and sizes indicated; with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units.
Construct units with rounded edges and smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable
standards; and with the following additional construction features. Cable tray shall be
installed according to the latest revision of NEMA VE 2.

B.

Material and Finish: Straight section structural elements; side rails, rungs and splice plates
shall be pultruded from glass fiber reinforced zero halogen resin.

C.

Pultruded shapes shall be constructed with a surface veil to insure a resin-rich surface and
ultraviolet resistance.

D.

Pultruded shapes shall meet the following criteria shown in Table 1:
Table 1
Test Performed

Specified Requirement

Flexural Strength
Flexural Modulus
Tensile Strength
Tensile Modulus
Impact Strength
Dielectric Strength
Arc Resistance
Water Absorption
Thermal Expansion
Flame Spread Index
Flame Resistance
Tracking Resistance
Specific Optical
Smoke Density

25,000 psi, Min.
1,000,000 psi, Min.
17,000 psi, Min.
900,000 psi, Min.
25 ft-lb./in., Min.
170 volts/mil, Min.
180 seconds, Min.
0.2%, Max.
0.000007 in./in./°F., Max.
60, Max.
UL 94 V-0, Min.
600 minutes, Min. at 2500V
200 Max. within 4 minutes
after start of test.

continued on page FCT-18

FCT-17

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specification

SMOKE TOXICITY
Gases

Maximum Quantities

Hydrogen Chloride
Hydrogen Bromide
Hydrogen Cyanide
Hydrogen Sulfide
Vinyl Chloride
Ammonia
Aldehydes
Oxides of Nitrogen
Carbon Dioxide
Carbon Monoxide

10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
10 ppm
500 ppm
30 ppm
100 ppm
15,000 ppm
1,000 ppm

Fiberglass pultruded shapes are manufactured per Creative Pultrusions Inc. Fiberglass
Transportation Products-130 specifications.
2.03 TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM
Ladder Cable Trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse
members (rungs) mechanically fastened and adhesively bonded to the side rails. Ladder
Cable Tray shall be B-Line part number 24FT09-12-240 [or engineered approved equal].
Rung spacing in radiused fittings shall be industry standard 9" and measured at the center
of the tray’s width.

B.

Straight and expansion splice plates will be of "L" shaped lay-in design with a four-bolt
pattern. Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings.

C.

All fittings must have a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36].

D.

All fittings shall be of mitered construction.

E.

Dimension tolerances will be per NEMA FG 1.

2.04 LOADING CAPACITIES
A.

Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of ______ lbs./ft on
a ______-foot support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span
and tested per NEMA VE 1 Section 5.2.

continued on page FCT-19

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-18

Fiberglass

A.

Fiberglass -

Recommended Tray Specification

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.

Install cable trays as indicated: Installation shall be in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that cable tray
equipment comply with requirements of NEC and applicable portions of NFPA 70B.
Reference NEMA VE 2 for general cable tray installation guidelines.

B.

Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly integrate
installation of cable tray work with other work.

C.

Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and
maintaining cables.

D.

Cable tray fitting supports shall be located such that they meet the strength requirements
of straight sections. Install fitting supports per NEMA VE 2 guidelines, or in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions.

3.02 TESTING
Upon request manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing
laboratory of the "worst case" loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed
in accordance with the latest revision of NEMA FG 1.

Fiberglass

A.

FCT-19

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Cable Tray Numbering System

To order a Fiberglass straight section of cable tray, select the
appropriate size and material from the charts below and place
those symbols in the sequence shown to form the complete
catalog number.

Procedure:
1. Select the correct B-Line series Fiberglass tray using the Load
Data for straight sections shown on page FCT-21 for 3", page
FCT-22 for 4", page FCT-23 – FCT-25 for 6" and page
FCT-26 for 8" fittings.
2. Select the resin required. Polyester, Vinyl Ester, or Zero
Halogen/Dis-Stat. Refer to Corrosion Guide on pages FCT-3
and FCT-4, for the effect of environmental conditions on the
desired material and the effective temperature range on page
FCT-5.
3. The tray prefix is completed by inserting the rung spacing.
4. Select the desired width in inches. Refer to How To Size Cable
Tray Section if width has to be computed based on number
and size of cables. See pages FCT-10 thru FCT-12.
5. Finally select the straight section length in inches.
Fiberglass 120 [10'] (3m) or 240 [20'] (6m)

Straight Section Part Numbering
Example:

24

Prefix
F
09

- 24

Material

Rung Spacing

13
24
36
46
H46
48

F - Fiberglass (Gray)
Polyester Resin
FV - Fiberglass (Beige)
Vinyl Ester Resin
FA - Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat (Black)

6"
9"
12"

(152)
(228)
(305)

Width
6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

*See page 355
for Marine Rung
option.

Length

(152)
(228)
(305)
(457)
(609)
(762)
(914)

120 [10 ft]
240 [20 ft]

Fiberglass

Series

- 120

(3m)
(6m)

Note: One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

Fitting Section Part Selector
Prefix
Example:

4

Height
3"
4"
6"
8"

(76)
(101)
(152)
(203)

F

-

24

Material
F - Fiberglass (Gray)
Polyester Resin
FV - Fiberglass (Beige)
Vinyl Ester Resin
FA - Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat (Black)

-

90

HB

Width
6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

(152)
(228)
(305)
(457)
(609)
(762)
(914)

24

Angle
45˚
90˚

Notes: Standard rung spacing on fittings is 9" (225).
Splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-20

Type
HB HT HX VI VO VT VTU RR LR SR -

Horizontal Bend
Horizontal Tee
Horizontal Cross
Vertical Inside Bend
Vertical Outside Bend
Vertical Tee
Vertical Tee, Up
Right Reducer
Left Reducer
Straight Reducer

Radius
12"
24"
36"

(305)
(609)
(914)

Fiberglass -

3” Straight Section

1" (25)

Rung
Spacing

NEMA
2" Fill
3" (76)

For side rail data, see
charts on pages APP-8

1" (25)

One pair of splice plates with SS6
(316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

Overall Width
(Width + 7/8”)

Series 13 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 13 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series

Fiberglass

13

Material

Type

Width

F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat

Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

06
09
12
18
24

FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat is

=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"

13F
13FV

13FA

120 = 10 ft.
240 = 20 ft.

¨Primary

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

1.00

NEMA: 8C

6

257

0.005

1.8

382

0.086

NEMA
2” fill
3.00

Side Rail
Dimensions

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

1.00

NEMA: 8C

NEMA
2” fill
3.00
1.00

13

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

Side Rail
Dimensions

1.00

B-Line
Series

¡

Length

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

See page FCT-52 for additional rung options.

B-Line
Series

¨

8

145

0.016

2.4

216

0.267

10

93

0.040

3.0

138

0.681

12

64

0.083

3.7

95

1.411

14

47

0.153

4.3

70

2.614

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

6

178

1.8

264

8

100

2.4

149

10

64

3.0

95

12

44

3.7

65

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 24" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

FCT-21

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

4” Straight Section

11⁄8" (28)

NEMA
3"

Rung
Spacing

4" (101)

For side rail data, see
charts on pages APP-8

1" (25)
Overall Width
(Width + 7/8”)

One pair of splice plates with SS6
(316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

Series 24 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 24 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series
24

Type

Width

F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat

Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat is

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¨

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¡

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.125

24F
24FV

NEMA
3” fill

120 = 10 ft.
240 = 20 ft.

¨Primary

Length.
Length.

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 12C

6

627

0.001

1.8

933

0.023

CSA: E-3m

8

353

0.004

2.4

525

0.074

10

226

0.011

3.0

336

0.182

12

157

0.022

3.7

233

0.378

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

NEMA: 12C

6

400

1.8

595

CSA: E-3m

8

226

2.4

336

10

144

3.0

214

12

100

3.7

149

4.00

24

¡Secondary

See page FCT-52 for additional rung options.
B-Line
Series

Length

1.00

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.125

24FA

NEMA
3” fill
4.00
1.00

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

FCT-22

Fiberglass

Material

Fiberglass -

6” Straight Section

15⁄8" (41)
Rung
Spacing

NEMA
5" fill

6" (152)

For side rail data, see
charts on pages APP-8
Overall Width
(Width + 7/8”)

One pair of splice plates with SS6
(316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

1" (25)

Series 36 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 36 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series
36

Material

Type

F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat

Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Width

Fiberglass

FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat is

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

See page FCT-52 for additional rung options.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.625

36F
36FV

NEMA
5” fill

¨
¡

Length
120 = 10 ft.
240 = 20 ft.

¨Primary

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20B

12

246

0.006

3.7

367

0.104

CSA: E-6m

14

181

0.011

4.3

269

0.193

16

139

0.019

4.9

206

0.330

18

109

0.031

5.5

163

0.528

20

89

0.047

6.1

132

0.811

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

NEMA: 20B

12

208

3.7

309

CSA: E-6m

14

153

4.3

227

16

117

4.9

174

6.00

36

1.00

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.625

36FA

NEMA
5” fill
6.00

18

93

5.5

138

20

75

6.1

111

1.00

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

FCT-23

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass 15⁄8" (41)

NEMA
5" fill

6” Straight Section

Rung
Spacing

For side rail data, see
charts on pages APP-8

6" (152)

One pair of splice plates with SS6
(316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

Overall Width
(Width + 1”)

1" (25)

Series 46 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 46 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series
46

Material

Type

F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat

Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Width
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

See page FCT-52 for additional rung options.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.625

46F
46FV

NEMA
5” fill

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

1.625

46FA

NEMA
5” fill

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

¨Primary

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

12

393

0.005

3.7

584

0.079

288

0.009

4.3

429

0.145

16

221

0.015

4.9

329

0.246

18

174

0.023

5.5

260

0.396

20

141

0.035

6.1

210

0.605

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

NEMA: 20C+

12

278

3.7

413

CSA: E-6m

14

204

4.3

303

16

156

4.9

232

18

123

5.5

183

20

100

6.1

149

6.00
1.00

Length.
Length.

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

14

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

46

¡Secondary

CSA: E-6m
6.00

Side Rail
Dimensions

Load
lbs/ft

¡

Length
120 = 10 ft.
240 = 20 ft.

NEMA: 20C+

1.00

B-Line
Series

Span
ft

¨

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

FCT-24

Fiberglass

FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat is

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Fiberglass -

6” Straight Section
Rung
Spacing

15⁄8" (41)

For side rail data, see
charts on pages APP-8

NEMA
5" fill

6" (152)

One pair of splice plates with SS6
(316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

Overall Width
(Width + 1”)

1" (25)

Series H46 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: H46 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series

Fiberglass

H46

Material

Type

Width

F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat

Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat is

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

See page FCT-52 for additional rung options.

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.625

H46F
H46FV

NEMA
5” fill

NEMA & CSA
Classifications

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Length

¨

120 = 10 ft.
240 = 20 ft.

¡

¨Primary

Length.
Length.

¡Secondary

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

Deflection
Multiplier

NEMA: 20C+

12

424

0.005

3.7

631

0.079

CSA: E-6m

14

312

0.009

4.3

464

0.144

16

239

0.015

4.9

355

0.248

18

188

0.023

5.5

280

0.396

20

153

0.035

6.1

227

0.608

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Span
meters

Load
kg/m
455

6.00

H46

1.00

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
1.625

H46FA

NEMA
5” fill

NEMA & CSA
Classifications
NEMA: 20C+

12

306

3.7

CSA: E-6m

14

224

4.3

333

16

172

4.9

245

6.00

18

136

5.5

202

20

110

6.1

163

1.00

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load
safety factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a
load by the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being
installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

FCT-25

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

8” Straight Section

23/16" (55)

Rung
Spacing

NEMA
7" fill
8" (203)
For side rail data, see
charts on pages APP-8
Overall Width
(Width + 7/8”)

One pair of splice plates with SS6
(316 Stainless Steel) hardware included

1" (25)

Series 48 Fiberglass Straight Section Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 48 F 09 - 24 - 120

Series
48

Type
Ladder 06 = 6" rung spacing
09 = 9" rung spacing
12 = 12" rung spacing

Width

FA = Zero Halogen/
Dis-Stat is

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

¨

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

¡

¨Primary

Side Rail
Dimensions
2.188

48F
48FV

NEMA & CSA
Classifications
NEMA: 20C+

NEMA
7” fill
8.00
1.00

B-Line
Series

Side Rail
Dimensions
2.188

48FA

NEMA & CSA
Classifications
NEMA: 20C+

NEMA
7” fill
8.00
1.00

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Deflection
Multiplier

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

Deflection
Multiplier

12

348

0.003

3.7

518

0.052

256

0.006

4.3

381

0.097

16

196

0.010

4.9

291

0.165

18

155

0.015

5.5

231

0.210

20

125

0.024

6.1

187

0.401

Span
ft

Load
lbs/ft

Span
meters

Load
kg/m

12

278

3.7

413

204

4.3

303

16

156

4.9

232

18

123

5.5

183

20

100

6.1

149

Length.
Length.

See page CTS-23 for
explanation of lengths.

14

14

48

¡Secondary

See page FCT-52 for additional rung options.
B-Line
Series

Length
120 = 10 ft.
240 = 20 ft.

Values are based on simple beam tests per NEMA VFG-1 on 36" wide cable tray rungs spaced on 12" centers. Published load safety
factor is 1.5. To convert 1.5 safety factor to 2.0, multiply published load by 0.75. To obtain mid-span deflection, multiply a load by
the deflection multiplier. Cable tray must be supported on spans shorter than or equal to the length of the cable being installed.

When trays are used in continuous spans, the deflection of the tray is reduced by as much as 50%.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.
Cable Tray Systems

FCT-26

Fiberglass

Material
F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FA = Zero Halogen
Dis-Stat

Fiberglass

Fiberglass -

Fitting Numbering System

Fiberglass Fittings Part Numbering
Prefix
Example: 4 F - 12 - 90 HB 12

Height
3
4
6
8

=
=
=
=

3” **
4”
6”
8”

Material
F = Polyester
FV = Vinyl Ester
FA = Zero Halogen
Dis-Stat

06
09
12
18
24
30
36

Width

Angle

Type

Radius

= 6" (152)
= 9" (228)
= 12" (305)
= 18" (457)
= 24" (609)
= 30" (762)
= 36" (914)

45 = 45°
90 = 90°

HB = Horizontal Bend
HT = Horizontal Tee
HX = Horizontal Cross
VI = Vertical Inside Bend
VO = Vertical Outside Bend
LR = Left Reducer
RR = Right Reducer
SR = Straight Reducer
VT = Vertical Tee Down
VTU = Vertical Tee Up

12 = 12" (305)
24 = 24" (609)
36 = 36" (914)

** 3” deep fittings are only available in
6” thru 24” widths and 12” radius only.

Green = Fastest shipped items

(9" rung spacing is standard)

Black = Normal lead-time items

FCT-27

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Bend
90° (HB)

One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

-RBend
Radius
in.

12

mm

305

Tray
Width
in.

914

in.

mm

in.

R

mm

152

(Prefix)-06-90HB12

203⁄8

517

203⁄8

517

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90HB12

217⁄8

555

217⁄8

555

3

3

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90HB12

22 ⁄4

578

22 ⁄4

578

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90HB12

265⁄16

668

265⁄16

668

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90HB12

293⁄8

746

293⁄8

746

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90HB12

323⁄8

822

323⁄8

822

914

(Prefix)-36-90HB12

3

35 ⁄8
1

32 ⁄2

898

3

898

1

32 ⁄2

826

35 ⁄8

6

152

(Prefix)-06-90HB24

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90HB24

34

864

34

864

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90HB24

351⁄2

902

351⁄2

902

1

826

1

A

90˚ Mitered
Prefix - 06 - 90 HB 12
Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.
(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90HB24

38 ⁄2

978

38 ⁄2

978

For 3” Fittings

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90HB24

411⁄2

1054

411⁄2

1054

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90HB24

441⁄2

1130

441⁄2

1130

36

914

(Prefix)-36-90HB24

471⁄2

1207

471⁄2

1207

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

6

152

(Prefix)-06-90HB36

445⁄8

1133

445⁄8

1133

1

1

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90HB36

46 ⁄8

1171

46 ⁄8

1171

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90HB36

475⁄8

1209

475⁄8

1209

5

5

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90HB36

50 ⁄8

1286

50 ⁄8

1286

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90HB36

535⁄8

1362

535⁄8

1362

5

5

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90HB36

56 ⁄8

1438

56 ⁄8

1438

36

914

(Prefix)-36-90HB36

595⁄8

1514

595⁄8

1514

For 4” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-28

Fiberglass

36

609

mm

B

6

36

24

90˚ Horizontal Bend - Mitered
Dimensions
A
B
Catalog No.

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Bend 45°
(HB)

One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.
C
C
B

R

A

45˚ Mitered

-RBend
Radius

Tray
Width

in.

in

mm

6

152

mm

Prefix - 06 - 45 HB 12

Fiberglass

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

12

305

(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical
contact factory.

For 3” Fittings

24

609

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings

36

014

(Prefix)-06-45HB12

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

2213⁄16

579

97⁄16

240

133⁄8

340

7

7

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45HB12

23 ⁄8

606

9 ⁄8

251

14

355

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45HB12

247⁄8

632

105⁄16

262

145⁄8

371

3

7

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45HB12

27

686

11 ⁄16

284

15 ⁄8

403

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45HB12

291⁄8

740

1

12 ⁄16

306

1

17 ⁄16

433

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45HB12

311⁄4

794

1215⁄16

328

185⁄16

465

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45HB12

333⁄8

848

13

13 ⁄16

351

9

19 ⁄16

497

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45HB12

2213⁄16

579

97⁄16

240

133⁄8

340

7

7

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45HB12

23 ⁄8

606

9 ⁄8

251

14

355

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45HB12

247⁄8

632

105⁄16

262

145⁄8

371

3

7

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45HB12

27

686

11 ⁄16

284

15 ⁄8

403

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45HB12

291⁄8

740

121⁄16

306

171⁄16

433

15

5

1

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45HB12

31 ⁄4

794

12 ⁄16

328

18 ⁄16

465

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45HB12

333⁄8

848

1313⁄16

351

199⁄16

497

579

7

9 ⁄16

240

7

6

For 4” Fittings

45˚ Horizontal Bend - Mitered
Dimensions
A
B
Catalog No.

152

(Prefix)-06-45HB12

13

22 ⁄16
7

3

13 ⁄8

340

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45HB12

23 ⁄8

606

9 ⁄8

251

14

355

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45HB12

247⁄8

632

105⁄16

262

145⁄8

371

3

7

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45HB12

27

686

11 ⁄16

284

15 ⁄8

403

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45HB12

291⁄8

740

121⁄16

306

171⁄16

433

15

5

1

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45HB12

31 ⁄4

794

12 ⁄16

328

18 ⁄16

465

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45HB12

333⁄8

848

1313⁄16

351

199⁄16

497

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

FCT-29

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Tee
(HT)

Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

-RBend
Radius
in.

12

mm

305

Tray
Width
in.

914

W

in.

mm

in.

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HT12

1

19 ⁄4

489

38

965

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HT12

203⁄4

527

41

1041

565

44

1117

641

50

1270

717

56

1422

794

62

1575

870

68

1727

1

1

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HT12

22 ⁄4

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HT12

251⁄4
1

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HT12

28 ⁄4

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HT12

311⁄4

914

(Prefix)-36-HT12

1

34 ⁄4
1

mm

R

A

Mitered Tee
Prefix - 06 - HT 12
Radius
Fitting
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HT24

31 ⁄4

794

62 ⁄4

1581

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HT24

323⁄4

832

651⁄4

1657

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HT24

341⁄4

870

681⁄4

1734

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HT24

371⁄4

946

741⁄4

1886

For 3” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

1

1

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HT24

40 ⁄4

1022

80 ⁄4

2038

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HT24

431⁄4

1098

861⁄4

2191

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HT24

461⁄4

1175

921⁄4

2343

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HT36

431⁄4

1098

861⁄2

2191

3

1

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HT36

44 ⁄4

1136

89 ⁄2

2273

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HT36

461⁄4

1175

921⁄2

2343

1

1

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HT36

49 ⁄4

1251

98 ⁄2

2502

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HT36

521⁄4

1327

1041⁄2

2654

1

1

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HT36

55 ⁄4

1403

110 ⁄2

2807

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HT36

581⁄4

1479

1161⁄2

2959

(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

For 4” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36” • Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-30

Fiberglass

36

609

B

mm

36

24

Horizontal Tee - Mitered
Dimensions
A
B
Catalog No.

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Cross (HX)

Three pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

B

-RBend
Radius

Tray
Width

in.

in.

mm

6
W
A

R

12

305

Mitered Cross

Fiberglass

Prefix - 06 - HX 12
Radius
Fitting
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.
(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

609

For 3” Fittings

For 4” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

36

914

(Prefix)-06-HX12

mm

in.

mm

1

489

38

965

3

19 ⁄4

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX12

20 ⁄4

527

41

1041

305

(Prefix)-12-HX12

221⁄4

565

44

1117

1

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX12

25 ⁄4

641

50

1270

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX12

281⁄4

717

56

1422

1

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX12

31 ⁄4

794

62

1575

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX12

341⁄4

870

68

1727

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HX24

311⁄4

794

621⁄4

1581

832

651⁄4

1657

228

(Prefix)-09-HX24

3

32 ⁄4
1

1

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX24

34 ⁄4

870

68 ⁄4

1734

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX24

371⁄4

946

741⁄4

1886

1

1

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX24

40 ⁄4

1022

80 ⁄4

2038

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX24

431⁄4

1098

861⁄4

2191

36

(Tray Widths - 6” thru 24” • Radius 12” only)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

152

in.

12

9

24

mm

Horizontal Cross - Mitered
Dimensions
A
B
Catalog No.

914

(Prefix)-36-HX24

1

46 ⁄4
1

6

152

(Prefix)-06-HX36

43 ⁄4

9

228

(Prefix)-09-HX36

443⁄4
1

12

305

(Prefix)-12-HX36

46 ⁄4

18

457

(Prefix)-18-HX36

491⁄4
1

24

609

(Prefix)-24-HX36

52 ⁄4

30

762

(Prefix)-30-HX36

551⁄4

36

914

(Prefix)-36-HX36

1

58 ⁄4

1175

1

2343

1

2191
2273

92 ⁄4

1098

86 ⁄2

1136

891⁄2
1

1175

92 ⁄2

2343

1251

981⁄2

2502

1327

1

104 ⁄2

2654

1403

1101⁄2

2807

1479

1

116 ⁄2

2959

For 6” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 8” Fittings
(Tray Widths - 6” thru 36”
Radius 12”, 24” & 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

FCT-31

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Reducers (LR) (SR) (RR)

W2

One pair of splice plates with SS6
hardware included.

W2

W2

A

A

A

W1

W1

W1

Left Reducer

Straight Reducer

Right Reducer
Prefix - 12 - SR 09
Width2 W2
Fitting
Width1 W1
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

3” Fittings
(Only available in W1 widths of 9”, 12”, 18” & 24”)

4”, 6” & 8” Fittings

(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

Reducers are all of mitered construction.

Tray Width
W1
W2
in.

9
12

18

24

30

36

mm

in.

Left Hand Reducer
A
Catalog No.
mm

in.
1

Straight Reducer
A
Catalog No.
mm

in.

Right Hand Reducer
A
Catalog No.
mm

in.

mm

1

228

6

152

(Prefix)-09-LR06

17 ⁄2

444

(Prefix)-09-SR06

16

406

(Prefix)-09-RR06

17 ⁄2

444

305

6
9

152
228

(Prefix)-12-LR06
(Prefix)-12-LR09

201⁄2
171⁄2

521
444

(Prefix)-12-SR06
(Prefix)-12-SR09

171⁄2
16

444
406

(Prefix)-12-RR06
(Prefix)-12-RR09

201⁄2
171⁄2

521
444

457

6
9
12

152
228
305

(Prefix)-18-LR06
(Prefix)-18-LR09
(Prefix)-18-LR12

261⁄2
231⁄2
201⁄2

673
597
521

(Prefix)-18-SR06
(Prefix)-18-SR09
(Prefix)-18-SR12

201⁄2
19
171⁄2

521
482
444

(Prefix)-18-RR06
(Prefix)-18-RR09
(Prefix)-18-RR12

261⁄2
231⁄2
201⁄2

673
597
521

609

6
9
12
18

152
228
305
457

(Prefix)-24-LR06
(Prefix)-24-LR09
(Prefix)-24-LR12
(Prefix)-24-LR18

321⁄2
291⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

825
749
673
521

(Prefix)-24-SR06
(Prefix)-24-SR09
(Prefix)-24-SR12
(Prefix)-24-SR18

231⁄2
22
201⁄2
171⁄2

597
559
521
444

(Prefix)-24-RR06
(Prefix)-24-RR09
(Prefix)-24-RR12
(Prefix)-24-RR18

321⁄2
291⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

825
749
673
521

762

6
9
12
18
24

152
228
305
457
609

(Prefix)-30-LR06
(Prefix)-30-LR09
(Prefix)-30-LR12
(Prefix)-30-LR18
(Prefix)-30-LR24

381⁄2
351⁄2
321⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

978
902
825
673
521

(Prefix)-30-SR06
(Prefix)-30-SR09
(Prefix)-30-SR12
(Prefix)-30-SR18
(Prefix)-30-SR24

261⁄2
25
231⁄2
201⁄2
171⁄2

673
635
597
521
444

(Prefix)-30-RR06
(Prefix)-30-RR09
(Prefix)-30-RR12
(Prefix)-30-RR18
(Prefix)-30-RR24

381⁄2
351⁄2
321⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

978
902
825
673
521

914

6
9
12
18
24
30

152
228
305
457
609
762

(Prefix)-36-LR06
(Prefix)-36-LR09
(Prefix)-36-LR12
(Prefix)-36-LR18
(Prefix)-36-LR24
(Prefix)-36-LR30

441⁄2
411⁄2
381⁄2
321⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

1130
1054
978
825
673
521

(Prefix)-36-SR06
(Prefix)-36-SR09
(Prefix)-36-SR12
(Prefix)-36-SR18
(Prefix)-36-SR24
(Prefix)-36-SR30

291⁄2
28
261⁄2
231⁄2
201⁄2
171⁄2

749
711
673
597
521
444

(Prefix)-36-RR06
(Prefix)-36-RR09
(Prefix)-36-RR12
(Prefix)-36-RR18
(Prefix)-36-RR24
(Prefix)-36-RR30

441⁄2
411⁄2
381⁄2
321⁄2
261⁄2
201⁄2

1130
1054
978
825
673
521

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-32

Fiberglass

(Available in all W1 widths shown in chart)

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT)

Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

For 3” Fittings

Prefix - 36 - 18 HT 24

(Radius 12” only
W1 tray widths - 9”, 12”, 18” & 24” )
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

Radius
Fitting
Width2 W2
Width1 W1
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.
(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

Fiberglass

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings
B

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

W1

A

R

W2

For 8” Fittings

Mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

(For dimensions, see chart on page 337)

FCT-33

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Reducing Tee (HT)

Mitered Fittings
Tray Width
W1
W2
in.

9
12

mm

228
305

in.

6
6
9

18

457

36

762

914

Cable Tray Systems

228

(Prefix)-12-06-HT*
(Prefix)-12-09-HT*

in.
3

20 ⁄4
1

22 ⁄4
1

22 ⁄4
1

6

152

(Prefix)-18-06-HT*

9

228

(Prefix)-18-09-HT*

251⁄4

305

(Prefix)-18-12-HT*

1

25 ⁄4
1

6

152

(Prefix)-24-06-HT*

28 ⁄4

9

228

(Prefix)-24-09-HT*

281⁄4
1

12

305

(Prefix)-24-12-HT*

28 ⁄4

18

457

(Prefix)-24-18-HT*

281⁄4

6

30

152

(Prefix)-09-06-HT*

12" Radius (305)

152

(Prefix)-30-06-HT*

1

31 ⁄4
1

9

228

(Prefix)-30-09-HT*

31 ⁄4

12

305

(Prefix)-30-12-HT*

311⁄4
1

18

457

(Prefix)-30-18-HT*

31 ⁄4

24

609

(Prefix)-30-24-HT*

311⁄4
1

A

mm

in.

527

1

565
565

38 ⁄2
1

38 ⁄2
1

41 ⁄2
1

641

38 ⁄2

641

411⁄2

641

1

44 ⁄2
1

717

38 ⁄2

717

411⁄2
1

717

44 ⁄2

717

501⁄2

794

B

1

38 ⁄2
1

794

41 ⁄2

794

441⁄2
1

794

50 ⁄2

794

561⁄2
1

24" Radius (609)

mm

in.

978

3

978
1054

32 ⁄4
1

34 ⁄4
1

34 ⁄4
1

978

37 ⁄4

1054

371⁄4

1130

1

37 ⁄4
1

978

40 ⁄4

1054

401⁄4
1

1130

40 ⁄4

1283

401⁄4

978

1

43 ⁄4
1

1054

43 ⁄4

1130

431⁄4
1

1283

43 ⁄4

1435

431⁄4
1

A

mm

in.

832

1

870
870

62 ⁄2
1

62 ⁄2
1

65 ⁄2
1

946

62 ⁄2

946

651⁄2

946

1

68 ⁄2
1

1022

62 ⁄2

1022

651⁄2
1

1022

68 ⁄2

1022

741⁄2

1098

1

62 ⁄2
1

1098

65 ⁄2

1098

681⁄2
1

1098

74 ⁄2

1098

801⁄2
1

B

mm

1587
1587
1664

36" Radius (914)
in.
3

44 ⁄4
1

46 ⁄4
1

46 ⁄4
1

A

mm

1137
1175
1175

B

in.

2197

1

2197

1

2273

1

2197
2273

86 ⁄2
86 ⁄2
89 ⁄2

1587

49 ⁄4

1251

86 ⁄2

1664

491⁄4

1251

891⁄2

1740

1

49 ⁄4
1

1251

1

2350

1

2197
2273

92 ⁄2

1587

52 ⁄4

1327

86 ⁄2

1664

521⁄4

1327

891⁄2

1

1740

52 ⁄4

1892

521⁄4

1587

1

55 ⁄4
1

1

1327

92 ⁄2

2350

1327

981⁄2

2502

1403

1

2197

1

2273
2350

86 ⁄2

1664

55 ⁄4

1403

89 ⁄2

1740

551⁄4

1403

921⁄2

1

mm

1

1

1892

55 ⁄4

1403

98 ⁄2

2502

2045

551⁄4

1403 1041⁄2

2654

1

1

6

152

(Prefix)-36-06-HT*

34 ⁄4

870

38 ⁄2

978

46 ⁄4

1175

62 ⁄2

1587

58 ⁄4

1480

86 ⁄2

2197

9

228

(Prefix)-36-09-HT*

341⁄4

870

411⁄2

1054

461⁄4

1175

651⁄2

1664

581⁄4

1480

891⁄2

2273

1

1

1

1

1

1

12

305

(Prefix)-36-12-HT*

34 ⁄4

870

44 ⁄2

1130

46 ⁄4

1175

68 ⁄2

1740

58 ⁄4

1480

92 ⁄2

2350

18

457

(Prefix)-36-18-HT*

341⁄4

870

501⁄2

1283

461⁄4

1175

741⁄2

1892

581⁄4

1480

981⁄2

2502

1

1

1

1

1

1

24

609

(Prefix)-36-24-HT*

34 ⁄4

870

56 ⁄2

1435

46 ⁄4

1175

80 ⁄2

2045

58 ⁄4

1480 104 ⁄2

2654

30

762

(Prefix)-36-30-HT*

341⁄4

870

621⁄2

1587

461⁄4

1175

861⁄2

2197

581⁄4

1480 1101⁄2

2807

FCT-34

Fiberglass

609

152

* Insert radius
(12", 24” or 36")

25 ⁄4

12

24

mm

Catalog No.

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT)

Two pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

For 3” Fittings
Prefix - 18 - 36 HT 24

(Radius 12” only
W1 tray widths - 6” thru 18”
W2 tray widths - 9” thru 24”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

Radius
Fitting
Width2 W2
Width1 W1
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.
(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

Fiberglass

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings
B

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

W1

R

A

W2

Mitered

For 8” Fittings

(For dimensions, see chart on page 339)

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
W2 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

FCT-35

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding Tee (HT)

Mitered Fittings
Tray Width
W1
W2
in.

6

12

152

228

305

in.

457

30

609
762

Cable Tray Systems

in.
1

A

mm

in.

B

1

mm

in.
1

A

mm

in.
1

B

36" Radius (914)

mm

in.
1

A

B

mm

in.
1

mm

9

228

(Prefix)-06-09-HT*

19 ⁄4

489

41 ⁄2

1054

31 ⁄4

794

65 ⁄2

1664

43 ⁄4 1098

89 ⁄2

2273

305

(Prefix)-06-12-HT*

191⁄4

489

441⁄2

1130

311⁄4

794

681⁄2

1740

431⁄4 1098

921⁄2

2349

1

1

1

1

1

1

18

457

(Prefix)-06-18-HT*

19 ⁄4

489

50 ⁄2

1283

31 ⁄4

794

74 ⁄2

1892

43 ⁄4 1098

98 ⁄2

2502

24

609

(Prefix)-06-24-HT*

191⁄4

489

561⁄2

1435

311⁄4

794

801⁄2

2045

431⁄4 1098

1041⁄2

2654

1

1

1

1

1

1

30

762

(Prefix)-06-30-HT*

19 ⁄4

489

62 ⁄2

1587

31 ⁄4

794

86 ⁄2

2197

43 ⁄4 1098

110 ⁄2

2807

36

914

(Prefix)-06-36-HT*

191⁄4

489

681⁄2

1740

311⁄4

794

921⁄2

2349

431⁄4 1098

1161⁄2

2959

12

305

(Prefix)-09-12-HT*

203⁄4

527

441⁄2

1130

323⁄4

832

681⁄2

1740

443⁄4

921⁄2

2349

3

1

3

1

3

136

1

18

457

(Prefix)-09-18-HT*

20 ⁄4

527

50 ⁄2

1283

32 ⁄4

832

74 ⁄2

1892

44 ⁄4

136

98 ⁄2

2502

24

609

(Prefix)-09-24-HT*

203⁄4

527

561⁄2

1435

323⁄4

832

801⁄2

2045

443⁄4

136

1041⁄2

2654

3

1

3

1

3

1

30

762

(Prefix)-09-30-HT*

20 ⁄4

527

62 ⁄2

1587

32 ⁄4

832

86 ⁄2

2197

44 ⁄4

136

110 ⁄2

2807

36

914

(Prefix)-09-36-HT*

203⁄4

527

681⁄2

1740

323⁄4

832

921⁄2

2349

443⁄4

136

1161⁄2

2959

18

457

(Prefix)-12-18-HT*

221⁄4

565

501⁄2

1283

341⁄4

870

741⁄2

1892

461⁄4 1175

981⁄2

2502

1

1

1

1

1

1

24

609

(Prefix)-12-24-HT*

22 ⁄4

565

56 ⁄2

1435

34 ⁄4

870

80 ⁄2

2045

46 ⁄4 1175

104 ⁄2

2654

30

762

(Prefix)-12-30-HT*

221⁄4

565

621⁄2

1587

341⁄4

870

861⁄2

2197

461⁄4 1175

1101⁄2

2807

914

(Prefix)-12-36-HT*

1

22 ⁄4
1

565

1

68 ⁄2
1

1740

1

34 ⁄4
1

870

1

92 ⁄2
1

2349

1

46 ⁄4 1175
1

1

2959

1

116 ⁄2

24

609

(Prefix)-18-24-HT*

25 ⁄4

641

56 ⁄2

1435

37 ⁄4

946

80 ⁄2

2045

49 ⁄4 1251

104 ⁄2

2654

30

762

(Prefix)-18-30-HT*

251⁄4

641

621⁄2

1587

371⁄4

946

861⁄2

2197

491⁄4 1251

1101⁄2

2807

36
24

* Insert radius
(12", 24” or 36")

24" Radius (609)

12

36

18

mm

12" Radius (305)

914

(Prefix)-18-36-HT*

1

25 ⁄4
1

641

1

68 ⁄2
1

1740

1

37 ⁄4
1

946

1

92 ⁄2
1

2349

1

49 ⁄4 1251
1

1

3111

1

122 ⁄2

30

762

(Prefix)-24-30-HT*

28 ⁄4

717

62 ⁄2

1587

40 ⁄4

1022

86 ⁄2

2197

52 ⁄4 1327

110 ⁄2

2807

36

914

(Prefix)-24-36-HT*

281⁄4

717

681⁄2

1740

401⁄4

1022

921⁄2

2349

521⁄4 1327

1161⁄2

2959

36

914

(Prefix)-30-36-HT*

311⁄4

794

681⁄2

1740

431⁄4

1098

921⁄2

2349

551⁄4 1403

1161⁄2

2959

FCT-36

Fiberglass

9

mm

Catalog No.

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX)

Three pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.

For 3” Fittings
Prefix - 18 - 12 HX 12

(Radius 12” only
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 24”
W2 tray widths - 6” thru 18”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

Radius
Fitting
Width2 W2
Width1 W1
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.
(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

Fiberglass

For 4” Fittings
(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 6” Fittings

B

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

W2
R

A

W1

For 8” Fittings

Mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
W1 tray widths - 9” thru 36”)
W2 tray widths - 6” thru 30”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

(For dimensions, see chart on page 341)

FCT-37

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Horizontal Expanding/Reducing Cross (HX)

Mitered Fittings
Tray Width
W1
W2
in.

9
12

18

228
305

457

609

in.

6

762

914

Cable Tray Systems

(Prefix)-09-06-HX*

in.
1

19 ⁄4
1

A

mm

in.

489

1

B

41 ⁄2
1

mm

1054

24" Radius (609)
in.
1

31 ⁄4
1

A

mm

in.

794

1

65 ⁄2
1

B

mm

1664

36" Radius (914)
in.
1

43 ⁄4
1

A

mm

1098

B

in.

mm

1

2273

1

89 ⁄2

6

152

(Prefix)-12-06-HX*

19 ⁄4

489

44 ⁄2

1130

31 ⁄4

794

68 ⁄2

1740

43 ⁄4

1098

92 ⁄2

2350

228

(Prefix)-12-09-HX*

203⁄4

527

441⁄2

1130

323⁄4

832

681⁄2

1740

443⁄4

1136

921⁄2

2350

6

152

(Prefix)-18-06-HX*

191⁄4

489

501⁄2

1283

311⁄4

794

741⁄2

1892

431⁄4

1098

981⁄2

2502

3

1

3

1

3

1

9

228

(Prefix)-18-09-HX*

20 ⁄4

527

50 ⁄2

1283

32 ⁄4

832

74 ⁄2

1892

44 ⁄4

1136

98 ⁄2

2502

12

305

(Prefix)-18-12-HX*

221⁄4

565

501⁄2

1283

341⁄4

870

741⁄2

1892

461⁄4

1175

981⁄2

2502

6

152

(Prefix)-24-06-HX*

191⁄4

489

561⁄2

1435

311⁄4

794

801⁄2

2045

431⁄4

1098 1041⁄2

2654

3

1

3

1

3

1

9

228

(Prefix)-24-09-HX*

20 ⁄4

527

56 ⁄2

1435

32 ⁄4

832

80 ⁄2

2045

44 ⁄4

1136 104 ⁄2

2654

12

305

(Prefix)-24-12-HX*

221⁄4

565

561⁄2

1435

341⁄4

870

801⁄2

2045

461⁄4

1175 1041⁄2

2654

457

(Prefix)-24-18-HX*

1

25 ⁄4
1

641

1

56 ⁄2
1

1435

1

37 ⁄4
1

946

1

80 ⁄2
1

2045

1

49 ⁄4
1

1

2654

1

1251 104 ⁄2

6

152

(Prefix)-30-06-HX*

19 ⁄4

489

62 ⁄2

1587

31 ⁄4

794

86 ⁄2

2197

43 ⁄4

1098 110 ⁄2

2807

9

228

(Prefix)-30-09-HX*

203⁄4

527

621⁄2

1587

323⁄4

832

861⁄2

2197

443⁄4

1136 1101⁄2

2807

1

1

1

1

1

1

12

305

(Prefix)-30-12-HX*

22 ⁄4

565

62 ⁄2

1587

34 ⁄4

870

86 ⁄2

2197

46 ⁄4

1175 110 ⁄2

2807

18

457

(Prefix)-30-18-HX*

251⁄4

641

621⁄2

1587

371⁄4

946

861⁄2

2197

491⁄4

1251 1101⁄2

2807

24

36

152

12" Radius (305)

9

18

30

mm

* Insert radius
(12", 24” or 36")

609

(Prefix)-30-24-HX*

1

28 ⁄4
1

717

1

62 ⁄2
1

1587

1

40 ⁄4
1

1022

1

86 ⁄2

2197

1

1

52 ⁄4
1

1

2807

1

1327 110 ⁄2

6

152

(Prefix)-36-06-HX*

19 ⁄4

489

68 ⁄2

1740

31 ⁄4

794

104 ⁄2 2654

43 ⁄4

1098 128 ⁄2

3264

9

228

(Prefix)-36-09-HX*

203⁄4

527

681⁄2

1740

323⁄4

832

1041⁄2 2654

443⁄4

1136 1281⁄2

3264

1

1

1

1

1

1

12

305

(Prefix)-36-12-HX*

22 ⁄4

565

68 ⁄2

1740

34 ⁄4

870

104 ⁄2 2654

46 ⁄4

1175 128 ⁄2

3264

18

457

(Prefix)-36-18-HX*

251⁄4

641

681⁄2

1740

371⁄4

946

1041⁄2 2654

491⁄4

1251 1281⁄2

3264

1

1

1

1

1

1

24

609

(Prefix)-36-24-HX*

28 ⁄4

717

68 ⁄2

1740

40 ⁄4

1022 104 ⁄2 2654

52 ⁄4

1327 128 ⁄2

3264

30

762

(Prefix)-36-30-HX*

311⁄4

794

681⁄2

1740

431⁄4

1098 1041⁄2 2654

551⁄4

1403 1281⁄2

3264

FCT-38

Fiberglass

24

mm

Catalog No.

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Bends 90° (VO) (VI)
Vertical
Outside Bend

Vertical
Inside Bend

VO

VI

B

R

A
A

R

B

90˚ (VO) Mitered

90˚ (VI) Mitered

One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.
Prefix - 06 - 90 VI 24

Fiberglass

Prefix - 06 - 90 VO 24

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

For 3” Fittings

For 6” Fittings

(Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 4” Fittings
For 8” Fittings

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

FCT-39

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Bends 90° (VO) (VI)

-RBend
Radius
in.

12

36

305

609

914

Catalog No.

in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-06-90(*)12

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90(*)12

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90(*)12

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90(*)12

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90(*)12

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90(*)12

36

914

(Prefix)-36-90(*)12

6

152

(Prefix)-06-90(*)24

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90(*)24

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90(*)24

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90(*)24

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90(*)24

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90(*)24

36

914

(Prefix)-36-90(*)24

6

152

(Prefix)-06-90(*)36

9

228

(Prefix)-09-90(*)36

12

305

(Prefix)-12-90(*)36

18

457

(Prefix)-18-90(*)36

24

609

(Prefix)-24-90(*)36

30

762

(Prefix)-30-90(*)36

36

914

(Prefix)-36-90(*)36

90˚ Mitered
Vertical Outside Bend Vertical Inside Bend
A
B
A
B
in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

2831⁄32

735

2831⁄32

735

2831⁄32

735

2831⁄32

735

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

(*) Insert ‘VO’ for Vertical Outside Bend or ‘VI’ for Vertical Inside Bend.

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-40

Fiberglass

24

mm

Tray
Width

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Bends 45° (VO) (VI)
Vertical
Outside Bend

Vertical
Inside Bend

VO

VI

B

C

C

R
A
A
R

C

C

B

45˚ (VO) Mitered
45˚ (VI) Mitered

One pair of splice plates with SS6 hardware included.
Prefix - 06 - 45 VI 24

Fiberglass

Prefix - 06 - 45 VO 24

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

Radius
Fitting
Angle
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

For 3” Fittings

For 6” Fittings

(Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 4” Fittings
For 8” Fittings

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

FCT-41

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Bends 45° (VO) (VI)

45˚ Mitered
-RBend
Radius
in.

12

36

305

609

914

Vertical Outside Bend
A

Catalog No.

in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45(*)12

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45(*)12

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45(*)12

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45(*)12

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45(*)12

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45(*)12

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45(*)12

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45(*)24

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45(*)24

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45(*)24

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45(*)24

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45(*)24

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45(*)24

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45(*)24

6

152

(Prefix)-06-45(*)36

9

228

(Prefix)-09-45(*)36

12

305

(Prefix)-12-45(*)36

18

457

(Prefix)-18-45(*)36

24

609

(Prefix)-24-45(*)36

30

762

(Prefix)-30-45(*)36

36

914

(Prefix)-36-45(*)36

B

C

A

B

C

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

201⁄2

521

81⁄2

216

12

305

265⁄32

664

1027⁄32

275

155⁄16

389

2831⁄32

736

12

305

1631⁄32

431

361⁄16

916

1415⁄16

379

211⁄8

537

377⁄16

951

151⁄2

394

2115⁄16

557

46

1168

191⁄32

483

2615⁄16

684

(*) Insert ‘VO’ for Vertical Outside Bend or ‘VI’ for Vertical Inside Bend.
60˚ and 30˚ vertical bends available in mitered construction.

Cable Tray Systems

Vertical Inside Bend

Fiberglass

24

mm

Tray
Width

FCT-42

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Tee Up (VTU)
Vertical Tee Down (VT)
Vertical Tee Down

Two pair of splice plates with
SS6 hardware included.

Vertical Tee Up
C
B

R

A

A

R

B
C

Fiberglass

(VT) Mitered

C Dimension =
2 x B + Side Rail Height

(VTU) Mitered

Prefix - 06 - VT 24

(Prefix) See page FCT-27 for catalog number prefix.
Dimensions for reference only, when critical contact factory.

Radius
Fitting
Width
To complete catalog
number, insert fitting prefix.

C Dimension =
2 x B + Side Rail Height

For 3” Fittings

For 6” Fittings

(Radius 12” only • Tray widths - 6” thru 24”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

For 4” Fittings
For 8” Fittings

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

(Radius 12”, 24” & 36”
Tray widths - 6” thru 36”)
Polyester, Vinyl Ester, Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
All radius are mitered

FCT-43

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Fittings

Vertical Tee Up (VTU)
Vertical Tee Down (VT)

-RBend
Radius
in.

12

36

305

609

914

Catalog No.

in.

mm

6

152

(Prefix)-06-(*)12

9

228

(Prefix)-09-(*)12

12

305

(Prefix)-12-(*)12

18

457

(Prefix)-18-(*)12

24

609

(Prefix)-24-(*)12

30

762

(Prefix)-30-(*)12

36

914

(Prefix)-36-(*)12

6

152

(Prefix)-06-(*)24

9

228

(Prefix)-09-(*)24

12

305

(Prefix)-12-(*)24

18

457

(Prefix)-18-(*)24

24

609

(Prefix)-24-(*)24

30

762

(Prefix)-30-(*)24

36

914

(Prefix)-36-(*)24

6

152

(Prefix)-06-(*)36

9

228

(Prefix)-09-(*)36

12

305

(Prefix)-12-(*)36

18

457

(Prefix)-18-(*)36

24

609

(Prefix)-24-(*)36

30

762

(Prefix)-30-(*)36

36

914

(Prefix)-36-(*)36

Mitered
Vertical Tee Down
A
B
in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

205⁄8

524

29

736

29

736

29

736

29

736

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

3715⁄16

963

(*) Insert ‘VT’ for Vertical Tee Down or ‘VTU’ for Vertical Tee Up.

Cable Tray Systems

Vertical Tee Up
A
B

FCT-44

mm

Fiberglass

24

mm

Tray
Width

Fiberglass -

Covers & Cover Accessories

Covers
Material Thickness: 1⁄8" (3)
Cover Length: 10' (3m)
Standard Mounting Hardware: (10 each)
#10 x 1⁄2" stainless, self drilling screws provided
with each section
Covers

F

Peaked Cover
provides
1 to 5 pitch

C - 24 - 120
Length or fitting description
Width
Rail design
Material

F
FV
FA
FP
FVP
FAP

C
C
C
C
C
C

-

24
24
24
24
24
24

-

120
120
120
120
120
120

=
=
=
=
=
=

Quantity of Standard
Cover Clamps Required
Straight Section 60" or 72" ........4 pcs.
Straight Section 120" or 144" ....6 pcs.
Horizontal/Vertical Bends............4 pcs.
Tees ............................................6 pcs.
Crosses ......................................8 pcs.

Flat polyester
Flat vinyl ester
Flat zero halogen/Dis-Stat
Peaked polyester
Peaked vinyl ester
Peaked zero halogen/Dis-Stat

Note: When using the Heavy Duty
Cover Clamp, only one-half the number
of clamps stated above is required.

Fiberglass

Peaked covers available for straight sections only.

Standard Cover Clamp

Heavy Duty Cover Clamp

Peaked Cover Clamp

• Furnished in pairs with hardware.

Recommended for outdoor service.
• W = tray width
• Heavy duty cover clamp available
for flat covers only

• W = tray width

Catalog No.
Catalog No.
9(Δ)-9013
9(Δ)-9014
9(Δ)-9016

Side Rail Height
in.

mm

3
4
6

76
101
152

Side Rail Height
in.

9F-W-9034
9F-W-9044
9F-W-9064
9F-W-9084

3
4
6
8

Catalog No.

mm

76
101
152
203

9F-W-9034P
9F-W-9044P
9F-W-9064P
9F-W-9084P

in.

mm

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

Thermo Plastic Drive Rivet

Material Designations
(Δ) Insert one of the following material designations when required.
F = Polyester Resin (Example: 9F-9013)
FV = Vinyl Ester Resin (Example: 9FV-9013)
FA = Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat Resin (Example: 9FA-9013)

Sold individually.
Shipped in packages of 25 pcs.

Catalog No.
Green = Fastest shipped items

Side Rail Height

Black = Normal lead-time items

FCT-45

TPDR

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass Tray -

Accessories

Part Number with Hardware Explanation
Note: All hardware is 3/8”
Hardware Option

316 Stainless Steel
SS6

Example: 9F-4004 SS6: pair of 4-hole splice plates for 4" (101) system with stainless steel hardware
9FV-8006 SS6: pair of 8-hole vinyl ester splice plates for 6" (152) system with stainless steel hardware

Standard Lay-In Splice Plates

Expansion Splice Plate

Included in needed quantities with tray section.
• Furnished in pairs
• Order only pairs of splice plates needed for field fabrication.
• SS6 hardware supplied as standard - use SS6 suffix.
• Other hardware available, specify by hardware suffix.
Hardware other than SS6 is considered special.

L-shaped, lay-in style

Material

Fiberglass

Height

• Furnished in pairs
Material

Fiberglass

Catalog No.

3"

(76)

9(Δ)-4003SS6

3"

(76)

9(Δ)-4013SS6

4"

(101)

9(Δ)-4014SS6

6"

(152)

9(Δ)-8016SS6

8"

(203)

9(Δ)-8018SS6

4"

(101)

9(Δ)-4004SS6

(152)

9(Δ)-8006SS6

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

8"

(203)

9(Δ)-8008SS6

These plates provide for changes in elevation that
do not conform to standard vertical fittings.
• Furnished in pairs
Material

Height

Fiberglass

Catalog No.

3"

(76)

9(Δ)-4053SS6

4"

(101)

9(Δ)-4054SS6

6"

(152)

9(Δ)-8056SS6

8"

(203)

9(Δ)-8058SS6

Height

Catalog No.

3"

(76)

9(Δ)-4023SS6

4"

(101)

9(Δ)-4024SS6

6"

(152)

9(Δ)-8026SS6

8"

(203)

9(Δ)-8028SS6

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates
These plates provide for changes in the horizontal direction
that do not conform to standard fittings.
• Furnished in pairs
• Stainless steel hinges, FRP body
Material

Height

Catalog No.

Blind End Plate

3"

(76)

9(Δ)-4033SS6

This plate forms a closure for any tray that dead ends.
• Furnished as one plate
• W = tray width

4"

(101)

9(Δ)-4034SS6

Material

Fiberglass

Height

Fiberglass

(76)

4"

(101)

9(Δ)-1084-WSS6

6"

(152)

9(Δ)-1086-WSS6

8"

(203)

9(Δ)-1088-WSS6

9(Δ)-8036SS6

(203)

9(Δ)-8038SS6

These splice plates provide for changes in side rail heights.
• Furnished in pairs

9(Δ)-1083-WSS6

Material

Height

8" to 6"
8" to 4"
Fiberglass 6" to 3"
6" to 4"
4" to 3"

(Δ) See page 352 for material selection

Cable Tray Systems

(152)

8"

Step Down Splice Plates

Catalog No.

3"

6"

(203 to 152)
(203 to 101)
(152 to 76)
(152 to 101)
(101 to 76)

Catalog No.
9(Δ)-8086SS6
9(Δ)-8084SS6
9(Δ)-8063SS6
9(Δ)-8064SS6
9(Δ)-4043SS6

Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

FCT-46

Fiberglass

Tray to Box Splice Plates

Fiberglass

Catalog No.

6"

These plates are used to attach the end of a
tray run to a distribution box or control center.
• Furnished in pairs

Material

Height

Fiberglass Tray -

Accessories

Horizontal and Vertical Splice Plates
All splice plate hardware is 3⁄8 ".
All hardware is SS6 (Stainless Steel 316).

Horizontal Splice Plates

Fiberglass

• Furnished in pairs

Catalog No.
90˚

Catalog No.
45˚

Catalog No.
30˚

9(Δ)-4903HSS6
9(Δ)-4904HSS6
9(Δ)-8906HSS6
9(Δ)-8908HSS6

9(Δ)-4453HSS6
9(Δ)-4454HSS6
9(Δ)-8456HSS6
9(Δ)-8458HSS6

9(Δ)-4303HSS6
9(Δ)-4304HSS6
9(Δ)-8306HSS6
9(Δ)-8308HSS6

Vertical Splice Plates
• Furnished in pairs

Catalog No.
90˚
9(Δ)-4903VSS6
9(Δ)-4904VSS6
9(Δ)-8906VSS6
9(Δ)-8908VSS6

Catalog No.
45˚
9(Δ)-4453VSS6
9(Δ)-4454VSS6
9(Δ)-8456VSS6
9(Δ)-8458VSS6

Standard lay-in splice plates with SS6 hardware included with tray sections.
Splice Plates are available in pairs and are a separate order item. They are not automatically supplied with tray sections.

FCT-47

Catalog No.
30˚
9(Δ)-4303VSS6
9(Δ)-4304VSS6
9(Δ)-8306VSS6
9(Δ)-8308VSS6
(Δ) See page FCT-45 for
material selection

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass Tray -

Accessories

Ladder Drop-Out

Barriers

Specially-designed Ladder Drop-Outs provide a rounded surface with
adequate radius to protect cable as it exits from the tray, preventing
damage to insulation.
• 4" (101) radius
• W = tray width

• Furnished with #10 x 1⁄2" self-drilling stainless steel screws

Catalog
No.

Side Rail Height

72(Δ)-120
73(Δ)-120
75(Δ)-120
77(Δ)-120

Catalog No.
9(Δ)-1104-W

in.

mm

3"
4"
6"
8"

(76)
(101)
(152)
(203)

Flexible Horizontal Barrier Kit
Catalog
No.

One kit allows up to a 36" (914) radius position of the barrier.

Side Rail Height

72(Δ)-90HBFL
73(Δ)-90HBFL
75(Δ)-90HBFL
77(Δ)-90HBFL

in.

mm

3"
4"
6"
8"

(76)
(101)
(152)
(203)

Kit Contents:
1 pc — 72" (1829) Straight Barrier
4 pc — 9F-9002 Barrier Strip Clip
8 pc — Thermo Plastic Drive Rivet
4 pc — #10 x 3⁄4" Stainless Steel Self-Drilling Screw
Assembly required — directions included.

Clamp/Guide - Fiberglass

Vertical Bend Barriers

7* (Δ) - 90 VO 24
Radius
VI or VO
Angle
Material
Barrier Size

VO

* Insert 2 for 3" (76) siderail height
3 for 4" (101) siderail height
5 for 6" (152) siderail height

Catalog No.

Fiberglass Conduit to Cable Tray Adapter
• For rigid or PVC conduit
• Standard hardware is 316 stainless steel
• Add ‘N’ to end of part number if non-metallic hardware is preferred

9F-1208

Resin Seal Kit
To reseal fiberglass after field modifications.
• 1 pint (473ml)
Contents: Sealant and Applicator.

Catalog
No.
9FV-2008
9FV-2009
9FV-2010
9FV-2011
9FV-2012
9FV-2013
9FV-2014
9FV-2015
9FV-2016
9FV-2017

Resin
Seal Kit
Catalog No.
RSK-010
Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters, unless otherwise specified.

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass

Nonmetallic
• Designed for 3⁄8" hardware - not included
• Combination hold down clamp and guide
• Material: Glass reinforced polyurathane
• Sold in pairs

FCT-48

Conduit Size
in.

mm

0.50
0.75
1.00
1.25
1.50
2.00
2.50
3.00
3.50
4.00

15
20
25
32
40
50
65
80
90
100

VI

Fiberglass -

Cable Channel & Fittings

Straight Section
• Load data was interpolated from CSA testing.
• Loads shown are for FCCN series.
• Loads shown are for 6 ft. (1.83m) span with deflection
of .7 (18.26) inches.

One pair of splice plates included
with each straight section.

FCC Fiberglass
Cable Channel Ventilated

Catalog No.

Fiberglass

Ventilated

Width

Length

Non-Ventilated

in.

mm

ft.

m

(*)-03-120

(*)N-03-120

3

76

10

3

(*)-03-240

(*)N-03-240

3

76

20

6

(*)-04-120

(*)N-04-120

4

101

10

3

(*)-04-240

(*)N-04-240

4

101

20

6

(*)-06-120

(*)N-06-120

6

152

10

3

(*)-06-240

(*)N-06-240

6

152

20

6

(*)-08-120

(*)N-08-120

8

203

10

3

(*)-08-240

(*)N-08-240

8

203

20

6

Height

FCCN Fiberglass Cable
Channel Non-Ventilated

Load

in.

mm

Lbs/Ft

kg/m

1

25

8

12

1

1 ⁄8

28

12

18

15⁄8

35

58

86

23⁄16

55

87

129

(*) Insert material type straight sections
FCC for Polyester Resin
FCCV for Vinyl Ester Resin
FCCA for Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat Resin

Cable Channel Fittings
All fittings are of mitered construction with 12" (305) radius.

One pair of splice plates included.

VO

Horizontal

3" series

4" series

6" series

8" series

90˚

(†)N-03-90HB12

(†)N-04-90HB12

(†)N-06-90HB12

(†)N-08-90HB12

45˚

(†)N-03-45HB12

(†)N-04-45HB12

(†)N-06-45HB12

(†)N-08-45HB12

Vertical

3" series

4" series

6" series

8" series

90˚

(†)N-03-90V*12

(†)N-04-90V*12

(†)N-06-90V*12

(†)N-08-90V*12

45˚

(†)N-03-45V*12

(†)N-04-45V*12

(†)N-06-45V*12

(†)N-08-45V*12

One pair of splice plates included.

VI

Green = Fastest shipped items

(†) Insert material type for fittings
FCC for Polyester Resin
FCCV for Vinyl Ester Resin
FCCA for Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat Resin

Black = Normal lead-time items

FCT-49

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Cable Channel Fittings & Accessories

Cable Channel Fittings
All fittings are of mitered construction with 12" (305) radius.

Horizontal Tees

Horizontal Crosses
Catalog
No.
FCC(†)N-03-HT12
FCC(†)N-04-HT12
FCC(†)N-06-HT12
FCC(†)N-08-HT12

Two pair of splice
plates included.

Catalog
No.

Width
in.

mm

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

(†) See page fitting material
selection bottom of page FCT-49

FCC(†)N-03-HX12
FCC(†)N-04-HX12
FCC(†)N-06-HX12
FCC(†)N-08-HX12
Three pair of splice
plates included.

Width
in.

mm

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

(†) See page fitting material
selection bottom of page FCT-49

Cable Channel Splice Plates
Splice Plates

Expansion Splice Plates

(pairs)

(pairs)

Included with tray sections.

Catalog No.

9(Δ)-1001 SS6

9(Δ)-1013 SS6

Horizontal 90˚ Splice Plates

Horizontal 45˚ Splice Plates

(pairs)

(pairs)

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(Δ)-1451H SS6

9(Δ)-1901H SS6

Horizontal 30˚ Splice Plates

Vertical 90˚ Splice Plates

(pairs)

(pairs)

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(Δ)-1901V SS6

9(Δ)-1301H SS6

Splice plates included with cable channel sections.
Standard hardware for splice plates is 1/4”-20 (316SS).

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass

Catalog No.

(Δ) See page FCT-49 for
material selection

FCT-50

Fiberglass -

Cable Channel Accessories

Cable Channel Splice Plates
Vertical 45˚ Splice Plates

Vertical 30˚ Splice Plates

(pairs)

(pairs)

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(Δ)-1451V SS6

9(Δ)-1301V SS6

Horizontal Adjustable Splice Plates

Vertical Adjustable Splice Plates

Stainless steel hinge FRP body
Catalog No.

Catalog No.

9(Δ)-1023 SS6

9(Δ)-1033 SS6

Fiberglass

Uses 3/8”-16 hardware.

Uses 3/8”-16 hardware.

(Δ) See page FCT-49 for
material selection

Splice plates included with cable channel sections.
Standard hardware for splice plates is 1/4”-20 (316SS). Hardware for adjustable splice plates is 3/8”-16 (316SS).

Cable Channel Clamps
Expansion Guide Clamp

Hold-Down Clamp

(one clamp)
• Order 1/2" hardware separately

(one clamp)
• Order 1/2" hardware separately

Catalog
No.

in.

Width
mm

Catalog
No.

in.

mm

9SS6-1248-3
9SS6-1248-4
9SS6-1248-6
9SS6-1248-8

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

9SS6-1247-3
9SS6-1247-4
9SS6-1247-6
9SS6-1247-8

3
4
6
8

76
101
152
203

Green = Fastest shipped items

Black = Normal lead-time items

FCT-51

Width

Red = Normally long lead-time items

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass -

Appendix

Marine Rung Cable Tray/Fiberglass
Patent Pending

Features:
• For Coast Guard Requirements
- Allows stainless steel banding of cables
- 5/32" (15.88) slots 1” (25.40) on centers
- Accommodates up to 5/8" (.625) banding
• Has applications on land
- Vertical installation
- Any location where extra cable positioning is required
• Designed for B-Line Fiberglass Series Cable Trays
• Part Number Indication
- Add MR after rung spacing
- Example: 46F09MR-36-240

Fiberglass

Rung design provides:
- 2" (50.80) cable support surface
- Both mechanical and adhesive rung
to side rail connection

1"
(25.40)
1"
(25.40)
5/32"
(3.97)

1"
(25.40)
2"
(50.80)

Cable Tray Systems

FCT-52

Barrier Bridge
Straight Section Barrier

Cable Bridge

Elevation Brace

Hardware Kit

Barrier Bridge

The Barrier Bridge System is made up of four key components: the Elevation Brace, the Cable
Bridge, the Straight Section Barrier, and Hardware Kit(s).

To build a Barrier Bridge, you need to know about your cable tray and your cable runs. Most of
the information is already known when you order your tray system.
Here is what you need to know:

Cable Tray
•
•
•
•
•

Cable Runs

Height or Loading Depth
Material
Width
Fitting Type (HT / HX)
Fitting Radius

• Number of Runs
• Approximate Width and Relative
Location of Each Run

Use the tables on pages BBA-3 through BBA-10 to select your parts. Also select a hardware kit from
page BBA-11.

BBA-1

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier Bridge
Component Numbering System
Elevation Brace
The Elevation Brace divides the lower level of cables, much like a standard divider/barrier strip.
It also supports the Cable Bridge.

7 3 A - EB 24

Cable Tray
Barrier

Loading Depth
3 = 3” (76mm) (4” Siderail)
4 = 4” (101mm) (5” Siderail)
5 = 5” (127mm) (6” Siderail)
6 = 6” (152mm) (7” or 8” Siderail)

Material
A = Aluminum
P = Pre-Galvanized
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
SS6 = Stainless Steel
Type 316

Elevation
Brace

Length
24 = 24” (609mm)
60 = 60” (1524mm)

Cable Bridge
The Cable Bridge supports and retains the upper level of cables.

7 3 A - 12 - CB 20

Cable Tray
Barrier

Material
A = Aluminum
P = Pre-Galvanized
G = Hot Dip
Galvanized
SS6 = Stainless Steel
Type 316

Bridge Width
03 = 3” (76mm)
06 = 6” (152mm)
09 = 9” (228mm)
12 = 12” (305mm)
18 = 18” (457mm)
24 = 24” (609mm)
30 = 30” (762mm)
36 = 36” (914mm)
42 = 42” (1067mm)

Cable
Bridge

Length
05 = 4.5” (114mm)
08 = 7.5” (190mm)
11 = 10.5” (267mm)
14 = 13.5” (343mm)
17 = 16.5” (419mm)
20 = 19.5” (495mm)
23 = 22.5” (571mm)
26 = 25.5” (648mm)
29 = 28.5” (724mm)
32 = 31.5” (800mm)
35 = 34.5” (976mm)
38 = 37.5” (952mm)
44 = 43.5” (1105mm)
50 = 49.5” (1257mm)
53 = 52.5” (1333mm)

B-Line Sales Engineers are available to assist you in selecting parts for a Barrier Bridge System.
Phone (800) 851-7415 ext. 366

Cable Tray Systems

BBA-2

Barrier Bridge

Loading Depth
3 = 3” (76mm) (4” Siderail)
4 = 4” (101mm) (5” Siderail)
5 = 5” (127mm) (6” Siderail)
6 = 6” (152mm) (7” or 8” Siderail)

Barrier Bridge
Horizontal Tee, Two Cable Runs
Cable Bridge
for ‘B’ Run

Straight Section Barrier

Barrier Bridge

Elevation Brace

Tee Fitting

Use the table on page BBA-4 to select parts needed to build your Barrier Bridge
1. On the left, find the width of your tray system.
2. In the second column, select the width of you cable runs within the tray.
B-Line recommends that thicker cables are the ‘A’ run.
3. Move across the chart until you reach the column that is labeled with the radius of your fitting.
The box contains both the quantity and the catalog number of the parts needed for the Barrier Bridge
4. Then select a hardware kit from page BBA-11.

BBA-3

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier Bridge
Horizontal Tee, Two Cable Runs
Tray
Width
6”
(152mm)

9”
(228mm)

12”
(305mm)

18”
(457mm)

‘B’ Smaller
Cable Run

03

03

06

03

03

06

03

09

09

03

06

06

12

06

06

12

09

09

18

06

06

18

2 runs
12" and 12"

12

12

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

2 runs
24" and 06"

24

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB26
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

06

24

18

12

2 runs
12" and 18"

12

18

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB14
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

2 runs
30" and 06"

30

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB32
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

06

30

24

12

2 runs
12" and 24"

12

24

(1) : 7 # *-24-CB14
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

2 runs
18" and 18"

18

18

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB20
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

Description
2 runs
03" and 03"
2 runs
06" and 03"
2 runs
03" and 06"
2 runs
03" and 09"
2 runs
09" and 03"
2 runs
06" and 06"
2 runs
12" and 06"
2 runs
06" and 12"
2 runs
09" and 09"

24”
(609mm)

30”
(762mm)

2 runs
18" and 06"
2 runs
06" and 18"

2 runs
06" and 24"
2 runs
18" and 12"

2 runs
06" and 30"
2 runs
24" and 12"

12" (305mm)
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB17
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB14
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB17
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB17
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB17
(3) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-24-CB14
(3) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB17
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB08
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB20
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB08
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-24-CB08
(3) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-30-CB08
(3) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB26
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

# = Loading Depth of Tray System – 3", 4", 5", 6"
* = Material (A = aluminum, P = pregalvanized steel, G = hot dip galvanized steel, SS6 = stainless steel 316)
(1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) = Quantity

Cable Tray Systems

48" (1219mm)

BBA-4

Barrier Bridge

36”
(914mm)

Radius
24" (609mm)
36" (914mm)

‘A’ Larger
Cable Run

Barrier Bridge
Horizontal Tee, Three Cable Runs
Cable Bridge
for ‘B’ Run

Cable Bridge
for ‘C’ Run
Straight Section Barrier

Elevation Brace

Barrier Bridge

Tee Fitting

Use the tables below and on page BBA-6 to select parts needed to build your
Barrier Bridge
1. On the left, find the width of your tray system.
2. In the second column, select the width of you cable runs within the tray.
B-Line recommends that thicker cables are the ‘A’ run.
3. Move across the chart until you reach the column that is labeled
with the radius of your fitting.
The box contains both the quantity and the catalog number of the parts
needed for the Barrier Bridge
4. Then select a hardware kit from page BBA-1.

Tray
Width
9”
(228mm)

12”
(305mm)

‘A’ Larger ‘B’ Medium ‘C’ Smaller
Description Cable Run Cable Run Cable Run
3 runs
03" / 03" / 03”

03

03

03

3 runs
06" / 03" / 03”

06

03

03

3 runs
03" / 03" / 06”

03

03

06

12" (305mm)

Radius
24" (609mm)
36" (914mm)

48" (1219mm)

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB14
(2) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB11
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(3) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB17
(4) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB60

BBA-5

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier Bridge
Horizontal Tee, Three Cable Runs
Tray
Width

18”
(457mm)

24”
(609mm)

30”
(762mm)

(914mm)

3 runs
12" / 03" / 03”
3 runs
03" / 03" / 12”
3 runs
09" / 06" / 03”
3 runs
03" / 06" / 09”
3 runs
06" / 06" / 06”
3 runs
18" / 03" / 03”
3 runs
03" / 03" / 18”
3 runs
12" / 09" / 03”
3 runs
03" / 09" / 12”
3 runs
12" / 06" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 06" / 12”
3 runs
09" / 09" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 09" / 09”
3 runs
18" / 06" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 06" / 18”
3 runs
12" / 12" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 12" / 12”
3 runs
12" / 09" / 09”
3 runs
09" / 09" / 12”
3 runs
24" / 06" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 06" / 24”
3 runs
18" / 12" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 12" / 18”
3 runs
18" / 09" / 09”
3 runs
09" / 09" / 18”
3 runs
12" / 12" / 12”

12" (305mm)

Radius
24" (609mm)
36" (914mm)

12

03

03

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB17 (1) : 7 # *-03-CB14 (2) : 7 # *-EB24

03

03

12

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-03-CB05 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

09

06

03

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB17 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB11 (3) : 7 # *-EB24

03

06

09

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB05 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

06

06

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08 (3) : 7 # *-EB24

18

03

03

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB23 (1) : 7 # *-03-CB20 (2) : 7 # *-EB24

03

03

18

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-03-CB05 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

12

09

03

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB23 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB14 (3) : 7 # *-EB24

03

09

12

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB05 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

12

06

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB14 (3) : 7 # *-EB24

06

06

12

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

09

09

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB11 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

06

09

09

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB17 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB08 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

18

06

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB26 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB20 (3) : 7 # *-EB24

06

06

18

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

12

12

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB26 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB14 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

06

12

12

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB08 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

12

09

09

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB23 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB14 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

09

09

12

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB11 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

24

06

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB32 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB26 (3) : 7 # *-EB24

06

06

24

(1) : 7 # *-24-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

18

12

06

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB32 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB20 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

06

12

18

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB08 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

18

09

09

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB29 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB20 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

09

09

18

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB11 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

12

12

12

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB26 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB14 (4) : 7 # *-EB24

# = Loading Depth of Tray System – 3", 4", 5", 6"
* = Material (A = aluminum, P = pregalvanized steel, G = hot dip galvanized steel, SS6 = stainless steel 316)
(1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) = Quantity

Cable Tray Systems

48" (1219mm)

BBA-6

Barrier Bridge

36”

‘A’ Larger ‘B’ Medium ‘C’ Smaller
Description Cable Run Cable Run Cable Run

Barrier Bridge
Horizontal Cross, Two Cable Runs
Cable Bridge
for ‘B’ Run

Cable Bridge
for ‘B’ Run

Straight Section Barrier
Straight Section
Barrier

Barrier Bridge

Elevation Brace

Cross Fitting

Use the table on page BBA-8 to select parts needed to build your Barrier Bridge
1. On the left, find the width of your tray system.
2. In the second column, select the width of you cable runs within the tray.
B-Line recommends that thicker cables are the ‘A’ run.
3. Move across the chart until you reach the column that is labeled with
the radius of your fitting. The box contains both the quantity and the
catalog number of the parts needed for the Barrier Bridge
4. Then select a hardware kit from page BBA-7.

BBA-7

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier Bridge
Horizontal Cross, Two Cable Runs
Tray
Width
6”
(152mm)

9”
(228mm)

12”
(305mm)

Description
2 runs
03" and 03"
2 runs
06" and 03"
2 runs
03" and 06"
2 runs
09" and 03"
2 runs
03" and 09"
2 runs
06" and 06"

18”
(457mm)

2 runs
12" and 06"
2 runs
06" and 12"
2 runs
09" and 09"

24”
(609mm)

2 runs
18" and 06"
2 runs
06" and 18"
2 runs
12" and 12"

30”
(762mm)

2 runs
18" and 18"

‘B’ Smaller
Cable Run

03

03

06

03

03

06

09

03

03

09

06

06

12

06

06

12

09

09

18

06

06

18

12

12

24

06

06

24

18

12

12

18

30

06

06

30

24

12

12

24

18

18

12" (305mm)

Radius
24" (609mm)
36" (914mm)

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB11
(2) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB14
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB17
(4) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB17
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB17
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB17
(4) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-24-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20
(4) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB17
(4) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB08
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(4) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB08
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB20
(4) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(4) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-24-CB08
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB26
(4) : 7 # *-EB60
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20
(4) : 7 # *-EB60
(1) : 7 # *-30-CB08
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB32
(4) : 7 # *-EB60
(1) : 7 # *-24-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB26
(4) : 7 # *-EB60
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB20
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB20
(4) : 7 # *-EB60

# = Loading Depth of Tray System – 3", 4", 5", 6"
* = Material (A = aluminum, P = pregalvanized steel, G = hot dip galvanized steel, SS6 = stainless steel 316)
(1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) = Quantity

Cable Tray Systems

48" (1219mm)

BBA-8

Barrier Bridge

36”
(914mm)

2 runs
24" and 06"
2 runs
06" and 24"
2 runs
18" and 12"
2 runs
12" and 18"
2 runs
30" and 06"
2 runs
06" and 30"
2 runs
24" and 12"
2 runs
12" and 24"

‘A’ Larger
Cable Run

Barrier Bridge
Horizontal Cross, Three Cable Runs
Cable Bridge 1
for ‘B’ Run

Cable Bridge
for ‘A’ Run

Cable Bridge
for ‘C’ Runs

Cable Bridge 2
for ‘B’ Run

Elevation Brace

Straight Section
Barrier

Straight Section
Barrier

Barrier Bridge

Cross Fitting

Use the tables below and on page BBA-10 to select parts needed to build your
Barrier Bridge
1. On the left, find the width of your tray system.
2. In the second column, select the width of you cable runs within the tray.
B-Line recommends that thicker cables are the ‘A’ run.
3. Move across the chart until you reach the column that is labeled
with the radius of your fitting.
The box contains both the quantity and the catalog number of the
parts needed for the Barrier Bridge
4. Then select a hardware kit from page BBA-9.

Tray
Width
9”

‘A’ Larger ‘B’ Medium ‘C’ Smaller
Description Cable Run Cable Run Cable Run

(228mm)

3 runs
03" / 03" / 03”

03

03

03

12”

3 runs
06" / 03" / 03”

06

03

03

3 runs
03" / 03" / 06”

03

03

06

(305mm)

12" (305mm)

Radius
24" (609mm)
36" (914mm)

48" (1219mm)

(1) : 7 # *-03-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB14
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(5) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(5) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB17
(5) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB17
(3) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB17
(5) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB17
(5) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB17
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20
(5) : 7 # *-EB60

BBA-9

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier Bridge
Horizontal Cross, Three Cable Runs
Tray
Width

18”
(457mm)

24”
(609mm)

30”
(762mm)

(914mm)

3 runs
12" / 03" / 03”
3 runs
03" / 03" / 12”
3 runs
09" / 06" / 03”
3 runs
03" / 06" / 09”
3 runs
06" / 06" / 12”
3 runs
18" / 03" / 03”
3 runs
03" / 03" / 18”
3 runs
12" / 09" / 03”
3 runs
03" / 09" / 12”
3 runs
12" / 06" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 06" / 12”
3 runs
09" / 09" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 09" / 09”
3 runs
18" / 06" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 06" / 18”
3 runs
12" / 12" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 12" / 12”
3 runs
12" / 09" / 09”
3 runs
09" / 09" / 12”
3 runs
24" / 06" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 06" / 24”
3 runs
18" / 12" / 06”
3 runs
06" / 12" / 18”
3 runs
18" / 09" / 09”
3 runs
09" / 09" / 18”
3 runs
12" / 12" / 12”

12" (305mm)

Radius
24" (609mm)
36" (914mm)

12

03

03

03

03

12

09

06

03

03

06

09

06

06

06

18

03

03

03

03

18

12

09

03

03

09

12

12

06

06

06

06

12

09

09

06

06

09

09

18

06

06

06

06

18

12

12

06

06

12

12

12

09

09

09

09

12

24

06

06

06

06

24

18

12

06

06

12

18

18

09

09

09

09

18

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB11 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB20
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB29 (5) : 7 # *-EB60

12

12

12

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB26 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB26 (5) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-12-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-03-CB05 (1) : 7 # *-03-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB17 (5) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB11 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB05 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB17 (5) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB14 (5) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-03-CB05 (1) : 7 # *-03-CB20
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB23 (5) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB05 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-03-CB23 (5) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB20 (5) : 7 # *-EB24
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB17 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB11
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB20 (5) : 7 # *-EB24

(1) : 7 # *-18-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB20
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB26 (5) : 7 # *-EB60
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB26 (5) : 7 # *-EB60
(1) : 7 # *-12-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB11 (1) : 7 # *-09-CB14
(1) : 7 # *-09-CB23 (5) : 7 # *-EB60

(1) : 7 # *-24-CB14 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB08 (1) : 7 # *-06-CB26
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB32 (5) : 7 # *-EB60
(1) : 7 # *-18-CB20 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB11 (1) : 7 # *-12-CB20
(1) : 7 # *-06-CB32 (5) : 7 # *-EB60

# = Loading Depth of Tray System – 3", 4", 5", 6"
* = Material (A = aluminum, P = pregalvanized steel, G = hot dip galvanized steel, SS6 = stainless steel 316)
(1, 2, 3, 4 or 5) = Quantity

Cable Tray Systems

48" (1219mm)

BBA-10

Barrier Bridge

36”

‘A’ Larger ‘B’ Medium ‘C’ Smaller
Description Cable Run Cable Run Cable Run

Barrier Bridge
Hardware Kits
Fitting

HX - 2 runs

HX - 3 runs

HT - 2 runs

HT - 3 runs

Redi-Rail/Series 2-5 Aluminum

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

Series 1 Pre-Galv

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

Alternating Strut Rung

7ZN-HK2

7ZN-HK3

7ZN-HK4

7ZN-HK5

Up Strut Rung

7ZN-HK2

7ZN-HK3

7ZN-HK4

7ZN-HK5

Down Strut Rung

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

7ZN-HK1

7SS-HK1

7SS-HK1

7SS-HK1

7SS-HK1

Alternating Strut Rung

7SS-HK2

7SS-HK3

7SS-HK4

7SS-HK5

Up Strut Rung

7SS-HK2

7SS-HK3

7SS-HK4

7SS-HK5

Down Strut Rung

7SS-HK1

7SS-HK1

7SS-HK1

7SS-HK1

Series 2-5
Pre-Galv

Series 1 HDG

Barrier Bridge

Series 2-5
HDG &
Stainless Steel

Catalog Number

Hardware

7ZN-HK1

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 ZN Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws

7ZN-HK2

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 ZN Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws
(7) 9ZN-1204NB Hold-Down Clamps

7ZN-HK3

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 ZN Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws
(10) 9ZN-1204NB Hold-Down Clamps

7ZN-HK4

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 ZN Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws
(5) 9ZN-1204NB Hold-Down Clamps

7ZN-HK5

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 ZN Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws
(8) 9ZN-1204NB Hold-Down Clamps

7SS-HK1

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 SS410 Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws

7SS-HK2

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 SS410 Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws
(7) 9SS6-1204NB Hold-Down Clamps

7SS-HK3

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 SS410 Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws
(10) 9SS6-1204NB Hold-Down Clamps

7SS-HK4

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 SS410 Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws
(5) 9SS6-1204NB Hold-Down Clamps

7SS-HK5

(60) PPHSD #10 x 1/2 SS410 Self-Drilling Phillips Head Screws
(8) 9SS6-1204NB Hold-Down Clamps

Visit the Barrier Bridge webpage for additional tools and resources:
• Installation instructions
• CAD details
• Submittal sheets
www.cooperbline.com/barrier-bridge

BBA-11

Cable Tray Systems

Barrier Bridge
The Barrier Bridge Solution
Barrier Bridge is an ideal solution for keeping cable runs divided at horizontal tees and
crosses. Cables are separated for code compliance, protection, and organization. Keeping
cables separate at fittings has always been a challenge, but the process is now simplified
with the Barrier Bridge.
Benefits of the product include:
• Code Compliance:
Eliminate questions on the jobsite with an obvious and visible solid metal barrier
between cable types.
• Cable Protection:
Minimize the potential for signal interference at the weakest link – the intersection.
• Design Simplicity:
Make your design intention clear with available CAD details, template specifications,
and submittal data sheets.
• Labor Savings:
Speed up your installation by having a plan for intersections and having the right
pieces and parts for each fitting.

In addition, the Barrier Bridge solution offers the
following features:
• Slots for easy attachment of cable ties
• Raised sides of top level to retain cables
• Smooth, hemmed edges to protect cable

• Installation steps that use standard tools

Cable Tray Systems

BBA-12

Barrier Bridge

• Pre-engineered products for two (2) or
three (3) cable runs

Cable Cleats

Cable Cleats

CFX-1

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Cleats
Trefoil Cable Cleat with LSF Pad
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Recommended for installations where the highest levels of short circuit withstand are required.
Short circuit current tested in accordance with BS EN 50368:2003 standard.
Available for single and trefoil cable applications.
LSF-pad incorporates an integral low smoke, low fume, zero halogen pad.
Hardware to attach cleat to rung attachment bracket is included with cleat. Bracket must be ordered separately.

W

55mm

H

BS EN 50368:2003 (Cable Cleats for Electric Installations)
Classification

Technical Specifications
Frame

50mm x 2mm Marine grade, Non-magnetic 316L

Cleat Type

Composite

Resistance to
Electromechanical Force

130 kA peak / 50 kA RMS
600 mm spacing

Lateral Load Test

3.439 kg average

Integral Pad

Axial Load Test

Pass

Tools Required

Impact Wrench

Operating Temperature Range

-40°C to +60°C

Mounting Bolt

Provided with Cable Cleat

Impact Resistance

Very Heavy

Needle Flame Test

30 seconds

Cable Range (mm)

Cable Tray Systems

Min. Dia.
13
21
23
25
27
29
32
35
38
42
45
47
49
51
53
55
57
59
61
63

Max. Dia.
22
25
29
31
33
35
38
41.5
44.5
48
51
53
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69

Dimensions (mm)
H
74
77
81
84
86
90
94
98
101
105
109
111
114
116
119
127
126
128
132
136

Low Smoke, Low Fume, Zero Halogen

Cable Range (mm)

W
66
70
78
81
83
89
95
100
104
111
117
120
124
127
133
137
140
144
147
150

Part No.
9SS6-CCT6571
9SS6-CCT6773
9SS6-CCT6975
9SS6-CCT7177
9SS6-CCT7379
9SS6-CCT7581
9SS6-CCT7783
9SS6-CCT7985
9SS6-CCT8187
9SS6-CCT8389
9SS6-CCT8692
9SS6-CCT8896
9SS6-CCT9199
9SS6-CCT96103
9SS6-CCT99107
9SS6-CCT103111
9SS6-CCT107115
9SS6-CCT111119
9SS6-CCT115123
9SS6-CCT119128

CFX-2

Min. Dia.
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
81
83
86
88
91
96
99
103
107
111
115
119

Max. Dia.
71
73
75
77
79
81
83
85
87
89
92
96
99
103
107
111
115
119
123
128

Dimensions (mm)
H
140
143
147
151
154
158
161
164
169
173
177
181
185
190
194
199
203
208
213
217

W
153
156
160
163
166
169
173
176
179
182
187
192
196
201
202
204
208
213
217
221

Cable Cleats

Part No.
9SS6-CCT1323
9SS6-CCT2125
9SS6-CCT2329
9SS6-CCT2531
9SS6-CCT2733
9SS6-CCT2935
9SS6-CCT3238
9SS6-CCT3541
9SS6-CCT3844
9SS6-CCT4248
9SS6-CCT4551
9SS6-CCT4753
9SS6-CCT4955
9SS6-CCT5157
9SS6-CCT5359
9SS6-CCT5561
9SS6-CCT5763
9SS6-CCT5965
9SS6-CCT6167
9SS6-CCT6369

Closure Hardware Captive 316 Stainless Steel M8 or M10 (M12 available)
bolt and nylon-lock nut (Optional Hex Flange
Lock Nut available)

Cable Cleats
Single Cable Cleat with LSF Pad
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Recommended for installations where the highest levels of short circuit withstand are required.
Short circuit current tested in accordance with BS EN 50368:2003 standard.
Available for single and trefoil cable applications.
LSF-pad incorporates an integral low smoke, low fume, zero halogen pad.
Hardware to attach cleat to rung attachment bracket is included with cleat. Bracket must be ordered separately.

W

55mm

H

BS EN 50368:2003 (Cable Cleats for Electric Installations)
Classification
Cleat Type

Composite

Resistance to
Electromechanical Force

130 kA peak / 50 kA RMS
600 mm spacing

Lateral Load Test

3.439 kg average

Frame

50mm x 2mm Marine grade, Non-magnetic 316L

Closure Hardware

Captive 316 Stainless Steel M8 or M10 (M12 available) bolt
and nylon-lock nut (Optional Hex Flange Lock Nut available)

Integral Pad

Low Smoke, Low Fume, Zero Halogen

Axial Load Test

Pass

Tools Required

Impact Wrench

Operating Temperature Range

-40°C to +60°C

Mounting Bolt

Provided with Cable Cleat

Impact Resistance

Very Heavy

Needle Flame Test

30 seconds

Cable Range (mm)

Cable Cleats

Technical Specifications

Part No.
9SS6-CCS2832
9SS6-CCS3034
9SS6-CCS3236
9SS6-CCS3438
9SS6-CCS3640
9SS6-CCS3842
9SS6-CCS4044
9SS6-CCS4246
9SS6-CCS4448
9SS6-CCS4650
9SS6-CCS4852
9SS6-CCS5054
9SS6-CCS5256
9SS6-CCS5458
9SS6-CCS5660
9SS6-CCS5862
9SS6-CCS6064
9SS6-CCS6266
9SS6-CCS6468
9SS6-CCS6670

Min. Dia.
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66

Max. Dia.
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
70

Dimensions (mm)
H
61
63
65
67
71
69
71
72
74
75
77
79
80
81
83
85
86
88
90
91

W
55
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
81
83
85
87
89
91
93

Cable Range (mm)
Part No.
9SS6-CCS6872
9SS6-CCS7074
9SS6-CCS7276
9SS6-CCS7478
9SS6-CCS7680
9SS6-CCS7882
9SS6-CCS8084
9SS6-CCS8286
9SS6-CCS8488
9SS6-CCS8690
9SS6-CCS8892
9SS6-CCS9094
9SS6-CCS9296
9SS6-CCS94106
9SS6-CCS100112
9SS6-CCS106118
9SS6-CCS112124
9SS6-CCS118130
9SS6-CCS127139
9SS6-CCS132144
9SS6-CCS138150

CFX-3

Min. Dia.
68
70
72
74
76
76
80
82
84
86
88
90
92
94
100
106
112
118
127
132
138

Max. Dia.
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
86
88
90
192
94
96
106
112
118
124
130
139
144
150

Dimensions (mm)
H
93
95
97
99
101
103
105
107
109
110
113
116
126
135
140
145
153
162
161
165
170

W
95
97
99
101
103
105
107
109
111
113
117
120
127
133
139
145
155
165
167
173
179

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Cleats
Step 1: Know Your Cables
n
n
n
n

What type of cable is being used?
• Single or Multi-conductor
What is the outside diameter of the cable(s)?
What is the cable arrangement (single conductor cables only)?
• Flat or Trefoil
If a ground wire will be installed within the cleat, you will need the ground wire
outside diameter.

Step 2: Know Your System
n
n

What is the available short circuit current (RMS or ip (peak))?
What type of B-Line cable tray is installed?

Step 3: Select Your Cable Cleats
n

See Pages CFX-2 & CFX-3

Step 4: Select Your Mounting Bracket
Mounting brackets are used to attach cable cleats to the rungs of the ladder type cable trays.
Your tray type will determine the mounting bracket used.
B-Line Tray Types

Mounting Bracket

Aluminum welded rung trays with standard rungs.
Steel Series 2, 3, 4 or 5, trays with standard rungs
Fiberglass trays with standard rungs
REDI-Rail™ Cable Tray
Steel trays with strut rungs
Aluminum trays with “Marine Rungs”
Steel Series 1 trays with standard rungs

9SS6-CCB-B

1”

9SS6-CCB-D
9SS6-CCB-B
9SS6-CCB-A
Use with rungs

Use with rungs
9SS6-CCB-A

9SS6-CCB-C

15/8”

1/2”

1”

11/2”

9SS6-CCB-C

Use with rungs

9SS6-CCB-D

Use with rungs

1”
3/4”

11/2”
25/32”

1”
1”
11/2”

Cable Tray Systems

CFX-4

Cable Cleats

1”

Cable Cleats
Step 5: Determine Cleat Spacing for Installation
Your cable diameter is equal to the spacing between conductor centers shown below.
Find your cable diameter at the top of the table and look down at the column below it.
Find the value equal to or greater than the available short circuit for your system.
Single Conductor Short Circuit Withstand Table

Max. Cable Cleat
Spacing (A)
mm

In.

225
300
450
600
675
900

9
12
18
24
27
36

23

25

Spacing Between Conductor Centers (mm)
27
29
31
33
35
37
39
41

43

45

246
214
174
150
143
124

250
215
178
153
147
127

ip peak (kA)

179
155
128
110
104
89

187
163
133
115
108
93

194
168
137
119
113
97

203
174
144
124
117
102

209
181
148
128
121
104

216
187
152
132
124
108

220
192
157
135
128
110

229
198
161
139
132
115

234
203
165
143
135
117

240
209
170
148
139
121

A

A

A

A

A

0.3
ma M
(lin x
ea
r)

A

0.3M
max
(linea
r)

Changes of Direction

0.3M
max
)
(linear

Trefoil Cables

M
0.3 x
ma ear)
(lin

Cable Cleats

IMPORTANT: Recommended Installation Procedures
It is important that the cleats are installed properly to secure your cables:
• It is not necessary for every cleat to be attached to the tray. Every other cleat ( ) must be
attached to the tray system to mount cable in tray. Unattached cleats ( ) provide additional
restraint to keep cables bundled.
• The bend radius should be 8 to 12 times the cable diameter.
• Cleats should always be installed at the beginning, middle and end of a bend ( ), and at no
time should the distance between cleats on a bend be more than 0.3M center to center.

CFX-5

Cable Tray Systems

Notes

Cable Cleats

Cable Tray Systems

CFX-6

Firestop

Firestop

FSA-1

Cable Tray Systems

Firestop
3M™ Fire Barrier Self-Locking Pillows
Features & Benefits
Firestop

• Extremely easy to install - saves time and labor
• Easy removal and fully reusable - with no blocking or fusing of
materials
• No cutting required, no left over debris
• Up to three-hour UL Listed F-Rating
• UL Listed systems up to 540 sq. in. opening
• Passes hose stream test without cumbersome wire mesh
• Smoke seal tested and listed
• Listed for blank or filled openings in gypsum wallboard or concrete
• Available in three (3) sizes
• One (1) or two (2) cable trays per opening
This product will intumesce and lock tightly into place eliminating the prep
work of cutting or leaving any messy debris. The resulting barrier retards
the transmission of smoke, fire, and toxic gases from spreading between
adjacent rooms and floors for the rated time period.
Catalog Number

Pillow Type

Pillow Size
in.

mm

FSP-SLP-S

Small

2” x 4” x 9”

51 x 101 x 228

FSP-SLP-M

Medium

2” x 6” x 9”

51 x 152 x 228

FSP-SLP-L

Large

3” x 6” x 9”

76 x 152 x 228

The following charts give the number of 3M pillows needed to completely firestop an opening that cable tray passes through.*
Two (2) sticks of moldable putty (part number FSP-MPS) are also needed for each opening.

Flextray
Width

2
4
6
8
12
16
18
20
24
30
36

Two (2) Side Rail Cable Tray

Height
1.5

2

4

6

-4
5
7
8
-------

4
5
6
7
10
12
13
15
17
21
22

-7
8
10
13
17
18
20
24
29
--

---13
17
21
24
26
30
---

Width

6
9
12
18
24
30
36
42
48

Cent-R-Rail: Data Track & Half Rack

Height
4

5

6

7

8
11
13
18
24
29
34
39
45

9
12
15
21
27
33
39
45
51

10
14
17
24
30
37
44
51
57

11
15
19
26
34
41
49
56
64

Width

3
6
9
12
18
24

Concrete Wall - C-AJ-4056 3 HR F-Rating, 3/4 HR T-Rating
Gypsum Wall - W-L-4037 1 HR and 2 HR F-Ratings, 0 HR and 1/2 HR
T-Ratings
For tray larger than 4” x 24”, or a tray style other than ladder tray call
1-800-328-1687 then option 8 to obtain a free engineering judgement letter.

Height
4

6

5
7
9
11
16
20

5
8
11
13
18
24

7
10
14
17
24
30

Pan Tray
Width

UL Listed Systems

3

6
9
12
18
24
30
36

4

Height
5

6

8
11
13
18
24
29
34

9
12
15
21
27
33
39

10
14
17
24
30
37
44

* Number of pillows refers to 3M’s medium self-locking pillows (part number FSP-SLP-M) and are based
on an opening that is 1.5” larger than the tray on all sides.
Example: For a 4” x 12” tray the recommended opening would be 7” x 15”.

3M™ is a registered trademark of the 3M Company
Cable Tray Systems

FSA-2

Firestop
3M™ Fire Barrier Moldable Putty+

Firestop

Features & Benefits
• Pliable. Easy to mold into any shape
• Adheres. Sticks well to most surfaces but not to the applicator’s hands
• Conformable. Pads easily conform and adhere to a wide variety of
metallic and non-metallic electrical outlet boxes
• UL Listed. Wide range of UL Listed systems
• Ages Well. Excellent aging properties

3M Fire Barrier Moldable Putty+ is a one-part, halogen-free product
designed to firestop electrical outlet boxes and a wide variety of
through-penetrations including cable, conduit, insulated pipe and
metal pipe, which penetrate fire-rated construction.
Catalog Number

Type

Size
in.

FSP-MPS

Stick

FSP-MPP-4x8

Small Pad

FSP-MPP-7x7
FSP-MPP-9x9

11/2”

mm

x 11”

38 x 279

4” x 8”

101 x 203

Medium Pad

7” x 7”

178 x 178

Large Pad

91/2” x 91/2”

241 x 241

3M™ Fire Barrier CS-195+ Composite Sheets
Features & Benefits
• Ideal for fire-stopping blank openings and through-penetrations of
multiple cable, pipe ducts, buss ducts and cable trays
• Intumescent
• Lightweight and easy to handle - just cut and form to fit
• Easy to install using common trade tools
• Easy to fasten - bolt punch or drill through and use self-tapping
screws or anchor bolts
• Bottom-of-floor applications available
• No mixing or damming required
• Re-enterable
• Documented aging properties
This organic/inorganic elastomeric sheet is bonded on one side to a
layer of 28-gauge galvanized steel. The other side is reinforced with
a steel-wire mesh and covered with aluminum foil.
Catalog Number

Type

Size
in.

mm

FSP-CS-16x28

Sheet

16” x 28”

406 x 711

FSP-CS-28x52

Sheet

28” x 52”

711 x 1320

FSP-CS-36x24

Sheet

36” x 24”

914 x 609

FSP-CS-36x36

Sheet

36” x 36”

914 x 914

FSP-CS-36x41

Sheet

36” x 41”

914 x 1041

3M™ is a registered trademark of the 3M Company
FSA-3

Cable Tray Systems

Firestop
3M™ Fire Barrier Quick Pass Devices

Firestop

Features & Benefits
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Hinged for existing cables
Stackable for multiple penetrations
Optional mounting brackets - single or triplex
Install before or after gypsum wall assembly
Easily identified red color
Quick to pass cables
JCAHO and NFPA Life Safety Code 101 compliant
UL Classified 1, 2 and 3 hour fire (F) and temperature (T) rating
UL Classified L rating, Hot and Cold Smoke Seal
ULC

The Quick Pass Device makes installation and retrofitting a snap. Simply follow the instructions
located on the product. Use this product in new construction or update your fire protection in a
renovation - the optional mounting bracket opens easily allowing retrofit installations. As your
needs change, reuse the device for additional cables and wiring.

Catalog Number

Type

Size

FSP-QPS-2

Square Device

21/2” (63mm) Square

FSP-QPS-2BRK

Optional Mounting Bracket for FSP-QPS-2

--

FSP-QPS-4

Square Device

4” (101mm) Square

FSP-QPS-4BRK

Optional Mounting Bracket for FSP-QPS-4

--

FSP-QPR-4

Square Device

4” (101mm) Round

FSP-QPR-4BRK

Optional Mounting Bracket for FSP-QPR-4

--

3M™ is a registered trademark of the 3M Company
Cable Tray Systems

FSA-4

Firestop
3M™ Fire Barrier CP-25WB+ Caulk

Firestop

Features & Benefits
• Water based - easy cleanup and routine disposal with no
special handling
• One-part system - no mixing or measuring required
• Intumescent and endothermic
• No-sag, non-halogen formula
• Fast drying - tack-free in approximately 10 to 15 minutes
• Water-resistant seal
• Paintable
• Documented aging properties
Our premium, intumescent latex/water-based caulk.
CP 25WB Caulk can be installed with a standard caulking gun
Catalog Number

Type

FSP-BC-25

10.1 ounce Tube

3M™ Fire Barrier IC-15WB+ Caulk
Features & Benefits
•
•
•
•

Cost effective
UL tested
Distinctive yellow color makes inspections easier
For use as a one-part fire, smoke,
noxious gas and water sealant

This is an affordable firestop caulk that helps you
stay on budget. Its unique intumescent property
allows IC 15WB Caulk to effectively contain fire
and smoke at its origin. IC 15WB Caulk can be
installed with a standard caulking gun
Catalog Number

Type

FSP-BC-15

10.1 ounce Tube

3M™ Interam™ T-49 Tape
Features & Benefits
• 3-mil aluminum foil
• Acrylic adhesive performs in high temperatures
Designed to seal the cut edges of 3M™ Interam
Mats to complete the total encapsulation.
Catalog Number

Type

FSP-AT-4

4” (101mm) x 180’ (27.5m) Roll

3M™ and Interam™ are registered trademarks of the 3M Company
FSA-5

Cable Tray Systems

Firestop
3M™ Interam™ E-5 Series Mat
Features & Benefits
Provides up to three (3) hours of electrical circuit protection
Made of a combination of organic/inorganic materials
Outdoor durable
Endothermic
Available with a stainless-steel or aluminum backing
Outstanding performance in high-intensity fires
Easy to install in new applications or directly over existing
fire protection

Firestop

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Blocks heat penetration by chemically
absorbing heat energy to protect
structural steel and cable trays.
Catalog Number

Type

FSP-EMAT

241/2” (622mm) x 20’ (3.05m) Roll

3M™ and Interam™ are registered trademarks of the 3M Company

Wall & Fire Wall Sleeve Kits & Accessories

‘CT’ Type Fire Wall Sleeve

‘D’ Type Fire Wall Sleeve

‘U’ Type Wall Sleeve

FWS (Fire Wall Sleeve) Shown
Sleeve is 20” long

FWS (Fire Wall Sleeve) Shown
Sleeve is 20” long

WS (Wall Sleeve) Shown
Sleeve is 20” long

• "CT" Type tray includes two (2) pair 9ZN-800* splice plates with 3/8" zinc plated hardware.
• "D" Type tray includes two (2) pieces of CAC-UFB pivot connectors with zinc plated hardware.
• "U" Type tray does not include splices. Example uses include Wire Basket or Half-Rack.
* Insert tray height.
Through-Penetration products for use in Through-Penetration firestop systems. See UL Fire Resistance Director. 23XP
Classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as to it’s suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

FSP-1043
Fire Stop Pillow

Wall & Fire Wall Sleeve Part Numbering

3” thick, 4” wide, 9.6”long

Example: 9P - xxx - CT - 4 - 12

(orange bag)

Finish
P = Pregalvanized

FSP-1312
Fire Stop Putty
1” thick, 3” wide, 12”long
(wrapped in paper)

FSP-1043 and FSP-1312
can be ordered separately
if required.
Cable Tray Systems

Type

Tray Type

WS = Wall Sleeve
CT = Cable Tray †
FWS = Fire Wall Sleeve** D = Data-Track
U = Universal

Tray Height Tray Width
4
5
6
7

** Includes Nelson Fire Stop Pillows & Putty
† ‘CT’ Type furnished with steel splice plates (9ZN-800*). For aluminum
cable trays use the furnished splice plates and field drill 13/32” diameter holes
in the aluminum side rails.

FSA-6

06 = 6"
09 = 9"
12 = 12"
18 = 18"
24 = 24"
30 = 30"
36 = 36"

Appendix -

Bottom Design Options

These options are in addition to the
Standard Ladder Rungs, Ventilated Trough and
Solid Trough type Cable Trays.

Ladder with Strut Rungs

Appendix

• B44 strut installed as rungs.
• Strut orientation may be channel opening up, channel opening
down, or alternating - standard is alternating unless specified otherwise.
• Strut may be solid back or with slotted hole pattern "SH".
• The B-Line strut rung system offers additional cable clamping
options relative to the chosen slot orientation.
Examples: 248G09B44-12-144
Strut rung on 9" centers with alternating
slot orientation.
248G12B44SHDN-12-144
"SH" Strut rung on 12" centers with channel
opening down (Note: replace "DN" with "UP" for
channel opening up.)

Marine Rung (Available in Aluminum, HDGAF Steel and Stainless Steel)

(Aluminum Shown)

• Designed for Series 2 or heavier systems.
• Special rung design to accommodate stainless steel banding
of cables (U.S. Coast Guard requirement) with .25" x .69" slots.
• Has applications on land, vertical installation, any location
where extra cable positioning/attachment is required.
• Rung strength - Aluminum supports 499 lbs. per rung on 36" wide
system with a 1.5 safety factor. Steel supports 755 lbs. per rung on
36" wide system with a 1.5 safety factor.
• New design provides combination of strut fastening and marine rung
fastening.
Example: 46A12MR-36-288 or 464G12MR-36-288

Special Rung Spacings:

4" & 18" rung spacing available upon request.

Non-Ventilated
•
•
•
•

Solid flat sheet welded into the Cable Tray above the rungs.
Standard rung spacing is 12 inches.
The flat sheet may be installed under the rungs, if preferred.
The flat sheet may be installed over B54 rungs “slot down”.
Examples: 24ASB-36-144
Flat sheet bottom over standard rung on
12" spacing.
24ASBB54-36-144
Flat sheet bottom over B54 strut rung
slot down on 12" spacing.

APP-1

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Mid Span Splice

B-Line 9A-6006 and 9A-6007
Aluminum Mid-Span Splice
Features
• Standard for H46A, H47A and 57A straight sections.
• Allows random splice location.
• Six bolt design 1/2" Stainless Steel Type 316
hardware standard.
• Available on ladder bottoms only.
• 09" and 12" rung spacing.

Catalog No.

H46A

9A-6006

H47A

9A-6007

57A

9A-6007

Cable Tray:
H46A

H47A

Tested to:
• 167 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5)
• 125 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0)
• 20 ft. simple beam test

Tested to:
• 149 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5)
• 112 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0)
• 20 ft. simple beam test

• 12" rung spacing • 36" wide

• 12" rung spacing • 36" wide

Splice:
9A-6006

9A-6007

Tested to:
• 135 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5)
• 101 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0)
• 20 ft. simple beam test

Tested to:
• 143 lbs/ft (safety factor 1.5)
• 107 lbs/ft (safety factor 2.0)
• 20 ft. simple beam test

• mid-span splice

• mid-span splice

Options: The 9A-6006 and 9A-6007 splice is also available
with B-Line 46A and 47A series cable tray systems
•
•
•
•

Available on ladder bottoms only (09" and 12" rung spacing).
Available on 240" (20’) or longer span straight sections.
To order add “MS” to part number: Ex. 46AMS09-24-288.
For standard 6A or 7A fittings with H46A or H47A systems an
additional pair of standard splice plates is required (9A-1006 or 9A-1007).

Also available:
H6A and H7A Fittings

One pair 9A-6006 or 9A-6007 included.

Cable Tray Systems

APP-2

• Ladder bottom only (09" RS).
• Incorporates the 9A-6006
or 9A-6007 splice.
• Example: H6A-12-90HB24
or H7A-12-90HB24

Appendix

Tray
Series

Appendix -

Heavy Duty Expansion Splice

Heavy Duty Expansion Splice Plates
9A-6016 and 9A-6017 (aluminum)
9G-6016 and 9G-6017 (HDG steel)
9SS6-6016 (stainless steel)

Appendix

The Heavy Duty Expansion Splice Plate is engineered to eliminate the NEMA recommended additional supports
at each expansion joint where expansion splice plates are utilized. Expansion splices are common in long-run
outdoor applications, where temperature variations result in thermal expansion and contraction of the cable tray
system. The installer using the traditional expansion splice would be required to install two supports, one on
either side of the expansion splice. By utilizing the B-Line Heavy Duty Expansion Splice Plate, no additional
supports are required when the splice is placed at quarter span.
• NEMA VE 2 Compliant
• Lowest total cost of installation solution
• “Wrap around” design that supports the side rail on the bottom of each tray section
• Available in lightweight, marine-grade 6063-T6 aluminum material, hot dip galvanized steel,
and stainless steel 316 for easy installation in a variety of applications
• Visit www.cooperbline.com/expansion for detailed installation instructions
• Splice plate hardware included
Heavy Duty Expansion Splice Plates are currently available with aluminum (H46A, H47A & 57A), steel (464, 476
& 574), and stainless steel (464) tray systems. These tray systems are heavy duty ladders that are ideal for
long-span, outdoor applications.

Patent Pending

Steel
Tray Series

Catalog No.

464

9G-6016 or 9SS6-6016

476

9G-6017

574

9G-6017

Steel

Aluminum
Tray Series

Catalog No.

H46A

9A-6016

H47A

9A-6017

57A

9A-6017

Aluminum

Aluminum heavy-duty expansion splice plates shown.

APP-3

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Special Purpose Peaked Covers

Special Purpose 2 to 3 Pitch Peaked Covers
Features

These covers are not
available for Series 1
system or in steel with
a pre-galvanized finish.

• 33° slope to shed precipitants.
• Heavy construction - made for the industrial environment.
• Available in aluminum and steel; hot dip
galvanized after fabrication (HDGAF ASTM A-123),
304 stainless and 316 stainless.
• Available in flanged design only.
• Fittings are in multiple piece welded construction.
• Expanding/Reducing HT and HX covers are not available.

2 to 3 Pitch
Peak
Height

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"

Horizontal
Tee

Appendix

Tray
Width

Vertical Outside
Bend
Horizontal Bend

Horizontal
Cross

Catalog Number Selector
Example: 83

7

A

80

Material
Thickness

Cover Type

Detail

Material

83 = 2 to 3
Pitch
Peaked

7 = Flanged Aluminum
2 = Flanged Steel

A = Aluminum
G = HDGAF ASTM
A-123
SS4 = 304 Stainless
Steel
SS6 = 316 Stainless
Steel

(248, 258, 268
straight sections
& fittings

3 = Flanged Steel
(All straight
sections except
248, 258, 268)

2 to 3 Pitch Cover Clamp
• Recommended for outdoor service.

- 24 - 144

80 = .080 Aluminum straight
section
125 = .125 Aluminum fittings
16 = 16 Ga. Steel straight
sections.
18 = 18 Ga. Steel fittings.

Side Rail
Height

Cable Tray Systems

06 =
09 =
12 =
18 =
24 =
30 =
36 =

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"
36"

Item Description
144
120
72
60

=
=
=
=

12 ft. (3.66 m)
10 ft. (3.05 m)
6 ft. (1.83 m)
5 ft. (1.52 m)

Catalog
No.

Catalog
No.

Catalog
No.

Steel

Stainless Steel

in.

mm

Aluminum

4

101

9A-(‡)-9P44

9G-(‡)-9P44

9**-(‡)-9P44

5

127

9A-(‡)-9P54

9G-(‡)-9P54

9**-(‡)-9P54

6

152

9A-(‡)-9P64

9G-(‡)-9P64

9**-(‡)-9P64

7

178

9A-(‡)-9P74

9G-(‡)-9P74

9**-(‡)-9P74

(‡) Insert tray width
Green = Fastest shipped items

Tray Width

Black = Normal lead-time items

APP-4

(**) Insert SS4 or SS6
Red = Normally long lead-time items

Appendix -

Reference Material - Methods Permitted

Appendix

Wiring methods permitted in cable tray per the 2005 NEC®
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.

Armored cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 320)
Electrical metallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 358)
Electrical nonmetallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 362)
Fire alarm cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 760)
Flexible metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 348)
Flexible metallic tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 360)
Instrumentation tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 727)
Intermediate metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 342)
Liquidtight flexible metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 350)
Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 356)
Metal-clad cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 330)
Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 332)
Multiconductor service-entrance cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 338)
Multiconductor underground feeder and branch-circuit cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 340)
Multipurpose and communications cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 800)
Nonmetallic-sheathed cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 334)
Power and control tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 336)
Power-limited tray cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Section 725.61(C) and 725.71(E)
Optical fiber cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 770)
Other factory-assembled, multiconductor control, signal, or power
cables that are specifically approved for installation in cable trays
21. Rigid metal conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 344)
22. Rigid nonmetallic conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Article 352)

Appendix -

Reference Material - Formulas

Formulas

Formulas
• Allowable load:

• Deflection:

w = F96Sx
L2

w
W
F
L
Sx

3
Δ = 5WL
384EIx

Δ=
• Stress:

Legend

5wL4
4608EIx

2
F = wL
96Sx

load (lbs/ft)
total load across span (lbs)
design stress (lbs/in2)
span (inches)
section modulus for 2 rails (in3)
(see page APP-6 for Sx values)

E = 10 million for Alum. (lb/in.2)
29 million for Steel (lb/in.2)
Ix = moment of inertia for 2 rails (in4)
(see page APP-6 for Ix values)

• Deflection Multiplier (K) = deflection
w
=

=
=
=
=
=

5L4
4608EIx

Max. deflection
• Max. Working Load =
Deflection Multiplier

APP-5

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Reference Material - Side Rails

Cable Tray Side Rails
Design Data For One Rail

Aluminum

D
E

B

A

Steel
D

C
B
A

Series 148-176 Rail Only

D
E

C
A

B

All Other Steel Rails

Side Rail
Height

A

B

C

D

E

Sx

Ix

Area

Weight

(in.)

(in.)

(in.)

(in.)

(in.)

(in.3)

(in.4)

(in.2)

(lbs./ft.)

RSI04

4

3.54

2.68

.059

1.71

.768

0.55

0.98

.465

.54

RSI05

5

4.53

3.66

.061

1.71

.770

0.75

1.76

.540

.63

RSI06

6

5.51

4.64

.059

1.71

.768

0.99

2.75

.559

.69

RSI07

7

6.50

5.63

.075

1.71

.784

1.34

4.39

.750

.88

24

4

4.12

3.05

.060

1.75

.740

0.67

1.43

.525

.62

M24

4

4.18

3.09

.080

1.75

.760

0.84

1.93

.750

.83

34

4

4.20

3.08

.100

1.75

.750

1.05

2.49

.902

1.06

25

5

5.00

3.93

.068

1.75

.748

0.90

2.31

.620

.72

35

5

5.06

3.96

.090

1.75

.745

1.18

3.19

.857

.98

26

6

6.12

5.04

.065

2.00

.745

1.26

3.95

.698

.82

36

6

6.17

5.06

.075

2.00

.725

1.68

5.42

.903

1.05

46

6

6.19

5.08

.085

2.00

.650

1.79

6.09

.989

1.17

M46

6

6.20

5.09

.100

2.00

.750

1.89

6.36

1.116

1.30

H46

6

6.24

5.09

.130

2.00

.750

2.67

8.65

1.473

1.74

37

7

7.14

6.05

.075

2.00

.750

1.88

6.75

.904

1.06

47

7

7.24

6.13

.100

2.00

.675

2.47

8.94

1.189

1.40

H47

7

7.24

6.09

.125

2.00

.675

3.05

11.46

1.520

1.77

57

7

7.40

6.23

.160

2.00

.875

3.86

16.43

2.114

2.46

S8A

8

8.0

6.17

.170

3.00

1.000

7.69

27.67

2.754

3.20

148

4

3.625

3.125

.048

.875

--

.25

.45

.251

.84

156

5

4.188

3.688

.060

.875

--

.36

.76

.340

1.16

166

6

5.188

4.688

.060

.750

--

.46

1.20

.385

1.31

176

7

6.188

5.688

.060

.750

--

.64

1.90

.444

1.52

248

4

4.188

3.14

.048

1.000

.392

.32

.72

.313

1.17

346

4

4.188

3.13

.060

1.500

.655

.48

1.11

.449

1.64

444

4

4.188

3.11

.075

1.500

.670

.64

1.47

.561

2.02

258

5

5.188

4.14

.048

1.000

.392

.45

1.22

.361

1.34

356

5

5.188

4.13

.060

1.500

.655

.66

1.86

.509

1.86

454

5

5.188

4.11

.075

1.500

.670

.87

2.48

.636

2.29

268

6

6.188

5.14

.048

1.000

.392

.59

1.90

.409

1.52

368

6

6.188

5.13

.048

1.500

.643

.71

2.39

.457

1.70

366

6

6.188

5.14

.060

1.500

.655

.85

2.87

.569

2.08

464

6

6.188

5.11

.075

1.500

.670

1.14

3.83

.711

2.56

378

7

7.188

6.14

.048

1.500

.643

.89

3.45

.505

1.88

476

7

7.188

6.13

.060

1.500

.655

1.07

4.15

.629

2.30

574

7

7.188

6.11

.075

1.500

.670

1.43

5.55

.792

2.83

A - Side Rail Height
B - Loading Depth
C - Web Thickness
Design Factors: Ix = Moment of Inertia, Sx = Section Modulus

Cable Tray Systems

D - Flange Width

APP-6

Appendix

C

B-Line
Series

Appendix -

Reference Material - Cable Tray Weights
Series 1

Steel Side Rail Weights
Tray Series
Weight for
2 Side Rails

148

156

166

176

lbs/ft

1.68

2.32

2.62

3.03

kg/m

2.50

3.45

3.90

4.51

Example:
Weight for 148P09-12-144
= 1.68 lbs/ft + .51 lbs/ft = 2.19 lbs/ft
= (2.19 lbs/ft) (12 ft) = 26.28 lbs.

Tray Bottom Weights

Appendix

Tray Width (inches)

6

9

12

18

24

30

36

6" Spacing

lbs/ft

0.38

0.57

0.76

1.14

1.52

2.25

2.70

Rung Weight

kg/m

0.57

0.85

1.13

1.70

2.26

3.35

4.02

9" Spacing

lbs/ft

0.25

0.38

0.51

0.76

1.01

1.50

1.80

Rung Weight

kg/m

0.38

0.57

0.75

1.13

1.51

2.23

2.68

12" Spacing

lbs/ft

0.19

0.29

0.38

0.57

0.76

1.13

1.35

Rung Weight

kg/m

0.29

0.43

0.57

0.85

1.13

1.68

2.01

Vented Trough

lbs/ft

0.48

0.72

0.95

1.43

1.91

2.39

2.86

Weight

kg/m

0.71

1.06

1.42

2.13

2.84

3.55

4.26

Solid Trough

lbs/ft

0.60

0.90

1.20

1.80

2.39

2.99

3.59

Weight

kg/m

0.89

1.34

1.78

2.67

3.56

4.45

5.34

4" Vented

lbs/ft

0.57

0.86

1.14

1.71

2.28

3.37

3.42

Rung Weight

kg/m

0.85

1.27

1.70

2.54

3.39

5.02

5.09

Solid Bottom
Weight

lbs/ft

1.01

1.51

2.01

3.02

4.02

5.20

6.25

kg/m

1.50

2.24

2.99

4.49

5.98

7.74

9.29

All
Series
1
Steel

Series
148
Steel
Series
156, 166
& 176
Steel

When using steel tray that is hot dip galvanized after fabrication add 9.6% to weights.

Series 2, 3, 4 or 5
Aluminum Side Rail Weights
Tray Series
Weight for
2 Side Rails

24

M24

34

25

35

26

36

46

M46

H46

37

47

H47

57

lbs/ft

1.23

1.66

2.12

1.44

1.96

1.64

2.09

2.33

2.60

3.47

2.12

2.80

3.54

4.92

kg/m

1.83

2.47

3.15

2.14

2.92

2.44

3.11

3.47

3.87

5.16

3.15

4.16

5.27

7.32

Steel Side Rail Weights
Tray Series
Weight for
2 Side Rails

248

346

444

258

356

454

268

368

366

464

378

476

574

lbs/ft

2.34

3.28

4.04

2.68

3.72

4.58

3.04

3.40

4.16

5.12

3.76

4.60

5.66

kg/m

3.48

4.88

6.01

3.99

5.54

6.82

4.52

5.06

6.19

7.62

5.59

6.84

8.42

Series 2, 3, 4 or 5 weights continued on page 387.

APP-7

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Reference Material - Cable Tray Weights
Tray Bottom Weights

Series 2, 3, 4 or 5
Tray Width (inches)

All
Series
2,3,4
Aluminum

6

9

12

18

24

30

36

42

0.30
0.44

0.44
0.66

0.59
0.88

0.89
1.32

1.18
1.76

1.70
2.53

2.04
3.04

2.38
3.54

0.20
0.29

0.29
0.44

0.39
0.58

0.59
0.87

0.78
1.16

1.13
1.68

1.36
2.02

1.58
2.35

0.15
0.22

0.22
0.32

0.29
0.43

0.44
0.65

0.58
0.86

0.85
1.26

1.02
1.52

1.19
1.77

0.10
0.15

0.15
0.22

0.20
0.30

0.30
0.45

0.40
0.60

0.57
0.85

0.68
1.02

0.80
1.19

0.25
0.37

0.38
0.56

0.50
0.74

0.75
1.12

1.00
1.49

1.25
1.86

1.50
2.23

1.75
2.60

0.31
0.45

0.46
0.68

0.61
0.91

0.92
1.36

1.22
1.82

1.53
2.27

1.83
2.72

2.14
3.18

kg/m

0.62
0.92

0.92
1.37

1.23
1.83

1.85
2.75

2.46
3.66

3.67
5.46

4.40
6.55

5.14
7.65

lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft

lbs/ft

0.41

0.62

0.82

1.23

1.64

2.45

2.94

3.43

kg/m

0.61

0.92

1.22

1.83

2.44

3.65

4.37

5.10

lbs/ft

0.31
0.46

0.47
0.69

0.62
0.92

0.93
1.38

1.24
1.85

1.84
2.74

2.21
3.29

2.58
3.83

0.21
0.31

0.31
0.46

0.41
0.61

0.62
0.92

0.82
1.22

1.22
1.82

1.46
2.18

1.71
2.54

0.53
0.79

0.80
1.18

1.06
1.58

1.59
2.37

2.12
3.15

2.65
3.94

3.18
4.73

3.71
5.52

0.67
0.99

1.00
1.48

1.33
1.98

2.00
2.97

2.66
3.96

3.33
4.95

3.99
5.94

4.66
6.93

kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m

When using steel tray that is hot dip galvanized after fabrication add 9.6% to weights.

Fiberglass Side Rail Weights

Fiberglass
Tray Series
Weight for
2 Side Rails

lbs/ft
kg/m

13

24

36

46

H46

48

1.40
2.08

1.78
2.65

2.82
4.20

3.72
5.54

3.72
5.54

4.66
6.93

Fiberglass Bottom Weights
Tray Width (inches)
6" Spacing
Rung Weight
9" Spacing
Rung Weight
12" Spacing
Rung Weight
18" Spacing
All
Rung Weight
Series
6" Spacing
Fiberglass
Marine Rung Wt.
9" Spacing
Marine Rung Wt.
12" Spacing
Marine Rung Wt.
18" Spacing
Marine Rung Wt.

Cable Tray Systems

lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m
lbs/ft
kg/m

APP-8

6

9

12

18

24

30

36

0.54
0.80

0.81
1.20

1.08
1.60

1.62
2.41

2.16
3.21

2.70
4.01

3.23
4.81

0.35
0.52

.053
0.78

0.70
1.04

1.05
1.56

1.40
2.09

1.75
2.61

2.10
3.13

0.27
0.40

0.40
0.60

0.54
0.80

0.81
1.20

1.08
1.60

1.35
2.01

1.62
2.41

0.19
0.28

0.28
0.42

0.38
0.56

0.57
0.84

0.75
1.12

0.94
1.40

1.13
1.68

0.75
1.11

1.12
1.67

1.49
2.,22

2.24
3.33

2.98
4.44

3.73
5.55

4.48
6.66

0.48
0.,72

0.73
1.08

0.97
1.44

1.45
2.16

1.94
2.89

2.42
3.61

2.91
4.33

0.37
0.56

0.56
0.83

0.75
1.11

1.12
1.67

1.49
2.22

1.87
2.78

2.24
3.33

0.26
0.39

0.39
0.58

0.52
0.78

0.78
1.17

1.04
1.55

1.31
1.94

1.57
2.33

Appendix

All
Series
2,3,4,5
Steel

6" Spacing
Rung Weight
9" Spacing
Rung Weight
12" Spacing
Rung Weight
18" Spacing
Rung Weight
Vented Trough
Weight
Solid Trough
Weight
6" Spacing
Rung Weight
9" Spacing
Rung Weight
12" Spacing
Rung Weight
18" Spacing
Rung Weight
Vented Trough
Weight
Solid Trough
Weight

Appendix -

Reference Material - Metric Conversion

Metric Conversion Chart
To Convert From

To

Multiply By

Angle
degree
radian (rad)

radian (rad)
degree

0.01745329
57.295780

Appendix

Area
foot2
inch2
circular mil
sq. centimeter (cm2)
square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)

square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)
square meter (m2)
square inch (in2)
foot2
inch2
circular mil

0.09290304
0.0064516 x 10-2
0.00005067075 x 10-5
0.15500030
10.763910
1550.0030
1973523000.0

Temperature
degree Fahrenheit
degree Celsius

degree Celsius
degree Fahrenheit

t°C = (t°F - 32) / 1.8
t°F = 1.8t°C + 32

Force
pounds - force (lbf)

newtons (N)

4.4482220

Length
foot (ft)
inch (in)
mil
inch
millimeters
meter (m)
meter (m)
meter (m)
micrometer (μm)

meter (m)
meter (m)
meter (m)
micrometer (μm)
inch (in)
foot (ft)
inch (in)
mil
inch (in)

0.30480
0.02540
0.002540 x 10-3
25400.0
0.039370
3.280840
39.370080
39370.0080
0.039370080 x 10-3

meter (m3)
meter (m3)
inch (in3)

0.028316850
0.016387060 x 10-3
0.061023740
35.314660
61023.760
0.0037854120

Volume
foot3
inch3
cubic centimeter (cm3)
cubic meter (m3)
cubic meter (m3)
gallon (U.S. liquid)

cubic
cubic
cubic
foot3
inch3
cubic

meter (m3)

Section Properties
section modulus S (in3)
moment of inertia I (in4)
modulus of elasticity E (psi)
section modulus S (m3)
moment of inertia I (m4)
modulus of elasticity E (Pa)

S (m3)
I (m4)
E (Pa)
S (in3)
I (in4)
E (psi)

0.016387060 x 10-3
0.00041623140 x 10-3
6894.7570
61023.740
2402510.0
0.014503770 x 10-2

APP-9

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Reference Material - Metric Conversion

Metric Conversion Chart (Cont.)
To Convert From

To

Multiply By

Bending Moment or Torque
lbf • ft
lbf • in
N•m
N•m

newton meter (N•m)
newton meter (N•m)
lbf • ft
lbf • in

1.3558180
0.11298480
0.73756210
8.8507480

Mass
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
ounce (avoirdupois)
pound (avoirdupois)
ton (short, 2000 lb)
ton (long, 2240 lb)

0.028349520
0.45359240
907.18470
1016.0470
35.273960
2.2046220
0.0011023110
0.98420640 x 10-3

Mass Per Unit Length
lb/ft
lb/in
kilogram per meter (kg/m)
kilogram per meter (kg/m)

kilogram per meter (kg/m)
kilogram per meter (kg/m)
lb/ft
lb/in

1.4881640
17.857970
0.67196890
0.55997410

Mass Per Unit Volume
lb/ft3
lb/in3
kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
lb/ft3

kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
kilogram per cubic meter (kg/m3)
lb/ft3
lb/in3
lb/in3

16.018460
27679.90
0.062427970
0.03612730 x 10-3
1728.0

Mass Per Unit Area
lb/ft2
kg/m2

kilogram per square meter (kg/m2)
pound per square foot (lb/ft2)

4.8824280
0.20481610

Pressure or Stress
lbf/in2 (psi)
kip/in3 (ksi)
lbf/in2 (psi)
pascal (Pa)
pascal (Pa)
megapascals (MPa)

pascal (Pa)
pascal (Pa)
megapascals (MPa)
pound-force per square inch (psi)
kip per square inch (ksi)
lbf/in2 (psi)

Metric Symbols
m = meter
cm = centimeter
mm = millimeter
µm = micrometer
kg = kilogram

Cable Tray Systems

N = newton
kN = kilonewton
Pa = pascal
MPa = megapascal

APP-10

6894.7570
6894757.0
0.0068947570
0.0014503770 x 10-1
0.0014503770 x 10-4
145.03770

Appendix

ounce (avoirdupois)
pound (avoirdupois)
ton (short, 2000 lb)
ton (long, 2240 lb)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)
kilogram (kg)

Appendix -

Full Cable Tray Systems Specification
SECTION 16114
CABLE TRAYS

PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. The work covered under this section consists of the furnishing of all necessary labor, supervision,
materials, equipment, tests and services to install complete cable tray systems as shown on the drawings.
B. Cable tray systems are defined to include, but are not limited to straight sections of [ladder type]
[trough type] [solid bottom type] [channel type] cable trays, bends, tees, elbows, drop-outs, supports
and accessories.

Appendix

1.02 REFERENCES
A. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.

ASTM A123 - Specification for Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled,
Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Strip.
ASTM A653 - Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process,
Structural (Physical) Quality.
ASTM A1011 - Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
High-Strength Low-Alloy and High Strength Low Alloy with Improved Formability.
ASTM A1008 - Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-Strength
Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.
ASTM B633 - Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel.
NEMA VE 1 - Metallic Cable Tray Systems.
NEMA VE 2 - Cable Tray Installation Guidelines.

1.03 DRAWINGS
A. The drawings which constitute a part of these specifications indicate the general route of the cable tray
systems. Data presented on these drawings is as accurate as preliminary surveys and planning can
determine until final equipment selection is made. Accuracy is not guaranteed and field verification of
all dimensions, routing, etc., is required.
B. Specifications and drawings are for assistance and guidance, but exact routing, locations, distances and
levels will be governed by actual field conditions. Contractor is directed to make field surveys as part
of his work prior to submitting system layout drawings.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Drawings: Submit drawings of cable tray and accessories including clamps, brackets, hanger
rods, splice plate connectors, expansion joint assemblies, and fittings, showing accurately scaled
components.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on cable tray including, but not limited to, types, materials,
finishes, rung spacings, inside depths and fitting radii. For side rails and rungs, submit cross sectional
properties including Section Modulus (Sx) and Moment of Inertia (Ix).
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of cable trays and fittings of types and capacities
required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years.
B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA Standards Publication Number VE 1, "Cable Tray Systems".
C. NEC Compliance: Comply with NEC, as applicable to construction and installation of cable tray and
cable channel systems (Article 392, NEC).
D. UL Compliance: Provide products which are UL classified and labeled.
E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70B, "Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment
Maintenance" pertaining to installation of cable tray systems.

APP-11

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Full Cable Tray Systems Specification

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A.
B.

Deliver cable tray systems and components carefully to avoid breakage, denting and scoring finishes.
Do not install damaged equipment.
Store cable trays and accessories in original cartons and in clean dry space; protect from weather and
construction traffic.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A.

Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with these specifications, cable tray and cable channel, systems
to be installed shall be as manufactured by B-Line [or engineer approved equal.]

A.

General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide metal cable trays, of types, classes and sizes indicated;
with splice plates, bolts, nuts and washers for connecting units. Construct units with rounded edges and
smooth surfaces; in compliance with applicable standards; and with the following additional construction
features.

B.

Materials and Finish: Material and finish specifications for each tray type are as follows:
1. Aluminum: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be extruded from Aluminum
Association Alloy 6063. All fabricated parts shall be made from Aluminum Association
Alloy 5052.
2. Pre-Galvanized Steel: Straight sections, fitting side rails, rungs, and covers shall be made from
structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties and mill galvanized in
accordance with ASTM A653 SS, Grade 33, coating designation G90. Covers for all steel trays
will also be furnished from mill galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM A653 G90.
3. Hot Dip Galvanized Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made from
structural quality steel meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 SS, Grade
33 for 14 gauge and heavier, ASTM A1008, Grade 33, Type 2 for 16 gauge and lighter, and
shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123. All covers and
splice plates must also be hot dip galvanized after fabrication; mill galvanized covers are not
acceptable for hot dipped galvanized cable tray. All hot dip galvanized after fabrication steel
cable trays must be returned to point of manufacture after coating for inspection and removal
of all icicles and excess zinc. Failure to do so can cause damage to cables and/or injury to
installers.
4. Stainless Steel: Straight section and fitting side rails and rungs shall be made of AISI Type 304
or Type 316 stainless steel. Transverse members (rungs) shall be welded to the side rails with
Type 316 stainless steel welding wire.

2.03 TYPE OF TRAY SYSTEM
A.

B.

Ladder type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with transverse members (rungs)
welded to the side rails. Rungs shall be spaced [6] [9] [12] inches on center. Spacing in radiused fittings
shall be 9 inches and measured at the center of the tray's width. Rungs shall have a minimum cable
bearing surface of 7/8" with radiused edges. No portion of the rungs shall protrude below the bottom
plane of the side rails.** Each rung must be capable of supporting the cable load, with a safety factor of
1.5, and a 200 lb. concentrated load when tested in accordance with NEMA VE 1, section 5.4.
**Omit text for Series 1 cable tray systems.
Ventilated trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a corrugated bottom
welded to the side rails. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum flat cable bearing
surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers. To provide ventilation in the tray, the valleys of the
corrugated bottom shall have 21/4" x 4" rectangular holes punched along the width of the bottom.

Cable Tray Systems

APP-12

Appendix

2.02 CABLE TRAY SECTIONS AND COMPONENTS

Appendix C.

D.
E.

Appendix

F.
G.
H.

I.

J.
K.
L.

Full Cable Tray Systems Specification

Non-Ventilated bottom trough type trays shall consist of two longitudinal members (side rails) with a
corrugated bottom welded to the side rails. The peaks of the corrugated bottom shall have a minimum
flat cable bearing surface of 23/4" and shall be spaced on 6" centers.
Tray Sizes shall have [3] [4] [5] [6] inch minimum usable load depth, or as noted on the drawing.
Straight tray sections shall have side rails fabricated as I-Beams. All straight sections shall be supplied in
standard [10] [12] [20] [24] foot lengths, except where shorter lengths are permitted to facilitate tray
assembly lengths as shown on drawings.
Tray widths shall be [6] [9] [12] [18] [24] [30] [36] inches or as shown on drawings.
All fittings must have a three inch tangent and a minimum radius of [12] [24] [36] [48] inches.
Splice plates shall be the bolted type made as indicated below for each tray type. The resistance of fixed
splice connections between an adjacent section of tray shall not exceed .00033 ohm. Splice plate
construction shall be such that a splice may be located anywhere within a continuously supported span
without diminishing rated loading capacity of the cable tray.
1. Aluminum Tray - Splice plates shall be made of 6063-T6 aluminum, using four square neck
carriage bolts and serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with
ASTM B633, SC1. If aluminum cable tray is to be used outdoors, then hardware shall be
Type 316 stainless steel.
2. Steel (including Pre-Galvanized and Hot Dip Galvanized) - Splice plates shall be manufactured of
high strength steel, meeting the minimum mechanical properties of ASTM A1011 HSLAS,
Grade 50, Class 1. Each splice plate shall be attached with ribbed neck carriage bolts and
serrated flange locknuts. Hardware shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633 SC1 for
pre-galvanized cable trays, or Chromium Zinc in accordance with ASTM F-1136-88 for hot dip
galvanized cable trays.
Splice plates shall be furnished with straight sections and fittings.
Cable Tray Supports: Shall be placed so that the support spans do not exceed the maximum span
indicated on drawings. Supports shall be constructed from 12 gauge steel formed shape channel
members 15/8" x 15/8" with necessary hardware such as Trapeze Support Kits (9G-55XX-22SH) as
manufactured by B-Line [or engineer approved equal]. Cable trays installed adjacent to walls
shall be supported on wall mounted brackets such as B409 as manufactured by B-Line [or engineerapproved equal].
Trapeze hangers and center hung supports shall be supported by 1/2" (minimum) diameter rods.
Barrier Strips: Shall be placed as specified on drawings and be fastened into the tray with self drilling
screws.
Accessories: Special accessories shall be furnished as required to protect, support, and install a cable
tray system. Accessories shall consist of, but are not limited to; section splice plates, expansion plates,
blind-end plates, specially-designed ladder drop-outs, barriers, etc.

2.04 LOADING CAPACITIES
A. Cable tray shall be capable of carrying a uniformly distributed load of _______ lbs./ft. on a ________ ft.
support span with a safety factor of 1.5 when supported as a simple span and tested per NEMA VE 1,
section 5.2. **In addition to the uniformly distributed load the cable tray shall support 200 lbs.
concentrated load at mid-point of span.** Load and safety factors specified are applicable to both the side
rails and rung capacities. Cable tray shall be made to manufacturing tolerances as specified by NEMA.
**Omit text for Series 1 cable tray systems.

APP-13

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Full Cable Tray Systems Specification

PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A.

B.
C.

Install cable trays as indicated; in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions, and with
recognized industry practices (NEMA VE 2), to ensure that the cable tray equipment complies with
requirements of NEC, and applicable portions of NFPA 70B and NECA's "Standards of Installation"
pertaining to general electrical installation practices.
Coordinate cable tray with other electrical work as necessary to properly interface installation of cable
tray work with other work.
Provide sufficient space encompassing cable trays to permit access for installing and maintaining cables.

3.02 TESTING
A.

END OF SECTION

Cable Tray Systems

APP-14

Appendix

B.

Test cable trays to ensure electrical continuity of bonding and grounding connections, and to demonstrate
compliance with specified maximum grounding resistance. See NFPA 70B, Chapter 18, for testing and
test methods.
Manufacturer shall provide test reports witnessed by an independent testing laboratory of the "worst case"
loading conditions outlined in this specification and performed in accordance with the latest revision of
NEMA VE 1.

Appendix -

Additional Cable Tray Sizing Requirements

AMPACITY:
Multiconductor Cables (2000V or Less)
Cable ampacities shall comply with Tables 310.16 and 310.18 of the NEC® subject to the provisions below:
1. If there are more than 3 current carrying conductors in a cable, derate cable ampacity per section
310.15(B)(2)(A).
2. If tray has solid covers, use 95% of the ampacity values shown in Tables 310.16 and 310.18.
3. If cables are placed in a single layer, with a maintained spacing of not less than 1 cable diameter between
cables, the ampacity of the cables shall not exceed the allowable ambient temperature-corrected ampacities
of multiconductor cables with not more than 3 insulated conductors in free air in accordance with Section
310.15(C) and Table B.310.3. You must use the ambient ampacity correction factors, found below Table
B.310.3, for ambient temperatures other than 40°C (104°F).
Appendix

Multiconductor Cables (2001 Volts and over) Type MV and Type MC Cables
1. Where cable trays are covered for more than 6 ft. with solid, unventilated covers, use not more than 95% of
the ampacity values of Tables 310.75 and 310.76.
2. Where cables are installed in a single layer in uncovered trays with a maintained spacing of not less than one
cable diameter between cables, you can use the ampacity values listed in Tables 310.71 and 310.72.

Single Conductor Cables
Ampacity of Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less
in Cable Tray (single conductor cables)
Cable
Sizes
600 kcmil
and
Larger
600 kcmil
and
Larger
1/0 AWG
through
500 kcmil
1/0 AWG
through
500 kcmil
1/0 AWG
& Larger
In Single
Layer
Single
Conductors
In Triangle
Config.
1/0 AWG
and Larger

Solid
Unventilated
Cable Tray
Cover ?
No (**)

Yes

No (**)

Yes

Applicable
Ampacity
Tables
(*)
310.17
and
310.19
310.17
and
310.19
310.17
and
310.19
310.17
and
310.19

No (**)

310.17
and
310.19

No (**)

310.20
[See NEC
Section
310.15(B)]

Mult. Amp.
Table
Values
By

Ampacity of Type MV and Type MC Cables
(2001 volts or over) in Cable Trays (single conductor cables)

Special
Conditions

Cable
Sizes

1.00

Maintained
Spacing Of
One Cable
Diameter

1/0 AWG
and
Larger
1/0 AWG
and
Larger
1/0 AWG
& Larger
In Single
Layer
Single
Conductors
In Triangle
Config.
1/0 AWG
and Larger

1.00

Spacing Of
2.15 x One
Conductor
O.D. Between
Cables

0.75

0.70

0.65

0.60

Solid
Unventilated
Cable Tray
Cover ?
No (**)

Yes

Applicable
Ampacity
Tables
(*)
310.69
and
310.70
310.69
and
310.70

Mult. Amp.
Table
Values
By

Special
Conditions

0.75

0.70

No (**)

310.69
and
310.70

1.00

Maintained
Spacing Of
One Cable
Diameter

No (**)

310.67
and
310.68

1.05

Spacing Of
2.15 x One
Conductor
O.D. Between
Cables

(*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used.
(**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray cables require mechanical
protection, a single cable tray cover of six feet or less in length can be installed.

Cable Fill in Hazardous (Classified) Locations:
Section 392.3 of the NEC regulates the use of cable tray wiring systems in hazardous (classified) locations. This
section states that if cable tray wiring systems are installed in hazardous (classified) locations, the cables that they
support must be suitable for installation in those hazardous (classified) locations. The cable carries the installation
restriction, not the cable tray except that the cable tray installation must comply with Section 392.4.
Some hazardous (classified) locations require special spacing of the cables. When installing Type MC, MI & TC cables
in cable tray in Class II, Division 2 Hazardous (classified) areas, (combustible dusts), the cables are limited to a single
layer with spacing between cables equal to the diameter of the largest adjacent cable. This is the only hazardous
(classified) location where the spacing of the cables is required although it is recommended that this wiring method
also be employed in Class III, Division I, and Class III, Division 2 (Ignitable Fibers & Flyings). Please note that this
will alter the cable tray sizing information obtained from the sizing flow chart on page CTS-20 & CTS-21 of this
catalog.

APP-15

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Installation Data

Please reference NEMA VE 2, metal cable tray installation guideline, for more complete information.

www.cabletrays.com/technica.htm
Supports - B-Line Cable Tray shall be sized and installed as a complete cable support system appropriate for the cable
types installed. Recommended cable tray support locations are as shown below. Do not exceed the maximum support
spacing and design load as printed on the side rail label. Refer to Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) section 12-2202 for
minimum cable tray clearances.

Splice Plates - Use factory supplied splice plates only.

Splice plates located at the quarter span between supports are
preferred. Avoid placing splices at midspan and directly above supports. Torque all splice plate fasteners to 19 ft. - lbs. for
3/8" and 50 ft. - lbs. for 1/2". Expansion splice plate fasteners should be loosened 1/2 turn after reaching full torque to allow
for travel. Set the side rail gap for expansion plates according to the chart on page CTS-8 and ensure that a support is
located within 2 feet on each side of the expansion splice.

Conductors - The Cable Tray system installation shall be completed prior to pulling conductors.

Covers - Vertical cable trays which penetrate dry floors must be covered for 2m (two meter) above the floor level.

All cable

tray dead ends must be closed with blind ends per CEC sec 12-2202( 6).

Handling - Cable tray is shipped without exterior crating, therefore careful material handling practices should be used.
Cable tray straight sections should be lifted with wide slings and an overhead crane. If a crane is not available and a fork lift
is to be used, only single bundles should be lifted. Ensure that each bundle is properly centered. Cable tray fittings that are
not crated should be unbanded and off-loaded by hand.

Storage - All cable tray materials are subject to storage stain (white rust) if improperly stored.

If cable tray is stored as
shipped, it must be stored indoors. If the cable tray material must be stored outside, it must be unbanded and loosely
stacked on an angle to minimize the components' contact area as well as provide for adequate drainage.

NEMA RECOMMENDED SUPPORT LOCATIONS FOR FITTINGS

.6M

.6

M

2

ft.

ø
2 ft.

ø

ø

1 /2

2 ft.
.6M

16.9mm

Horizontal Elbows

16.9mm

.6M

2 ft.

Vertical Elbows

ø

2/3 R

2/3 R

2 ft.
.6M

2 ft.
.6M

1/2 L

L

Horizontal Tee

Cable Tray Systems

2 ft.
.6M

Horizontal Cross

APP-16

Appendix

Cable support distances
for conductor size should be referenced in CEC Part 1, Table 21. Single conductor cables placed one diameter or more
apart in ventilated or ladder type tray are allowed to use the free air rating per the CEC. Any conductor in vertical runs of
cable tray and all single conductor cables must be fastened to the rungs with nylon cable ties or stainless steel clamps.
Carbon steel cable clamps should not be used due to induction heating, per CEC section 12-2204 (5).

Appendix -

Support Channels & Channel Nuts

Channel Sizes & Hole Patterns Selection Chart
Channel
Dimensions
Height

Material & Thickness
Stainless
Steel

Width
1

2

TH

Type 304

Type 316

4

Aluminum

3

Channel Hole Patterns **
S
H17/8

Steel

Appendix

Channel
Type

SH

B11

3 1/4"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

--

--

--

1

1

1

--

B12

2 7/16"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

.105

--

--

1,2

1

1,2

--

B22

1 5/8"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

.105

12 Ga.

12 Ga.

1,2,3,4

1

1,2,3,4

1

B24

1 5/8"

1 5/8"

14 Ga.

.080

14 Ga.

14 Ga.

1,2,3,4

1

1,2,3,4

--

B32

1 3/8"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

--

12 Ga.

--

1,3

1

1,3

--

B42

1"

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

--

12 Ga.

--

1,3

1

1,3

--

B52

13 16

/ "

1 5/8"

12 Ga.

--

12 Ga.

--

1,3

1

1,3

--

B54

13 16

/ "

1 5/8"

14 Ga.

.080

14 Ga.

14 Ga.

1,2,3,4

1

1,2,3,4

--

Available Finishes on Steel: Plain (Oil Coated), Dura-Green Epoxy, Pre-Galvanized, and Hot Dip Galvanized are standard.
** 1
2
3
4

-

Steel
Aluminum
Type 304 Stainless Steel
Type 316 Stainless Steel

Channel Nuts
With Spring

Without Spring

Twirl Nut

Thread
Size

B11
B12

B22
B24
B32

B42
B52
B54

B11 B22
B12 B24
B32

B42
B52
B54

B11 B22
B12 B24
B32

B42
B52
B54

N728

N228

N528

N228WO

N228WO

TN228

TN228

3/8"-16

TN525

1/2"-13

N725

N225

N525

N225WO

N525WO

TN225

Thickness
3/8"
1/2"

for all nuts

for N725,N225,N225WO,TN225
for N525,N525WO,TN525

3/8"

N755

N255

N555

N255WO

N555WO

--

--

5/8"-11

1/2"

for N755,N255,N255WO
for N555,N555WO

3/8"

Channel Nut With Spring

Channel Nut Without Spring

Twirl Nut

For other channels, channel nuts, and fittings see B-Line Strut Systems Catalog.

APP-17

Cable Tray Systems

Appendix -

Concrete Inserts & Threaded Rod

Continuous Concrete Insert
Catalog
Number for Channel
120" (10 ft.)

240" (20 ft.)

Channel
Size

Maximum
Depth

Load

B22I-120

B22I-240

B22

1 5/8"

2000 lbs./ft.

B32I-120

B32I-240

B32

1 3/8"

2000 lbs./ft.

B52I-120

B52I-240

B52

13

/16"

1500 lbs./ft.

Safety factor of 3 on loading.
Other lengths available upon request.
Furnished with end caps and styrofoam filler installed.

Appendix

Standard finishes:
Plain (Oil Coated)
Dura Green Epoxy
Pre-Galvanized
Hot Dip Galvanized

B2500 Spot Insert & N2500 Insert Nut

Concrete Insert Applications

Standard Finish: Zinc Plated

Continuous
inserts used
vertically are ideal
mounting bases
for cable tray
brackets.

B2500 Insert
For multi-tiered tray
assemblies, inserts
function as the
anchors for each
stanchion.

N2500 Insert Nut
Insert rod size behind part
number.

Square Nuts for Spot Inserts

Angle Fittings

B104

Cable Tray Systems

B844

APP-18

B101

Appendix

Notes

APP-19

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

CABLE TRAY MANUAL
Based on the
2011 National Electrical Code®

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-1

Cable Tray Manual

2011

Cable Tray Manual
Table of Contents
Page No.

Introduction ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... MAN-3
Why Cable Tray?

Cable Tray Manual

Safety ................................................................................................................................................................................................ MAN-4
Dependability .............................................................................................................................................................. MAN-4 – MAN-5
Space Savings ................................................................................................................................................................................ MAN-5
Cost Savings ............................................................................................................................................................... MAN-5 – MAN-8
An In-depth Look at the 2011 NEC®, Section 392
Types of Cable Trays (NEC® 392.1 Scope) ............................................................................................... MAN-9 – MAN-10
EMI/RFI Cable Tray .................................................................................................................................................................... MAN-10
Cable Tray Materials .................................................................................................................................................................. MAN-11
392.2 Definition of Cable Tray System ............................................................................................................................ MAN-11
392.10 Uses for Cable Tray ........................................................................................................................... MAN-11 – MAN-16
(A) Wiring Methods and Cable Types ..................................................................................... MAN-12 – MAN-13
(B) Industrial Usage ......................................................................................................................... MAN-13 – MAN-14
(1) Single Conductor Cable .............................................................................................. MAN-13 – MAN-14
(2) Medium Voltage Cable ........................................................................................................................ MAN-14
(C) Hazardous (Classified) Locations ..................................................................................... MAN-14 – MAN-16
(D) Usage of Nonmetallic Tray ........................................................................................................................... MAN-16
392.12 Uses Not Permitted ................................................................................................................................................... MAN-16
392.18 Cable Tray Installation ......................................................................................................................... MAN-6 – MAN-20
(A) Complete System ......................................................................................................................... MAN-6 – MAN-18
(B) Completed Before Installation .................................................................................................................... MAN-18
(C) Covers ..................................................................................................................................................................... MAN-19
(D) Through Partitions & Walls ........................................................................................................................... MAN-19
(E) Exposed & Accessible .................................................................................................................................... MAN-19
(F) Adequate Access ............................................................................................................................................... MAN-19
(G) Raceways, Cables, Boxes, and Conduit Bodies Supported
from Cable Tray Systems ........................................................................................................ MAN-19 – MAN-20
392.20 Cables and Conduit Installation .................................................................................................. MAN-21 – MAN-22
(A) Multiconductor Cables, 600V or less ...................................................................................................... MAN-21
(B) Cables Rated over 600V ................................................................................................................................ MAN-21
(C) Connected in Parallel .............................................................................................................. MAN-21 – MAN-22
(D) Single Conductor .............................................................................................................................................. MAN-22
392.22 Number of Conductor of Cable ................................................................................................... MAN-23 – MAN-26
392.30 Securing and Supporting Cables and Conductors .................................................................................. MAN-26
392.46 Bushed Conduit and Tubing ................................................................................................................................. MAN-27
392.56 Cable Splices ................................................................................................................................................................ MAN-27
392.60 Grounding and Bonding .................................................................................................................. MAN-28 – MAN-31
392.80 Ampacity of Conductors ................................................................................................................. MAN-31 – MAN-33
392.100 Construction Specifications ....................................................................................................... MAN-33 – MAN-35
(A) Strength and Rigidity ............................................................................................................... MAN-33 – MAN-35
(B) Smooth Edges .................................................................................................................................................... MAN-35
(C) Corrosion Protection ....................................................................................................................................... MAN-35
(D) Siderails .................................................................................................................................................................. MAN-35
(E) Fittings ..................................................................................................................................................................... MAN-35
(F) Nonmetallic Cable Tray ................................................................................................................................... MAN-35
Cable Tray Wiring System Design and Installation Hints ....................................................................................... MAN-36
Cable Tray Accessories ........................................................................................................................................................... MAN-37
Fireproofing Tray .......................................................................................................................................................................... MAN-37
Cable Tray Maintenance & Repair ...................................................................................................................................... MAN-37
Expansion and Contraction ........................................................................................................................... MAN-38 – MAN-39
Appendix Index & Appendix Sheets ........................................................................................................................ MAN-40 – MAN-47
Cable Tray Sizing Flowchart ........................................................................................................................................ MAN-48 – MAN-49
Cable Tray Installation & Specification Checklists ....................................................................................... MAN-50 – MAN-51
Footnotes ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... MAN-52

MAN-2

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
INTRODUCTION
The B-Line Cable Tray Manual was produced by B-Line's technical staff. B-Line has recognized
the need for a complete cable tray reference source for electrical engineers and designers. The
following pages address the 2011 National Electrical Code requirements for cable tray systems as
well as design solutions from practical experience. The information has been organized for use as a
reference guide for both those unfamiliar and those experienced with cable tray.
®

Nearly every aspect of cable tray design and installation has been explored for the use of the
reader. If a topic has not been covered sufficiently to answer a specific question or if additional
information is desired, contact the engineering department at B-Line. We sincerely hope you will find
the B-Line Cable Tray Manual a helpful and informative addition to your technical library.

The information contained herein has been carefully checked for accuracy and is believed to be
correct and current. No warranty, either expressed or implied, is made as to either its applicability
to, or its compatibility with, specific requirements, of this information, nor for damages consequent
to its use. All design characteristics, specifications, tolerances and similar information are subject to
change without notice.
Cable Tray Manual

Eaton’s B-Line Business
509 West Monroe Street
Highland, IL 62249-0326
Tel: (800) 851-7415
www.bline.com

NFPA 70® - 2008, National Electrical Code® and NEC® are registered trademarks of the
National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA.

Reproduced with permission from NFPA 70 -2011, National Electrical Code , Copyright © 2010, National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the NFPA on the referenced subject, which is represented only by the standard in its entirety.
®

Cable Tray Systems

®

MAN-3

Cable Tray Manual
WHY CABLE TRAY?

Cable Tray Manual

BECAUSE A CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM PROVIDES
SAFE AND DEPENDABLE WAYS TO SAVE NOW AND LATER
Large numbers of electrical engineers have limited
detail knowledge concerning wiring systems. There is
the tendency by engineers to avoid becoming involved
in the details of wiring systems, leaving the wiring
system selection and design to designers or
contractors. Certain decisions must be made for any
wiring system installation, and these decisions should
be made in the design and construction activities' chain
where maximum impact is achieved at the lowest
possible cost. Deferring design decisions to
construction can result in increased costs and wiring
systems
incompatible with the owner's future
requirements. Early in the project's design life, the costs
and features of various applicable wiring systems
should be objectively evaluated in detail. Unfortunately,
such evaluations are often not made because of the
time and money involved. It is important to realize that
these initial evaluations are important and will save time
and money in the long run. The evaluation should
include the safety, dependability, space and cost
requirements of the project. Many industrial and
commercial electrical wiring systems have excessive
initial capital costs, unnecessary power outages and
require excessive maintenance. Moreover, the wiring
system may not have the features to easily
accommodate system changes and expansions, or
provide the maximum degree of safety for the personnel
and the facilities.
Cable tray wiring systems are the preferred wiring
system when they are evaluated against equivalent
conduit wiring systems in terms of safety, dependability,
space and cost. To properly evaluate a cable tray wiring
system vs. a conduit wiring system, an engineer must
be knowledgeable of both their installation and the
system features. The advantages of cable tray
installations are listed below and explained in the
following paragraphs.
• Safety Features
• Dependability
• Space Savings
• Cost Savings
• Design Cost Savings
• Material Cost Savings
• Installation Cost & Time Savings
• Maintenance Savings

CABLE TRAY SAFETY FEATURES
A properly engineered and installed cable tray wiring
system provides some highly desirable safety features
that are not obtainable with a conduit wiring system.
• Tray cables do not provide a significant path for the
transmission of corrosive, explosive, or toxic gases
while conduits do. There have been explosions in

industrial facilities in which the conduit systems were a
link in the chain of events that set up the conditions for
the explosions. These explosions would not have
occurred with a cable tray wiring system since the
explosive gas would not have been piped into a critical
area. This can occur even though there are seals in the
conduits. There does have to be some type of an
equipment failure or abnormal condition for the gas to
get into the conduit, however this does occur. Conduit
seals prevent explosions from traveling down the
conduit (pressure piling) but they do not seat tight
enough to prevent moisture or gas migration until an
explosion or a sudden pressure increase seats them.
The October 6, 1979 Electrical Substation Explosion at
the Cove Point, Maryland Columbia Liquefied Natural
Gas Facility is a very good example of where explosive
gas traveled though a two hundred foot long conduit
with a seal in it. The substation was demolished, the
foreman was killed and an operator was badly burned.
This explosion wouldn’t have occurred if a cable tray
wiring system had been installed instead of a conduit
wiring system. A New Jersey chemical plant had the
instrumentation and electrical equipment in one of its
control rooms destroyed in a similar type incident.
• In addition to explosive gases, corrosive gases and
toxic gases from chemical plant equipment failures can
travel through the conduits to equipment or control
rooms where the plant personnel and the sensitive
equipment will be exposed to the gases.
• In facilities where cable tray may be used as the
equipment grounding conductor in accordance with
NEC® Sections 392.60(A) & 392.60(B), the grounding
equipment system components lend themselves to visual
inspection as well as electrical continuity checks.

CABLE TRAY DEPENDABILITY
A properly designed and installed cable tray system
with the appropriate cable types will provide a wiring
system of outstanding dependability for the control,
communication, data handling, instrumentation, and
power systems. The dependability of cable tray wiring
systems has been proven by a 40 year track record of
excellent performance.
• Cable tray wiring systems have an outstanding
record for dependable service in industry. It is the most
common industrial wiring system in Europe. In
continuous process systems, an electrical system failure
can cost millions of dollars and present serious process
safety problems for the facility, its personnel and the
people in the surrounding communities. A properly
designed and installed cable tray system with the
appropriate cable types will provide a wiring system of
outstanding dependability for process plants.
MAN-4

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
• Television broadcast origination facilities and
studios make use of cable tray to support and route the
large volumes of cable needed for their operations with
a high degree of dependability. It would be impossible
to have the wiring system flexibility they need with a
conduit wiring system.

just the conductors, material, and installation labor
costs. The results of these initial cost evaluations usually
show that the installed cable tray wiring system will cost
10 to 60 percent less than an equivalent conduit wiring
system. The amount of cost savings depends on the
complexity and size of the installation.

• Large retail and warehouse installations use cable
tray to support their data communication cable
systems. Such systems must be dependable so that
there are no outages of their continuous inventory
control systems.

There are other savings in addition to the initial
installation cost savings for cable tray wiring systems
over conduit wiring systems. They include reduced
engineering costs, reduced maintenance costs, reduced
expansion costs, reduced production losses due to
power outages, reduced environmental problems due
to continuity of power and reduced data handling
system costs due to the continuity of power. The
magnitudes of many of these costs savings are difficult
to determine until the condition exists which makes
them real instead of potential cost savings.

• Cable tray wiring systems have been widely used
to support cabling in both commercial and industrial
computer rooms overhead and beneath the floor to
provide orderly paths to house and support the cabling.
These types of installations need a high degree of
dependability which can be obtained using cable tray
wiring systems.

CABLE TRAY SPACE SAVINGS
When compared to a conduit wiring system, an
equivalent cable tray wiring system installation requires
substantially less space.

• Facilities with high density wiring systems devoted
to control, instrumentation, data handling and branch
circuit wiring have the choice of selecting cable tray or
conduit wiring systems. A conduit wiring system is often
a poor choice because large conduit banks require
significant space, competing with other systems and
equipment. Choosing a cable tray wiring system greatly
reduces this problem.
• Financial institutions with large computer
installations have high density wiring systems under
floors or in overhead plenum areas that are best handled
by cable tray wiring systems.
• Airport facilities have extensive cable tray wiring
systems to handle the ever expanding needs of the
airline industry.

• Most projects are roughly defined at the start of
design. For projects that are not 100 percent defined
before design start, the cost of and time used in coping
with continuous changes during the engineering and
drafting design phases will be substantially less for
cable tray wiring systems than for conduit wiring
systems. A small amount of engineering is required to
change the width of a cable tray to gain additional wiring
space capacity. Change is a complex problem when
conduit banks are involved.
• The final drawings for a cable tray wiring system
may be completed and sent out for bid or construction
more quickly than for a conduit wiring system. Cable
tray simplifies the wiring system design process and
reduces the number of details.
• Cable tray wiring systems are well suited for
computer aided design drawings. A spread sheet based
wiring management program may be used to control the
cable fills in the cable tray. While such a system may
also be used for controlling conduit fill, large numbers
of individual conduits must be monitored. For an equal
capacity wiring system, only a few cable tray runs would
have to be monitored.

• Large health care facilities have high density wiring
systems that are ideal candidates for cable tray.

• Dedicated cable tray installation zones alert other
engineering disciplines to avoid designs that will
produce equipment and material installation conflicts in
these areas. As more circuits are added, the cable tray
installation zone will increase only a few inches; the
space required for the additional conduits needed
would be much greater.

CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM
COST SAVINGS

• The fact that a cable can easily enter and exit
cable tray anywhere along its route, allows for some
unique opportunities that provide highly flexible designs.

• Cable tray is used in many facilities because of the
ever present need of routing more and more cables in
less space at lower costs.

Usually, the initial capital cost is the major factor in
selecting a project's wiring system when an evaluation
is made comparing cable tray wiring systems and
conduit wiring systems. Such an evaluation often covers

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-5

• Fewer supports have to be designed and less
coordination is required between the design disciplines
for the cable tray supports compared to conduit
supports.

Cable Tray Manual

Increasing the size of a structure or a support system
to handle a high space volume conduit wiring system is
unnecessary when this problem can be avoided by the
selection of a cable tray wiring system.

DESIGN COST SAVINGS

Cable Tray Manual
• Excluding conductors, the cost of the cable trays,
supports, and miscellaneous materials will provide a
savings of up to 80% as compared to the cost of the
conduits, supports, pull boxes, and miscellaneous
materials. An 18 inch wide cable tray has an allowable
fill area of 21 square inches. It would take 7 - 3 inch
conduits to obtain this allowable fill area (7 x 2.95 square
inches = 20.65 square inches).

• Typical 300 volt insulated multiconductor
instrumentation tray cables (ITC) and power limited tray
cables (PLTC) cost the same for both cable tray and
conduit wiring systems. This applies for instrumentation
circuits, low level analog and digital signal circuits, logic
input/output (I/O) circuits, etc. There are other cable tray
installations which require a higher cost cable than the
equivalent conduit installation. Such installations are
limited to areas where low smoke emission and/or low
flame spread ITC or PLTC cables must be used.

• The cost of 600 volt insulated multiconductor cables
listed for use in cable tray is greater than the cost of 600
volt insulated individual conductors used in conduit. The
cost differential depends on the insulation systems,
jacket materials and cable construction.

• Conduit banks often require more frequent and
higher strength supports than cable trays. 3 inch and
larger rigid metal conduits are the only sizes allowed to
be supported on 20 foot spans.

• For some electrical loads, parallel conductors are
installed in conduit and the conductors must be derated,
requiring larger conductors to make up for the deration.
If these circuits were installed in cable tray, the conductor
sizes would not need to be increased since the parallel
conductor derating factors do not apply to three
conductor or single conductor cables in cable tray.

• When a cable tray width is increased 6 inches, the
cable tray cost increase is less than 10 percent. This
substantially increases the cable tray’s wiring capacity
for a minimal additional cost. To obtain such an increase
in capacity for a conduit wiring system would be very
costly.

COST - Cable Tray vs. Conduit
Cable Tray Manual

(Equivalent Conductor Fill Areas)
40000
35000

Material Cost

30000

Total
Installed
Cost ($)

5

Labor Cost @
$60/hr per NECA
labor units.

4

25000
20000

3

15000

2
10000

1

5000
0
Aluminum Ladder
Cable Tray

Steel Ladder
Cable Tray

Solid Bottom
Cable Tray

EMT

Rigid Steel
Conduit

Installation: 200 linear feet of cable supported with four 90° direction changes and all
trapeze supports on 8 ft. spans.
1. Aluminum, 18" wide, ladder cable tray (9" rung spacing) with all hardware.
2. Hot dip galvanized steel, 18" wide, ladder cable tray (9" rung spacing) with all hardware.
3. Hot dip galvanized steel, 18" wide, solid bottom cable tray and all hardware.
4. 7 parallel runs of 3" diameter EMT with concentric bends.
5. 7 parallel runs of 3" diameter galvanized conduit with concentric bends.
Note: Above costs do not include cable and cable pulling costs. Cable costs differ per installation and
cable/conductor pulling costs have been shown to be considerably less for cable tray than for conduit.

MAN-6

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
INSTALLATION COST AND TIME SAVINGS
• Depending on the complexity and magnitude of
the wiring system, the total cost savings for the initial
installation (labor, equipment and material) may be up to
75 percent for a cable tray wiring system over a conduit
wiring system. When there are banks of conduit to be
installed that are more than 100 feet long and consist of
four or more 2 inch conduits or 12 or more smaller
conduits, the labor cost savings obtained using cable
tray wiring systems are very significant.
• Many more individual components are involved in
the installation of a conduit system and its conductors
compared to the installation of a cable tray system and
its cables. This results in the handling and installing of
large amounts of conduit items vs. small amounts of
cable tray items for the same wiring capacity.
• The higher the elevation of the wiring system, the
more important the number of components required to
complete the installation. Many additional man-hours will
be required just moving the components needed for the
conduit system up to the work location.

• Penetrating a masonry wall with cable tray requires
a smaller hole and limited repair work.
• More supports are normally required for rigid steel
conduit due to the requirements of NEC® Table
344.30(B)(2).
• Concentric conduit bends for direction changes in
conduit banks are very labor intensive and difficult to
make. However if they are not used, the installation will
be unattractive. The time required to make a concentric
bend is increased by a factor of 3-6 over that of a single
shot bend. This time consuming practice is eliminated
when cable tray wiring systems are used.
• Conductor pulling is more complicated and time
consuming for conduit wiring systems than for cable tray
wiring systems. Normally, single conductor wire pulls for
conduit wiring systems require multiple reel setups. For
conduit wiring systems, it is necessary to pull from
termination equipment enclosure to termination
equipment enclosure. Tray cables being installed in cable
trays do not have to be pulled into the termination
equipment enclosures. Tray cable may be pulled from
near the first termination enclosure along the cable tray
route to near the second termination enclosure. Then,
the tray cable is inserted into the equipment enclosures
for termination. For projects with significant numbers of
large conductors terminating in switchgear, this may be
a very desirable feature that can save hours of an
electrician's time. Unnecessary power outages can be
eliminated since tray cable pulls may be made without

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-7

• Conductor insulation damage is common in
conduits since jamming can occur when pulling the
conductors. Jamming is the wedging of conductors in a
conduit when three conductors lay side by side in a flat
plane. This may occur when pulling around bends or
when the conductors twist. Ninety-two percent of all
conductor failures are the result of the conductor’s
insulation being damaged during the conductor’s
installation. Many common combinations of conductors
and conduits fall into critical jam ratio values. Critical jam
ratio (J.R.= Conduit ID/Conductor OD) values range from
2.8 to 3.2. The J. R. for 3 single conductor THHN/THWN
insulated 350 kcmil conductors in a 21/2 inch conduit
would be 3.0 (2.469 inches/ 0.816 inches). If conductor
insulation damage occurs, additional costs and time are
required for replacing the conductors. This cannot occur
in a cable tray wiring system.
• Smaller electrician crews may be used to install the
equivalent wiring capacity in cable tray. This allows for
manpower leveling, the peak and average crew would be
almost the same number, and the electrician experience
level required is lower for cable tray installations.
• Since the work is completed faster there is less
work space conflict with the other construction
disciplines. This is especially true if installations are
elevated and if significant amounts of piping are being
installed on the project.

MAINTENANCE SAVINGS
• One of the most important features of cable tray is
that tray cable can easily be installed in existing trays if
there is space available. Cable tray wiring systems allow
wiring additions or modifications to be made quickly with
minimum disruption to operations. Any conceivable
change that is required in a wiring system can be done
at lower cost and in less time for a cable tray wiring
system than for a conduit wiring system.
• Moisture is a major cause of electrical equipment
and material failures. Breathing due to temperature
cycling results in the conduits accumulating relatively
large amounts of moisture. The conduits then pipe this
moisture into the electrical equipment enclosures which
over a period of time results in the deterioration of the
equipment insulation systems and their eventual failure.
Also, moisture may become a factor in the corrosion
failure of some of the critical electrical equipment's
metallic components. Conduit seals are not effective in
blocking the movement of moisture. The conduit
systems may be designed to reduce the moisture

Cable Tray Manual

• Conduit wiring systems require pull boxes or splice
boxes when there is the equivalent of more than 360
degrees of bends in a run. For large conductors, pull or
junction boxes may be required more often to facilitate
the conductor’s installation. Cable tray wiring systems
do not require pull boxes or splice boxes.

de-energizing the equipment. For conduit installations,
the equipment will have to be de-energized for rubber
safety blanketing to be installed, otherwise the conductor
pulls might have to be made on a weekend or on a
holiday at premium labor costs to avoid shutting down
production or data processing operations during normal
working hours.

Cable Tray Manual
problems but not to completely eliminate it. Few
designers go into the design detail necessary to reduce
the effects of moisture in the conduit systems. Tray
cables do not provide internal moisture paths as do
conduits.

Cable Tray Manual

• In the event of external fires in industrial
installations, the damage to the tray cable and cable tray
is most often limited to the area of the flame contact plus
a few feet on either side of the flame contact area. For
such a fire enveloping a steel conduit bank, the steel
conduit is a heat sink and the conductor insulation will
be damaged for a considerable distance inside the
conduit. Thermoplastic insulation may be fused to the
steel conduit and the conduit will need to be replaced for
many feet. This occurred in an Ohio chemical plant and
the rigid steel conduits had to be replaced for 90 feet.
Under such conditions, the repair cost for fire damage
would normally be greater for a conduit wiring system
than for cable tray and tray cable. In the Ohio chemical
plant fire, there were banks of conduits and runs of cable
tray involved. The cable tray wiring systems were
repaired in two days. The conduit wiring systems were
repaired in six days and required a great deal more
manpower.

Because Article 300 is exempt from this requirement
only low-voltage and communication cables are affected.
Each Article adopted a definition of abandoned cables
and the rule for removal. The general consensus is that
abandoned cable is cable that is not terminated at
equipment or connectors and is not identified for future
use with a tag. Please refer to each individual NEC®
Article for specifics.
Having to tag, remove, or rearrange cables within an
enclosed raceway can be a time consuming and difficult
job. Without being able to clearly see the cables and
follow their exact routing throughout a facility, identifying
abandoned cables would be very difficult and expensive.
With the open accessibility of cable tray, these
changes can be implemented with ease. Abandoned
cables can be identified, marked, rearranged, or removed
with little or no difficulty.

• In the event of an external fire, the conduit becomes
a heat sink and an oven which decreases the time
required for the conductor insulation systems to fail. The
heat decomposes the cable jackets and the conductor
insulation material. If these materials contain PVC as do
most cables, hydrogen chloride vapors will come out the
ends of the conduits in the control rooms. These fumes
are very corrosive to the electronic equipment. They are
also hazardous to personnel. A flame impingement on a
cable tray system will not result in the fumes going into
the control room as there is no containment path for
them. They will be dispersed into the atmosphere.
IN MOST CASES AN OBJECTIVE EVALUATION OF
THE REQUIREMENTS FOR MOST HIGH DENSITY
WIRING SYSTEMS WILL SHOW THAT A CABLE TRAY
WIRING SYSTEM PROVIDES A WIRING SYSTEM
SUPERIOR TO A CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM.
Abandoned Cables
Easily identified, marked, or removed - all possible from
an open Cable Tray System
For the 2002 National Electrical Code, several
proposals were submitted to the NFPA to revise the 1999
NEC® for Articles 300, 640, 645, 725, 760, 770, 800, 820,
and 830 to require all abandoned cables to be removed
from plenum spaces.
The purpose of the proposals is to remove the cables
as a source of excess combustibles from plenums and
other confined spaces such as raised floors and drop
ceilings. All of the Code Making Panels agreed that this
should be acceptable practice except Code Making
Panel 3, which oversees Article 300.

MAN-8

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
AN IN-DEPTH LOOK AT 2011 NEC®
ARTICLE 392 - CABLE TRAY
(The following code explanations are to be used with a copy of the 2011 NEC .)
®

To obtain a copy of the NEC® contact:
National Fire Protection Association®
1 Batterymarch Park • P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, Massachusetts 02269-9101
1-800-344-3555

392.1. Scope.

With one exception, the specifier selects the rung
spacing that he or she feels is the most desirable for the
installation. The exception is that 9 inches is the
maximum allowable rung spacing for a ladder cable tray
supporting any 1/0 through 4/0 single conductor cables
[See Section 392.10(B)(1)(a)].

Standard Aluminum Ladder

• The rungs provide a convenient anchor for tying
down cables in vertical runs or where the positions of the
cables must be maintained in horizontal runs.
• Cables may exit or enter through the top or the
bottom of the tray.
• A ladder cable tray without covers provides for the
maximum free flow of air, dissipating heat produced in
current carrying conductors.
• Moisture cannot accumulate in ladder cable trays
and be piped into electrical equipment as happens in
conduit systems.
• Ladder cable tray cannot pipe hazardous or
explosive gases from one area to another as happens
with conduit systems.

For ladder cable trays supporting large power cables,
9 inch or wider rung spacings should be selected. For
many installations, the cable trays are routed over the
top of a motor control center (MCC) or switchgear
enclosure. Cables exit out the bottom of the cable trays
and into the top of the MCC or switchgear enclosure. For
these installations, the cable manufacturer's
recommended minimum bending radii for the specific
cables must not be violated. If the rung spacing is too
close, it may be necessary to remove some rungs in
order to maintain the proper cable bending radii. This
construction site modification can usually be avoided by
selecting a cable tray with 12 or 18 inch rung spacing.
If you are still uncertain as to which rung spacing to
specify, 9 inch rung spacing is the most common and is
used on 80% of the ladder cable tray sold.

• In areas where there is the potential for dust to
accumulate, ladder cable trays should be installed. The
dust buildup in ladder cable trays will be less than the
dust buildup in ventilated trough or solid bottom cable
trays.
Ladder cable trays are available in widths of 6, 9, 12,
18, 24, 30, 36, and 42 inches with rung spacings of 6, 9,
12, or 18 inches. Wider rung spacings and wider cable
tray widths decrease the overall strength of the cable
tray. Specifiers should be aware that some cable tray
manufacturers do not account for this load reduction in
their published cable tray load charts. B-Line uses
stronger rungs in wider cable trays to safely bear the
loads published.

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-9

Steel Ventilated Trough

The 1999 NEC® added the word ‘ventilated’ in front of
trough to clear up some confusion that solid trough is
treated the same as ventilated trough. It is not. Solid
trough is recognized as solid bottom cable tray.

Cable Tray Manual

Of the types of cable trays listed in this section, ladder
cable tray is the most widely used type of cable tray due
to several very desirable features.

Where the ladder cable tray supports small diameter
multiconductor control and instrumentation cables; 6, 9,
or 12 inch rung spacings should be specified. Quality
Type TC, Type PLTC, or Type ITC small diameter
multiconductor control and instrumentation cables will
not be damaged due to the cable tray rung spacing
selected, but the installation may not appear neat if there
is significant drooping of the cables between the rungs.

Cable Tray Manual

Cable Tray Manual

Ventilated trough cable tray is often used when the
specifier does not want to use ladder cable tray to
support small diameter multiconductor control and
instrumentation cables. As no drooping of the small
diameter cables is visible, ventilated trough cable trays
provide neat appearing installations. Small diameter
cables may exit the ventilated trough cable tray through
the bottom ventilation holes as well as out the top of the
cable tray. For installations where the cables exit the
bottom of the cable tray and the system is subject to
some degree of vibration, it is advisable to use B-Line
Trough Drop-Out Bushings (Cat. No. 99-1124). These
snap-in bushings provide additional abrasion protection
for the cable jackets. Just as for ladder cable tray,
ventilated trough cable tray will not pipe moisture into
electrical equipment.
Standard widths for ventilated trough cable tray
systems are 6, 9, 12, 18, 24, 30, and 36 inches. The
standard bottom configuration for ventilated trough cable
tray is a corrugated bottom with 27/8 inch bearing
surfaces - 6 inches on centers and 21/4 inch x 4 inch
ventilation openings. Since a corrugated bottom cannot
be bent horizontally, the standard bottom configuration
for horizontal bend fittings consists of rungs spaced on
4 inch centers. This difference in bottom construction
may be objectionable to some owners, so be sure you
are aware of the owner's sensitivity to aesthetics for the
cable tray installation.

Aluminum Solid Bottom Trough

Some specifiers prefer solid bottom cable tray to
support large numbers of small diameter control and
multiconductor instrumentation cables. Solid bottom
steel cable trays with solid covers and wrap around
cover clamps can be used to provide EMI/RFI shielding
protection for sensitive circuits.
Unlike ladder and ventilated trough cable trays, solid
bottom cable trays can collect and retain moisture.
Where they are installed outdoors or indoors in humid
locations and EMI/RFI shielding protection is not
required, it is recommended that 1/4 inch weep holes be
drilled in their bottoms at the sides and in the middle
every 3 feet to limit water accumulation.
The words "and other similar structures." were
incorporated in Section 392.1 for future types of cable
tray that might be developed, such as center supported
type cable tray. All the technical information developed
by the 1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable
Tray for Article 318 - Cable Trays was based on cable
trays with side rails and this technical information is still
the basis for the 2011 NEC® Article 392 - Cable Trays.

Vent. Channel Cable Tray
(B-Line Cable Channel)

Channel cable tray systems (B-Line cable channel) are
available in 3, 4, and 6 inch widths with ventilated or
solid bottoms. The NEC® now recognizes solid bottom
cable channel. Prior to the 2002 Code, the NEC® did not
have any specific provisions for the use of solid cable
channel.
Instead of large conduits, cable channel may be used
very effectively to support cable drops from the cable
tray run to the equipment or device being serviced and
is ideal for cable tray runs involving a small number of
cables. Cable channel may also be used to support push
buttons, field mounted instrumentation devices, etc.
Small diameter cables may exit ventilated cable channel
through the bottom ventilation holes, out the top or
through the end. For installations where the cables exit
through the ventilation openings and the cable channel
or the cables are subject to some degree of vibration, it
is advisable to use B-Line Cable Channel Bushings (Cat.
No. 99-1125). These snap-in plastic bushings provide
additional abrasion protection for the cable jackets.

Center Supported Cable Tray
(B-Line Cent-R-Rail System)

The standard lengths for cable trays are 10, 12, 20 and
24 feet (consult B-Line for the availability of nonstandard
cable tray lengths). Selecting a cable tray length is based
on several criteria. Some of these criteria include the
required load that the cable tray must support, the
distance between the cable tray supports, and ease of
handling and installation. One industry standard that is
strongly recommended is that only one cable tray
splice be placed between support spans and, for long
span trays, that they ideally be place at 1/4-span. This
automatically limits the length of tray you choose, as the
tray must be longer than or equal to the support span
you have selected. Matching the tray length to your

MAN-10

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
support span can help ensure that your splice locations
are controlled.

fittings and accessories improve the appearance of the
cable tray system in addition to reducing labor costs.

Cable trays can be organized into 4 categories: Short
Span, Intermediate Span, Long Span, and Extra-Long
Span.

Cable Tray Materials

Short Span trays, typically used for non-industrial
indoor installations, are usually supported every 6 to 8
feet, while Intermediate Span trays are typically
supported every 10 to 12 feet. A 10 or 12 foot cable tray
is usually used for both of these types of installations. To
keep from allowing two splices to occur between
supports, a 12 foot tray should be used for any support
span greater than 10 feet, up to 12 feet. Placing the cable
tray splices at 1/4-span is not critical in a short or
intermediate span application given that most trays have
sufficiently strong splice plates.

Long Span trays are typically supported anywhere
from 14 to 20 foot intervals with 20 feet being the most
popular. In long span situations, the placement of the
splice locations at 1/4-span becomes much more
important. Matching the tray length to your support span
can help control your splice locations.
Extra-Long Span trays are supported on spans
exceeding 20 feet. Some outdoor cable tray installations
may have to span anywhere from 20 to 30 feet to cross
roads or to reduce the number of expensive outdoor
supports. The distance between supports affects the tray
strength exponentially; therefore the strength of the cable
tray system selected should be designed around the
specific support span chosen for that run.
[See Section 392.100(A) on page 431 for additional
information on cable tray strength and rigidity.]
B-Line has many cataloged fittings and accessory
items for ladder, ventilated trough, ventilated channel,
and solid bottom cable trays which eliminate the need
for the costly field fabrication of such items. When properly selected and installed, these factory fabricated

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-11

A fine print note is included in the 2005 NEC® that
references the National Electrical Manufacturers
Association (NEMA) documents for further information
on cable tray. These documents: ANSI/NEMA VE-1,
Metal Cable Tray Systems; NEMA VE-2, Cable Tray
Installation Guidelines; and NEMA FG-1, Non Metallic
Cable Tray Systems, are an excellent industry resource
in the application, selection, and installation of cable
trays both metallic and non metallic. Contact B-Line for
more information concerning these helpful documents.

392.2. Definition. Cable Tray System.
This section states that cable tray is a rigid structural
support system used to securely fasten or support
cables and raceways. Cable trays are not raceways.
Cable trays are mechanical supports just as strut
systems are mechanical supports. NEC® Article 392 Cable Trays is an article dedicated to a type of
mechanical support. It is very important that the
personnel involved with engineering and installing cable
tray utilize it as a mechanical support system and not
attempt to utilize it as a raceway system. There are items
in the NEC® that apply to raceways and not to cable tray.
There are also items in the NEC® that apply to cable tray
and not to raceways. These differences will be covered
at the appropriate locations in this manual.

392.10. Uses Permitted. Cable tray installations
shall not be limited to industrial establishments.
The text in Section 392.10 clearly states that cable tray
may be used in non-industrial establishments. The use
of cable tray should be based on sound engineering and
economic decisions.
For clarity, the NEC® now lists all types of circuits to
explicitly permit their use in cable trays. These circuit
types include: services, feeders, branch circuits,
communication circuits, control circuits, and signaling
circuits.
The 2002 NEC® also added a new requirement that
where cables in tray are exposed to the direct rays of the
sun, they shall be identified as sunlight resistant for all
occupancies, not just industrial.

Cable Tray Manual

In an indoor industrial installation 10 or 12 foot tray
sections may be easier to handle and install as you may
have piping or ducting to maneuver around. However,
using 20 foot instead of 12 foot straight sections may
provide labor savings during installation by reducing the
number of splice joints. If this is done, the selected tray
system should meet the loading requirements for the
support span you are using. If you are interested in
supporting 100 lbs/ft and you are buying 20 foot tray
sections while supporting it every 12 feet, it isn’t
necessary to specify a NEMA 20C tray (100 lbs/ft on a
20 foot span). A NEMA 20A tray (50 lbs/ft on a 20 foot
span) will support over 130 lbs/ft when supported on a
12 ft span with a safety factor of 1.5. Specifying a 20C
tray is not an economical use of product. If you desire to
use 20 foot sections of cable tray, it makes more sense
to increase your support span up to 20 feet. This not only
saves labor by decreasing the number of splices, but
also by decreasing the number of supports that must be
installed.

Metallic cable trays are readily available in aluminum,
pregalvanized steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication,
and stainless steel. Aluminum cable tray should be used
for most installations unless specific corrosion problems
prohibit its use. Aluminum's light weight significantly
reduces the cost of installation when compared to steel.

Cable Tray Manual
392.10. Uses Permitted. (A) Wiring Methods.
This section identifies the 300 & 600 volt multiconductor cables that may be supported by cable tray.
The "Uses Permitted" or "Uses Not Permitted" sections
in the appropriate NEC® cable articles provide the details
as to where that cable type may be used. Where the
cable type may be used, cable tray may be installed to
support it except as per Section 392.12 which states that
cable trays shall not be installed in hoistways or where
subject to severe physical damage. Where not subject to
severe physical damage, cable tray may be used in any
hazardous (classified) area to support the appropriate
cable types in accordance with the installation
requirements of the various Articles that make up NEC®
Chapter 5 or in any non-hazardous (unclassified) area.

Cable Tray Manual

It should be noted that Section 300.8 of the NEC®
states that cable trays containing electric conductors
cannot contain any other service that is not electrical.
This includes any pipe or tube containing steam,
water, air, gas or drainage.
For commercial and industrial cable tray wiring
systems: Type ITC, Type MC, Type TC, and Type PLTC
multiconductor cables are the most commonly used
cables. Type MI and Optical-Fiber cables are special
application cables that are desirable cables for use in
some cable tray wiring systems. The following
paragraphs provide information and comments about
these cable types.
Type MI Cable: Mineral-Insulated, Metal Sheathed
Cable (Article 332). This cable has a liquid and gas tight
continuous copper sheath over its copper conductors
and magnesium oxide insulation. Developed in the late
1920's by the French Navy for submarine electrical wiring
systems, properly installed MI cable is the safest electrical
wiring system available. In Europe, Type MI cable has had
a long, successful history of being installed (with PVC
jackets for corrosion protection) in cable trays as
industrial wiring systems. This cable may be installed in
hazardous (classified) areas or in non-hazardous
(unclassified) areas. The single limitation on the use of
Type MI cable is that it may not be used where it is
exposed to destructive corrosive conditions unless
protected by materials suitable for the conditions. Type
MI cable without overall nonmetallic coverings may be
installed in ducts or plenums used for environmental air
and in other space used for environmental air in
accordance with Sections 300.22(B) and (C). Cable tray
may be installed as a support for Type MI cable in any
location except where the cable is installed in a hoistway.
Section 332-30 states that MI cable shall be securely
supported at intervals not exceeding 6 feet (1.83 m). Type
MI cable has a UL two hour fire resistive rating when
properly installed. An installation requirement for this
rating is that the cable be securely supported every 3 feet.
Steel or stainless steel cable trays should be used to
support Type MI cable being used for critical circuit
service. During severe fire conditions, steel or stainless
steel cable tray will remain intact and provide support
longer than aluminum or fiberglass reinforced plastic
cable trays.

Type MC Cable: Metal-clad cable (Article 330). There
are large amounts of Type MC cable installed in industrial
plant cable tray systems. This cable is often used for
feeder and branch circuit service and provides excellent
service when it is properly installed. The metallic sheath
may be interlocking metal tape or it may be a smooth or
corrugated metal tube. A nonmetallic jacket is often
extruded over the aluminum or steel sheath as a
corrosion protection measure. Regular MC cable, without
nonmetallic sheath, may be supported by cable tray in
any hazardous (classified) area except Class I and Class
II, Division 1 areas. For Type MC cables to qualify for
installation in Class I and Class II Division I areas (Section
501-4(A) (1) (c & d), they must have a gas/vapor tight
continuous corrugated aluminum sheath with a suitable
plastic jacket over the sheath. They must also contain
equipment grounding conductors and listed termination
fittings must be used where the cables enter equipment.
Type MC Cable employing an impervious metal sheath
without overall nonmetallic coverings may be installed in
ducts or plenums used for environmental air in
accordance with Section 300.22(B) and may be installed
in other space used for environmental air in accordance
with Section 300.22(C). The maximum support spacing
is 6 feet (1.83 m).
Type TC Cable: Power and control tray cable (Article
336). This cable type was added to the 1975 NEC® (as
an item associated with the revision of Article 318-Cable
Trays). Type TC cable is a multiconductor cable with a
flame retardant nonmetallic sheath that is used for power,
lighting, control, and signal circuits. It is the most
common cable type installed in cable tray for 480 volt
feeders, 480 volt branch circuits, and control circuits.
Where Type TC cables comply with the crush and impact
requirements of Type MC cable and is identified for such
use, they are permitted as open wiring between a cable
tray and the utilization equipment or device. In these
instances where the cable exits the tray, the cable must
be supported and secured at intervals not exceeding 6
feet (See Section 336.10(6)). The service record of UL
listed Type TC cable where properly applied and installed
has been excellent.
For those installations where the NEC® allows its use,
a cost savings is realized by using Type TC cables
instead of Type MC cables. Type TC cable may be
installed in cable tray in hazardous (classified) industrial
plant areas as permitted in Articles 392, 501, 502, 504
and 505 provided the conditions of maintenance and
supervision assure that only qualified persons will service
the installation [See Section 336.10(3)].
Where a cable tray wiring system containing Type TC
cables will be exposed to any significant amount of hot
metal splatter from welding or the torch cutting of metal
during construction or maintenance activities, temporary
metal or plywood covers should be installed on the cable
tray in the exposure areas to prevent cable jacket and
conductor insulation damage. It is desirable to use only
quality Type TC cables that will pass the IEEE 383 and
UL Vertical Flame Tests (70,000 BTU/hr). Type TC cable
assemblies may contain optical fiber members as per the
UL 1277 standard.

MAN-12

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
Type ITC Cable: Instrumentation Tray Cable (Article
727). Although this was a new cable article in the 1996
NEC®, it is not a new type of cable. Thousands of miles
of ITC cable have been installed in industrial situations
since the early 1960’s. This is a multiconductor cable
that most often has a nonmetallic jacket. The No. 22
through No. 12 insulated conductors in the cables are
300 volt rated. A metallic shield or a metallized foil shield
with a drain wire usually encloses the cable’s conductors.
These cables are used to transmit the low energy level
signals associated with the industrial instrumentation and
data handling systems. These are very critical circuits
that impact on facility safety and on product quality. Type
ITC cable must be supported and secured at intervals
not exceeding 6 feet [See Section 727.4].

Type PLTC Cable: Power-Limited Tray Cable (Sections
725-154(C), and 725-154(E)). This is a multiconductor
cable with a flame retardant nonmetallic sheath. The No.
22 through No. 12 insulated conductors in the cables
are 300 volt rated. A metallic shield or a metallized foil
shield with drain wire usually encloses the cable's
conductors. This cable type has high usage in
communication, data processing, fire protection,
signaling, and industrial instrumentation wiring systems.
There are versions of this cable with insulation and
jacket systems made of materials with low smoke
emission and low flame spread properties which make
them desirable for use in plenums. In Industrial
Establishments where the conditions of maintenance and
supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the
installation and where the cable is not subject to physical
damage Type PLTC cable may be installed in cable trays
hazardous (classified) areas as permitted in Section
501.10(B)(1), 501.10(B)(4) and 504.20. Type PLTC cables
that comply with the crush and impact requirements of
Type MC cable and are identified for such use, are
permitted as open wiring in lengths not to exceed a total
of 50 ft. between a cable tray and the utilization
equipment or device. In this situation, the cable needs to
be supported and secured at intervals not exceeding 6
ft. Where a cable tray wiring system containing Type
PLTC cables will be exposed to any significant amount
of hot metal splatter from welding or the torch cutting of
metal during construction or maintenance activities,
temporary metal or plywood covers should be installed

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-13

Optical Fiber Cables (Article 770). The addition of
optical fiber cables in the Section 392.10(A) cable list for
the 1996 NEC was not a technical change. Optical fiber
cables have been allowed to be supported in cable trays
as per Section 770.6. Optical fibers may also be present
in Type TC cables as per UL Standard 1277.
For the 1999 NEC® code, Article 760 - Fire Alarm
Cables and Articles 800 - Multipurpose and
Communications Cables were added to the list of cables
permitted to be installed in cable tray systems.
For the 1993 NEC®, the general statement in the 1990
NEC® which allowed all types of raceways to be
supported by cable trays was replaced by individual
statements for each of the ten specific raceway types
that may now be supported by cable tray. The chances
of any such installations being made are very low, since
strut is a more convenient and economic choice than
cable tray to support raceway systems.

392.10. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial
Establishments.
This section limits the installation of single conductor
cables and Type MV multiconductor cables in cable trays
to qualifying industrial establishments as defined in this
section.
Per the 2002 NEC® solid bottom cable trays are now
permitted to support single conductor cables only in
industrial establishments where conditions of
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified
persons will service the installed cable tray system.
However, at this time, no fill rules for single conductor
cables in solid bottom cable tray have been established.
[see Section 392.10(B)]

392.10. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial
Establishments. (1) Single Conductor.
Section 392.10(B)(1) covers 600 volt and Type MV
single conductor cables.
There are several sections which cover the
requirements for the use of single conductor cables in
cable tray even though they only comprise a small
percentage of cable tray wiring systems. Such
installations are limited to qualifying industrial facilities
[See Section 392.10(B)]. Many of the facility engineers
prefer to use three conductor power cables. Normally,
three conductor power cables provide more desirable
electrical wiring systems than single conductor power
cables in cable tray (See Section 392.20. Cable and
conductor installation - three conductor vs. single
conductor cables).

Cable Tray Manual

Type ITC Cable may be installed in cable trays in
hazardous (classified) areas as permitted in Articles 392,
501, 502, 504 and 505. It states in Article 727 that Type
ITC cables that comply with the crush and impact
requirements of Type MC cable and are identified for
such use, are permitted as open wiring in lengths not to
exceed 50 ft. between a cable tray and the utilization
equipment or device. Where a cable tray wiring system
containing Type ITC cables will be exposed to any
significant amount of hot metal splatter from welding or
the torch cutting of metal during construction or
maintenance activities, temporary metal or plywood
covers should be installed on the cable tray to prevent
cable jacket or conductor insulation damage. It is
desirable to use only quality Type ITC cables that will
pass the IEEE 383 and UL Vertical Flame Tests
(70,000BTU/hr).

on the cable tray to prevent cable jacket and conductor
insulation damage. It is desirable to use only quality Type
PLTC cables that will pass the IEEE 383 and UL Vertical
Flame Tests (70,000 BTU/hr). Type PLTC cable
assemblies may contain optical fiber members as per the
UL 1277 standard.

Cable Tray Manual
392.10(B)(1)(a)
Single conductor cable shall be No. 1/0 or larger and
shall be of a type listed and marked on the surface for
use in cable trays. Where Nos. 1/0 through 4/0 single
conductor cables are used, the maximum allowable rung
spacing for ladder cable tray is 9 inches.

392.10(B)(1)(b)
Welding cables shall comply with Article 630, Part IV
which states that the cable tray must provide support at
intervals not to exceed 6 inches. A permanent sign must
be attached to the cable tray at intervals not to exceed
20 feet. The sign must read “CABLE TRAY FOR
WELDING CABLES ONLY”.

must comply with Section 392.12. The following is an
explanation of the parts of the code which affect the use
of cable tray in hazardous locations.

501.10. Wiring Methods - Listed Termination Fittings. (A)
Class I, Division 1 (Gases or Vapors). 501.10(A)(1)(b) Type
MI cable may be installed in cable tray in this type of
hazardous (classified) area.
501.10(A)(1)(c) allows Type MC-HL cables to be
installed in Class I, Division I areas if they have a
gas/vapor tight continuous corrugated aluminum sheath
with a suitable plastic jacket over the sheath. They must
also contain equipment grounding conductors sized as
per Section 250.122 and listed termination fittings must
be used where the cables enter equipment.

392.10(B)(1)(c)
This section states that single conductors used as
equipment grounding conductors (EGCs) in cable trays
shall be No. 4 or larger insulated, covered or bare.

Cable Tray Manual

The use of a single conductor in a cable tray as the
EGC is an engineering design option. Section 300.3(B)
states that all conductors of the same circuit and the
EGC, if used, must be contained within the same cable
tray.
The other options are to use multiconductor cables
that each contain their own EGC or to use the cable tray
itself as the EGC in qualifying installations [see Section
392.60(A)]
If an aluminum cable tray is installed in a moist
environment where the moisture may contain materials
that can serve as an electrolyte, a bare copper EGC
should not be used. Under such conditions, electrolytic
corrosion of the aluminum may occur. For such
installations, it is desirable to use a low cost 600 volt
insulated conductor and remove the insulation where
connections to equipment or to equipment grounding
conductors are made. (See Section 392.60. Grounding
and Bonding, for additional information on single
conductors used as the EGC for cable tray systems).

392.10. Uses Permitted. (B) In Industrial
Establishment (2) Medium Voltage.
Single and multiconductor type MV cables must be
sunlight resistant if exposed to direct sunlight. Single
conductors shall be installed in accordance with
392.10(B)(1)

392.10. Uses Permitted. (C) Hazardous
(Classified) Locations.
This section states that if cable tray wiring systems are
installed in hazardous (classified) areas, the cables that
they support must be suitable for installation in those
hazardous (classified) areas. The cable carries the
installation restriction. The installation restriction is not
on the cable tray except that the cable tray installations

501.10(A)(1)(d) allows Type ITC-HL cable to be installed
in Class I, Division I areas if they have a gas/vapor tight
continuous corrugated aluminum sheath with a suitable
plastic jacket over the sheath and provided with
termination fittings listed for the application.

501.10. Wiring Methods. (B) Class I, Division 2 (Gases or
Vapors). Types ITC, PLTC, MI, MC, MV, or TC cables may
be installed in cable tray in this type of hazardous
(classified) area. Under the conditions specified in
Section 501.15(E), Cable seals are required in Class 1,
Division 2 areas. Cable seals should be used only when
absolutely necessary.

501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals, Class 1,
Division 2. (1) Cables will be required to be sealed only
where they enter certain types of enclosures used in
Class 1, Division 2 areas. Factory sealed push buttons
are an example of enclosures that do not require a cable
seal at the entrance of the cable into the enclosure.
501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals, Class 1,
Division 2. (2) Gas blocked cables are available from
some cable manufacturers but they have not been widely
used. For gas to pass through the jacketed multiconductor cable's core, a pressure differential must be
maintained from one end of the cable to the other end or
to the point where there is a break in the cable's jacket.
The existence of such a condition is extremely rare and
would require that one end of the cable be in a pressure
vessel or a pressurized enclosure and the other end be
exposed to the atmosphere. The migration of any
significant volume of gas or vapor though the core of a
multiconductor cable is very remote. This is one of the
safety advantages that cable tray wiring systems have
over conduit wiring systems. There are documented
cases of industrial explosions caused by the migration
of gases and vapors through conduits when they came
in contact with an ignition source. There are no known
cases of cables in cable tray wiring systems providing a
path for gases or vapors to an ignition source which
produced an industrial explosion.

MAN-14

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals, Class 1,
Division 2. (3)
Exception: Cables with an unbroken gas/vapor-tight
continuous sheath shall be permitted to pass through a
Class 1, Division 2 location without seals.
This is an extremely important exception stating that
cable seals are not required when a cable goes from an
unclassified area through a classified area then back to
an unclassified area.

501.15. Sealing and Drainage. (E) Cable Seals, Class 1,
Division 2. (4)
If you do not have a gas/vapor-tight continuous sheath,
cable seals are required at the boundary of the Division
2 and unclassified location.
The sheaths mentioned above may be fabricated of
metal or a nonmetallic material.

502.10. Wiring Methods. (A) Class II, Division 1
(Combustible Dusts).
Type MI cable may be installed in cable tray in this type
of hazardous (classified) area.

502.10. Wiring Methods. (B) Class II, Division 2
(Combustible Dusts).
This section states:
Type ITC and PLTC cables may be installed in ladder
or ventilated cable trays following the same practices as
used in non-hazardous (unclassified) areas. No spacing
is required between the ITC or PLTC cables. This is
logical as the ITC and PLTC cable circuits are all low
energy circuits which do not produce any significant heat
or heat dissipation problems.
Type MC, MI and TC [See Section 336.4(3)] cables may
be installed in ladder, ventilated trough, or ventilated
cable channel, but they are not allowed to be installed in
solid bottom cable trays.
D1

D1

D2 D2 D2

D1

D1

D1

D3

Note 2. Spacing the cables a minimum of 1 inch from
the side rails to prevent dust buildup is recommended.
This is not an NEC requirement but a recommended
practice.
Where cable tray wiring systems with current carrying
conductors are installed in a dust environment, ladder
type cable trays should be used since there is less
surface area for dust buildup than in ventilated trough
cable trays. The spacing of the cables in dust areas will
prevent the cables from being totally covered with a solid
dust layer. In dusty areas, the top surfaces of all
equipment, raceways, supports, or cable jacket surfaces
where dust layers can accumulate will require cleanup
housekeeping at certain time intervals. Good housekeeping is required for personnel health, personnel safety
and facility safety. Excessive amounts of dust on
raceways or cables will act as a thermal barrier which
may not allow the power and lighting insulated
conductors in a raceway or cable to safely dissipate
internal heat. This condition may result in the accelerated
aging of the conductor insulation. A cable tray system
that is properly installed and maintained will provide a
safe dependable wiring system in dust environments.
Exception: Type MC cable listed for use in Class II,
Division I locations shall be permitted to be installed
without the above spacing limitations. This was a new
exception for the 1999 NEC® code.
For this type of wiring there is no danger of the cables
being overheated when covered with dust. The current
flow in these circuits is so low that the internally
generated heat is insufficient to heat the cables and
cable spacing is not a necessity. Even under such
conditions, layers of dust should not be allowed to
accumulate to critical depths as they may be ignited or
explode as the result of problems caused by other than
the electrical system.

502.10(B)(3). Nonincendive Field Wiring
Wiring in nonincendive circuits shall be permitted using
any of the wiring methods suitable for wiring in ordinary
locations.

503.10. Wiring Methods. (A) Class III, Division 1 and (B)

Required Spacing in Cable Trays for Type MC, MI & TC
Cables in Class II, Division 2 Hazardous (Classified) Areas

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-15

Class III, Division 2 (Ignitable Fibers or Flyings). Type MI
or MC cables may be installed in cable tray in these
types of hazardous (classified) areas. The installations
should be made using practices that minimize the
build-up of materials in the trays. This can be done by
using ladder cable tray with a minimum spacing between
the cables equal to the diameter of the largest adjacent
cable. In some cases, a greater spacing between cables

Cable Tray Manual

The Exception allows Type MC cables to be installed in
Class II, Division 1 areas if they have a gas/vapor tight
continuous corrugated aluminum sheath with a suitable
plastic jacket over the sheath. They must also contain
equipment grounding conductors sized as per Section
250.122 and listed termination fittings must be used
where the cables enter equipment.

Note 1. The cables are limited to a single layer with
spacing between cables equal to the diameter of the
largest adjacent cable. This means that the cables must
be tied down at frequent intervals in horizontal as well as
vertical cable trays to maintain the cable spacing. A
reasonable distance between ties in the horizontal cable
tray would be approximately 6 feet (See Section
392.30(B).

Cable Tray Manual
than that based on the cable diameters might be
desirable depending on the characteristics of the
material that requires the area to be classified. Here
again, it must be emphasized that good housekeeping
practices are required for all types of wiring systems to
insure the safety of the personnel and the facility.

504.20. Wiring Methods. This section allows intrinsically
safe wiring systems to be installed in cable trays in
hazardous (classified) areas. Section 504.30 specifies the
installation requirements for intrinsically safe wiring
systems that are installed in cable trays. Section 504.70
specifies the sealing requirements for cables that may be
part of a cable tray wiring system. Section 504.80(B)
states that cable trays containing intrinsically safe wiring
must be identified with permanently affixed labels.
Cable trays are ideal for supporting both intrinsically
safe and nonintrinsically safe cable systems as the
cables may be easily spaced and tied in position or a
standard metallic barrier strip may be installed between
the intrinsically and nonintrinsically safe circuits.

505.15. Wiring Methods. This section was added to the

Cable Tray Manual

2002 NEC® to explicitly permit cable trays in hazardous
areas classified by the international zone system, if the
cables comply with the cable requirements for zone
locations.

392.10. Uses Permitted. (D) Nonmetallic
Cable Tray.
There are limited numbers of applications where
nonmetallic cable trays might be preferred over metallic
cable trays for electrical safety reasons and/or for some
corrosive conditions. An example of an electrical safety
application would be in an electrolytic cell room. Here,
the amperages are very high and significant stray current
paths are present. Under such conditions, there is the
possibility for a high amperage short circuit if a low
resistance metallic path (metallic cable tray or metallic
raceway) is present [See information under Section
392.5(F) Nonmetallic Cable Trays].

392.12. Uses Not Permitted.
This is the only place in the NEC® where all the various
types of cable tray have limitations on their place of use.
No cable trays can be used in hoistways or where
subject to severe physical damage. The designer must
identify the zones of installation where a cable tray might
be subjected to severe physical damage. Usually such
areas are limited and provisions can be made to protect
the cable tray by relocating it to a more desirable location
or as a last resort to provide protection using the
appropriate structural members.

Metallic cable trays may support cable types approved
for installation in ducts, plenums, and other air-handling
spaces as per Section 300.22(B) and the cable types
approved for installation in Other Space Used for
Environmental Air as per Section 300.22(C).
The second sentence of Section 300.22(C)(1) is as
follows:
Other types of cables and conductors shall be
installed in electrical metallic tubing, flexible metallic
tubing, intermediate metal conduit, rigid metal
conduit without an overall nonmetallic covering,
flexible metal conduit, or, where accessible, surface
metal raceway or metal wireway with metal covers or
solid bottom metal cable tray with solid metal
covers.
Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-2011, the
National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 2010, National
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02169. This
reprinted material is not the complete and official
position of the National Fire Protection Association,
on the referenced subject which is represented only
by the standard in its entirety.
This part of Section 300.22(C) is confusing. The
statement as underlined in the above paragraph leads
some to assume, for installations in Other Spaces Used
for Environmental Air, that the types of insulated single
conductors which are installed in raceway installations
may also be installed in solid bottom metal cable trays
with metal covers. This is not so. Only the appropriate
multiconductor cable types as per Section 392.10(A) may
be installed in solid bottom cable trays.
Cable tray may be used to support data process wiring
systems in air handling areas below raised floors as per
Sections 300.22(D) and 800.52(D).

392.18. Cable Tray Installation. (A) Complete
System.
This section states that cable tray systems can have
mechanically discontinuous segments, and that the
mechanically discontinuous segment cannot be greater
than 6 feet. A bonding jumper sized per Section 250.102
is necessary to connect across any discontinuous
segment. The bonding of the system should be in
compliance with Section 250.96.

Bonding
Jumper
Cable Tray Elevation Change Without Fittings

MAN-16

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
8

6

1
5
16
2

10

7
4

11

13

12
9
18

3
15

17
14

Typical Cable Tray
Layout

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Ladder Type Cable Tray
Ventilated Trough Type Cable Tray
Splice Plate
90° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Tray
45° Horizontal Bend, Ladder Type Tray
Horizontal Tee, Ladder Type Tray
Horizontal Cross, Ladder Type Tray
90° Vertical Outside Bend, Ladder Type Tray
45° Vertical Outside Bend, Ventilated Type Tray

10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

There are some designers, engineers, and inspectors
that do not think that cable tray is a mechanical support
system just as strut is a mechanical support system.
Cable tray is not a raceway in the NEC® but some
designers, engineers, and inspectors attempt to apply the
requirements for raceway wiring systems to cable tray
wiring systems even when they are not applicable. Cable
tray wiring systems have been used by American industry
for over 35 years with outstanding safety and continuity
of service records. The safety service record of cable tray
wiring systems in industrial facilities has been significantly
better than those of conduit wiring systems. There have
been industrial fires and explosions that have occurred
as a direct result of the wiring system being a conduit
wiring system. In these cases, cable tray wiring systems
would not have provided the fires and explosions that the
conduit systems did by providing as explosion gas flow
path to the ignition source even though the conduit
systems contained seals.

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-17

30° Vertical Inside Bend, Ladder Type Tray
Vertical Bend Segment (VBS)
Vertical Tee Down, Ventilated Trough Type Tray
Left Hand Reducer, Ladder Type Tray
Frame Type Box Connector
Barrier Strip Straight Section
Solid Flanged Tray Cover
Cable Channel Straight Section, Ventilated
Cable Channel, 90° Vertical Outside Bend

The most significant part of this section is that the
metallic cable tray system must have electrical continuity
over its entire length and that the support for the cables
must be maintained. These requirements can be
adequately met even though there will be installation
conditions where the cable tray is mechanically
discontinuous, such as at a firewall penetration, at an
expansion gap in a long straight cable tray run, where
there is a change in elevation of a few feet between two
horizontal cable tray sections of the same run, or where
the cables drop from an overhead cable tray to enter
equipment. In all these cases, adequate bonding jumpers
must be used to bridge the mechanical discontinuity.

Cable Tray Manual

Nomenclature

Cable Tray Manual
392.18. Cable Tray Installation. (B) Completed
Before Installation.
This means that the final cable tray system must be
in place before the cables are installed. It does not
mean that the cable tray must be 100% mechanically
continuous. The electrical bonding of the metallic cable
tray system must be complete before any of the circuits
in the cable tray system are energized whether the cable
tray system is being utilized as the equipment grounding
conductor in qualifying installations or if the bonding is
being done to satisfy the requirements of Section 250.96.

392.18. Cable Tray Installation. (C) Covers.

Cable Tray Manual

Cable Entering Motor Terminal Box from 6 Inch Channel Cable Tray System (Bottom entries provide drip
loops to prevent moisture flow into enclosures.)

Cables Exiting 480 Volt Outdoor Switchgear and
Entering Cable Tray System (Cable fittings with clamping glands are required to prevent moisture flow into
equipment due to the cable's overhead entry into the
switchgear enclosure).

Cable tray covers provide protection for cables where
cable trays are subject to mechanical damage. The most
serious hazard to cable in cable trays is when the cables
are exposed to significant amounts of hot metal spatter
during construction or maintenance from torch cutting of
metal and welding activities. For these exposure areas,
the cable tray should be temporarily covered with
plywood sheets. If such exposure is to be a frequent
occurrence, cable tray covers should be installed in the
potential exposure areas. Where cable trays contain
power and lighting conductors, raised or ventilated
covers are preferable to solid covers since the raised or
ventilated covers allow the cable heat to be vented from
the cable tray.
When covers are installed outdoors, they should be
attached to the cable trays with heavy duty wrap around
clamps instead of standard duty clips. During high winds,
the light duty clips are not capable of restraining the
covers. Outdoor cover installations should be overlapped
at expansion joint locations to eliminate cover buckling.
Covers which fly off the cable tray create a serious
hazard to personnel, as was the case at a Texas gulf
coast chemical plant where operators would not leave
their control room because hurricane force winds had
stripped many light gauge stainless steel covers off a
large cable tray system. These sharp edged metal covers
were flying though the air all during the high wind period,
posing a serious threat to the worker's safety.

Solid
Non-Flanged

Solid
Flanged

Peaked
Flanged

Ventilated
Flanged

Cables Entering and Exiting Motor Control Centers
from Cable Tray Systems.

MAN-18

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

Standard
Cover Clamp

Combination Cover
& Hold Down Clamp

Raised
Cover Clamp

Reproduced with permission from NFPA 70®-2011,
National Electrical Code®, Copyright © 2010, National
Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA. This
reprinted material is not the complete and official
position of the NFPA on the referenced subject, which
is represented only by the standard in its entirety.

392.18. Cable Tray Installation. (F) Adequate Access.
Heavy Duty
Cover Clamp

Cover Joint Strip

Aluminum Cable Tray Cover Accessories
Equivalent items are available for Steel Cable Trays.

392.18. Cable Tray Installation. (D) Through
Partitions and Walls.

Many designers prefer to run only the tray cable
through fire rated walls. Sealing around the cables is
easier than sealing around the cables and the cable tray.
Also, should the cable tray or its supports become
damaged, the tray will not exert forces which could
damage the wall or the penetration.

392.18. Cable Tray Installation. (E) Exposed and
Accessible.
Article 100 - Definitions.
Exposed: (as applied to wiring methods) on or
attached to the surface or behind panels designed to
allow access.
Accessible: (As applied to wiring methods) Capable
of being removed or exposed without damaging the
building structure or finish, or not permanently closed
in by the structure or finish of the building.

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-19

392.18. Cable Tray Installation. (G) Raceways,
Cables, Boxes, and Conduit Bodies Supported from
Cable Tray Systems.
For the 1996 NEC®, a significant change was made in
this section. The installations covered in this section may
now only be made in qualifying industrial facilities.
In Section 392.6(J) of the 1993 NEC®, cable tray
installations that supplied support for conduits were not
restricted to qualifying industrial facilities. The 1996
NEC®, Section 392.6(J) text restricts the use of such
installations even though there is no documented history
of problems in non-industrial installations.
As a result of the change in this section, identical
functional installations in non-qualifying installations
(commercial and industrial) and qualifying industrial
installations have different physical requirements. In a
qualifying industrial installation, a conduit terminated on
a cable tray may be supported from the cable tray. In a
commercial or non-qualifying industrial installation, the
conduit that is terminated on the cable tray must be
securely fastened to a support that is within 3 feet of the
cable tray or securely fastened to a support that is within
5 feet of the cable tray where structural members don’t
readily permit a secure fastening within 3 feet. The
conduit of the non-qualifying installation still needs to be
bonded to the cable tray. A fitting may be used for this
bonding even though it will not count as a mechanical
support.

Cable Tray Manual

Whether penetrating fire rated walls with tray cable only
or cable tray and tray cable, the designer should review
with the local building inspector the method he proposes
to use to maintain the fire rating integrity of the wall at
the penetration. Many methods for sealing fire wall
penetrations are available, including bag or pillow, caulk,
cementitious, foam, putty and mechanical barrier
systems.

Cable tray wiring systems should be designed and
installed with adequate room around the cable tray to
allow for the set up of cable pulling equipment. Also,
space around the cable tray provides easy access for
installation of additional cables or the removal of surplus
cables. Where cable trays are mounted one above the
other, a good rule to follow is to allow 12 to 18 inches
between the underside and the top of adjacent cable
trays or between the structure's ceiling and the top of the
cable tray.

Cable Tray Manual
Over 99 percent of the conduits supported on cable
trays are the result of conduits being terminated on the
cable tray side rails [See Section 392.46]. For over 40
years, it has been common practice to house the cables
exiting the cable tray in conduits or cable channel where
the distance from the cable tray system to the cable
terminations requires the cable be supported. Several
manufacturers supply UL approved cable tray to conduit
clamps such as the B-Line 9ZN-1158.
In addition to conduit and cables being supported from
cable tray; industrial companies have been mounting
instrumentation devices, push buttons, etc. on cable tray
and cable channel for over 40 years. This section once
lead some to believe that only conduit or cables may be

supported from cable trays which is not correct as cable
tray is a mechanical support just as strut is a mechanical
support. Because of this, the wording in Section 392.6(J)
of the 2002 NEC® was changed. Instead of allowing only
cable and conduit to be supported from cable tray, the
code now states that raceways, cables, boxes and
conduit bodies are now permitted to be supported from
the cable tray. Where boxes or conduit bodies are
attached to the bottom or side of the cable tray, they must
be fastened and supported in accordance with Section
314.23.

UL Listed Conduit To
Cable Tray Clamp

2 Inch Rigid Metal Conduit

Cable Tray Manual

Conduit Bushing

Cable Tray
Side Rail
16 Feet
See NEC Table 344.30(B)(2) To Obtain The
Support Requirements For Other Conduit Sizes.
®

Cable Tray

Position Of The First
Conduit Support
From The Cable Tray
(Conduit Must Be
Securely Fastened To
The Support)

Conduit Terminated On And Supported By The Cable Tray Side Rail.
Installation For Qualifying Industrial Facilities As Per 392.18(G).

UL Listed Conduit To
Cable Tray Clamp

Any Size Of Rigid Metal Conduit

Conduit Bushing

Cable Tray
Side Rail
3 Feet or 5 Feet

Position Of The First
Conduit Support
From The Cable Tray
(Conduit Must Be
Securely Fastened To
The Support)

See Section 344.30
Cable Tray

Conduit Terminated On The Cable Tray Side Rail.
Installation For Commercial And Non-Qualifying Industrial Facilities As Per 392.18(G).

MAN-20

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
392.20. Cables and Conductor Installation. (A)
Multiconductor Cables Rated 600 Volts or Less.
Cables containing 300 or 600 volt insulated conductors
may be installed intermingled in the same cable tray
which is different from the requirements for raceways.
This is a reasonable arrangement because a person may
safely touch a 300 or 600 volt cable which is in good
condition, so having the cables come into contact with
each other is not a problem either. Many cable tray users
separate the instrumentation cables from the power and
control cables by installing them in separate cable trays
or by installing barriers in the cable trays. Often, because
of the volume of the instrumentation cable, using
separate cable trays is the most desirable installation
practice.

392.20. Cable and Conductor Installation. (B)
Cables Rated Over 600 Volts.
Cables with insulation rated 600 volts or less may be
installed with cables rated over 600 volts if either of the
following provisions are met.
No. 1: Where the cables over 600 volts are Type MC.
Cables Rated Over
600 Volts Are Type MC

300 & 600
Volt Cables

NO. 1

Cable Tray Systems

Fixed Solid Barrier
Comparable Material

Cables Rated
Over 600 Volts

NO. 2

No. 2: Where separated with a fixed solid barrier of a
material compatible with the cable tray.

392.20. Cable and Conductor Installation. (C)
Connected in Parallel.
Section 310.10(H)(2). Conductors in Parallel.
States the following:
The paralleled conductors in each phase, neutral or
grounded conductor shall:
(1) Be the same length.
(2) Have the same conductor material.
(3) Be the same size in circular mil area.
(4) Have the same insulation type.
(5) Be terminated in the same manner.
Where run in separate raceways or cables, the raceways
or cables shall have the same physical characteristics.
Conductors of one phase, neutral, or grounded circuit
shall not be required to have the same physical
characteristics as those of another phase, neutral, or
grounded circuit conductor to achieve balance.
A difference between parallel conductors in raceways
and those in cable trays is that the conductors in the cable
tray are not derated unless there are more than three
current carrying conductors in a cable assembly [as per
Exception No.2 of Section 310.15(B)(3)(a) and Section
392.80(A)(1)(a)]. Where the single conductor cables are
bundled together as per Section 392.20(C) and if there are
neutrals that are carrying currents due to the type of load
involved (harmonic currents) it may be prudent to derate
the bundled single conductor cables.
The high amperages flowing under fault conditions in
1/0 and larger cables produce strong magnetic fields
which result in the conductors repelling each other until
the circuit protective device either de-energizes the circuit
or the circuit explodes. Under such fault conditions, the
cables thrash violently and might even be forced out of
the cable tray. This happened at a northern Florida textile
plant where several hundred feet of Type MV single
conductor cable was forced out of a cable tray run by an
electrical fault because the cables were not restrained
properly. This potential safety threat is precisely why
Article 392.20(C) requires single conductor cables be
securely bound in circuit groups to prevent excessive
movement due to fault-current magnetic forces. For a
three-phase trefoil or triangular arrangement (the most

MAN-21`

Cable Tray Manual

Numerous cable tray systems have been installed
where the instrumentation cables and branch circuit
cables are installed in the same cable trays with and
without barriers with excellent performance and
reliability. Most problems that occur involving
instrumentation circuits are due to improper grounding
practices. For analog and digital instrumentation circuits,
good quality twisted pair Type ITC and Type PLTC cables
with a cable shield and a shield drain wire should be
used. Do not purchase this type of cable on price alone,
it should be purchased because of it's high quality.
Engineers specifying cables should be knowledgeable of
the cable's technical details in order to design systems
which will provide trouble free operation.

300 & 600
Volt Cables

Cable Tray Manual
common single conductor application), these forces can
be calculated according to the formula:
Ft = (0.17 x ip2) / S.
Ft=Maximum Force on Conductor (Newtons/meter)
ip=Peak Short Circuit Current (kilo-Amperes)
S=Spacing between Conductors (meters) = Cable
Outside Diameter for Triplex (trefoil) Installations.

To comply with Section 250.122, Three options are
available: 1. Order special cables with increased sized
EGCs which increases the cost and the delivery time. 2.
Use three conductor cables without EGCs and install a
single conductor EGC in the cable tray or use the cable
tray as the EGC in qualifying installations. 3. Use standard
cables but don’t utilize their EGCs, use a single conductor
EGC or the cable tray as the EGC in qualifying installations.

Cable Tray Manual

Should industry be required to have special cables
fabricated for such installations when there have been
absolutely no safety problems for over 40 years? Each
designer and engineer must make his own decision on this
subject. If the installations are properly designed, quality
materials are used, and quality workmanship is obtained,
there is no safety reason for not following the past proven
practice of paralleling the EGCs of standard three
conductor cable.
One technique to prevent excessive movement of
cables is to employ fault-rated cable cleats.

392.20. Cable and Conductor Installation. (D)
Single Conductors.

To maintain the minimum distance between conductors,
the single conductor cables should be securely bound in
circuit groups using fault rated cable cleats. If the cleat
spacing is properly chosen according to the available
fault-current, the resulting cable grouping will inherently
maintain a minimum distance between conductors. These
circuit groups provide the lowest possible circuit
reactance which is a factor in determining the current
balance amoung various circuit groups.

This section states that single conductors in ladder or
ventilated trough cable tray that are Nos. 1/0 through 4/0,
must be installed in a single layer.
In addition to the fill information that is in Section
392.20(D), an exception was added which allows the
cables in a circuit group to be bound together rather than
have the cables installed in a flat layer. The installation
practice in the exception is desirable to help balance the
reactance’s in the circuit group. This reduces the
magnitudes of voltage unbalance in three phase circuits.
Where ladder or ventilated trough cable trays contain
multiconductor power or lighting cables, or any mixture of
multiconductor power, lighting, control, or signal cables,
the maximum number of cables that can be installed in a
cable tray are limited to the Table 392.22(A) allowable fill
areas. The cable tray fill areas are related to the cable
ampacities. Overfill of the cable tray with the conductors
operating at their maximum ampacities will result in cable
heat dissipation problems with the possibility of conductor
insulation and jacket damage.

For installations that involve phase conductors of three
conductor or single conductor cables installed in parallel,
cable tray installations have conductor cost savings
advantages over conduit wiring systems. This is because
the conductors required for a cable tray wiring system are
often a smaller size than those required for a conduit
wiring system for the same circuit. No paralleled
conductor ampacity adjustment is required for single
conductor or three conductor cables in cable trays [See
NEC® Section 392.80(A)(1)].
There were changes in the 1993 NEC® and 1996 NEC®
for installations where an equipment grounding conductor
is included in a multiconductor cable: the equipment
grounding conductor must be fully rated per Section
250.122. If multiconductor cables with internal equipment
grounding conductors are paralleled, each multiconductor
cable must have a fully rated equipment grounding
conductor.
Section 250.122 now prohibits the use of standard three
conductor cables with standard size EGCs when they are
installed in parallel and the EGCs are paralleled. There
have been no safety or technical problems due to
operating standard three conductor cables with standard
sized EGCs in parallel. This has been a standard industrial
practice for over 40 years with large numbers of such
installations in service. This change was made without any
safety or technical facts to justify this change.

MAN-22

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (1) Ladder or
Ventilated Trough Cable Trays Containing Any
Mixture of Cables. (b) Cables Smaller Than 4/0

Compatibility Of Cable Tray Types And
Cable Trays Based On The NEC®
3", 4", & 6" Wide Solid or Ventilated Channel Cable Tray
Solid Bottom Cable Tray
Ventilated Trough Cable Tray
Ladder Cable Tray

Multiconductor Cables
300 & 600 Volt *

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Type MV Multiconductor
Cables **

X

X

X

Type MV Single Conductor
Cables **

X

X

X

Single Conductor
Cables - 600 Volt *

X
***

X - Indicates the Installations Allowed by Article 392
*

- For cables rated up to 2000 volts.

** - For cables rated above 2000 volts.

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (1) Ladder or
Ventilated Trough Cable Trays Containing Any
Mixture of Cables. (a) 4/0 or Larger Cables
The ladder or ventilated trough cable tray must have
an inside usable width equal to or greater than the sum
of the diameters (Sd) of the cables to be installed in it.
For an example of the procedure to use in selecting a
cable tray width for the type of cable covered in this
section see page MAN-43 (Appendix Sheet 3), [Example
392.22(A)(1)(a)].
Increasing the cable tray side rail depth increases the
strength of the cable tray but the greater side rail depth
does not permit an increase in cable fill area for power
or lighting cables or combinations of power, lighting,
control and signal cables. The maximum allowable fill
area for all cable tray with a 3 inch or greater loading
depth side rail is limited to the 38.9 percent fill area for a
3 inch loading depth side rail (Example: 3 inches x 6
inches inside cable tray width x 0.389 = 7.0 square inch
fill area. This is the first value in Column 1 of Table
392.22(A). All succeeding values for larger cable tray
widths are identically calculated).

MAN-23

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (1) Ladder or
Ventilated Trough Cable Trays Containing Any
Mixture of Cables. (c) 4/0 of Larger Cables
Installed With Cables Smaller Than 4/0
The ladder or ventilated trough cable tray needs to be
divided into two zones (a barrier or divider is not required
but one can be used if desired) so that the No. 4/0 and
larger cables have a dedicated zone as they are to be
placed in a single layer.
The formula for this type of installation is shown in
Column 2 of Table 392.22(A). This formula is a trial and
error method of selecting a cable tray of the proper
width. A direct method for determining the cable tray
width is available by figuring the cable tray widths that
are required for each of the cable combinations and then
adding these widths together to select the proper cable
tray width. [Sd (sum of the diameters of the No. 4/0 and
larger cables)] + [Sum of Total Cross Sectional Area of all
Cables No. 3/0 and Smaller) x (6 inches/7 square inches)]
= The Minimum Width of Cable Tray Required. For an
example of the procedure to use in selecting a cable tray
width for the type of cable covered in this section, see
page MAN-45, (Appendix Sheet 5), [EXAMPLE
392.22(A)(1)(c)].

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (2) Ladder or
Ventilated Trough Cable Trays Containing
Multiconductor or Control and/or Signal Cables
Only.
A ladder or ventilated trough cable tray, having a
loading depth of 6 inches or less containing only control
and/or signal cables, may have 50 percent of its
cross-sectional area filled with cable. If the cable tray has
a loading depth in excess of 6 inches, that figure cannot
be used in calculating the allowable fill area as a 6 inch
depth is the maximum value that can be used for the
cross-sectional area calculation. For an example of the
procedure to use in selecting a cable tray width for the
type of cable covered in this section, see page MAN-46
(Appendix Sheet 6),[Example 392.22(A)(2)].

Cable Tray Manual

*** - For 1/0 - 4/0 AWG single conductor cables
installed in ladder cable tray, maximum rung
spacing is 9 inches.

Cable Tray Systems

The allowable fill areas for the different ladder or
ventilated trough cable tray widths are indicated in
square inches in Column 1 of Table 392.22(A). The total
sum of the cross-sectional areas of all the cables to be
installed in the cable tray must be equal to or less than
the cable tray allowable fill area. For an example of the
procedure to use in selecting a cable tray width for the
type of cable covered in this section see page MAN-44
(Appendix Sheet 4), [Example 392.22(A)(1)(b)].

Cable Tray Manual
392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (3) Solid
Bottom Cable Trays Containing Any Mixture of
Cables.
For solid bottom cable tray, the allowable cable fill area
is reduced to approximately 30 percent as indicated by
the values in Columns 3 and 4 of Table 392.22(A). The
first value in Column 3 was obtained as follows: 3 in.
loading depth x 6 in. inside width x 0.305 = 5.5 square
inches. The other values in Column 3 were obtained in a
like manner. The Sd term in Column 4 has a multiplier of
1 vs. the multiplier of 1.2 for Column 2.

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (3) Solid
Bottom Cable Trays Containing Any Mixture of
Cables. (a) 4/0 or Larger Cables.

Cable Tray Manual

The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for
the type of cable covered in this section is similar to that
shown on Appendix Sheet 3 page MAN-43, but only 90
percent of the cable tray width can be used.

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (3) Solid
Bottom Cable Trays Containing Any Mixture of
Cables. (b) Cables Smaller Than 4/0.

Required. The procedure used in selecting a cable tray
width for the type of cables covered in this section is
similar to that shown on Appendix Sheet 5 page
MAN-45.

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (4) Solid
Bottom Cable Trays Containing Multiconductor
Control and/or Signal Cables Only.
This is the same procedure as for ladder and ventilated
trough cable trays except that the allowable fill has been
reduced from 50 percent to 40 percent. The procedure
used in selecting a cable tray width for the type of cable
covered in this section is similar to that shown on
Appendix Sheet 6 page MAN-46. [Example 392.22(A)(2)]

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (5) Ventilated
Channel Cable Trays Containing Multiconductor
Cables of Any Type.
392.22(A)(5)(a)
Where only one multiconductor cable is installed in a
ventilated channel cable tray.

The procedure used in selecting a cable tray width for
the type of cable covered in this section is similar to that
shown on Appendix Sheet 4 page MAN-44. The
maximum allowable cable fill area is in Column 3 of Table
392.22(A).

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (3) Solid
Bottom Cable Trays Containing Any Mixture of
Cables. (c) 4/0 or Larger Cables With Cables
Smaller Than 4/0.

Maximum Cross-Sectional
Area of the Cable

3 Inch Wide

2.3 Square Inches

4 Inch Wide

4.5 Square Inches

6 Inch Wide

7.0 Square Inches

392.22(A)(5)(b)
The fill areas for combinations of multiconductor
cables of any type installed in ventilated channel cable
tray.

No. 4/0 and larger cables must have a dedicated zone
in the tray in order to be installed in one layer. Therefore
the cable tray needs to be divided into two zones (a
barrier or divider is not required but one can be used if
desired).
The formula for this type of installation is shown in
Column 4 of Table 392.22(A). This formula is a trial and
error method of selecting a cable tray of the proper
width. A direct method for determining the cable tray
width is available by figuring the cable tray widths that
are required for each of the cable combinations and then
adding these widths together to select the proper cable
tray width. [Sd (sum of the diameters of the No. 4/0 and
larger cables) x (1.11)] + [(Sum of Total Cross-Sectional
Area of all Cables No. 3/0 and Smaller) x (6 inches/5.5
square inches) = The Minimum Width of Cable Tray

Ventilated Channel
Cable Tray Size

Ventilated Channel
Cable Tray Size

Maximum Allowable
Fill Area

3 Inch Wide

1.3 Square Inches

4 Inch Wide

2.5 Square Inches

6 Inch Wide

3.8 Square Inches

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(A) Number of Multiconductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (6) Solid
Channel Cable Trays Containing Multiconductor
Cables of Any Type.

MAN-24

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
Number Of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables
That May Be Installed In Ladder Or Ventilated
Trough Cable Tray - Section 392.10(A) (2)

392.22(A)(6)(a)
Where only one multiconductor cable is installed in a
solid channel cable tray.
Solid Channel
Cable Tray Size

Maximum Cross-Sectional
Area of the Cable

Cable Tray Width
Dia.
Single
In.
Conductor (Note)
Size
#1

Area
Sq.
In.

6
In.

9
In.

12
In.

18
In.

24
In.

30
In.

(Note
#2)
36
42
In.
In.

2 Inch Wide

1.3 Square Inches

3 Inch Wide

2.0 Square Inches

4 Inch Wide

3.7 Square Inches

1/0

0.58

--

10

15

20

31

41

51

62

72

5.5 Square Inches

2/0

0.62

--

9

14

19

29

38

48

58

67

3/0

0.68

--

8

13

17

26

35

44

52

61

4/0

0.73

--

8

12

16

24

32

41

49

57

250 Kcmil

0.84

0.55

11

18

24

35

47

59

71

82

350 Kcmil

0.94

0.69

9

14

19

28

38

47

57

65

500 Kcmil

1.07

0.90

7

11

14

22

29

36

43

50

750 Kcmil

1.28

1.29

5

8

10

15

20

25

30

35

6 Inch Wide

392.22(A)(6)(b)
The fill areas for combinations of multiconductor
cables of any type installed in solid channel cable tray.
Solid Channel
Cable Tray Size

Maximum Allowable
Fill Area

2 Inch Wide

0.8 Square Inches

3 Inch Wide

1.1 Square Inches

#1. Cable diameter's used are those for OkoniteOkolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.

4 Inch Wide

2.1 Square Inches

#2. 42 inch wide is ladder cable tray only.

6 Inch Wide

3.2 Square Inches

#3. Such installations are to be made only in
qualifying industrial facilities as per Sections
392.10(B) & (B)(1).

Notes:

Installation of single conductors in cable tray is
restricted to industrial establishments where conditions
of maintenance and supervision assure that only
qualified persons will service the installed cable tray
systems. Single conductor cables for these installations
must be 1/0 or larger, and they may not be installed in
solid bottom cable trays.

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(B) Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (1) Ladder or
Ventilated Trough Cable Trays. (a) 1000 KCMIL
Through 900 KCMIL Cables.

#5. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied
to the cable trays at six foot or less intervals.

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(B) Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (1) Ladder or
Ventilated Trough Cable Trays. (c) 1000 KCMIL or
Larger Cables Installed With Cables Smaller Than
1000 KCMIL.
Such installations are very rare.

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductor
cables shall not exceed the cable tray width, and the
cables shall be installed in a single layer.

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(B) Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (1) Ladder or
Ventilated Trough Cable Trays. (d) Cables 1/0
Through 4/0.

392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(B) Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (1) Ladder or
Ventilated Trough Cable Trays. (b) 250 KCMIL
Through 900 KCMIL Cables.

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all 1/0 through 4/0
cables shall not exceed the inside width of the cable tray.

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-25

Cable Tray Manual

392.22. Number of Conductor or Cables, (B)
Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated 2000
Volts or Less, in Cable Trays.

#4. To avoid problems with unbalanced voltages, the
cables should be bundled with ties every three
feet or four feet. The bundle must contain the
circuit's three phase conductors plus the neutral
if one is used.

Cable Tray Manual
392.22. Number of Conductor of Cables.
(B) Number of Single Conductor Cables, Rated
2000 Volts or Less, in Cable Trays. (2) Ventilated
Channel Cable Trays.
The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all single conductors
shall not exceed the inside width of the ventilated cable
channel.

Cable Tray Manual

Number Of 600 Volt Single Conductor Cables
That May Be Installed In A Ventilated Channel
Cable Tray - Section 392.22(B)(2)
Single
Conductor
Size

Diameter
Inches
(Note #1)

3 Inch
V. Channel
C.T.

4 Inch
V. Channel
C.T.

6 Inch
V. Channel
C.T.

1/0 AWG

0.58

5

6

10

2/0 AWG

0.62

4

6

9

3/0 AWG

0.68

4

5

8

4/0 AWG

0.73

4

5

8

250 Kcmil

0.84

3

4

7

350 Kcmil

0.94

3

4

6

500 Kcmil

1.07

2

3

5

750 Kcmil

1.28

2

3

4

1000 Kcmil

1.45

2

2

4

Notes:
#1. Cable diameter's used are those for OkoniteOkolon 600 volt single conductor power cables.
#2. Such installations are to be made only in qualifying
industrial facilities as per Sections 392.10(B) &
(B)(1).
#3. The phase, neutral, and EGCs cables are all
counted in the allowable cable fill for the ventilated
channel cable tray.
#4. To avoid problems with unbalanced voltages, the
cables should be bundled with ties every three feet
or four feet. The bundle must contain the circuit's
three phase conductors plus the neutral if one is
used. If a cable is used as the EGC, it should also
be in the cable bundle. If the designer desires, the
ventilated channel cable tray may be used as the
EGC as per Table 392.60(A).
#5. The single conductor cables should be firmly tied
to the ventilated channel cable tray at six foot or
less intervals.

392.30. Securing and Supporting. (B) Cables and
Conductors.
The intent of this section is to ensure that the
conductor insulation and cable jackets will not be
damaged due to stress caused by improper support.
Multiconductor 600 volt Type TC cables and 300 volt
Type PLTC cables exhibit a high degree of damage
resistance when exposed to mechanical abuse at normal
temperatures.
During an inspection of industrial installations by the
1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable Tray, a
test setup was constructed of an 18 inch wide Class 20C
aluminum cable tray supported three feet above ground
level containing several sizes of multiconductor cables.
This installation was continuously struck in the same area
with eight pound sledge hammers until the cable tray
was severely distorted, the cables however, exhibited
only cosmetic damage. When these cables were tested
electrically, they checked out as new tray cable. Since
that time, significant improvements have been made in
cable jacket and conductor insulation materials so that
the cables available today are of better quality than the
1973 test cables. Although tray cables are capable of
taking a great deal of abuse without any problems, cable
tray installations must be designed by taking appropriate
measures to ensure that the tray cables will not be
subjected to mechanical damage.

392.30. Securing and Supporting. (B) Cables and
Conductors. (1) Other Than Horizontal Runs.
In seismic, high-shock and vibration prone areas, cables
(especially unarmored cables) should be secured to the
cable tray at 1 to 2 foot intervals to prevent the occurrence
of sheath chafing. Otherwise, there is no safety or technical
reason to tie down multiconductor cables in horizontal
cable tray runs unless the cable spacing needs to be
maintained or the cables need to be confined to a specific
location in the cable tray. In non-horizontal cable tray runs,
small multiconductor cables should be tied down at 3 or 4
foot intervals and larger (1 inch diameter and above) Type
MC and Type TC multiconductor cable should be tied
down at 6 foot intervals. If used outdoors, plastic ties
should be sunlight, ultraviolet (UV), resistant and be made
of a material that is compatible with the industrial
environment. Installed outdoors, white nylon plastic ties
without a UV resistant additive will last 8 to 14 months
before breaking. Also available for these applications are
cable cleats, stainless steel ties and P-clamps.

392.22. Number of Conductors of Cables. (C)
Number of Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001
Volts or Over) in Cable Trays.
Sum the diameters of all the cables (Sd) to determine
the minimum required cable tray width. Triplexing or
quadruplexing the cables does not change the required
cable tray width. Whether the cables are grouped or
ungrouped, all installations must be in a single layer.
(P-Clamp shown installed on industrial aluminum rung)

MAN-26

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
392.46. Bushed Conduit and Tubing.
For most installations, using a conduit to cable tray
clamp for terminating conduit on cable tray is the best
method. Where a cable enters a conduit from the cable
tray, the conduit must have a bushing to protect the cable
jacket from mechanical damage; a box is not required
[See Section 300.15(C). Boxes, Conduit Bodies, or
Fittings - Where Required. Where cables enter or exit
from conduit or tubing that is used to provide cable
support or protection against physical damage. A
fitting shall be provided on the end(s) of the conduit or
tubing to protect the wires or cables from abrasion.].
There are some special installations where the use of
conduit knockouts in the cable tray side rail for terminating
conduit is appropriate. This would not be a good standard
practice because it is costly and labor intensive, and if
randomly used may result in damaging and lowering the
strength of the cable tray.

Channel to Tray

Channel to
Channel

Cable Tray Manual

Cable Channel Branch Circuit

392.56. Cable Splices.
There is no safety problem due to cable splices being
made in cable trays if quality splicing kits are used,
provided that the splice kits do not project above the
siderails and that they are accessible. A box or fitting is not
required for a cable splice in a cable tray.

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-27

Cable Tray Manual
92.60. Grounding and Bonding, (A) Metallic Cable
Trays.

tray is being used as an equipment grounding conductor
(EGC).

Cable tray may be used as the EGC in any installation
where qualified persons will service the installed cable
tray system. There is no restriction as to where the cable
tray system is installed. The metal in cable trays may be
used as the EGC as per the limitations of table 392.60(A).
All metallic cable trays shall be grounded as required
in Article 250.96 regardless of whether or not the cable

The EGC is the most important conductor in an
electrical system as its function is electrical safety.
There are three wiring options for providing an EGC in
a cable tray wiring system: (1) An EGC conductor in or
on the cable tray. (2) Each multiconductor cable with its
individual EGC conductor. (3) The cable tray itself is used
as the EGC in qualifying facilities.

Discontinuous Joints
Require Bonding
For Qualifying Facilities
EGCs in the Cables or
EGC Cables Are Not Required If Rating Of The
Feeder Overcurrent Device
Permits Using The Tray
For the EGC

Bond

Conduit
Three Phase
Motor Installation
Motor Control Center

Cable Tray Manual

Bond
Switchgear
Transformer
(Solidly
Grounded
Secondary)

Bonding Jumper Not
Required For Rigidly
Bolted Joints

EGC In
Cable
EGC
Building Steel
Ground Bus
Bonded To
Enclosure

Lightning
Protection
Grounding

System Ground

Correct Bonding Practices To Assure That The
Cable Tray System Is Properly Grounded
If an EGC cable is installed in or on a cable tray, it should be bonded to each or alternate cable tray
sections via grounding clamps (this is not required by the NEC® but it is a desirable practice). In addition
to providing an electrical connection between the cable tray sections and the EGC, the grounding clamp
mechanically anchors the EGC to the cable tray so that under fault current conditions the magnetic forces
do not throw the EGC out of the cable tray.
A bare copper equipment grounding conductor should not be placed in an aluminum cable tray due to
the potential for electrolytic corrosion of the aluminum cable tray in a moist environment. For such
installations, it is best to use an insulated conductor and to remove the insulation where bonding
connections are made to the cable tray, raceways, equipment enclosures, etc. with tin or zinc plated
connectors.

See Table 250.122 on page MAN-47
for the minimum size EGC for
grounding raceway and equipment.

MAN-28

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
Aluminum Cable Tray Systems. (1) & (2)
Table 392.60(A).
Metal Area Requirements for Cable Trays
Used as Equipment Grounding Conductors
Maximum Fuse Ampere Rating,
Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip
Setting, or Circuit Breaker
Protective Relay Ampere Trip
Setting for Ground-Fault
Protection of Any Cable Circuit
In the Cable Tray System
60
100
200
400
600
1000
1200
1600
2000

Minimum Cross-Sectional Area
of Metal* In Square Inches

Steel
Cable Trays
0.20
0.40
0.70
1.00
1.50**
---------

Aluminum
Cable Trays
0.20
0.20
0.20
0.40
0.40
0.60
1.00
1.50
2.00**

Reproduced with permission from NFPA 70®-2011, National Electrical Code®,
Copyright © 2010, National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA. This
reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the NFPA on the
referenced subject, which is represented only by the standard in its entirety.

Table 392.60(A) "Metal Area Requirements for Cable
Trays used as Equipment Grounding Conductors" shows
the minimum cross-sectional area of cable tray side rails
(total of both side rails) required for the cable tray to be
used as the Equipment Grounding Conductor (EGC) for
a specific Fuse Rating, Circuit Breaker Ampere Trip
Rating or Circuit Breaker Ground Fault Protective Relay
Trip Setting. These are the actual trip settings for the
circuit breakers and not the maximum permissible trip
settings which in many cases are the same as the circuit
breaker frame size. If the maximum ampere rating of the
cable tray is not sufficient for the protective device to be
used, the cable tray cannot be used as the EGC and a
separate EGC must be included within each cable
assembly or a separate EGC has to be installed in or
attached to the cable tray. [See also Section 250-120 for
additional information]
The subject of using cable tray for equipment
grounding conductors was thoroughly investigated by
the 1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable Tray.
Many calculations were made and a number of tests
were performed by Monsanto Company Engineers at the
Bussman High Current Laboratory. The test setup to

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-29

One of the most interesting results of the tests was for
an aluminum cable tray with a corroded joint and only
two nylon bolts. 34,600 amperes for 14 cycles produced
only a 34° C temperature rise at the splice plate area. If
the protective devices work properly, the temperature
rises recorded at the cable tray splices during these tests
would not be sufficient to damage the cables in the cable
tray. Also note that in these tests only one side rail was
used, but in a regular installation, both side rails would
conduct fault current and the temperature rise at the
splice plate areas would be even lower.
When the cable tray is used as the EGC, consideration
has to be given to the conduit or ventilated channel cable
tray connections to the cable tray so that the electrical
grounding continuity is maintained from the cable tray
to the equipment utilizing the electricity. Conduit
connections to the cable tray were also tested. At that
time, no commercial fittings for connecting conduit to
cable tray were available, so right angle beam clamps
were used with very good results. There are now UL
Listed fittings for connecting and bonding conduit to
cable tray. This test setup and results are shown on page
MAN-42 (Appendix Sheet 2).

Cable Tray Manual

For SI units: one square inch = 645 square millimeters.
*Total cross-sectional area of both side rails for ladder or trough
cable trays; or the minimum cross-sectional area of metal in channel
cable trays or cable trays of one-piece construction.
**Steel cable trays shall not be used as equipment grounding
conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection above 600
amperes. Aluminum cable trays shall not be used as equipment
grounding conductors for circuits with ground-fault protection
above 2000 amperes.

verify the capability of cable tray to be used as the EGC
is shown in Figure 1 on page MAN-30. The test amperes
available were forced through one cable tray side rail
which had three splice connections in series. No
conductive joint compound was used at the connections
and the bolts were wrench tight. Copper jumper cables
were used from the current source to the cable tray. The
cable tray was NEMA Class 12B. The test results are
shown on page MAN-41 (Appendix Sheet 1), Table I for
aluminum and Table II for steel cable tray.

Cable Tray Manual
Temperature Rise Test
Material Thickness: 0.125" Aluminum or 14 Gauge Steel

Cross Section Area,
2 Rails:
Aluminum - 1.00 sq. in.
Steel - 0.76 sq. in.

13

/16"

91/2"

4"

3

41/2"

4"

/8"

0.080" Aluminum or
14 Gauge Steel
3

/8" Bolting Hardware

Adjustable Vertical

Rigid

Cable Tray Connectors

Cross Section Cable Tray Side Rail

Insulated Joints
Fuse (if used)

500 kcmil copper, Type RH Insulation

Current Source
Cable Lug

T

T

C1

T

C2

C3

Cable Lug

Figure 1
(See Page MAN-41 Appendix Sheet 1)

Cable Tray Label

WARNING!

Do Not Use As A Walkway, Ladder,
Or Support For Personnel.

Use Only As A Mechanical Support For Cables, Tubing and Raceways.
Catalog Number: 24A09-12-144 STR SECTION
Shipping Ticket: 260203 00 001
Mark Number: 78101115400
Purchase Order: D798981
Minimum Area: 1.000 SQ. IN.
Load Class:
D1 179 KG/M 3 METER SPAN
This product is classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as
to its suitability as an equipment grounding conductor only. 556E

1 of 1
09/15/2005
000291745

www.cooperbline.com
(618) 654-2184

30781011154005

Cable Tray Manual

T - Temperature Measurement at each Tray Connection C1,
C2, & C3 - Cable Tray Connectors or Bonding Jumpers

NON-VENTILATED
Reference File #LR36026

MAN-30

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
392.60. Grounding and Bonding. (B) Steel or
Aluminum Cable Tray Systems. (3) & (4)

392.80. Ampacity of Conductors. (A) Ampacity of
Cables. Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays.

For a cable tray to be used as an EGC the
manufacturer must provide a label showing the crosssectional area available. This also holds true for some
mechanically constructed cable tray systems such as
Redi-Rail®. Redi-Rail has been tested and UL Classified
as an EGC. B-Line label is shown at the bottom of page
MAN-30.

Ampacity Tables 310.15(B)(16) and 310.15(B)(18) are to
be used for multiconductor cables which are installed in
cable tray using the allowable fill areas as per Section
392.22(A). The ampacities in Table 310.15(B)(16) are
based on an ambient temperature of 30˚ Celsius.
Conduit and cable tray wiring systems are often installed
in areas where they will be exposed to high ambient
temperatures. For such installations, some designers and
engineers neglect using the Ampacity Correction Factors
listed below the Wire Ampacity Tables which results in
the conductor insulation being operated in excess of its
maximum safe temperature. These correction factors
must be used to derate a cable for the maximum
temperature it will be subjected to anywhere along its
length.

The cable tray system must be electrically continuous
whether or not it is going to serve as the EGC. At certain
locations (expansion joints, discontinuities, most
horizontal adjustable splice plates, etc.), bonding
jumpers will be required. Section 250.96. Bonding Other
Enclosures states that cable tray shall be effectively
bonded where necessary to assure electrical continuity
and to provide the capacity to conduct safely any fault
current likely to be imposed on them (also see Sections
250.92(A)(1) & 250.118(12)).
It is not necessary to install bonding jumpers at
standard splice plate connections. The splice connection
is UL classified as an EGC component of the cable tray
system.

392.80(A)(1)(a)
Section 310.15(B)(3)(a) refers to Section 392.80 which
states that the derating information of Table
310.15(B)(3)(a) applies to multiconductor cables with
more than three current carrying conductors but not to
the number of conductors in the cable tray.

Where cable trays are continuously covered for more
than 6 feet (1.83m) with solid unventilated covers, not
over 95 percent of the allowable ampacities of Tables
310.15(B)(16) and 310.15(B)(18) shall be permitted for
multiconductor cables.

99-N1
600 amps max.
99-40
1600 amps max.

392.80(A)(1)(c)
99-1620
2000 amps max.

NOTE: The NEC® only recognizes aluminum and steel
cable trays as EGC’s. As with all metallic cable trays,
stainless steel cable trays must be bonded according to
NEC® guidelines. Fiberglass cable trays do not require
bonding jumpers since fiberglass is non-conductive.

Cable Tray Systems

This is for multiconductor cables installed using Table
310.15(B)(16) or 310.15(B)(18). If these cables are
installed in cable trays with solid unventilated covers for
more than 6 feet the cables must be derated. Where
cable tray covers are to be used, it is best to use raised
or ventilated covers so that the cables can operate in a
lower ambient temperature.

MAN-31

Where multiconductor cables are installed in a single
layer in uncovered trays, with a maintained spacing of
not less than one cable diameter between cables, the
ampacity shall not exceed the allowable ambient
temperature corrected ampacities of multiconductor
cables, with not more than three insulated conductors
rated 0-2000 volts in free air, in accordance with Section
310.15(C).
By spacing the cables one diameter apart, the engineer
may increase the allowable ampacities of the cables
to the free air rating as per Section 310.15(C) and
Table B-310.3 in Appendix B. Notice that the allowable
fill of the cable tray has been decreased in this design
due to the cable spacing.

Cable Tray Manual

392.80(A)(1)(b)

Cable Tray Manual
392.80. Ampacity of Conductors. (A) Ampacity of
Cables. Rated 2000 Volts or Less in Cable Trays.
(2) Single Conductor Cables.
Single conductor cables can be installed in a cable tray
cabled together (triplexed, quadruplexed, etc.) if desired.
Where the cables are installed according to the
requirements of Section 392.22(B), the ampacity
requirements are shown in the following chart as per
Section 392.80(A)(2), (a), (b), (c), and (d):

Spacing Between Conductors
(2.15 x O.D. of Conductor)

Technically Undesirable Installation
Interpretation #1

Cable Tray Manual

An exception is listed under 392.80(A)(2)(c). Stating that
the capacity for single conductor cables be placed in
solid bottom shall be determined by 310.15(C).

Sec.
No.

Cable
Sizes

(1)

600 kcmil
and
Larger

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.15(B)(17)
and
310.15(B)(19)

0.75

(1)

600 kcmil
and
Larger

Yes

310.15(B)(17)
and
310.15(B)(19)

0.70

(2)

1/0 AWG
through
500 kcmil

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.15(B)(17)
and
310.15(B)(19)

0.65

(2)

1/0 AWG
through
500 kcmil

Yes

310.15(B)(17)
and
310.15(B)(19)

0.60

(3)

(4)

1/0 AWG
& Larger
In Single
Layer
Single
Conductors
In Triangle
Config.
1/0 AWG
and Larger

Applicable
Ampacity
Tables
(*)

Mult.
Amp.
Table
Values
By

Solid
Unventilated
Cable Tray
Cover

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.15(B)(17)
and
310.15(B)(19)

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.15(B)(20)
[See NEC
Section
310.15(B)]

Special
Conditions

Spacing Between Conductors
(2.15 x O.D. of Conductor)

Technically Desirable Installation
Interpretation #2

1.00

1.00

392.80. Ampacity of Conductors. (B) Ampacity of
Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001 Volts or Over)
in Cable Trays. (1) Multiconductor Cables (2001
Volts or Over)

Maintained
Spacing Of
One Cable
Diameter
Spacing Of
2.15 x One
Conductor
O.D. Between
Cables(***)

(*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used.
(**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray
cables require mechanical protection, a single cable tray cover
of six feet or less in length can be installed.
The wording of Section 392.80(A)(2)(d) states that a spacing of
2.15 times one conductor diameter is to be maintained between
circuits. Two interpretations of this statement are possible.
Interpretation #1. - The 2.15 times one conductor diameter is the
distance between the centerlines of the circuits (the center lines
of the conductor bundles). Interpretation #2. - The 2.15 times one
conductor diameter is the free air distance between the adjacent
cable bundles. The use of the word “circuit” is unfortunate as its
presence promotes Interpretation #1. An installation based on
Interpretation #1 is not desirable as a free air space equal to 2.15
times one conductor diameter between the cable bundles should
be maintained to promote cable heat dissipation.

Provision No. 1:
Where cable trays are
continuously covered for more than six feet (1.83 m)
with solid unventilated covers, not more than 95% of
the allowable ampacities of Tables 310.60(C)(75) and
310.60(C)(76) shall be permitted for multiconductor
cables.
Cables installed in cable trays with solid unventilated
covers must be derated. Where cable tray covers are to
be used, it is best to use raised or ventilated covers
so that the cables can operate in a lower ambient
temperature.
Provision No. 2: Where multiconductor cables are
installed in a single layer in uncovered cable trays
with a maintained spacing of not less than one cable
diameter between cables, the ampacity shall not
exceed the allowable ampacities of Table
310.60(C)(71) and 310.60(C)(72).
If the cable tray does not have covers and the
conductors are installed in a single layer spaced not less
than one cable diameter apart, the cable conductor
ampacities can be 100 percent of the ambient
temperature corrected capacities in Tables 310.60(C)(71)
or 310.60(C)(72).

MAN-32

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
392.80. Ampacity of Conductors. (B) Ampacity of
Type MV and Type MC Cables (2001 Volts or Over)
in Cable Trays. (2) Single-Conductor Cables (2001
Volts or Over)

Sec.
No.

Cable
Sizes

(1)

1/0 AWG
and
Larger

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.60(C)(69)
and
310.60(C)(70)

0.75

(1)

1/0 AWG
and
Larger

Yes

310.60(C)(69)
and
310.60(C)(70)

0.70

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.60(C)(69)
and
310.60(C)(70)

No Cover
Allowed
(**)

310.60(C)(67)
and
310.60(C)(68)

(2)

(3)

1/0 AWG
& Larger
In Single
Layer
Single
Conductors
In Triangle
Config.
1/0 AWG
and Larger

Applicable
Ampacity
Tables
(*)

Mult.
Amp.
Table
Values
By

Solid
Unventilated
Cable Tray
Cover

Special
Conditions

Technically Desirable Installation
Interpretation #2
392.100. Construction Specifications. (A) Strength
and Rigidity.

1.00

1.00

Maintained
Spacing Of
One Cable
Diameter
Spacing Of
2.15 x One
Conductor
O.D. Between
Cables(***)

(*) The ambient ampacity correction factors must be used.

The wording of Section 392.80(B)(2)(c) states that a spacing of
2.15 times one conductor diameter is to be maintained between
circuits. Two interpretations of this statement are possible.
Interpretation #1. - The 2.15 times one conductor diameter is the
distance between the centerlines of the circuits (the center lines
of the conductor bundles). Interpretation #2. - The 2.15 times one
conductor diameter is the free air distance between the adjacent
cable bundles. The use of the word “circuit” is unfortunate as its
presence promotes Interpretation #1. An installation based on
Interpretation #1 is not desirable as a free air space equal to 2.15
times one conductor diameter between the cable bundles should
be maintained to promote cable heat dissipation.

The designer must properly select a structurally
satisfactory cable tray for their installation. This selection
is based on the cable tray's strength, the cable tray
loading and the spacing of the supports. The
ANSI/NEMA Metallic Cable Tray Systems Standard
Publication VE-1 contains the cable tray selection
information and it is duplicated in B-Line Cable Tray
Systems Catalog.
The NEMA Standard provides for a static load safety
factor of 1.5. A number (Span in Feet - the distance
between supports) and letter (Load in lbs/ft) designation
is used to properly identify the cable tray class on
drawings, in specifications, in quotation requisitions, and
in purchase requisitions to guarantee that the cable tray
with the proper characteristics will be received and
installed. The designer must specify the cable tray type,
the material of construction, section lengths, minimum
bend radius, width, rung spacing (for a ladder type cable
tray), and the total loading per foot for the cables on
a maximum support spacing (See pages MAN-50 &
MAN-51 for cable tray specifications checklist). For many
installations, the cable trays must be selected so that
they are capable of supporting specific concentrated
loads, the weight of any equipment or materials attached
to the cable tray, ice and snow loading, and for some
installations the impact of wind loading and/or
earthquakes must be considered.

Most cable trays are utilized as continuous beams with
distributed and concentrated loads. Cable trays can be
subjected to static loads like cable loads and dynamic
loads such as wind, snow, ice, and even earthquakes.
The total normal and abnormal loading for the cable tray
is determined by adding all the applicable component

Spacing Between Conductors
(2.15 x O.D. of Conductor)

Technically Undesirable Installation
Interpretation #1

MAN-33

Cable Tray Manual

(**) At a specific position, where it is determined that the tray
cables require mechanical protection, a single cable tray cover
of six feet or less in length can be installed.

Cable Tray Systems

Spacing Between Conductors
(2.15 x O.D. of Conductor)

Cable Tray Manual
loads. The cable load + the concentrated static loads +
ice load (if applicable) + snow load (if applicable) + wind
load (if applicable) + any other logical special condition
loads that might exist. This total load is used in the
selection of the cable tray.
The following is an explanation of the ‘historical’
NEMA cable tray load classifications found in
ANSI/NEMA VE-1.

Cable Tray Manual

There used to be four cable tray support span
categories, 8, 12, 16, and 20 feet, which are coupled with
one of three load designations, "A" for 50 lbs/ft, "B" for
75 lbs/ft, and "C" for 100 lbs/ft. For example, a NEMA
class designation of 20B identifies a cable tray that is to
be supported at a maximum of every 20 feet and can
support a static load of up to 75 lbs/linear foot.
The cable load per foot is easy to calculate using the
cable manufacturer's literature. If the cable tray has
space available for future cable additions, a cable tray
has to be specified that is capable of supporting the final
future load. Although these historical load designations
are still useful in narrowing down the choices of cable
trays, NEMA has recently changed the VE-1 document.
ANSI/NEMA VE-1 now requires the marking on the cable
trays to indicate the exact rated load on a particular
span. Trays are no longer limited to the four spans and
three loads listed above. Now, for example, a tray may
be rated for 150 lbs/ft on a 30 ft. span. It is
recommended when specifying cable tray, to specify the
required load, support span and straight section length
to best match the installation.
Example of Cable Loading per foot:
10 - 3/C No. 4/0 (2.62 lbs/ft)
Total = 26.20 lbs/ft
3 - 3/C No. 250 kcmil (3.18 lbs/ft)
Total = 9.54 lbs/ft
4 - 3/C No. 500 kcmil (5.87 lbs/ft)
Total = 23.48 lbs/ft
Total Weight of the Cables = 59.22 lbs/ft
These cables would fill a 30 inch wide cable tray and
if a 36 inch wide cable tray were used there would be
space available for future cables (See pages 443 thru 449
for information on calculating tray width.). To calculate
the proper cable tray design load for the 36" wide cable
tray multiply 59.22 lbs/ft x 36 inches/30 inches = 71.06
lbs/ft. If this cable tray is installed indoors, a load symbol
"B" cable tray would be adequate. If there were
additional loads on the cable tray or the cable tray were
installed outdoors, it would be necessary to calculate all
the additional potential loads. The potential load most
often ignored is installation loads. The stresses of pulling
large cables through cable trays can produce 3 times the
stress of the cables' static load. If the installation load is
not evaluated the cable tray may be damaged during
installation. A 16C or 20C NEMA Class should be
specified if large cables are to be pulled.

Even though walking on cable tray is not
recommended by cable tray manufacturers and OSHA
regulations, many designers will want to specify a cable
tray which can support a 200 lb. concentrated load "just
in case". A concentrated static load applied at the
midspan of a cable tray is one of the most stressful
conditions a cable tray will experience. To convert a
static concentrated load at midspan to an equivalent
distributed load take twice the concentrated load and
divide it by the support span [(2 x 200 lbs.)/Span].
The strength of the rung is also a very important
consideration when specifying a concentrated load. The
rung must be able to withstand the load for any
tray width, as well as additional stresses from cable
installation. Excessive rung deflection can weaken the
entire cable tray system. B-Line uses heavier rungs on
their wider industrial trays as a standard. Most cable tray
manufacturer's rungs are not heavy enough to withstand
concentrated loads at 36" tray widths.
For outdoor installations a cable tray might be subject
to ice, snow, and wind loading. Section 25 of the National
Electrical Safety Code (published by the Institute of
Electrical and Electronic Engineers) contains a weather
loading map of the United States to determine whether
the installation is in a light, medium, or heavy weather
load district. NESC Table 250-1 indicates potential ice
thicknesses in each loading district as follows: 0.50
inches for a heavy loading district, 0.25 inches for a
medium loading district, and no ice for a light loading
district. To calculate the ice load use 57 pounds per
cubic foot for the density of glaze ice. Since tray cables
are circular and the cable tray has an irregular surface
the resulting ice load on a cable tray can be 1.5 to 2.0
times greater than the glaze ice load on a flat surface.
Snow load is significant for a cable tray that is
completely full of cables or a cable tray that has covers.
The density of snow varies greatly due to its moisture
content, however the minimum density that should be
used for snow is 5 pounds per cubic foot. The engineer
will have to contact the weather service to determine the
potential snow falls for the installation area or consult the
local building code for a recommended design load.
Usually cable trays are installed within structures such
that the structure and equipment shelter the cable trays
from the direct impact of high winds. If wind loading is a
potential problem, a structural engineer and/or the
potential cable tray manufacturer should review the
installation for adequacy. To determine the wind speed
for proper design consult the Basic Wind Speed Map of
the United States in the NESC (Figure 250-2).
For those installations located in earthquake areas,
design engineers can obtain behavioral data for B-Line
cable trays under horizontal, vertical and longitudinal
loading conditions. Testing done for nuclear power plants
in the 1970's indicates that cable trays act like large
trusses when loaded laterally and are actually stronger
than when loaded vertically. Cable tray supports may still

MAN-34

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
need to be seismically braced and designers should
consult the B-Line Seismic Restraints Catalog for
detailed design information.
The midspan deflection multipliers for all B-Line cable
trays are listed in the Cable Tray Systems catalog. Simply
pick your support span and multiply your actual load
by the deflection multiplier shown for that span. The
calculated deflections are for simple beam installations
at your specified load capacity. If a deflection
requirement will be specified, extra care needs to be
taken to ensure that it does not conflict with the load
requirement and provides the aesthetics necessary.
Keep in mind that continuous beam applications are
more common and will decrease the deflection values
shown by up to 50%. Also, aluminum cable trays will
deflect 3 times more than steel cable trays of the same
NEMA class.
To complete the design, the standard straight section
length and minimum bend radius must be chosen. When
selecting the recommended length of straight sections,
be sure that the standard length is greater than or equal
to the maximum support span. Choose a fitting radius
which will not only meet or exceed the minimum bend
radius of the cables but will facilitate cable installation.
[See pages MAN-9 - MAN-11 for more information on
selecting the appropriate cable tray length]

This is a quality statement for cable tray systems and
their construction. B-Line cable tray is designed and
manufactured to the highest standards to provide easy,
safe installation of both the cable tray and cables.

392.100. Construction Specifications. (C)
Corrosion Protection.
Cable tray shall be protected from corrosion per
Section 300.6, which lists some minimum criteria for
different corrosive environments. The B-Line Cable Tray
Catalog contains a corrosion chart for cable tray
materials. Cable trays may be obtained in a wide range
of materials including aluminum, pregalvanized steel, hot
dipped galvanized steel (after fabrication), Type 304 or
316 stainless steel, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or epoxy
coated aluminum or steel and also nonmetallic (fiber
reinforced plastic). Check with a metallurgist to
determine which metals and coatings are compatible
with a particular corrosive environment. B-Line has
corrosion information available and may be able to
recommend a suitable material. Remember that no
material is totally impervious to corrosion. Stainless steel
can deteriorate when attacked by certain chemicals and
nonmetallic cable trays can deteriorate when attacked
by certain solvents.

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-35

The technical information in Article 392 was originally
developed for cable trays with rigid side rails by the
1973 NEC® Technical Subcommittee on Cable Tray.
“Equivalent Structural Members” was added later to
incorporate new styles of cable tray such as center rail
type tray and ‘mesh’ or wire basket tray.

392.100. Construction Specifications. (E) Fittings.
This section has been misinterpreted to mean that
cable tray fittings must be used for all changes in
direction and elevation [See Section 392.18(A) Complete
system for further explanation). When two cable tray runs
cross at different elevations, lacing a cable between the
rungs of one tray and dropping into the other is a
common practice which changes the direction of the
cable while providing adequate cable support. Although
the use of cable tray fittings is not mandatory, it is often
desirable to use them when possible to improve the
appearance of the installation.

392.100. Construction Specifications. (F)
Nonmetallic Cable Tray.
This type of cable tray is usually made of Fiberglass
Reinforced Plastic (FRP). Applications for FRP cable tray
systems include some corrosive atmospheres and where
non-conductive material is required. B-Line fiberglass
cable tray systems are manufactured from glass fiber
reinforced plastic shapes that meet ASTM flammability
and self-extinguishing requirements. A surface veil is
applied during pultrusion to ensure a resin rich surface
and increase ultraviolet resistance, however, for
extended exposure to direct sunlight, additional
measures, such as painting the tray, are sometimes
employed to insure the longevity of the product. Ambient
temperature is also a design consideration when FRP
cable tray is used. An ambient temperature of 100°F will
decrease the loading capacity of polyester resin
fiberglass cable tray by 10%.

Cable Tray Manual

392.100. Construction Specifications. (B) Smooth
Edges.

392.100. Construction Specifications. (D)
Side Rails.

Cable Tray Manual

Cable Tray Manual

CABLE TRAY WIRING SYSTEM DESIGN AND INSTALLATION HINTS.
Cable tray wiring systems should have a standardized
cabling strategy. Standard cable types should be used
for each circuit type. Most of the following circuits should
be included; feeder circuits, branch circuits, control
circuits, instrumentation circuits, programmable logic
controller input and output (I/O) circuits, low level analog
or digital signals, communication circuits and alarm
circuits. Some cables may satisfy the requirements for
several circuit types. Minimizing the number of different
cables used on a project reduces installed costs. Some
companies have cable standards based on volume
usage to minimize the numbers of different cables used
on a project. For example: if a 6 conductor No. 14
control cable is needed but 7 conductor No. 14 control
cable is stocked, a 7 conductor control cable would be
specified and the extra conductor would not be used.
Following such a practice can reduce the number of
different cables handled on a large project without
increasing the cost since high volume cable purchases
result in cost savings. Orderly record keeping also helps
provide quality systems with lower installation costs. The
following items should be included in the project's cable
records:
• Cable Tray Tag Numbers - The tagging system
should be developed by the design personnel with
identification numbers assigned to cable tray runs on the
layout drawings. Cable tray tag numbers are used for
controlling the installation of the proper cable tray in the
correct location, routing cables through the tray system
and controlling the cable fill area requirements.
• Cable Schedules - A wire management system is
required for any size project. Cable schedules must be
developed to keep track of the cables. This is especially
true for projects involving more than just a few feeder
cables. A typical cable schedule would contain most or
all of the following:
• The Cable Number, the Cable Manufacturer &
Catalog Number, Number of conductors, the conductor
sizes, and the approximate cable length.
• Cable Origin Location - The origin equipment ID with
the compartment or circuit number and terminals on
which the cable conductors are to be terminated. It
should also include the origin equipment layout drawing
number, and the origin equipment connection diagram
number.
• Cable Routing - Identifies the cable tray sections or
runs that a cable will occupy. Cable tray ID tag numbers
are used to track the routing.

Some design consultants and corporate engineering
departments use spread sheets to monitor the cable tray
runs for cable fill. With such a program, the cable tray fill
area values for each cable tray run or section can be
continuously upgraded. If a specified cable tray run or
section becomes overfilled, it will be flagged for
corrective action by the designer.
• Cable Installation Provisions - The cable tray system
must be designed and installed, to allow access for cable
installation. For many installations, the cables may be
hand laid into the cable trays and no cable pulling
equipment is required. There are other installations where
sufficient room must be allotted for all the cable pulling
activities and equipment.
The cable manufacturers will provide installation
information for their cables such as maximum pulling
tension, allowable sidewall pressures, minimum bending
radii, maximum permissible pulling length etc..
Lubricants are not normally used on cables being
installed in cable trays.
The engineer and designers should discuss in detail
the installation of the cables with the appropriate
construction personnel. This will help to avoid installation
problems and additional installation costs. It is important
that the cable pull is in the direction that will result in the
lowest tension on the cables. Keep in mind there also
needs to be room at the ends of the pulls for the reel
setups and for the power pulling equipment. Cable
pulleys should be installed at each direction change.
Triple pulleys should be used for 90 degree horizontal
bends and all vertical bends. Single pulleys are adequate
for horizontal bends less than 90 degrees. Use rollers
in-between pulleys and every 10 to 20 feet depending on
the cable weight. Plastic jacketed cables are easier to
pull than are the metallic jacketed cables and there is less
chance of cable damage. The pulling eye should always
be attached to the conductor material to avoid tensioning
the insulation. For interlocked armor cables, the
conductors and the armor both have to be attached to
the pulling eye.
Normally, the cables installed in cable trays are
not subjected to the damage suffered by insulated
conductors pulled into conduit. Depending on the size
of the insulated conductors and the conduit, jamming
can take place which places destructive stresses on the
cable insulation. In the October, 1991 issue of EC&M
magazine, the article on cable pulling stated that 92
percent of the insulated conductors that fail do so
because they were damaged in installation.

• Cable Termination Location - The device or terminal
equipment on which the cable conductors are to be
terminated. It should also include the termination
equipment layout drawing number, and the termination
equipment connection diagram number.

MAN-36

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
CABLE TRAY ACCESSORIES.

CABLE TRAY MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR

B-Line manufactures a full line of prefabricated
accessories for all types of B-Line cable trays. The use
of the appropriate accessories will provide installation
cost and time savings. In addition to providing desirable
electrical and mechanical features for the cable tray
system, the use of the appropriate accessories improves
the physical appearance of the cable tray system. Some
of the most common accessories are shown below and
on the following page.

If the cable tray finish and load capacity is properly
specified and the tray is properly installed, virtually no
maintenance is required.
Pre-Galvanized - This finish is for dry indoor
locations. No maintenance is required.

Ladder Dropout

Horizontal Adjustable Splice
Requires supports within 24” on
both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Frame Box Connector

Requires supports within 24” on
both sides, per NEMA VE 2.

Cable Support Fitting

FIREPROOFING CABLE TRAY
Cable trays should not be encapsulated for fire
protection purposes other than for the short lengths at
fire rated walls unless the cables are adequately derated.
Encapsulation to keep fire heat out will also keep
conductor heat in. If conductors cannot dissipate their
heat, their insulation systems will deteriorate. If the cable
tray will be encapsulated, the cable manufacturer should
be consulted for derating information.

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-37

Aluminum - Our cable tray products are manufactured
from type 6063-T6 aluminum alloy with a natural finish.
The natural oxide finish is self healing and requires no
repair if it is field modified.
Non-metallic - Fabrication with fiberglass is relatively
easy and comparable to working with wood. Any surface
that has been drilled, cut, sanded, or otherwise broken,
must be sealed with a comparable resin. Polyester or
vinyl ester sealing kits are available.
Cable tray should be visually inspected each year for
structural damage i.e., broken welds, bent rungs or
severely deformed side rails. If damage is evident, from
abuse or installation, it is recommended that the
damaged section of cable tray be replaced rather than
repaired. It is much easier to drop a damaged section of
tray out from under the cables than it is to shield the
cables from weld spatter.

Cable Tray Manual

Vertical Adjustable Splice

Hot Dip Galvanized - This finish is maintenance free
for many years in all but the most severe environments.
If components have been cut or drilled in the field, the
exposed steel area should be repaired with a cold
galvanizing compound. B-Line has a spray on zinc
coating available which meets the requirements of ASTM
A780, Repair of Hot Dip Finishes.

Cable Tray Manual
NEC® Section 300.7(B) states that 'Raceways shall
be provided with expansion joints where necessary
to compensate for thermal expansion or
contraction.' NEC® Section 392 does not address
thermal contraction and expansion of cable tray. One
document which addresses expansion is the NEMA
Standards Publication No. VE 2, Section 4.3.2. NEMA
VE-2 Table 4-2 shows the allowable lengths of steel and
aluminum cable tray between expansion joints for the
temperature differential values.

CABLE TRAY. THERMAL CONTRACTION AND
EXPANSION
All materials expand and contract due to temperature
changes. Cable tray installations should incorporate
features which provide adequate compensation for
thermal contraction and expansion. Installing expansion
joints in the cable tray runs only at the structure
expansion joints does not normally compensate
adequately for the cable tray's thermal contraction and
expansion. The supporting structure material and the
cable tray material will have different thermal expansion
values. They each require unique solutions to control
thermal expansion.

Reprinted with permission from NFPA 70-1999, the National
Electrical Code®, Copyright© 1998, National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA 02269. This reprinted material is not the
complete and official position of the National Fire Protection
Association, on the referenced subject which is represented only by
the standard in its entirety.

Table 4-2
Maximum Spacing Between Expansion Joints
That Provide For One Inch (25.4 mm) Movement

Cable Tray Manual

Temp.
Differential

Steel

Stainless Steel
304
316

Aluminum

(m)

Feet

FRP

°F

(°C)

Feet

(m)

Feet

(m)

Feet

25

(13.9)

512

(156.0)

260

(79.2)

347

(m)

Feet

(m)

667

(203.3)

50

(27.8)

256

(78.0)

130

(39.6)

174

(53.0)

189

75

(41.7)

171

(52.1)

87

(26.5)

116

(35.4)

126

(57.6)

333

(101.5)

(38.4)

222

100 (55.6)

128

(39.0)

65

(19.8)

87

(26.5)

95

(29.0)

(67.6)

167

(50.9)

125 (69.4)

102

(31.1)

52

(15.8)

69

(21.0)

76

(23.2)

133

(40.5)

150 (83.3)

85

(25.9)

43

(13.1)

58

(17.7)

63

(19.2)

111

(33.8)

175 (97.2)

73

(22.2)

37

(11.3)

50

(15.2)

54

(16.4)

95

(28.9)

(105.7) 379 (115.5)

For a 100°F differential (winter to summer), a steel cable tray will require
an expansion joint every 128 feet and an aluminum cable tray every 65
feet. The temperature at the time of installation will dictate the gap
setting.

MAN-38

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
Max. Temp.
C°

F°

130

50

130

110

40

Metal Temperature At Time
Of Installation (F° or C°)

Min. Temp.

F°

110

1
90

90

20

70

70

10

50

50

0

30

-10

10

10

-20

-10

-10

30

-30

The plotted High - Low Temperature Range in Figure
4-13B is 128° F. The 125° F line in Table 4-1 shows that
installations in these temperature ranges would require
3
/8” expansion joints approximately every 102 feet for
Steel and every 52 feet for Aluminum cable tray.

30

3

2

-30

-30

As a clamp.

As a guide.

4

-40
1

/8

0

1

/4

3

/8

1

/2

5

/8

3

/4

Gap Setting in Inches

7

/8
1

Figure 4.13B
Gap Setting Of Expansion Splice Plate
1" (25.4 mm) Gap Maximum

Setting of the Expansion Joint Splice Plate is used as
follows per the example indicated in VE-2 Figure 4.13B.
Step 1. Plot the highest expected cable tray metal
temperature during the year on the maximum temperature
vertical axis. Example's Value: 100 Degrees F.
Step 2. Plot the lowest expected cable tray metal
temperature during the year on the minimum temperature
vertical axes. Example's Value: - 28 Degrees F.
Step 3. Draw a line between these maximum and
minimum temperature points on the two vertical axis.
Step 4. To determine the required expansion joint gap
setting at the time of the cable tray's installation: Plot the
cable tray metal temperature at the time of the cable tray
installation on the maximum temperature vertical axis
(Example's Value: 50 Degrees F). Project over from the 50
Degrees F point on the maximum temperature vertical
axis to an intersection with the line between the maximum
and minimum cable tray metal temperatures. From this
intersection point, project down to the gap setting
horizontal axis to find the correct gap setting value
(Example's Value: 3/8 inch gap setting). This is the length
of the gap to be set between the cable tray sections at
the expansion joint.

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-39

Cable Tray Manual

The Gap

Another item essential to the operation of the cable
tray expansion splices is the type of hold down clamps
used. The cable tray must not be clamped to each
support so firmly that the cable tray cannot contract and
expand without distortion. The cable tray needs to be
anchored at the support closest to the midpoint between
the expansion joints with hold down clamps and
secured by expansion guides at all other support
locations.The expansion guides allow the cable tray to
slide back and forth as it contracts and expands.
Supports must also be located on both sides of an
expansion splice. The supports should be located within
two feet of the expansion splice to ensure that the splice
will operate properly. If these guidelines for cable tray
thermal contraction and expansion are not followed,
there is the potential for the cable trays to tear loose from
their supports, and for the cable trays to bend and
collapse.

Cable Tray Manual
Appendix Pages
Appendix Sheet 1 .......................................................................................................... MAN-41
Temperature Rise Tests, Cable Tray Connectors, Class II
Aluminum & Steel Ladder Tray
Appendix Sheet 2 .......................................................................................................... MAN-42
Temperature Rise Tests, Conduit Clamps For Bonding Rigid
Conduit To Cable Tray
Appendix Sheet 3 .......................................................................................................... MAN-43
Example - NEC® Section 392.22(A)(1)(a)
Appendix Sheet 4 .......................................................................................................... MAN-44
Example - NEC® Section 392.22(A)(1)(b)
Appendix Sheet 5 .......................................................................................................... MAN-45
Example - NEC® Section 392.22(A)(1)(c)

Cable Tray Manual

Appendix Sheet 6 .......................................................................................................... MAN-46
Example - NEC® Section 392.22(A)(2)
Appendix Sheet 7 .......................................................................................................... MAN-47
Table 250.122 Minimum Size EGC for Raceway and Equipment
Appendix Sheet 8 ........................................................................................ MAN-48 – MAN-49
Cable Tray Sizing Flowchart
Appendix Sheet 9 ........................................................................................ MAN-50 – MAN-51
Cable Tray Installation & Specification Checklist
Footnotes ...................................................................................................................... MAN-52
Additional Cable Tray Resources and Engineering Software

MAN-40

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
TABLE I
TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CABLE TRAY CONNECTORS,
CLASS II ALUMINUM LADDER CABLE TRAY
Test
Current
Amps
And
Fuse
Size*

Test
I2T
Time
Cycles mult.
by
106

Connector Data
C2

C1
Type
No. &
Of
Type
Connector Bolts

C3

Temp.
Rise
°C

Type
Of
Connector

No. &
Type
Bolts

Temp.
Rise
°C

Type
Of
Connector

4
Steel

6

3/0 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

18

Rigid
Clean

4
Steel

10

3/0 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

22

Rigid
Clean

No. &
Type
Bolts

Temp.
Rise
°C

2
Steel

8

2
Steel

9

66

69

Adj. Vert.
1 Bolt**

7,900
1,200A
Fuse

82

85

Rigid
Corroded

12,000

120

288

Rigid
2
Corroded Nylon

50

3/0 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

104

Rigid
Clean

2
Steel

32

12,000

124

297

Rigid
Corroded

4
Steel

40

Rigid
Corroded

4
Lugs

46

Rigid
Clean

4
Steel

21

34,600

14

280

Rigid
2
Corroded Nylon

34

3/0 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

75

Rigid
Clean

2
Steel

29

34,400

14

276

Rigid
4
Corroded Nylon

28

Rigid
Corroded

4
Steel

35

Rigid
Clean

4
Steel

20

TABLE II
TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CABLE TRAY CONNECTORS,
CLASS II STEEL LADDER CABLE TRAY
Test
Current
Amps
And
Fuse
Size*

Test
IT
Time
Cycles mult.
by
106

Connector Data
C2

C1

2

Type
No. &
Of
Type
Connector Bolts

C3

Temp.
Rise
°C

Type
Of
Connector

No. &
Type
Bolts

Temp.
Rise
°C

Type
Of
Connector

No. &
Type
Bolts

Temp.
Rise
°C

1,980
200A, FU

52

3.4

Adj. Vert.
1 Bolt**

4

2

No. 6 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

10

Rigid

2

3

1,970
400A, FU

394

25.5

Adj. Vert.
1 Bolt**

4

9

No. 6 CU
Bond

AL-CU
Lugs

***

Rigid

2

15

1,960
400A, FU

8100

51.8

Adj. Vert.
1 Bolt**

4

18

Rigid

4

23

Rigid

2

32

12,000

120

288

Adj. Vert.
2 Bolts**

4

94

Adj. Vert.
2 Bolts**

4

89

Rigid

4

81

12,000

123

295

Rigid

4

70

Rigid

4

87

Rigid

4

85

34,000

13

250

Rigid

4

71

Rigid

4

57

Rigid

4

69

* Test current was interrupted in a predetermined time when a fuse was not used.
** 1 or 2 Bolts - Number of bolts installed on the adjustable vertical connector hinge.
*** The No. 6 bonding jumper melted and opened the circuit when protected by 400A fuse.

(See Page MAN-30 - Figure 1 for Temperature Rise Test illustration)
Appendix Sheet 1

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-41

Cable Tray Manual

7,900
1,200A
Fuse

Cable Tray Manual
Conduit

Conduit
Cable Tray

Right Angle
Beam Clamp
To Current
Source

To Current
Source

UL Listed
Conduit Clamp
(9ZN-1158)

Cable Tray

Test Set-Up

Conduit Clamp Detail

Cable Tray Manual

CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR RIGID CONDUIT
TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS

TABLE III
TEMPERATURE RISE TESTS, CONDUIT CLAMPS
FOR BONDING RIGID CONDUIT TO CABLE TRAY
Test
Current
Amperes

Test
Time
Cycles

I2T
mult.
106

Rigid Conduit

Cable Tray

Condition After Test

Material

Temp.
Rise
°C

Size

Material

Class

36,000

16

344.7

4"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

19

No arcing or damage

20,900

60.5

441.2

4"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

70

No arcing or damage

12,100

178

433.3

4"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

74

No arcing or damage

21,000

20

146.8

4"

Steel

II

Steel

(?)

Zinc melted at point where
conduit contacted with tray

3,260

900

159.5

4"

Steel

II

Steel

63

No arcing or damage

21,000

30

220

2"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

21

No arcing or damage

12,100

120.5

294.2

2"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

59

No arcing or damage

8,000

245

261.1

2"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

44

No arcing or damage

21,000

14

103.8

2"

Steel

II

Steel

62

Zinc melted at point where
conduit contacted with tray

12,000

60.5

145.4

2"

Steel

II

Steel

22

Slight arc between
clamp and tray

3,240

600

104.9

2"

Steel

II

Steel

49

No arcing or damage

21,000

20

146.8

1"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

20

No arcing or damage

12,200

60.5

150.3

1"

Aluminum

II

Aluminum

24

No arcing or damage

12,100

14.5

35.3

1"

Steel

II

Steel

6

No arcing or damage

8,000

63.5

67.84

1"

Steel

II

Steel

59

No arcing or damage

1,980
200A FU

44.5

2.9

1"

Steel

II

Steel

1

No arcing or damage

Appendix Sheet 2

MAN-42

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
Example - NEC® Section 392.22(A)(1)(a)
Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #4/0 AWG and larger
only. Cable installation is limited to a single layer. The sum of the cable diameters (Sd) must be equal
to or less than the usable cable tray width.

30" Usable Cable Tray Width

29.82" = Equals Cable Sd

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

2

2

1

2

1

1

1

Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray

Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
List
Cable Sizes

(D)
List Cable
Outside
Diameter

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N)
Subtotal of the
Sum of the Cables
Diameters (Sd)

1.

3/C - #500 kcmil

2.26 inches

4

9.04 inches

2.

3/C - #250 kcmil

1.76 inches

3

5.28 inches

3.

3/C - #4/0 AWG

1.55 inches

10

15.50 inches

The sum of the diameters (Sd) of all cables (Add Sds for items 1, 2, & 3.)
9.04 inches + 5.28 inches + 15.50 inches = 29.82 inches (Sd)
A cable tray with a usable width of 30 inches is required. For
a 10% increase in cost a 36 inch wide cable tray could be
purchased which would provide for some future cable additions.
Notes:
1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection.
2. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket.
(These cables could be ordered with or without an equipment grounding conductor.)
3. Total cable weight per foot for this installation.
61.4 lbs./ft. (without equipment grounding conductors)
69.9 lbs./ft. (with equipment grounding conductors)
This load can be supported by a load symbol "B" cable tray - 75 lbs./ft.

Appendix Sheet 3

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-43

Cable Tray Manual

Item
Number

Cable Tray Manual
Example - NEC® Section 392.22(A)(1)(b)
Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #3/0 AWG and
smaller. Cable tray allowable fill areas are listed in Column 1 of Table 392.22(A).
30" Usable Cable Tray Width

Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray

Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
List
Cable Sizes

1.
2.
3.
4.

3/C #12 AWG
4/C #12 AWG
3/C #6 AWG
3/C #2 AWG

0.17 sq. in.
0.19 sq. in.
0.43 sq. in.
0.80 sq. in.

Cable Tray Manual

Item
Number

(A)
List Cable
Cross Sectional
Areas

(N)
List
Number
of Cables

Multiply (A) x (N)
Total of the
Cross Sectional
Area for Each Item

20
16
14
20

3.40 sq. in.
3.04 sq. in.
6.02 sq. in.
16.00 sq. in.

Method 1.
The sum of the total areas for items 1, 2, 3, & 4:
3.40 sq. in. + 3.04 sq. in. + 6.02 sq. in. + 16.00 sq. in. = 28.46 sq. inches
From Table 392.9 Column 1 a 30 inch wide tray with an allowable fill area of 35 sq. in.
must be used. The 30 inch cable tray has the capacity for additional future cables (6.54
sq. in. additional allowable fill area can be used.)
Method 2.
The sum of the total areas for items 1, 2, 3, & 4 multiplied by
6 in.
= cable tray width required
7 sq. in.

(

)

3.40 sq. in. + 3.04 sq. in. + 6.02 sq. in. + 16.00 sq. in. = 28 46 sq. in.
28.46 sq. in. x 6 in.
= 24.39 inch cable tray width required
7 sq. in.
Use a 30 inch wide cable tray.

(

)

Notes:
1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection.
2. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket.
(These cables could be ordered with or without an equipment grounding conductor.)
3. Total cable weight per foot for this installation.
31.9 lbs./ft. (Cables in this example do not contain equipment grounding conductors.)
This load can be supported by a load symbol "A" cable tray - 50 lbs./ft.
Appendix Sheet 4

MAN-44

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
Example - NEC® Section 392.22(A)(1)(c)
Width selection for cable tray containing 600 volt multiconductor cables, sizes #4/0 AWG and larger
(single layer required) and #3/0 AWG and smaller. These two groups of cables must have dedicated
areas in the cable tray.
24" Usable Cable Tray Width
9.09"

1.93"

12.98"

2

2

2

1

2

1

1

Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray

Cable tray width is obtained as follows:
A - Width required for #4/0 AWG and larger multiconductor cables Item
Number

(D)
List Cable
Outside
Diameter

List
Cable Sizes

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (D) x (N)
Subtotal of the
Sum of the Cables
Diameters (Sd)

B - Width required for #3/0 AWG and smaller multiconductor cables Item
Number

List
Cable Sizes

(A)
List Cable
Cross Sectional
Area

(N)
List Number
of Cables

Multiply (A) x (N)
Total of the
Cross Sectional Area
For Each Item

3.
4.
5.

3/C #12 AWG
3/C #10 AWG
3/C #2 AWG

0.17 sq. in.
0.20 sq. in.
0.80 sq. in.

20
20
4

3.40 sq. in.
4.00 sq. in.
3.20 sq. in.

Total cable tray width required for items 3, 4, & 5
6 in.
(3.40 sq. in. + 4.00 sq. in. + 3.20 sq. in.)
7 sq. in.

(

)

1

= (10.6 sq. in.)

(

6 in.
7 sq. in.

)

1

= 9.09 inches

Actual cable tray width is A - Width (12.98 in.) + B - Width (9.09 in.) = 22.07 inches
A 24 inch wide cable tray is required. The 24 inch cable tray has the capacity for additional
future cables (1.93 inches or 2.25 sq. inches allowable fill can be used).
Notes:
1. This ratio is the inside width of the cable tray in inches divided by its maximum fill area in
sq. inches from Column 2 Table 392.22(A).
2. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection.
3. Cables - copper conductors with cross linked polyethylene insulation and a PVC jacket.
4. Total cable weight per foot for this installation.
40.2 lbs./ft. (Cables in this example do not contain equipment grounding conductors.)
This load can be supported by a load symbol "A" cable tray - 50 lbs./ft.
Appendix Sheet 5

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-45

Cable Tray Manual

1.
3/C - #500 kcmil
2.26 inches
3
6.78 inches
2.
3/C - #4/0 AWG
1.55 inches
4
6.20 inches
Total cable tray width required for items 1 & 2 = 6.78 inches + 6.20 inches = 12.98 inches

Cable Tray Manual
Example - NEC® Section 392.22(A)(2)
Cable Tray containing Type ITC or Type PLTC Cables

6" Usable Cable Tray Width

Cable Tray Manual

4" Usable
Cable Tray
Depth

Cross Section Of The Cables And The Cable Tray

50% of the cable tray useable cross sectional area can contain type PLTC cables
4 inches x 6 inches x .050 = 12 square inches allowable fill area.
2/C - #16 AWG 300 volt shielded instrumentation cable O.D. = 0.224 inches.
Cross Sectional Area = 0.04 square inches.
12 sq. in.
0.04 sq. in./cable

= 300 cables can be installed in this cable tray.

300 cables
= 11.54 rows can be installed in this cable tray.
26 cables/rows
Notes:
1. The cable sizes used in this example are a random selection.
2. Cables - copper conductors with PVC insulation, aluminum/mylar shielding, and PVC jacket.

Appendix Sheet 6

MAN-46

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual

Table 250.122. Minimum Size Equipment Grounding
Conductors for Grounding Raceways and Equipment
Size
(AWG or kcmil)

Copper

Aluminum or
Copper-Clad
Aluminum*

15
20
60

14
12
10

12
10
8

100
200
300
400
500

8
6
4
3
2

6
4
2
1
1/0

600
800
1000
1200
1600

1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0

2/0
3/0
4/0
250
350

2000
2500
3000
4000
5000
6000

250
350
400
500
700
800

400
600
600
750
1200
1200

Reproduced with permission from NFPA 70 -2011, National Electrical Code , Copyright © 2010, National Fire Protection
Association, Quincy, MA. This reprinted material is not the complete and official position of the NFPA on the referenced
subject, which is represented only by the standard in its entirety.
®

®

Appendix Sheet 7

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-47

Cable Tray Manual

Rating or Setting of
Automatic Overcurrent
Device in Circuit Ahead
of Equipment, Conduit,
etc., Not Exceeding
(Amperes)

Cable Tray Manual
CABLE TRAY SIZING FLOWCHART
Start
Here

Sizing Cable Tray Per NEC 392
392.22(C)
W ≥ Sd
(single layer)

No

2000V
or less
cables

Yes

No

Solid
Bottom
Tray

Yes

Vented
Channel
Tray

Ladder
or Vented
Trough
Tray

No

Yes

392.22(B)(2)
W ≥ Sd

Cable Tray Manual

See Exception
392.22(B)

Yes

392.22(B)(1)(a)
W ≥ Sd

Yes

S/C
1000
kcmil or
larger

Yes

No

S/C 1/0
or larger

Multiconductor
cables

Yes

Continued
on next
page

No

392.10(B)(1)(a)
Not permitted
by the NEC
®

No

392.22(B)(1)(b)
W ≥ A/1.1

Yes

S/C
250
kcmil up
to 1000
kcmil

No
Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
250 up to 1000kcmil.
The value “sd” only
applies to 1000 kcmil
and larger cables.

392.22(B)(1)(c)

Yes

W ≥ A/1.1 +Sd

S/C
250 kcmil
and
larger

No

Legend
W = Cable Tray Width
D = Cable Tray Load Depth
Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters
A = Sum of Cable Areas
S/C = Single Conductor
M/C = Multiconductor Cables
RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

Note: Use when mixing
250 thru 1000 kcmil
cables with cables
larger than 1000 kcmil.

392.22(B)(1)(d)

Yes

W ≥ Sd
(9” max. RS)

S/C 1/0
thru 4/0

Appendix Sheet 8

MAN-48

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
CABLE TRAY SIZING FLOWCHART
Ampacity: See pages MAN-28 – MAN-30 for information on cable
ampacity that might affect the cable tray sizing flowchart.
See pages MAN-9 – MAN-12 for information on hazardous
(classified) areas that might affect the cable tray sizing
flowchart.

Yes

Ladder
or Vented
Trough
Tray

No

Yes

M/C 4/0
or larger

No

Yes

Yes

392.22(A)(1)(a)
W ≥ Sd
(single layer)

M/C 4/0
or larger

392.22(A)(1)(b)
W ≥ A/1.2

No

M/C
smaller
than 4/0

Solid
Channel
Tray

Yes

Yes

392.22(A)(3)(a)
W ≥ Sd/0.9
(single layer)

No

Yes

No

Vented
Channel
Tray

One M/C
only

Yes

392.22(A)(5)(a)
W x D ≥ 1.6A

No

Yes

392.22(A)(3)(b)
W ≥ A/0.9

392.22(A)(5)(b)
W x D ≥ 2.9A

One
M/C
Only

No

No
Yes

M/C
smaller than
4/0, with
4/0 or
larger

Yes

W ≥ A/1.2 + Sd

Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
smaller than 4/0.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 4/0 and
larger cables, which
must be single layer

No

M/C
control
and/or
signal

392.22(A)(1)(c)

Yes

392.22(A)(2)
W x D ≥ 2A

M/C
smaller than Yes
4/0, with
4/0 or
larger

A + Sd
W≥
0.9
Note: The value “A”
only applies to cables
smaller than 4/0.
The value “Sd” only
applies to 4/0 and
larger cables, which
must be single layer

No

M/C
control
and/or
signal

392.22(A)(3)(c)

Yes

Appendix Sheet 8

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-49

392.22(A)(4)
W x D ≥ 2.5A

392.22(A)(6)(b)
W x D ≥ 3.2A

392.22(A)(6)(a)
W x D ≥ 1.9A

Legend
W = Cable Tray Width
D = Cable Tray Load Depth
Sd = Sum of Cable Diameters
A = Sum of Cable Areas
S/C = Single Conductor
M/C = Multiconductor Cables
RS = Ladder Rung Spacing

Cable Tray Manual

No

M/C
smaller
than 4/0

Solid
Bottom
Tray

Cable Tray Manual
CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION & SPECIFICATION CHECKLIST
Project Information
Project Name:
Location:
Contractor/Engineer:
Phone:

#

Project Information
Distributor Name:
Location:
Contact:
Phone:

Fax:
Cable Tray

Cable Tray Manual

Material
Aluminum
Pre-Galvanized Steel
Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel
Fiberglass-Polyester Resin
Fiberglass-Vinyl Ester Resin
Fiberglass-Zero Halogen
Fiberglass-Dis Stat

Width
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”
30”
36”
42”

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

NEMA Load Depth*

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

2” **
3”
4”
5”
6”

o
o
o
o
o

* Load depth is 1” less than siderail height.
** Fiberglass and wire mesh.

Bottom Styles
6”
9”
12”
18”
Ventilated Trough
Non-Ventilated Trough
Non-Ventilated Bottom

Length

o
o
o
o
o
o
o

Metallic
120”
144”
240”
288”

Fitting Radius

o
o
o
o
o
Non-Metallic
120”
o
240”
o

12”
24”
36”
48”

o
o
o
o

Tray Series

B-Line Series

OR

Appendix Sheet 9

MAN-50

System Loading
(50 lbs./ft.)
o
(75 lbs./ft.)
o
(100 lbs./ft.)
o
o
Support Span
Load Rating
Safety Factor

ft.
lbs./ft.

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
CABLE TRAY INSTALLATION & SPECIFICATION CHECKLIST
Cable Channel

Material
Aluminum
Pre-Galvanized Steel
Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel
304 Stainless Steel
316 Stainless Steel
Fiberglass-Polyester Resin
Fiberglass-Vinyl Ester Resin
Fiberglass-Zero Halogen
Fiberglass-Dis Stat

Type

Width

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

* Fiberglass only.

Fitting Radius
o
o
o
o
o

0”
6”
12”
24”
36”

o
o

Ventilated
Non-Ventilated

o
o
o
o

3”
4”
6”
8” *

Cent-R-Rail

System

Width*
3”
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”

o
o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o
o

Straight Rung
2”
3”
4”
6”

Rung Spacing*
6”
9”
12”
18”
24”

Tiers*

o
o
o
o
o

2
3
4
5
6

o
o
o
o
o

o
o
o
o
o

Length
120” o
144” o

* Options shown are not available for all systems. Please check B-Line Cent-R-Rail Catalog for availability.

Flextray

Width*
2”
4”
6”
8”
12”
16”
18”
20”
24”
30”
32”
Cable Tray Systems

o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o

Depth*
1.5”
2”
4”
6”

Wire Mesh Size

Length

2x4

118” (3 meters)

o
o
o
o

* Widths shown are not available for all depths.

Appendix Sheet 9

MAN-51

Cable Tray Manual

Data-Track
Verti-Rack
Half-Rack
Multi-Tier Half Rack

Depth*

Cable Tray Manual
Footnotes:
1

NEMA Standard VE-2, Section 4, Installation 4.3 Straight Section Installation - 4.3.1. Horizontal
Cable Tray Straight Sections states that straight section lengths should be equal to or greater than
the span length to ensure not more than one splice between supports.

Cable Tray Manual

Additional Cable Tray Resources
Cable Tray Institute
1300 N. 17th Street
Rosslyn, VA 22209

National Electrical Manufacturers Association
1300 N. 17th Street
Rosslyn, VA 22209

www.cabletrays.com

www.nema.org

B-Line Engineering Software

TrayCAD™
TrayCAD is a Cable Tray layout design program that works within the AutoCAD®
environment. TrayCAD is a windows based program and installs as an add-on to your
AutoCAD system. Use the TrayCAD toolbar to add cable tray to your existing plans by
drawing a single centerline representation of the tray run. Then, with the click of a button,
the program will build a full-scale 3-D wire-frame model of the cable tray and all the
appropriate fittings. The program also automatically creates a Bill of Material and contains a
library of modifiable details.

Runway Router™
Runway Router is a cable ladder runway (ladder rack) layout design program that works
within your AutoCAD environment. Use the commands from the Runway Router toolbar to
layout runway, relay racks and electronic cabinets. Add cable tray or CENT-R-RAIL™ to your
existing plans by drawing a single centerline representation of the cable run. Then, with the
click of a button, the program will build a full-scale 3-D wire-frame model of the cable
runway and all the appropriate connectors and fittings. The program also automatically
creates a Bill of Material and contains a library of modifiable details.

MAN-52

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Manual
B-Line Wire Management Resources
B-Line Product Lines
• Cable Tray Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metallic, Two Siderail System
Commercial and Industrial Applications
• Fiberglass Cable Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Metallic, Two Siderail Trays
Non-Metallic Strut Systems
• REDI-RAIL™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre-Punched Aluminum Side Rail Design
Unmatched Job Site Adaptability for a Two
Side Rail System - Load Depths 2” to 6”
• FLEXTRAY™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unmatched Adaptability to Site Conditions
Pre-Packaged Installation Kits and Accessories
Fast - Adaptable - Economical
Other B-Line Wire Management Systems

• Cable Hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supports all Cat 5, Fiber Optic, Innerduct
and Low Voltage Cabling Requirements
• Wireway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Houses Runs of Control and Power Cable
Available in NEMA 12, Type 1 & Type 3R
B-Line Mechanical Support Systems
• Strut Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Metal Framing Support System. Fully Adjustable
and Reusable, with a Complete Line of Channel,
Fittings and Accessories for Multi-Purpose Applications
• Seismic Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-Directional Bracing for Electrical Conduit,
Cable Tray and Mechanical Piping Systems.
OSHPD Pre-Approved Details

Cable Tray Systems

MAN-53

Cable Tray Manual

• Telecom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cable Runway, Relay Racks, and
Unequal Flange Racks

Index -

Straight Sections

Cable Tray Straight Sections
Prefix for REDI-RAIL™ only
Example:
RSI 06A 09 SL - 12 - 120

≈
¨ ¡ ¬ √
ƒ
¨ Series
√ Straight Ladder
¡ Height/Material
ƒ Width
¬ Rung Spacing/Bottom ≈ Length

Catalog No.

Page

REDI-RAIL™
Aluminum Cable Tray
RSI04A ¬ SL - ƒ - ≈ . . . . . . . . RER-3
RSI05A ¬ SL - ƒ - ≈ . . . . . . . . RER-3
RSI06A ¬ SL - ƒ - ≈ . . . . . . . . RER-4
RSI07A ¬ SL - ƒ - ≈ . . . . . . . . RER-4

Catalog No.

Page

Series 1
Steel Cable Tray

148 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
148 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
156 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
156 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
166 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
166 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
176 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
176 P ¬ - √ - ƒ

.............
.............

LST-3
LST-3

.............
.............

LST-4
LST-4

.............
.............

LST-5
LST-5

.............
.............

LST-6
LST-6

G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel

Catalog No.

Page

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Stainless Steel Cable Tray
348SS4 ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . SST-3
348SS6 ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . SST-3
358SS4 ¬ - √ - ƒ
358SS6 ¬ - √ - ƒ
368SS4 ¬ - √ - ƒ
368SS6 ¬ - √ - ƒ
464SS4 ¬ - √ - ƒ
464SS6 ¬ - √ - ƒ

...........
...........

SST-4
SST-4

...........
...........

SST-5
SST-5

...........
...........

SST-5
SST-5

SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

A = Aluminum

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Steel Cable Tray
248 G ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . HST-3 & HST-4
248 P ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . HST-3 & HST-4
258 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
258 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
Prefix
Example: 148 * 12 - 24 - 144
¨ ¡ ¬ √
ƒ
¨ Series
√ Width
¡ Material
ƒ Length
¬ Rung Spacing

Index

Catalog No.

Page

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Aluminum Cable Tray
24A ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . HAT-3 & HAT-4
25A ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . HAT-5 & HAT-6
26A ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . HAT-7 & HAT-8
34A ¬ - √ - ƒ
35A ¬ - √ - ƒ
36A ¬ - √ - ƒ
37A ¬ - √ - ƒ
46A ¬ - √ - ƒ
47A ¬ - √ - ƒ
57A ¬ - √ - ƒ

. . . . . . HAT-3 & HAT-4
. . . . . . HAT-5 & HAT-6
. . . . . . HAT-7 & HAT-8
. . . . HAT-9 & HAT-10
. . . . . . HAT-7 & HAT-8
. . . . HAT-9 & HAT-10

H46A ¬ - √ - ƒ
H47A ¬ - √ - ƒ
S8A ¬ - √ - ƒ

....

HAT-9 & HAT-10

. . . . HAT-7 & HAT-8
. . . HAT-9 & HAT-10
.............

268 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
268 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
346 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
346 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
356 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
356 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
366 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
366 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
378 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
378 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
444 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
444 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
454 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
454 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
464 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
464 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
476 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
476 P ¬ - √ - ƒ
574 G ¬ - √ - ƒ
574 P ¬ - √ - ƒ

....
....

HST-5 & HST-6
HST-5 & HST-6

....
....

HST-7 & HST-8
HST-7 & HST-8

....
....

HST-3 & HST-4
HST-3 & HST-4

....
....

HST-5 & HST-6
HST-5 & HST-6

....
....

HST-7 & HST-8
HST-7 & HST-8

...
...

HST-9 & HST-10
HST-9 & HST-10

....
....

HST-3 & HST-4
HST-3 & HST-4

....
....

HST-5 & HST-6
HST-5 & HST-6

....
....

HST-7 & HST-8
HST-7 & HST-8

...
...

HST-9 & HST-10
HST-9 & HST-10

...
...

HST-9 & HST-10
HST-9 & HST-10

Fiberglass Cable Tray

13F ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-21
13FA¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-21
13FV¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-21
24F ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24FA¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . .
24FV¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36F ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36FA¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . .
36FV¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46F ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46FA¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . .
46FV¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48F ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48FA¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . .
48FV¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H46F ¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . .
H46FA¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . .
H46FV¬ - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . .

FCT-22
FCT-22
FCT-22
FCT-23
FCT-23
FCT-23
FCT-24
FCT-24
FCT-24
FCT-26
FCT-26
FCT-26
FCT-25
FCT-25
FCT-25

F = Polyester Resin
FA = Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
FV = Vinyl Ester Resin

G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel

HAT-11

A = Aluminum

IDX-1

Cable Tray Systems

Index Cable Channel Straight Sections
Catalog No.
Prefix
Example: A CC - 06 - 144
¨ Material
¡ Series

¨

¡

¬
√
Width
¬
√ Length

Catalog No.

Page

Aluminum Cable Channel
ACC - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
ACCN - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
A = Aluminum
CC = Ventilated
CCN = Non-Ventilated

Steel Cable Channel
GCC - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
GCCN - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
PCC - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
PCCN - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
G = Hot Dipped Galvanized
P = Pre-Galvanized
CC = Ventilated
CCN = Non-Ventilated

CC = Ventilated
CCN = Non-Ventilated

SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
CC = Ventilated
CCN = Non-Ventilated

Cable Tray Systems

Page

IDX-2

Prefix
Example: FT 2 X 12 X 10

¨ ¡ ¬ √
Flextray
¨
¬ Width
¡ loading Height √ Length 118”

Catalog No.

Page

FLEXTRAY™ Straight Sections
FT1.5X4X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT1.5X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT1.5X8X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FT1.5X10X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5

FT2X2X10
FT2X4X10
FT2X6X10
FT2X8X10
FT2X12X10
FT2X16X10
FT2X18X10
FT2X20X10
FT2X24X10
FT2X30X10
FT2X22X10

................

FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5
FLX-5

FT4X4X10
FT4X6X10
FT4X8X10
FT4X12X10
FT4X16X10
FT4X18X10
FT4X20X10
FT4X24X10
FT4X30X10

................

FT6X8X10
FT6X12X10
FT6X16X10
FT6X18X10
FT6X20X10
FT6X24X10

................

................
................
................
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............

................
................
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............
...............

...............
...............
...............
...............
...............

FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6
FLX-6

Index

Stainless Steel Cable Channel
SS4CC - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
SS4CCN - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
SS6CC - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3
SS6CCN - ¬ - √ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-3

FLEXTRAY™

Fiberglass Cable Channel
FCC-03 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCC-04 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCC-06 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCC-08 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCA-03 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCA-04 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCA-06 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCA-08 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCAN-03 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCAN-04 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCAN-06 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCAN-08 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCN-03 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCN-04 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCN-06 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCN-08 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCV-03 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCV-04 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCV-06 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCV-08 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCVN-03 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCVN-04 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCVN-06 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCCVN-08 - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-49
FCC = Polyester Resin
FCCA = Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
FCCV = Vinyl Ester Resin

Straight Sections

Index -

Straight Sections
Cable Tray Fittings

Prefix for REDI-RAIL™ only
Example:
RSI 04 A09 HB - 09 - 30 R12
¨

¡

¬

√

ƒ

≈

∆

¨ Series
√ Fitting Type
¡ Height
ƒ Width
¬ Material/Rung Spacing ≈ Angle (HB, VI, VO)
∆ Radius

Catalog No.

Page

REDI-RAIL™
Aluminum Cable Tray Fittings
RSI(†)A09HB - ƒ - ≈ - ∆ . . . . . . . RER-20
RSI(†)A09HT - ƒ - ∆ . . . . . . RER-21 – 23
RSI(†)A09HX - ƒ - ∆ . . . . . RER-21 & 24
RSI(†)A09VI-ƒ-≈-∆ . . . . . . RER-25 – 28
RSI(†)A09VO-ƒ-≈-∆ . . . . .RER-25 – 28
RSI(†)A09VTD - ƒ - ∆ . . . . . . . . . RER-29
RSI(†)A09VTU - ƒ - ∆ . . . . . . . . . RER-29
(†) = Insert 04 for 4”, 05 for 5”, 06 for 6”
or 07 for 7” side rail heights

Prefix
Example: 4 * x - 24 - 90 HB 24

¨ ¡ ¬ √
ƒ ≈ ∆
¨ Series/Height
√ Width
¡ Material
ƒ Angle (HB, VI, VO)
¬ Bottom
≈ Type
∆

Catalog No.

Page

Index

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Aluminum Cable Tray Fittings
(†)A ¬ - √ CFS ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-17
(†)A ¬ - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . . . . FTS-4 & 5
(†)A ¬ - √ HT ∆ . . . . . . . FTS-6, 8 & 9
(†)A ¬ - √ HX ∆ . . . . . . . . FTS-6 & 10
(†)A ¬ - √ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)A ¬ - √ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)A ¬ - √ LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)A ¬ - √ RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)A ¬ - √ SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)A ¬ - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . . . . FTS-12 – 15
(†)A ¬ - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . . . . FTS-12 – 15
(†)A ¬ - √ VT ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
(†)A ¬ - √ VTU ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
A = Aluminum
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

Catalog No.

Page

Series 1
Steel Cable Tray Fittings
14G ¬ - √ VBS ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-23
1(†)G ¬ - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . . . . . LST-16
1(†)G ¬ - √ HT ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-17
1(†)G ¬ - √ HX ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-17
1(†)G ¬ - √ LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-18
1(†)G ¬ - √ RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-18
1(†)G ¬ - √ SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-18
1(†)G ¬ - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . . LST-19 – 22
1(†)G ¬ - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . . LST-19 – 22
14P ¬ - √ VBS ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-23
1(†)P ¬ - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . . . . . LST-16
1(†)P ¬ - √ HT ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-17
1(†)P ¬ - √ HX ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-17
1(†)P ¬ - √ LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . LST-18
1(†)P ¬ - √ RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-18
1(†)P ¬ - √ SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . LST-18
1(†)P ¬ - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . . LST-19 – 22
1(†)P ¬ - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . . LST-19 – 22
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Steel Cable Tray Fittings
(†)G ¬ - √ CFS ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-17
(†)G ¬ - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . . . FTS-4 & 5
(†)G ¬ - √ HT ∆ . . . . . . FTS-6, 8 & 9
(†)G ¬ - √ HX ∆ . . . . . . . FTS-6 & 10
(†)G ¬ - √ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)G ¬ - √ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)G ¬ - √ LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)G ¬ - √ RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)G ¬ - √ SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)G ¬ - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . . . FTS-12 – 15
(†)G ¬ - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . . . FTS-12 – 15
(†)G ¬ - √ VT ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
(†)G ¬ - √ VTU ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
(†)P ¬ - √ CFS ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-17
(†)P ¬ - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . . . . FTS-4 & 5
(†)P ¬ - √ HT ∆ . . . . . . . FTS-6, 8 & 9
(†)P ¬ - √ HX ∆ . . . . . . . . FTS-6 & 10
(†)P ¬ - √ HYL . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)P ¬ - √ HYR . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-11

Catalog No.

Page

(†)P ¬ - √ LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)P ¬ - √ RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)P ¬ - √ SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)P ¬ - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . . . . FTS-12 – 15
(†)P ¬ - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . . . . FTS-12 – 15
(†)P ¬ - √ VT ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
(†)P ¬ - √ VTU ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Stainless Steel Cable Tray Fittings
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ CFS ∆ . . . . . . . FTS-17
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . FTS-4 & 5
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ HT ∆ . . . . FTS-6, 8 & 9
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ HX ∆ . . . . . FTS-6 & 10
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ HYL . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ HYR . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . FTS-12 – 15
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . FTS-12 – 15
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ VT ∆ . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
(†)SS4 ¬ - √ VTU ∆ . . . . . . . FTS-16
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ CFS ∆ . . . . . . . FTS-17
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . FTS-4 & 5
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ HT ∆ . . . . FTS-6, 8 & 9
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ HX ∆ . . . . . FTS-6 & 10
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ HYL . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ HYR . . . . . . . . . FTS-11
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . FTS-7
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . FTS-12 – 15
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . FTS-12 – 15
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ VT ∆ . . . . . . . . . FTS-16
(†)SS6 ¬ - √ VTU ∆ . . . . . . . FTS-16
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
(†) = Insert 4 for 4”, 5 for 5”, 6 for 6”
or 7 for 7” side rail heights

continued in next column

IDX-3

Cable Tray Systems

Index Cable Tray Fittings

Cable Channel Fittings

Prefix
Example: 4 * x - 24 - 90 HB 24

¨ ¡ ¬
¨ Series/Height
¡ Material
¬ Bottom
∆

√
ƒ ≈ ∆
√ Width
ƒ Angle (HB, VI, VO)
≈ Type

Prefix
Example: G CC - 04 - 45 VI 12
¨ Material
¡ Series
¬ Width

¨ ¡

Catalog No.
Catalog No.

¬ √ ƒ ≈
√ Angle
ƒ Type (HB, VI, VO)
≈ Radius

Page

Page

F = Polyester Resin,
FA = Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
FV = Vinyl Ester Resin
(†) = Insert 3 for 3”, 4 for 4”, 6 for 6”
or 8 for 8” side rail heights

Aluminum Cable Channel Fittings
ACC - ¬ - √ HB ≈ . . . . CCT-9 & 10
ACC - ¬ - √ HC ≈ . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
ACC - ¬ HT ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
ACC - ¬ HTC ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
ACC - ¬ HX ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
ACC - ¬ HXC ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
ACC - ¬ PC ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
ACC - ¬ - √ VC ≈ . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
ACC - ¬ - √ VI ≈ . . . . CCT-14 & 15
ACC - ¬ - √ VO ≈ . . . CCT-12 & 13
ACCN - ¬ - √ HB ≈ . . CCT-9 & 10
ACCN - ¬ HT ≈ . . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
ACCN - ¬ HX ≈ . . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
ACCN - ¬ - √ VI ≈ . . . CCT-14 & 15
ACCN - ¬ - √ VO ≈ . CCT-12 & 13
A = Aluminum

Steel Cable Channel Fittings
GCC - ¬ - √ HB ≈ . . . . CCT-9 & 10
GCC - ¬ - √ HC ≈ . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
GCC - ¬ HT ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
GCC - ¬ HTC ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
GCC - ¬ HX ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
GCC - ¬ HXC ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
GCC - ¬ PC ≈ . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
GCC - ¬ - √ VC ≈ . . . . . . . . . CCT-7
GCC - ¬ - √ VI ≈ . . . . CCT-14 & 15
GCC - ¬ - √ VO ≈ . . CCT-12 & 13
GCCN - ¬ - √ HB ≈ . . CCT-9 & 10
GCCN - ¬ HT ≈ . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
GCCN - ¬ HX ≈ . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
GCCN - ¬ - √ VI ≈ . . CCT-14 & 15
GCCN - ¬ - √ VO ≈ . CCT-12 & 13
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized Steel
Note: Not available in Pre-Galvanized

IDX-4

Catalog No.

Page

Stainless Steel Cable Channel Fittings
SS4CC - ¬ - √ HB ≈ . CCT-9 & 10
SS4CC - ¬ HT ≈ . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
SS4CC - ¬ HX ≈ . . . . . . . . CCT-11
SS4CC - ¬- √ VI ≈ . . CCT-14 & 15
SS4CC -¬-√ VO ≈ . . CCT-12 & 13
SS4CCN - ¬- √ HB ≈ . CCT-9 & 10
SS4CCN - ¬ HT ≈ . . . . . . . CCT-11
SS4CCN - ¬ HX ≈ . . . . . . . CCT-11
SS4CCN -¬-√ VI ≈ . . . CCT-14 & 15
SS4CCN -¬-√ VO ≈ . . CCT-12 & 13
SS6CC - ¬ - √ HB ≈ . CCT-9 & 10
SS6CC - ¬ HT ≈ . . . . . . . . . CCT-11
SS6CC - ¬ HX ≈ . . . . . . . . CCT-11
SS6CC - ¬- √ VI ≈ . . CCT-14 & 15
SS6CC -¬-√ VO ≈ . . CCT-12 & 13
SS6CCN - ¬- √ HB ≈ . CCT-9 & 10
SS6CCN - ¬ HT ≈ . . . . . . . CCT-11
SS6CCN - ¬ HX ≈ . . . . . . . CCT-11
SS6CCN -¬-√ VI ≈ . . . CCT-14 & 15
SS6CCN -¬-√ VO ≈ . . CCT-12 & 13
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

Fiberglass Cable Channel Fittings
FCC(†)N-(xx)-45HB12 . . . FCT-49
...

FCT-49

FCC(†)N-(xx)-HT12

......

FCT-50

FCC(†)N-(xx)-HX12

......

FCT-50

FCC(†)N-(xx)-90HB12

FCC(†)N-(xx)-45VI12
FCC(†)N-(xx)-45VO12
FCC(†)N-(xx)-90VI12
FCC(†)N-(xx)-90VO12

....

FCT-49

...

FCT-49

....

FCT-49

...

FCT-49

(†) For Polyester Resin leave blank
FA = Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
For Vinyl Ester Resin insert V
(xx) = Insert 03 for 3”, 04 for 4”,
06 for 6” or 08 for 8” side rail heights

Index

Fiberglass Cable Tray Fittings
(†)F - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . . . FCT-28 & 29
(†)F - √ - HT ∆ . . . . . FCT-30, 33 – 36
(†)F - √ - HX ∆ . . . . FCT-31, 37 & 38
(†)F - √ - LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)F - √ - RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)F - √ - SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)F - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . . . . . . FCT-39 – 42
(†)F - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . . . . . . FCT-39 – 42
(†)F - √ - VT ∆ . . . . . . . . FCT-43 & 44
(†)F - √ - VTU ∆ . . . . . . FCT-43 & 44
(†)FA - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . . FCT-28 & 29
(†)FA - √ - HT ∆ . . . FCT-30, 33 – 36
(†)FA - √ - HX ∆ . . . FCT-31, 37 & 38
(†)FA - √ - LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)FA - √ - RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)FA - √ - SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)FA - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . . . . FCT-39 – 42
(†)FA - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . . . . FCT-39 – 42
(†)FA - √ - VT ∆ . . . . . . . FCT-43 & 44
(†)FA - √ - VTU ∆ . . . . . FCT-43 & 44
(†)FV - √ - ƒ HB ∆ . . . . FCT-28 & 29
(†)FV - √ - HT ∆ . . . FCT-30, 33 – 36
(†)FV - √ - HX ∆ . . . FCT-31, 37 & 38
(†)FV - √ - LR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)FV - √ - RR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)FV - √ - SR ∆ . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-32
(†)FV - √ - ƒ VI ∆ . . . . . FCT-39 – 42
(†)FV - √ - ƒ VO ∆ . . . . FCT-39 – 42
(†)FV - √ - VT ∆ . . . . . . . FCT-43 & 44
(†)FV - √ - VTU ∆ . . . . . FCT-43 & 44

Cable Tray Systems

Fittings

Index -

Covers

Cable Tray Covers
Prefix
Example: 867 A 40 SL - 12 - 72

¨ ¡ ¬ √
≈
ƒ
¨ Series
√ Straight Ladder
¡ Material
ƒ Width
Thickness
¬
≈ Length

Catalog No.

Page

REDI-RAIL™
Aluminum Cable Tray Covers
867A 40SL - ƒ - ≈ . . . . . . . . RER-11
877A 40SL - ƒ - ≈ . . . . . . . . RER-11

Page

Series 1
Steel Cable Tray Covers
801 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
801 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
809 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
809 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
811 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
811 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
819 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
819 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13

A = Aluminum

G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel

Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page RER-11 for fitting cover examples.

Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page LST-13 for fitting cover examples.

Prefix
Example: 801 * 20 - 24 - 144
¨
¨ Series
¡ Material
¬ Thickness

Catalog No.

Index

Catalog No.

ƒ
√
¡ ¬
√ Width
ƒ Length or
Fitting Type

Page

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Aluminum Cable Tray Covers
806 A 40 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HAT-22
807 A 40 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HAT-22
816 A 40 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HAT-22
817 A 40 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HAT-22
826 A 40 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HAT-22
827 A 40 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HAT-22
A = Aluminum
Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page HAT-22 for fitting cover examples.

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Steel Cable Tray Covers
802 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
802 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
803 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
803 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
804 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
804 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
812 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
812 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
813 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
813 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
814 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
814 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
822 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
822 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
823 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
823 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
824 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
824 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . HST-20
G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page HST-20 for fitting cover examples.

Catalog No.

Page

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5
Stainless Steel Cable Tray Covers
802 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
802 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
803 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
803 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
804 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
804 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
812 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
812 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
813 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
813 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
814 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
814 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
822 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
822 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
823 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
823 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
824 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
824 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . SST-12
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page SST-12 for fitting cover examples.

Fiberglass Cable Tray Covers
F-C - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
FA-C - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
FAP-C - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
FP-C - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
FV-C - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
FVP-C - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
F = Polyester Resin
FA = Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
FV = Vinyl Ester Resin
C = Cover
Covers are flat unless a P is added to
part number P = Peaked
Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.

IDX-5

Cable Tray Systems

Index -

Covers

Cable Channel Covers
Prefix
Example: 808 * 20 - 04 - 120
¨
Series
¨
¡ Material
¬ Thickness

ƒ
√
¡ ¬
Width
√
ƒ Length or
Fitting Type

Catalog No.

Page

Aluminum
Cable Channel Covers
808 A 40 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
A = Aluminum
Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples.

Steel
Cable Channel Covers
808 G 18 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
808 P 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
G = Hot Dipped Galvanized Steel
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples.

Stainless Steel
Cable Channel Covers
808 SS4 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
808 SS6 20 - √ - ƒ . . . . . . . . . CCT-6

FLEXTRAY™ Covers
Catalog No.
2 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . .
18 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . .
20 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . .
24 IN COVER . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contact B-Line Engineering
for fitting cover information.
See page CCT-6 for fitting cover examples.

Cable Tray Systems

FLX-40
FLX-40
FLX-40
FLX-40
FLX-40
FLX-40
FLX-40
FLX-40
FLX-40

Index

SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

Page

IDX-6

Index -

Accessories

Aluminum REDI-RAIL™ Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for Redi-Rail cable tray are aluminum only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Index

Catalog No.

Page

REDI-RAIL™ Tray Accessories
99-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
9A-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-11
9A-R06RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R06SBERK . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R09RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R09SBERK . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R12RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R12SBERK . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R18RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R18SBERK . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R24RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R24SBERK . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R30RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R30SBERK . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R36RK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-R36SBERK . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-RBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-RFM-12RK . . . . . . . . . . RER-15
9A-RFM-24RK . . . . . . . . . . RER-15
9A-RFM-36RK . . . . . . . . . . RER-15
9A-SR0406 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-SR0409 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-SR0506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9A-SR0509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-12
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
9G-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-7
9G-55XX-22SHA Series . . RER-7
9GRN-55XX-22SHA Series RER-7
9P-55XX-22SH Series . . . . RER-7
9SS-R238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
9SS-R250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
9SS4-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-9
9SS4-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-9
9SS6-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-9
9SS6-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-9
9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
9ZN-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-9
9ZN-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-9
9ZN-5212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-8
9ZN-5224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-8
9ZN-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-7
9ZN-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-11
9ZN-LV1-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-10
9ZN-LV1A-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-10
9ZN-MB1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-10
9ZN-MB1-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-10
9ZN-R238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
9ZN-R250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-9

Catalog No.

Page

B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-9
B409UF-12 & 21 . . . . . . . . . RER-9
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-8
BAX-4-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-10
BAX-4-16-24 . . . . . . . . . . . RER-10
BAX-4-16-32 . . . . . . . . . . . RER-10
BAX-4-16-48 . . . . . . . . . . . RER-10
BL1400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
BL1410 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
BL1420 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
BL1430 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-7
DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-7
DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-7
DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-7
DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-7
R4A-ASP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R4A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R4A-DHB-Length . . . . . . . RER-14
R4A-DSL-Length . . . . . . . RER-14
R4A-DVI-R (radius) . . . . . . RER-14
R4A-DVO-R (radius) . . . . RER-14
R4A-END Series . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R4A-ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R4A-FSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R4A-FTB Series . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R4A-HDDC Series . . . . . . RER-11
R4A-RSP-CR . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R4A-RSP-SR . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R4A-SBUF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R4A-SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R4A-TTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R4A-UF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R4A-VSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R5A-ASP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R5A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R5A-DHB-Length . . . . . . . RER-14
R5A-DSL-Length . . . . . . . RER-14
R5A-DVI-R (radius) . . . . . . RER-14
R5A-DVO-R (radius) . . . . RER-14
R5A-END Series . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R5A-ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R5A-FSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R5A-FTB Series . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R5A-HDDC Series . . . . . . RER-11
R5A-RSP-CR . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R5A-RSP-SR . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R5A-SBUF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R5A-SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R5A-TTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R5A-UF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13

IDX-7

Catalog No.

Page

R5A-VSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R6A-ASP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R6A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R6A-DHB-Length . . . . . . . RER-14
R6A-DSL-Length . . . . . . . RER-14
R6A-DVI-R (radius) . . . . . . RER-14
R6A-DVO-R (radius) . . . . RER-14
R6A-END Series . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R6A-ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R6A-FSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R6A-FTB Series . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R6A-HDDC Series . . . . . . RER-11
R6A-RSP-CR . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R6A-RSP-SR . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R6A-SBUF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R6A-SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R6A-TTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R6A-UF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R6A-VSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R7A-ASP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R7A-CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R7A-DHB-Length . . . . . . . RER-14
R7A-DSL-Length . . . . . . . RER-14
R7A-DVI-R (radius) . . . . . . RER-14
R7A-DVO-R (radius) . . . . RER-14
R7A-END Series . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R7A-ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R7A-FSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R7A-FTB Series . . . . . . . . . . RER-6
R7A-HDDC Series . . . . . . RER-11
R7A-RSP-CR . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R7A-RSP-SR . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R7A-SBUF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R7A-SSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R7A-TTB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
R7A-UF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-13
R7A-VSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
RAA-OUT Series . . . . . . . . . RER-6
RRA-DSP-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
RRA-DSP-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
RRA-DSP-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
RRA-DSP-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
RRA-DSP-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
RRA-DSP-67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . RER-5
A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
SS = Stainless Steel 304
ZN = Zinc Plated

Cable Tray Systems

Index -

Accessories

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for aluminum cable tray are aluminum only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Catalog No.

Page

Cable Tray Systems

Page

9A-1016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1037-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1037-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1064-reduction . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1065-reduction . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1066-reduction . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1067-reduction . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1074-tray width . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1075-tray width . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1076-tray width . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1077-tray width . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1084-tray width . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1085-tray width . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1086-tray width . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1087-tray width . . . . . HAT-14
9A-1104-tray width . . . . . HAT-15
9A-1104T-tray width . . . . HAT-15
9A-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9A-1224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9A-1225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9A-1226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9A-1227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9A-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-14
9A-2044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-2045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13

IDX-8

Catalog No.

Page

9A-2046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-2047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9A-6006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-6007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-6016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-3
9A-6017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-3
9A-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-23
9A-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-23
9A-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-23
9A-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-23
9A-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-23
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . HAT-14
9G-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9G-1249HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9G-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9G-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9G-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9G-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9G-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-18
9G-55xx-22SHA Series . HAT-18
9GRN-55xx-22SHA Series HAT-18
9P-55xx-22SH Series . . . HAT-18
9SS4-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9SS4-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9SS6-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9SS6-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . . HAT-14
9ZN-1155 Series . . . . . . . . HAT-14
9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9ZN-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9ZN-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9ZN-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
9ZN-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9ZN-1249HD . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9ZN-5200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-19
9ZN-5212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-19
9ZN-5224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-19
9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
continued on next page

Index

Aluminum Tray Accessories
73A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
73A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
73A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HAT-15
73A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HAT-15
74A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
74A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
74A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HAT-15
74A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HAT-15
75A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
75A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
75A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HAT-15
75A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HAT-15
76A-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
76A-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
76A-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HAT-15
76A-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HAT-15
99-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
99-1124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
99-1620 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-14
99-9980-tray width . . . . . . HAT-23
99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
99-N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
99-NP300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
99-PE34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
99-PE36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-17
9A-RBC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-15
9A-tray width-9P44 . . . . . . APP-4
9A-tray width-9P54 . . . . . . APP-4
9A-tray width-9P64 . . . . . . APP-4
9A-tray width-9P74 . . . . . . APP-4
9A-tray width-9044 . . . . . HAT-23
9A-tray width-9044P . . . . HAT-23
9A-tray width-9054 . . . . . HAT-23
9A-tray width-9054P . . . . HAT-23
9A-tray width-9064 . . . . . HAT-23
9A-tray width-9064P . . . . HAT-23
9A-tray width-9074 . . . . . HAT-23
9A-tray width-9074P . . . . HAT-23
9A-1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13
9A-1015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-13

Catalog No.

Index -

Accessories

Aluminum Cable Tray Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only.
Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Index

Catalog No.
9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9ZN-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
9ZN-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-18
9ZN-9012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-23
9ZN-9112 Series . . . . . . . . HAT-23
9ZN-9113 Series . . . . . . . . HAT-23
ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
B212-1/4 or 3/8 . . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
B355 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
B409UF-12 or 21 . . . . . . . HAT-20
B441-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
B441-22A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-19
B501 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-20
B655-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
B655-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
B700-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
B750-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . HAT-21
BP081SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP110SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP135SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP175SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP205SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP250SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP300SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP325SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP375SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP425SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
BP475SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-16
DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-18
DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-18
DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-18
DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-18
DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-18
SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . HAT-14
SNCB 3/8” x 3/4” . . . . . . . . HAT-14
A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
GRN = Dura-Green Painted
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
SS = Stainless Steel 304
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
ZN = Zinc Plated

Page

Series 1 Steel
Cable Tray Accessories
72G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
72G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
72G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . LST-10
72G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . LST-10
72P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
72P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
72P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . LST-10
72P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . LST-10
737G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
737G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
737G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . LST-10
737G-(angle)VO(radius) . . LST-10
737P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
737P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
737P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . LST-10
737P-(angle)VO(radius) . . LST-10
747G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
747G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
747G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . LST-10
747G-(angle)VO(radius) . . LST-10
747P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
747P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
747P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . LST-10
747P-(angle)VO(radius) . . LST-10
757G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
757G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
757G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . LST-10
757G-(angle)VO(radius) . . LST-10
757P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
757P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
757P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . LST-10
757P-(angle)VO(radius) . . LST-10
99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8
99-9980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-10
99-N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9G-1104T-tray width . . . . LST-10
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-2004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-2005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-2006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-2007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-4005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7

IDX-9

Catalog No.

Page

9G-4006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-4007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-4015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-4016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-4017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-7024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8064-reduction . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8065-reduction . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8066-reduction . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8074-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8075-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8076-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8084-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8085-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8086-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9G-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9G-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9G-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9G-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9G-9019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9G-tray width-9040 . . . . . LST-13
9G-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9G-tray width-9044 . . . . . LST-13
9G-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
continued on next page

Cable Tray Systems

Index -

Accessories

Series 1 Steel Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Catalog No.

Page

Cable Tray Systems

Page

9ZN-5109-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5112-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5118-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5124-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-7024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8074-tray width . . . . . LST-8
9ZN-8075-tray width . . . . . LST-8
9ZN-8076-tray width . . . . . LST-8
9ZN-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9ZN-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9ZN-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9ZN-9019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9ZN-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9ZN-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9ZN-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9ZN-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9ZN-9243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
B210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B210A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-11

IDX-10

Catalog No.

Page

B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B351L Series . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-11
B409UF-Series . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B441-22A Series . . . . . . . . LST-12
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
B701-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B751-Jx Series . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B752 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
B753 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-12
RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . . . LST-8
SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8

A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
ZN = Zinc Plated

Index

9G-tray width-9054 . . . . . LST-13
9G-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9G-tray width-9064 . . . . . LST-13
9G-9243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9P-1104T-tray width . . . . LST-10
9P-2004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9P-2005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9P-2006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9P-2007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9P-7024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9P-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-8064-reduction . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-8065-reduction . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-8066-reduction . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-8084-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-8085-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-8086-tray width . . . . . . . LST-8
9P-tray width-9040 . . . . . . LST-13
9P-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9P-tray width-9044 . . . . . . LST-13
9P-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9P-tray width-9054 . . . . . . LST-13
9P-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-13
9P-tray width-9064 . . . . . . LST-13
9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-1113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . . . LST-8
9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-4005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-4006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-4007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-4015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-4016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-4017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-7
9ZN-5106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5106-WB . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9
9ZN-5109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LST-9

Catalog No.

Index -

Acessories
Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Accessories

Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Catalog No.

Page

Index

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel
Cable Tray Accessories
73G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
73G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
73G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HST-13
73G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HST-13
73P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
73P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
73P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HST-13
73P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HST-13
74G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
74G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
74G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HST-13
74G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HST-13
74P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
74P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
74P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HST-13
74P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HST-13
75G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
75G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
75G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HST-13
75G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HST-13
75P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
75P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
75P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HST-13
75P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HST-13
76G-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
76G-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
76G-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HST-13
76G-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HST-13
76P-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
76P-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
76P-(angle)VI(radius) . . . . HST-13
76P-(angle)VO(radius) . . . HST-13
99-1124 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-12
99-9980-tray width . . . . . . HST-21
99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-13
99-N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-14
99-NP300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-15
99-PE36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-15
9A-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-15
9A-2130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-14
9G-1104-tray width . . . . . HST-13
9G-1104T-tray width . . . . HST-13
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . HST-12
9G-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-15
9G-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-12
9G-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-18

Catalog No.

Page

9G-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-18
9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-15
9G-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-14
9G-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-14
9G-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-14
9G-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-14
9G-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-16
9G-55xx-22SHA Series . HST-16
9G-6016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-3
9G-6017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-3
9G-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8037-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8037-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-12
9G-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-12
9G-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-12
9G-8057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-12
9G-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8064-reduction . . . . . . HST-12

Catalog No.

Page

9G-8065-reduction . . . . . . HST-12
9G-8066-reduction . . . . . . HST-12
9G-8067-reduction . . . . . . HST-12
9G-8074-tray width . . . . . HST-12
9G-8075-tray width . . . . . HST-12
9G-8076-tray width . . . . . HST-12
9G-8077-tray width . . . . . HST-12
9G-8084-tray width . . . . . HST-12
9G-8085-tray width . . . . . HST-12
9G-8086-tray width . . . . . HST-12
9G-8087-tray width . . . . . HST-12
9G-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-18
9G-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-18
9G-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-18
9G-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-18
9G-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-8247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9G-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-21
9G-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-21
9G-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-21
9G-9017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-21
9G-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-21
9G-tray width-9P44 . . . . . . APP-4
9G-tray width-9P54 . . . . . . APP-4
9G-tray width-9P64 . . . . . . APP-4
9G-tray width-9P74 . . . . . . APP-4
9G-tray width-9044 . . . . . HST-21
9G-tray width-9044P . . . . HST-21
9G-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-21
9G-tray width-9054 . . . . . HST-21
9G-tray width-9054P . . . . HST-21
9G-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-21
9G-tray width-9064 . . . . . HST-21
9G-tray width-9064P . . . . HST-21
9G-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-21
9G-tray width-9074 . . . . . HST-21
9G-tray width-9074P . . . . HST-21
9GRN-55xx-22SHA Series HST-16
9P-1104-tray width . . . . . HST-13
9P-1104T-tray width . . . . HST-13
9P-55xx-22SH Series . . . HST-16
9P-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9P-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9P-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9P-8027 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-11
9P-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-12
9P-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HST-12
continued on next page

IDX-11

Cable Tray Systems

Index -

Accessories

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel Cable Tray Accessories
Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Catalog No.

Cable Tray Systems

HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-15
HST-12
HST-12
HST-15
HST-15
HST-15
HST-15

Catalog No.
9ZN-1208NB . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5326 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5327 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-5500-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8007-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8037 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8037-12 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8037-36 . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8047 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8062 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8074-tray width . . . .
9ZN-8075-tray width . . . .
9ZN-8076-tray width . . . .
9ZN-8077-tray width . . . .

IDX-12

Page
HST-15
HST-12
HST-18
HST-18
HST-15
HST-14
HST-14
HST-17
HST-17
HST-17
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-14
HST-16
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12
HST-12

Catalog No.
9ZN-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-8247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9114 Series . . . . . . . .
9ZN-9115 Series . . . . . . . .
ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B305-B308 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B312 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B321 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B355 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409UF-Series . . . . . . . . .
B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . .
B441-22A Series . . . . . . . .
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B501 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B700-Jx Series . . . . . . . . .
B750-Jx Series . . . . . . . . .
DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . .
SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . .
A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
GRN = Dura-Green Painted
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
ZN = Zinc Plated

Page
HST-18
HST-18
HST-18
HST-18
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-11
HST-13
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-21
HST-14
HST-19
HST-18
HST-19
HST-19
HST-19
HST-19
HST-18
HST-18
HST-19
HST-19
HST-17
HST-18
HST-14
HST-19
HST-19
HST-16
HST-16
HST-16
HST-16
HST-16
HST-12
HST-12

Index

9P-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8057 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-8064-reduction . . . . . .
9P-8065-reduction . . . . . .
9P-8066-reduction . . . . . .
9P-8067-reduction . . . . . .
9P-8084-tray width . . . . .
9P-8085-tray width . . . . .
9P-8086-tray width . . . . .
9P-8087-tray width . . . . .
9P-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9044 . . . . .
9P-tray width-9044P . . . .
9P-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9054 . . . . .
9P-tray width-9054P . . . .
9P-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9064 . . . . .
9P-tray width-9064P . . . .
9P-9073 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-tray width-9074 . . . . .
9P-tray width-9074P . . . .
9SS4-2351 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-2352 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4050 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4075 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4125 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4150 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4175 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4200 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4225 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4250 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4275 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4300 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4325 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4350 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4375 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4400 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4425 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4450 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS4-4475 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1150 Series . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1155 Series . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1204NB . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

Index -

Accessories
Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel Cable Tray Accessories

Not all accessories for steel cable tray are steel only. Those finishes and part numbers will be listed in this section.

Index

Catalog No.

Page

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Stainless Steel
Cable Tray Accessories
73SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
73SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
73SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . SST-8
73SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . SST-8
73SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
73SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
73SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . SST-8
73SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . SST-8
74SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
74SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
74SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . SST-8
74SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . SST-8
74SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
74SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
74SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . SST-8
74SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . SST-8
75SS4-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
75SS4-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
75SS4-(angle)VI(radius) . . . SST-8
75SS4-(angle)VO(radius) . . SST-8
75SS6-Length . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
75SS6-90HBFL . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
75SS6-(angle)VI(radius) . . . SST-8
75SS6-(angle)VO(radius) . . SST-8
99-2125-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
99-9980-tray width . . . . . . SST-13
99-9982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
99-NP300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
99-PE36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9G-1158 Series . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9G-1249 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-1104-tray width . . . . SST-8
9SS4-1150 Series . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-1155 Series . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-11
9SS4-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-11
9SS4-4050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4075 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4250 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4325 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4350 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4375 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9

Catalog No.

Page

9SS4-4400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4425 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-4475 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8074-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8075-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8076-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8084-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8085-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8086-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS4-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS4-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS4-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
9SS4-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS4-tray width-9P44 . . . . APP-4
9SS4-tray width-9P54 . . . . APP-4
9SS4-tray width-9P64 . . . . APP-4
9SS4-tray width-9P74 . . . . APP-4

IDX-13

Catalog No.

Page

9SS4-tray width-9044 . . . SST-13
9SS4-tray width-9044P . SST-13
9SS4-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS4-tray width-9054 . . . SST-13
9SS4-tray width-9054P . SST-13
9SS4-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS4-tray width-9064 . . . SST-13
9SS4-tray width-9064P . SST-13
9SS4-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS4-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS4-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS4-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS4-9115 Series . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-1104-tray width . . . . SST-8
9SS6-1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS6-1240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS6-1241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-11
9SS6-1242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-11
9SS6-6016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . APP-3
9SS6-8004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8004-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8005-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8006-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8034-12 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8034-36 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8035-12 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8035-36 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8036-12 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8036-36 . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8045 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8046 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8055 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8065 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8074-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8075-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8076-tray width . . . . SST-7
continued on next page

Cable Tray Systems

Index Stainless Steel
Cable Tray Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

Cable Tray Systems

Fiberglass Cable Tray Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Fiberglass
Cable Tray Accessories
9(x)-1083-W . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-1084-W . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-1086-W . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-1088-W . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-1104-W . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-1208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9F-2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
9(x)-4003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4054 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-4303H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4303V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4304H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4304V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4453H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4453V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4454H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4454V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4903H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4903V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4904H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-4904V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8038 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46

IDX-14

Catalog No.

Page

9(x)-8056 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8058 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8086 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-46
9(x)-8306H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8306V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8308H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8308V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8456H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8456V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8458H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8458V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8906H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8906V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8908H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-8908V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-47
9(x)-9013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9(x)-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9(x)-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9F-W-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9F-W-9034P . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9F-W-9044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9F-W-9044P . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9F-W-9064 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9F-W-9064P . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9F-W-9084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
9F-W-9084P . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
72(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
72(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
72(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
72(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
73(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
73(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
73(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
73(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
75(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
75(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
75(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
75(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
77(x)-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
77(x)-90HBLF . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
77(x)-90VI-24 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
77(x)-90VO-24 . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
RSK-010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-48
TPDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-45
(x) = Insert F for Polyester Resin
Insert A for Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
Insert V for Vinyl Ester Resin

Index

9SS6-8084-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8085-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8086-tray width . . . . SST-7
9SS6-8224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS6-8225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS6-8226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS6-8227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
9SS6-8244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-8246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-6
9SS6-9002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-8
9SS6-9014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-9015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-9016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-9043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-tray width-9P44 . . . . APP-4
9SS6-tray width-9P54 . . . . APP-4
9SS6-tray width-9P64 . . . . APP-4
9SS6-tray width-9P74 . . . . APP-4
9SS6-tray width-9044 . . . SST-13
9SS6-tray width-9044P . SST-13
9SS6-9053 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-tray width-9054 . . . SST-13
9SS6-tray width-9054P . SST-13
9SS6-9063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-tray width-9064 . . . SST-13
9SS6-tray width-9064P . SST-13
9SS6-9101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-9102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-9103 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-9104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-13
9SS6-9115 Series . . . . . . . SST-13
ATR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
B212 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-11
B297 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-10
B355 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-11
B409 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-10
B441-22 Series . . . . . . . . . SST-11
B441-22A Series . . . . . . . . SST-11
B494 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-10
B655 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-9
DB10-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-10
DB10-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-10
DB10-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-10
DB10-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-10
DB10-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-10
RNCB 3/8”-16 x 3/4” . . . . . . SST-7
SFHN 3/8”-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . SST-7

Accessories

Index -

Accessories

Cable Channel Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Index

Aluminum Cable Channel
Accessories
99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9A-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9A-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9A-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9A-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9A-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9A-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9A-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9A-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9A-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9A-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9A-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9A-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9A-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
B185CCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
A = Aluminum
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
ZN = Zinc Plated

Catalog No.

Page

Steel Cable Channel
Accessories
99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9G-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IDX-15

CCT-5
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4

Catalog No.

Page

9P-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1231-3 & 4 . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1231-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1232-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1232-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1232-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9ZN-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B185CCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B409-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5

G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
P = Pre-Galvanized Steel
ZN = Zinc Plated

Cable Tray Systems

Index -

Accessories

Cable Channel Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Cable Tray Systems

9SS6-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G = Hot-Dipped Galvanized
SS4 = Stainless Steel 304
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316
ZN = Zinc Plated

IDX-16

Page

CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-4
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-5
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6
CCT-6

Catalog No.

Page

Fiberglass Cable Channel
Accessories
9(x)-1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-50
9(x)-1013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-50
9(x)-1023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9(x)-1033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9SS6-1247-3 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9SS6-1247-4 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9SS6-1247-6 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9SS6-1247-8 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9SS6-1248-3 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9SS6-1248-4 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9SS6-1248-6 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9SS6-1248-8 . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9(x)-1301H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-50
9(x)-1301V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9(x)-1451H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-50
9(x)-1451V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-51
9(x)-1901H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-50
9(x)-1901V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FCT-50
SS6 = Stainless Steel 316

(x) = Insert F for Polyester Resin
Insert A for Zero Halogen/Dis-Stat
Insert V for Vinyl Ester Resin

Index

Stainless Steel Cable Channel
Accessories
99-1125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS4-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS4-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS4-1245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS4-1246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS4-1261-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1261-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1261-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1543 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1544 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1546 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1583 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1584 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1586 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1643 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1644 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1646 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1743 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1744 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1746 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1843 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1844 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-1846 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS4-3305-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS4-3305-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS4-3305-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS4-9023 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9SS4-9024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9SS4-9033 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9SS4-9034 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9SS4-9036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-6
9SS6-1043 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS6-1044 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS6-1044-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS6-1237-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS6-1237-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS6-1237-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-4
9SS6-1243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5
9SS6-1244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCT-5

Catalog No.

Index -

Accessories

FLEXTRAY™ Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Index

Flextray™ Accessories
1/4 FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
1/4 HN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
1/4 LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3/8 FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3/8 HN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3/8 LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
1/2 FW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
1/2 HN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
1/2 LW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2 IN DIVIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2 IN CTR SUPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4 C BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
4 IN DIVIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
6 IN DIVIDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8 C BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
8 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 77
12 C BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
12 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 77
16 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
20 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
24 L BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
90 DEGREE KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
7197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
AIRSHEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
ARC-37-150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ARS-37-150 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ARS-37-150SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ARW-37-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ARW-37-200SW . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
ATR1/4X72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATR1/4X120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATR1/4X144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATR3/8X72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATR3/8X120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATR3/8X144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATR1/2X72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATR1/2X120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATR1/2X144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
ATTACHMENT CLP . . . . . . . . . . 69
B22SGALV120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
B22SHGALV120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
B56SGALV120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
B56SHGALV120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
B201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
B202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
B409UF-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
B409UF-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
B409UF-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Catalog No.

Page

B441-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B444-1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B444-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B444-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B501-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B501-11/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B501-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B501-21/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655-1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B655-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B719EB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B3036L-3/8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B3036L-1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKC100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKC200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKP10063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKP10094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKP15094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKP15125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKP20125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKP20188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKW063 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKW094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKW125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKW188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKYC-094 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BKYC-094-120K . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTM WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BW4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CABLE ROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLEANSHEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CLEANSHEAR BEND . . . . . . . .
CTR HUNG CLP . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DROP OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLEXMATE2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FLEXMATE TOOL . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA2DO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA2FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA2RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA4RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA6HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55, 60,
FTA6RS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA9WTK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA050CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69,
FTA075CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA100CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA125CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FTB2UB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61,

IDX-17

89
89
89
89
78
78
78
78
88
88
88
86
86
88
88
63
63
63
65
65
65
65
65
65
63
63
63
63
64
64
49
83
83
91
91
61
84
51
51
84
79
86
86
68
86
70
85
85
85
85
69

Catalog No.

Page

FTB06CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
FTB06CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FTB08CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
FTB08CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FTB12CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
FTB12CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FTB16CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
FTB16CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FTB18CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
FTB18CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FTB20CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
FTB20CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FTB24CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
FTB24CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
FT BE 2X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 2X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 2X6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 2X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 2X12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 2X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 2X18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 2X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 2X24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 4X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 4X6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 4X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 4X12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 4X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 4X18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 4X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 4X24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 6X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 6X12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 6X16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 6X18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 6X20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FT BE 6X24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
FTHDWE 1/4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
FTS3SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
FTS12ESK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
FTS12SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
FTS20SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
FTS21SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
FTS22SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
FTS23SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
FTS24SK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
FTS36SB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
FTSBK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
FTSCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
FTSHAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
FTSTLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Cable Tray Systems

Index -

Accessories

FLEXTRAY™ Accessories
Catalog No.

Page

Cable Tray Systems

Page

WASHER SPL KIT . . . . . . . . . . .
WB30BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WB30RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WB46H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WB48WMK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WB50BA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WB50RB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WB50WC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WB1224WMK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU1203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU1204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU1205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU1206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU1216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU1224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU1231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU2024 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBU2031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUCB8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUCB12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUCF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUCK12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUCK812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUFA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUFLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUFLT-06 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUFLT-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUHD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUL16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUL24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUL31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WBUTAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Z BRKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IDX-18

49
92
92
59
70
92
92
92
70
76
76
76
76
74
74
74
74
74
74
75
75
76
75
75
79
79
73
73
73
76
75
75
75
76
79
68

Catalog No.

Page

Index

FTSWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
FTU2X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU2X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
FTU2X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU2X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU2X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU2X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU2X20X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU2X20X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU2X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X20X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X20X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU4X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X6X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X6X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X6X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X12X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X12X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X12X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X20X2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X20X4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU6X20X10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
FTU120404 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
FTU120608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
FTU200404 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
FTU200608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
GROUND BOLT . . . . . . . . . . 79, 87
GROUND SUPT GL . . . . . . . . . . 87
LABEL CLIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
N224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
N225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
N228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
PEDESTAL CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . 77
PEDESTAL KIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
RACK CLAMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
SB301-1/2X8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
SB420ACW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SB420AFB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SB420ATG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SB2204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
SPLICE BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
SUPT WASHER . . . . . . 55, 60, 68
TOOLLESS CLIP . . . . . . . . . 77, 83
TOP WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
TRAPEZE SUPT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Catalog No.

Index -

Accessories
Cable Fixings,
& Firestop

Barrier Bridge
Catalog No.

Page

Prefix
Example: 73 * - EB 24
¨ ¡

¬ √
¬ Elevation Brace
√ Length

73A-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
73G-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
73P-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
73SS6-EB √ . . . . . . .
74A-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
74G-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
74P-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
74SS6-EB √ . . . . . . .
75A-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
75G-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
75P-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
75SS6-EB √ . . . . . . .
76A-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
76G-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
76P-EB √ . . . . . . . . . .
76SS6-EB √ . . . . . . .

BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3

Page

Barrier Bridge Hardware Kits

Elevation Brace

¨ Series
¡ Material

Catalog No.

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

7SS-HK1
7SS-HK2
7SS-HK3
7SS-HK4
7SS-HK5
7ZN-HK1
7ZN-HK2
7ZN-HK3
7ZN-HK4
7ZN-HK5

..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............
..............

Prefix
Example: 73 * - 12 - CB 20

Index

¨ ¡
¬
√
¨ Series
√ Cable Bridge
¡ Material
ƒ Length
Bridge
Width
¬

BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3
BBA-3

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Page

Cable Fixing
9SS6-CCS Series . . . . . . . .
9SS6-CCT Series . . . . . . . .
9SS6-CCB-A . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-CCB-B . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-CCB-C . . . . . . . . . . . .
9SS6-CCB-D . . . . . . . . . . . .

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

IDX-19

CFX-3
CFX-2
CFX-4
CFX-4
CFX-4
CFX-4

Firestop
9P-FWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9P-WS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-AT-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-BC-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-BC-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-CS-16x28 . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-CS-28x52 . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-CS-36x24 . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-CS-36x36 . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-CS-36x41 . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-EMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-MPP-4x8 . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-MPP-7x7 . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-MPP-9x9 . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-MPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-QPR-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-QPR-4BRK . . . . . . . . .
FSP-QPS-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-QPS-2BRK . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-QPS-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-QPS-4BRK . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-SLP-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-SLP-M . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FSP-SLP-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cable Bridge

73A-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
73G-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
73P-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
73SS6-¬-CB ƒ . . . . .
74A-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
74G-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
74P-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
74SS6-¬-CB ƒ . . . . .
75A-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
75G-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
75P-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
75SS6-¬-CB ƒ . . . . .
76A-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
76G-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
76P-¬-CB ƒ . . . . . . .
76SS6-¬-CB ƒ . . . . .

BBA-11
BBA-11
BBA-11
BBA-11
BBA-11
BBA-11
BBA-11
BBA-11
BBA-11
BBA-11

Catalog No.

FSA-6
FSA-6
FSA-5
FSA-5
FSA-5
FSA-3
FSA-3
FSA-3
FSA-3
FSA-3
FSA-6
FSA-3
FSA-3
FSA-3
FSA-3
FSA-4
FSA-4
FSA-4
FSA-4
FSA-4
FSA-4
FSA-2
FSA-2
FSA-2

Cable Tray Systems

Notes

Cable Tray Systems

MIS-1

Notes

MIS-2

Cable Tray Systems

Cable Tray Systems

U.S. Customer Service Center is staffed Monday through Friday
from 7 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Central Standard Time.
For more information, visit www.bline.com.

Eaton’s B-Line Business
509 West Monroe Street
Highland, IL 62249
United States
Phone: (800) 851-7415
www.cooperbline.com/contactus

Eaton’s B-Line Business
Walrow Industrial Estate
Somerset, TA9 4AQ
United Kingdom
Phone: (44) 1278 772600
www.cooperbline.com/contactuk

Eaton’s B-Line Business
5925 McLaughlin Road
Mississauga, ON L5R 1B8
Canada
Phone: (800) 569-3660
www.cooperbline.com/contactca

Eaton’s B-Line Business
PO Box 70160 - Al Khobar - 31952
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Phone: 00966 3 812 2236
www.cooperbline.com/contactme

Eaton
1000 Eaton Boulevard
Cleveland, OH 44122
United States
Eaton.com
Eaton’s B-Line Business
509 West Monroe Street
Highland, IL 62249
Phone: 800-851-7415
Fax: 618-654-1917
www.bline.com
© 2013 Eaton
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Publication No. CT-13
October 2013 30M

Eaton is a registered trademark
All other trademarks are property
of their respective owners.



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Create Date                     : 2013:10:29 11:02:11-06:00
Creator                         : QuarkXPress(R) 9.3
Modify Date                     : 2014:03:14 09:55:10-05:00
X Press Private                 : %%DocumentProcessColors: Cyan Magenta Yellow Black.%%EndComments
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Creator Tool                    : QuarkXPress(R) 9.3
Metadata Date                   : 2014:03:14 09:55:10-05:00
Producer                        : QuarkXPress(R) 9.3
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Layout 1
Document ID                     : uuid:9d98f832-bd95-5549-a731-d8086afa010a
Instance ID                     : uuid:caf450ac-026c-4514-ad83-29d8ec2b263a
Page Count                      : 420

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools